Está en la página 1de 521

Mastering New Testament

Greek Textbook

Ted Hildebrandt

Baker Academic

2003 by Ted Hildebrandt version 1.4


Published by Baker Academic
a division of Baker Book House Company
P.O. Box 6287, Grand Rapids, MI 49516-6287
www.bakeracademic.com
All rights reserved. This publication is intended for the personal use of the licensee. It may be stored in a
retrieval system and reproduced for personal use only. It may not be transmitted in any form or by any
meansfor example, electronic, photocopy, recordingwithout the prior written permission of the
publisher. The only exception is brief quotations in printed reviews.
Verses from the New Testament selected for reading and translation are from The Greek New Testament,
edited by Kurt Aland, Matthew Black, Carlo M. Martini, Bruce M. Metzger, and Allen Wikgren, 4th
revised edition, 1966, 1968, 1975 by United Bible Societies, 1983, 1994 by the Deutsche
Bibelgesellschaft, Stuttgart. Used by permission.

To my father,
Ted Hildebrandt,
who instilled in me the basics of life:
discipline, persistence, a love of Gods word,
and the blessed hope of Christs return.
May your entrance into
His glorious presence
be joyous!
Your grateful son,
Ted

Contents

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.

Preface 6
Introduction 7
The Alphabet 13
Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 17
Present Active Verbs 28
Second Declension Nouns 34
First Declension Nouns 41
Prepositions 45
Adjectives 53
Personal Pronouns 58
Present Middle/Passive Verbs 63
Future Verbs 68
Demonstrative, Relative, Reflexive, and Reciprocal Pronouns 72
Imperfect Verbs 77
Third Declension Nouns 82
Second Aorist Verbs 87
First Aorist Verbs 91
Aorist and Future Passive Verbs 96
Contract Verbs 101
Perfect Verbs 105
Present Participles 111
Aorist Participles 118
Perfect Participles 124
Infinitives 130
Subjunctive Verbs 134
Imperative Verbs 141
The -mi Verbs 145
Numbers and Interrogatives 150
Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types 154
Case Revisited 160
Commencement 165
Works Cited 169
Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter 170
Appendix 2: Paradigms 179
Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 198
Appendix 4: Verb Principal Parts 262
Appendix 5: Total Review Quick Start Sheets 285
Appendix 6: Chants 294

Appendix 7: Lords Prayer 299


English-Greek Glossary 300
Greek-English Glossary 365
Vocabulary Builder down to 9 times 406
Greek-English Lexicon 449
Index 513

Preface
The potentials of the digital medium are just beginning to be realized. Recently there
have been major upheavals in the music industry due to the MP3 format that allows the
putting of hundreds of songs (rather than a dozen) on a single CD-ROM. Ebooks are
beginning to appear on the web and elsewhere. Many of these technologies hold great
promise for use by the Christian community.
This etextbook attempts to take what was formerly made available in my interactive
Greek program and put it in an ebook format paralleling the interactive Greek program
found on this disk. It can be universally viewed and/or printed using the Adobe Acrobat
Reader (freely available at http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep.html or as
found on the CD-ROM). Mastering New Testament Greek is an interactive multimedia
program that has proved quite effective in teaching first-year Koine Greek to thousands
who have used it since it was published in the mid-1990s. I have seen a need in my own
Greek classes at Gordon College for a hardcopy that the students can have at hand when
away from the screen. The new ebook format makes this textbook option a possibility. In
addition to the interactive multimedia program (which includes an interactive easy-reader
with the full text of 1 John and John 15) and the textbook, the CD contains a workbook
with exercises coordinated with the textbook, a vocabulary frequency list to aid in
learning words that appear nine or more times in the New Testament, and a full GreekEnglish lexicon with definitions for every word in the Greek New Testament. These are
printable in the Adobe Acrobat (pdf) format on any computer. The Greekth.ttf true-type
font is provided for use in any Windows word processor. Additional learning resources
are available free from http://faculty.gordon.edu/hu/bi/ted_hildebrandt/index.cfm
including over three thousand pages of advanced grammars and a complete text of the
Greek New Testament.
For instructors, an answer key to the workbook is available, as well as PowerPoint
material for the presentation of the twenty-eight chapters.
I wish to thank Jim Kinney at Baker Book House for opening the door and shepherding
this project through to completion. A great debt of gratitude is owed to Wells Turner and
Dave Mathewson whose editorial suggestions, corrections, and oversight are evident on
every page of these digital texts. Finally, Id like to thank Dr. Roger Green and the rest of
my colleagues at Gordon College for allowing me the pleasure of opening the door to
Greek for students at Gordon, returning the favor that Dr. Robert Newman and Dr. Gary
Cohen did for me in my own seminary training so many years ago.
The original goal was to give my students at Gordon College all the tools they need for
first-year Greek in one disk. The goal now is to leverage the technology so that anyone
who desires to can learn New Testament Greek.
Enjoy Greek!
Ted Hildebrandt

Introduction

Introduction
Why Study Greek?
The New Testament was written in Koine (koi-NAY) Greek. It provided a magnificent
medium for proclaiming the gospel message because Greek was so widely known after
Alexanders conquests of the west and east. There are many challenges to mastering
Greek: the difficulty of learning any language for those who are monolingual, differences
in the alphabetic script, the highly structured grammatical nature of Greek, and the fact
that Koine Greek is not spoken today. In order to conquer the difficulties of this journey,
we need to know clearly why we are undertaking this awesome endeavor.
God used Greek to communicate. If aliens had come to this planet and left documents
explaining how the universe functions and how humans can make a contribution to the
galaxies and ultimately attain eternal life, with certain genetic modifications, of course,
there would be tremendous interest in decoding this incredible message. Indeed, one has
come from another world and has addressed all the major issues of life/death,
meaning/meaninglessness, joy/sorrow, love/hate, presence/absence, right/wrong that
provide the matrix of human existence. God has spoken in His son (Heb. 1:12; Jn. 1:14,
18) whose life was recorded in the stories of those who witnessed and experienced this
divine encounter. The writer of John notes that he was an eyewitness of the life of Christ,
saying This is that disciple who saw these events and recorded them here. And we all
know that his account of these things is accurate (Jn. 21:24). The writer knew and
witnessed that these divine truths were confirmed not only by a single witness, but by a
community of witnesses he identified as we. The purpose of this recorded message was
to provide a factual basis for belief and a guide to life: These are written that you may
believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and that by believing you may have life
in his name. This is the good news, the gospel. It was recorded so that others, even
denizens of the third millennium after Christ, may have the privilege of being able to hear
its wonderful message. If our understanding of the message is cloudy, so will our
thinking and belief on these matters of great import.
The prophets also recognized that they spoke messages from God (Amos 3:8).
Jeremiah, when asked why he prophesied, clearly stated, The LORD sent me to
prophesy (Jer. 26:12). He heralded warnings against those who are prophets of deceit,
inventing everything they say (Jer. 23:25f.). Many, even in our day, like to project their
own thoughts into the mouth of God, feeling compelled to bend the text to whatever
ideology or agenda they are seeking to promote. Learning Greek will help us reverse that
process.
These recorded messages from God may be carefully and passionately studied as one
would read an email from ones beloved. So the psalmist writes, I will study your
commandments and reflect on your ways. I will delight in your principles (Ps. 119:15f.).

Introduction

The New Testament writers also acknowledged that no prophecy in Scripture ever came
from the prophets themselves or because they wanted to prophesy. It was the Holy Spirit
who moved the prophets to speak from God (2 Pet. 1:21). Thus, because of the unique
nature of this communication, we seek to carefully examine the message in its original
form, stripping away the translations to hear the original message.
We desire to accurately unleash the meaning of Gods word. The unique nature of this
communication did not stop when it was recorded as a static, culturally locked, historical
text. No, the message came with the transforming power and presence of the One who
gave it. So the writer of Hebrews observes, For the word of God is full of living power.
It is sharper than the sharpest knife, cutting deep into our innermost thoughts and desires.
It exposes us for what we really are (Heb. 4:12). It is our goal to hear this message more
carefully and unleash its transforming power within this postmodern context in a way that
is consistent with the original intent of the divine and human authors. Learning Greek
will allow us to move one step closer to the source.
We need guidance for our lives. Because the Bible offers divine guidance for our lives,
we want to carefully hear its message, clearly separating it from the myriad of voices that
are calling for our attention in this information and media-saturated age. Learning Greek
will help slow and quiet us so that we may hear the voice of God amid the din of modern
marketing schemes. It is from Scripture that we seek to find moral guidance, as the
psalmist said, I have hidden your word in my heart, that I might not sin against you (Ps.
119:11). It is there that we will find wisdom from sages, by listening and retaining their
instructions. They admonished, Lay hold of my words with all your heart; . . . Get
wisdom, get understanding; do not forget my words (Prov. 4:4f.). It is in a close reading
of the words of the biblical text that we will find wisdom.
The Scriptures open us up to a relationship with God. Jesus pointed out the connection
of His words to life and relationship with God: The very words I have spoken to you are
spirit and life (Jn. 6:63). Faith comes by hearing the word of God, Paul tells us (Rom.
10:17). It is through reading and obeying His word that we come to know him. Greek will
be a tool in disciplining our minds in the pursuit of life from God.
We enjoy hands-on reading. Finally, we like to experience things firsthand. Being
dependent on anothers point of view or passively accepting the interpretation or spin of
another is contrary to our desire to know and experience for ourselves. Learning Greek
allows us to shed layers of intermediary voices to listen more closely to what God has
said. That is not to say we should ignore the voices of others; but we should be able to
read and evaluate for ourselves. All language communication is at points ambiguous and
vague. Learning Greek will not solve all linguistic problems. However, knowing Greek
will assist us in weighing and evaluating the possibilities in order to select the most
appropriate options.
As a residual benefit, learning Greek will help us better understand English. Greek is a
highly structured language and lies behind much of Latin, which in turn connects with
English. Many have claimed that learning Greek has taught them much that was elusive
in their previous study of English grammar.

Why Not Just Use Good Translations?


One may ask why we should not save time and energy by letting the linguistic experts
do the translation work for us. There are several limitations of translations that are

Introduction

overcome in reading Greek for ourselves. A personal reading of Greek allows for a closer
reading of what the authors originally wrote. As one becomes aware of the writers style,
observing structures and idiosyncrasies that are only seen in reading Greek, one is better
able to render what the author originally meant. Oftentimes what may be ambiguous in
English is cleared up by the Greek. Cultural issues and metaphors that may be critical to
understanding a passage are again more visible in the Greek original and often smoothed
over into modern idioms. Translators must make choices, and often a Greek word may
have a broad area of meaning, but in translation one English word must be chosen. There
is not a perfect word-for-word match between languages. One who reads Greek is more
aware of the breadth, diversity, and possibilities of meanings. To the one who can read
Greek, the choices made by the translator are no longer buried by the translation.
Many politically correct biases are currently being read into modern translations. Being
able to read it in Greek for ourselves helps cut through those modern spins to hear the
original voices more clearly. Thus, while translations are quite helpful, being able to read
the original Greek has many benefits.
One final word should be voiced in terms of improper motivations for learning Greek.
A person may want to learn Greek to get ahead of others or because it is impressive and
authoritative to say, In the Greek it means. . . . Learning Greek must be coupled with
humility or it will do more damage than good. It is also not good to learn Greek because
we have some specific agenda we are pushing and desire to add a Greek cannon to blast
out our theme. Listening to the voice of God needs to be the focus more than proving our
particular point of view. Loving God and others is the goal, not putting ourselves up on
an academic pedestal or putting others down because they do not share our enlightened
perspective (Phil. 2:5ff.).

Why Do Many Say That Learning Greek Is Hard?


Its amazing, when you think of it. You can learn Koine Greek now and for the rest of
your life you will be able to read the New Testament for yourself. Having said that,
weve got some work cut out for us.
First, learning any new language is difficult. Its like learning to play basketball.
Initially one stumbles while trying to dribble and run at the same time. Air-balls are shot,
and how each position works is a mystery. One initially feels uncoordinated. With
repetition, practice, and good coaching, a mastery is gained, and the game becomes a
source of fun and refreshment while still retaining a sense of challenge. Greek will follow
a similar pattern. There are certain fundamentals (passing, dribbling, footwork,
positioning, etc.) that must be mastered in order to enjoy basketball. So also in Greek
there are several foundational skills that must be mastered in order to have the enjoyment
of reading Greek.
Here are some hints. Inch by inch its a cinch, yard by yard its too hard. Applied to
Greek, what this means is, Greek is learned best by taking little steps because large ones
(staying up all night cramming) may trip you up. The turtle wins the race in Greek.
Consistent daily study is better than pressure-filled weekly cram sessions that lead to
quick learning and quick forgetting. Step by step you scale the mountain. When you do
not understand something, ask for help or go over it until you understand it. If you dont
get it, work on it, but continue on. Frequently the picture will become clearer further
down the road. Repetition, persistence, and small bites are the three keys. Be careful

Introduction

10

about missing a step. In some ways its like math. If you miss a step, it catches up with
you later on.
Your mastery of Greek will depend on learning three things: vocabulary, morphology,
and syntax. In order to retain the vocabulary, it is suggested that you write the words on
flash cards. Recently, we have provided flashcards with graphics on them to help you
remember using images. These cards can be carried with you and reviewed frequently in
the brief moments between the activities of your life. If you enjoy using the web for
review, there is an online Vocabulary Builder available at all times with free mp3
downloads that have musical backgrounds to help make the process enjoyable and
relaxing. There are 5,437 different Greek words in the New Testament (the elexicon has
all of them listed). We will learn those that occur most frequently. By learning the words
used more than 50 times, 313 words, you will be able to read about 80 percent of the New
Testament (Mounce, Basics, 17). It will be important to say the words out loud. The
mouth can teach the ear. The interactive program will allow you to hear how Greek is
being pronounced and drill you with biblical examples. Seeing is one way of learning, but
hearing adds another gateway into your memory. You may want to make associations or
wordplays in English or mentally picture the object to which the word refers. Repetition
is the best teacher. The program and the Vocabulary Builder will help reinforce your
mastery of the vocabulary.
The morphology (how the words are formed; e.g., book/books; s indicates a plural)
and syntax (the grammar of how words come together into sentences: subject/verb/
object/modifier) will require brain aerobics. Here is where the mental wrestling will take
place. Some of the concepts will be difficult to grasp initially. We will try to start with
explanations from English and then move to Greek, showing how Greek makes a similar
move. The problem is that many do not understand English grammar. We will build the
language from parts of speechnouns, verbs, adverbs, adjectives, conjunctions, and
prepositions. Many of these will take different endings, depending on how they are used.
These ending and forms will be mastered in a series of twenty-something memorable
chants. Mastering these sets of endings will be a good part of the course early on. Inch
by inch its a ________.
The parts of speech will work in sentences. The syntax, or relationships between
words, will manifest roles for words, such as subjects, verbs, objects, and modifiers.
These concepts will be illustrated in the context of the drills and exercises taken directly
from Scripture. Some of these concepts may not come initially but continue on, and the
eureka moments will come as you look back. It is of great benefit to work out examples.
Frequent reviews are also critical for making the connections. Small, frequent breaks,
dividing and repeating the material in short study sessions, help avoid an overwhelming
sense of frustration and gives the needed space to regain the motivation needed to
continue on.
Another factor that has shown itself to be critical, if one is taking Greek in a class, is
staying plugged into the community of those learning Greek. It is not advisable to skip
classes or assignments as that often leads to serious difficulty. If you miss a step you may
end up on your face because learning Greek is sequential. Catching up becomes harder
and harder. Being in class has proved itself important. Be there!
Studying with a buddy is also very helpful. Two heads are better than one in trying
to understand sticky points. Teamwork is frequently necessary if you want to play in the

Introduction

11

game, and it makes the learning task a little more enjoyable. This will provide
incremental accountability as we move chapter-by-chapter through the material.
Time and consistency on this task is the key to mastering Greek. Learning Greek is a
good time to tone your mental muscles. At points, the urge will surge to quit and give up.
At those points remember why you are tackling Greek in the first place. Remember the
inch-by-inch principle. Take one small step at a time. Do not worry about the big picture.
Take the next little step and review, review, and review. After youve climbed a while,
you may be encouraged to look back and see how far you have come. Giving up is fatal.
You learned English, which in many ways is harder than Greek. It just takes time and
energy. Hopefully, we will make that time fun, and you will be able to see some of the
rewards along the way.
Several learning resources are available to help you. First, you will have access to
printed materials in the form of easily printed materials in Adobe Acrobat PDF file
formats. The printed materials will include this etextbook and an eworkbook. For each
chapter in the book, a one- or two-page summary has been developed, distilling the
essence of the chapter (see appendix 3). The book will teach and structure the concepts,
and the workbook will allow you to practice and reinforce what you have learned. The
Mastering New Testament Greek interactive program will present the same material in a
interactive multimedia format, with sound and immediate responses. The benefit of this is
that after presenting the material, the computer will drill you over the material, giving
you immediate feedback on how well you have done. In the future we will have
streaming video and interactive materials available online. Thus there are four ways to
approach this: in-class instruction, printed materials and workbook exercises, interactive
multimedia, and online resources. The point is to use whatever combination works best
for you. The font supplied with Mastering New Testament Greek is also available in your
word processor. Learning to type in Greek can be a real time-saver and looks impressive
in other classes and papers.
There are two resources beyond these that may be helpful: (1) a Greek New Testament,
either the UBS 4th edition or Nestle-Aland 27th edition New Testament text (the
Westcott/Hort/Robinson New Testament text available online at:
http://faculty.gordon.edu/hu/bi/ted_hildebrandt/index.cfm, and (2) A Greek-English
Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature, 3d ed., by Bauer,
Danker, Arndt, and Gingrich (BDAG). William Mounces Basics of Biblical Greek or
Gerald Stevenss New Testament Greek are both good first-year grammar resources if
you want to supplement the materials here. There are several advanced grammars and
mp3 audio resources at our web site for free. 1 John is found there with Mozart in the
background which actually helps make it more memorable.

What Is Koine or New Testament Greek?


Greek is one of the oldest members of the Indo-European family of languages. Other
members of this family are Sanskrit, which is older, and Latin (the Romance languages:
French, Spanish, etc.), which is younger. English is derived from the Teutonic branch and
Russian from the Slavic branch of the Indo-European family. Hebrew is found in a totally
different, Semitic family of Near Eastern languages, akin to Aramaic, Akkadian, Arabic,
Ugaritic, and others.

Introduction

12

The Greek language has developed through five stages:


1. Formative Period (pre900 B.C.): This period extended from Linear B (ca.
1200 B.C.) down through the time of Homer (ca. 900 B.C.).
2. Classical Period (900300 B.C.): The Classical Period was from the time of
Homer down to Alexander the Great (330 B.C.). There were numerous dialects
during this period (e.g. Doric, Aeolic, and Ionic). Attic, a branch of Ionic, became
the predominant dialect at Athens and was used by most of the famous classical
Greek authors such as Plato, Aristotle, Xenophon, Thucydides, and others.
3. The Koine Period (330 B.C.A.D. 330): As Alexander unified Greece and needed a
single Greek language for his army before he could begin to spread Hellenistic
culture through the ancient world, many of the subtleties of classical Greek were
lost. Greek was simplified and changed as it interfaced with, and was influenced
by, other cultures. This common language came to be known as Koine (common)
Greek. It was in this language that the Septuagint (LXX, the Greek translation of
the Hebrew Old Testament), the New Testament, and the works of the early
church fathers were written. The nature of Koine eluded modern scholars because
of its simplicity when compared to Classical Greek. This led some scholars in the
nineteenth century to explain it as a Holy Ghost language, created just for the
Bible. In the early part of the twentieth century, Deissmann, Moulton and others
found that the recently discovered Egyptian papyri, inscriptions, and ostraca were
written in the same common everyday language used by the New Testament. God
speaks in the language of the people. At points the New Testament will manifest
Hebraisms, where the influence of Hebrew and/or Aramaic may be seen.
4. The Byzantine Period (A.D. 3301453): During the Byzantine Period, Greek was
spoken in the eastern half of the Roman empire, which was centered in
Constantinople. In 1453 Constantinople fell to the Turks. That concluded this
period. Tension between the Greeks and Turks persists until this day.
5. The Modern Period: The Modern Period dates from 1453 to the present. Modern
Greek is closer to Koine than it is to Classical Greek. Modern pronunciation and
grammatical structures, however, are quite different from the Greek that Jesus
spoke. We will focus on Koine Greek. As recently as 1982, major changes have
taken modern Greek further from its Koine roots. In the latest edition of Standard
Modern Greek, established by the Center for Educational Studies in Greece, the
number of accents has been reduced to one, the breathing marks dropped and the
dative case, middle voice and optative mood are not present in modern Greek.
The recent merging of katharevousa (hybrid of ancient and Modern used for
official and academic purposes) has given way to the more populace oriented
Demotic (ca. 1976) as Modern Standard Greek which is another step further away
from Koine (vid. Holton, Mackridge and Philippaki-Warburton, Greek: A
Comprehensive Grammar of the Modern Language (Routledge, 1997) or Greek
Today: a Course in the Modern Language and Culture (Dartmouth College Press,
2004) by Peter Bien, Dimitri Gonicas, et al. Those looking for advanced
grammars on Koine should pursue books by Stanley Porter, Daniel Wallace and
David Black, as well as the articles by James Boyer and books by A. T.
Robertson, Moulton and Burton freely available on the web-site and this disk.

Chapter 1: The Alphabet

1
The Alphabet
24 Letters, the Gateway into the Language
Small/Capital
a/A
Alpha sounds like a in father.
b/B
Beta sounds like b in Bible.
g/G
Gamma sounds like g in gone.
d/D
Delta sounds like d in dog.
e/E
Epsilon sounds like e in met.
z/Z
Zeta sounds like z in daze when it begins a word, dz when
its in the middle of a word.
h/H
Eta sounds like e in obey.
q/Q
Theta sounds like th in think.
i/I
Iota short sounds like the i in sit.
Iota long sounds like the i in machine. Modern Greek uses the
long i as in machine. In initial positions, it is often found in
Hebrew personal names, where it has a consonant y sound:
]Ihsou?j (Jesus/Yesus).
k/K
Kappa sounds like k in kitchen.
l/L
Lambda sounds like l in law.
m/M
Mu sounds like m in mother.
n/N
Nu sounds like n in new.
c/C
Xsi sounds like x in axe.
o/O
Omicron sounds like o in not or o in omelette. Some
pronounce it like modern Greek, with a long o as in obey,
others like Hansen and Quinn (Greek: An Intensive Course) use
the ou sound in thought. Modern Greek uses a long o as in
ocean.
p/P
Pi sounds like p in peach.
r/R
Rho sounds like r in rod.
s/S
Sigma sounds like s in set.
Sigma looks like j when it comes at the end of a word (final
sigma)sofo<j (wise).
t/T
Tau sounds like t in talk.

13

Chapter 1: The Alphabet

u/U
f/F
x/X
y/Y
w/W

14

Upsilon sounds like oo in hoops. Modern Greek uses an ias


in machine.
Phi sounds like ph in phone.
Chi sounds like ch in chemical.
Psi sounds like ps in lips.
Omega sounds like o in tone.

We will focus on the lower-case letters, miniscules, although the early uncial
(uppercase) manuscripts were written without punctuation or spaces between the words
in all uppercase letters, majuscules (major writings). Be able to recognize the upper-case
letters. Capital letters are used in proper names, to begin direct quotations, and at the
beginning of paragraphs. You may want to use the Mastering New Testament Greek disk
to work on the pronunciation of these letters and to drill yourself.
Easy English look alikes: a, b, e, i, k, o, j, t, u
Double consonants: q (th), c (xs), f (ph), x (ch), y (ps)
Easy to confuse letters:
heta (with n)
nnu (with v)
rrho (with p)
xchi (with x)
womega (with w)
Here are some English-like examples to use for sounding things out. Pronounce the
following, accenting the capitalized syllables:
anqrwpojpronounced AN-thro-pos (anthropology)
qeojpronounced the-OS (theology)
profhthjpronounced pro-FA-tas (two long as) (prophets)
Xristojpronounced Kri-STOS (Christ)
kardiapronounced kar-DE-a (i = ee) (heart; cf. cardiac)
amhnpronounced a-MEIN (ei = long a sound) (amen)
Vowels: a, e, h, i, o, u, w
Short
e
o

Long
h
w

Can be either long or short: a, i, u


The iota will be pronounced three different ways:
1. Iota short sounds like i in sit

Chapter 1: The Alphabet

15

2. Iota long sounds like the i in machine (= modern Greek)


3. When it is initial in a Hebrew name, it sounds like a y ]Ihsou?j
(Jesus/Yesus)
Nasal gamma: The g sound of a gamma changes to a n sound when put before:
g, k, x, c. a@ggeloj is pronounced: angelos. This is called a nasal gamma.
Final sigma: Sigma is always written s unless it comes at the end of a word, when
it is written j. This form is called a final sigma. It is pronounced the same.
Thus sofo<j (wise) shows the two forms of the sigma (note the final sigma
form).
Eight diphthongs: 2 vowels with 1 sound. Diphthongs are combination vowels.
Two vowels are written but result in only one sound. These are frequent in
Greek, and so be aware of them. The final letter of a diphthong will always be
an i or an u (closed vowel). The diphtongs in Modern Greek are the place of
greatest phonetic divergence.
ai
ei
oi
ui
au
eu, hu
ou

as in aisle
as in eight
as in oil
as in suite
as in sauerkaut
as in feud
as in boutique

(ai$ma, blood)
(ei]mi<, I am)
(oi#koj, house)
(ui[o<j, son)
(au]to<j, he)
(pisteu<w, I believe)
( ]Ihsou?j, Jesus)

All are considered long except ai, and oi when at the end of a word, where they
are short.
Iota subscripts (Improper diphthongs): There are 3 letter combinations that are
formed by taking the vowels a, h, and w and subscripting an iota under them.
It doesnt affect pronunciation but may be significant in specifying grammatical
features: %, ^, &
Diaeresis ( ]Hsai*ajIsaiah: ]H-sa-i-aj)cancels the diphthong effect (indicates
the two vowels must be kept separate). The diaeresis shows that a vowel must
be pronounced as a separate syllable. It will be found often on Old Testament
names (Mwu*sh?j = Moses).
]Hsai~aj
Mwu*sh?j
]Axai~a

]H-sa-i~-aj
Mw-u*-sh?j
]A-xa-i~-a

Isaiah (Jn. 1:23)


Moses (Jn. 1:45)
Achaia (Acts 18:12)

Chapter 1: The Alphabet

16

A phonetic chart is also a helpful way of grouping the letters:


Labials (lips)
Dentals (teeth)
Velars (palate)

p
t
k

b
d
g

Phonetic sigma addition:


Labial + s = y Velar + s = c
(p + s = y)
(k + s = c)

f
q
x
Dental + s = s
(t + s = s)

Vocabulary
At this point dont worry about the accent marks over vowels except to stress that
syllable (chapter 2 is on accents). The number following the word is the number of times
the word is used in the New Testament. The word after the dash gives an English parallel.
a@ggeloj
a]]mh<n
a@nqrwpoj
e]gw<
qeo<j
kai<
kardi<a
le<gw
profh<thj
Xristo<j

angel (175)angel
truly, verily (129)amen
man, human (550)anthropology
I (1,175)ego
God (1,317)theology
and, even, also (9,153)
heart (156)cardiac
I say (2,354)
prophet (144)prophet
Christ, Messiah, anointed one (529)Christ

Things to Know and Do


1. Be able to chant through the alphabet, saying the name of each letter in order. Be
able to do the Alpha-robics moves. See if you can say the Greek alphabet as fast
as you can say the English alphabet. Can you see where the name alphabet
comes from? Know what a final sigma looks like. What are diphthongs, and what
sound does each make? Know which vowels are long and short and which can be
either. What are the three iota subscripts? What role does the diaeresis play?
Know the vocabulary items (recognize and write them).
2. Work on the drills and exercises in Mastering New Testament Greek, Interactive
chapter 1.
3. Do the worksheets from the workbook.

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

17

2
Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

identify syllables for pronunciation;


identify the three Greek accents;
recognize the basic rules of Greek accents;
identify proclitics and enclitics;
identify rough/smooth breathings, apostrophes, and diaeresis markings;
identify four Greek punctuation marks;
remember English grammar (parts of speech, noun declension, and verb parsing),
and
8. gain a mastery of ten more Greek vocabulary words.

Syllable Slicing
In order to correctly pronounce Greek words, we need to be able to identify how the
syllables are combined to make words. Greek divides words into syllables in almost the
same way as English. So if you dont recognize a new word, just try to pronounce it as
you would in English. Generally, start at the left and divide after the vowel.

Four Syllable Rules


1. A consonant or pronounceable consonant cluster (i.e., any consonant combination
that can begin or end a Greek word) goes with the vowel that follows it.
2. Split two consonants if they are the same letter or if they create an
unpronounceable combination (i.e., any consonant combination that cannot begin
or end a Greek word).
3. Split two vowels (except for diphthongs), allowing only one vowel or diphthong
per syllable.
4. Split compound words into their original parts before applying the rules of
syllable division.
Check a Greek lexicon to determine whether or not a particular consonant cluster can
begin or end a word. If you can find a word that begins with that cluster, it is safe to
assume that it is a pronounceable cluster and should not be divided. The following
examples illustrate the rules for word division. The four rules are briefly: 1) consonants
go with following vowel, 2) split consonants (except clusters), 3) split vowels (except
diphthongs), and 4) split words.

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

18

(1) A consonant or pronounceable consonant cluster goes with what follows:


a]mh<n
do<ca
e]gw<
le<gw
lo<goj
ku<rioj
ko<smoj
Pe<troj
Xristo<j

Syllables
a]
mh<n
do<
ca
e]
gw<
le<
gw
lo<
goj
ku<
ri oj
ko<
smoj
Pe<
troj
Xri sto<j

Meaning
truly, verily
glory, fame
I
I say
word, statement
LORD
world
Peter
Christ

m goes with following vowel


c goes with following vowel
g goes with following vowel
g goes with following vowel
g goes with following vowel
r goes with following vowel
sm is a cluster vid. Smu<rna
tr is a cluster vid. trei?j
st is a cluster vid. stolh<

(2) Split two consonants: Consonant clusters are divided if they are the same letter or if
they create an unpronounceable combination:
a@ggeloj
a]delfo<j
a@nqrwpoj
kardi<a
e@rxetai
marture<w
ba<llw

Syllables
a@g
ge
a]
del
a@n
qrw
kar
di<
e@r
xe
mar
tu
ba<l
lw

loj
fo<j
poj
a
tai
re< w

Meaning
angel, messenger (g/g)
brother (l/f)
man (qr is a pronounceable cluster)
heart (r/d)
he/she/it comes (r/x)
I testify (r/t)
I throw (l/l)

(3) Split two vowels (except for diphthongs), allowing only one vowel or diphthong
per syllable:
Syllables
a]kou<w
a]
kou<
qeo<j
qe
o<j
kardi<a
kar di<
ku<rioj
ku<
ri
ui[o<j
ui[
o<j
Farisai?oj fa
ri

w
a
oj
sai?

Meaning
I hear, obey (ou is a diphthong)
God (e/o)
heart (i/a)
lord, LORD (i/o)
son (ui is a diphthong) (ui/o)
oj Pharisee (ai is a diphthong) (ai/o)

(4) Split compound words into their original parts before applying the rules of syllable
division:
Example: When the preposition su<n (with) combines with the verb a@gw (I lead),
the syllable breaks are sun-a<-gw, not su-na<-gw as rule 2 would require.

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

19

Syllable Names
Traditionally, the last three syllables of a word have had specific names. The last
syllable is called the ultima, the second from the last the penult, and the third from
the last the antepenult. Penult means almost last in Latin. Antepenult means before
the almost last.
Antepenult
pro
a]

Penult
ko<
fh<
del

Ultima
smoj
thj
fo<j

world
prophet
brother

Three Accents
1. Acute ( <) angles upward (left to right), originally indicating a rising pitch. Today
we use the accents to specify syllable emphasis, not tone or pitch variation.
le<gw (I say)
2. Grave ( >) angles downward, originally indicating a falling pitch.
a]delfo>j (brother)
3. Circumflex ( ?) angles upward then downward, originally indicating a rising then
falling pitch.
au]tou? (his)

Potential Accent Placement


1. Acute may occur on any of the last three syllables (antepenult, penult, ultima).
Acute on Any of the Last Three Syllables
Syllables
a@g
ge
do<
e]

loj
ca
gw<

Meaning
angel, messenger (antepenult acute)
glory, fame (penult acute)
I (ultima acute)

2. Circumflex may occur only on the last two syllables (but only if the vowel or
diphthong is long).
Circumflex on Either of the Last Two Long Syllables
Syllables
Fa
ri

sai?
au]

oj
tou?

Meaning
Pharisee (penult circumflex)
his (ultima circumflex)

Diphthongs are considered long except for oi or ai in a final syllable.

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

20

3.Grave may occur only on the last syllable.


Grave on the Last Syllable
Syllables
Meaning
a]
del
fo>j
brother (ultima grave)
a]
mh>n
truly, verily (ultima grave)
Potential Placement Chart
Antepenult Penult
Acute
<
<

Circumflex
Grave

Ultima

<
?
>

Six Accent Rules


Rule 1: Nouns Are Retentive
Nouns attempt to keep their accents on the same syllable as the base form you learn in
the vocabulary lists or find in the lexicon.
man, human
a@nqrwpoj
a]nqrw<pou
a]nqrw<p&
a@nqrwpon
a@nqrwpe

antepenult acute
penult acute; long ultima causes change
penult acute; long ultima causes change
antepenult acute; short ultima, no change
antepenult acute; short ultima, no change

Rule 2: Verbs Are Recessive


The verbs accent has a tendency to recede toward the first syllable as far as possible.
lu<w
lu<eij
lu<ei
lu<omen
lu<ete
lu<ousi

lu< w
lu< eij
lu< ei
lu< o men
lu< e te
lu< ou si

I loose (penult acute)


you loose (penult acute)
he/she/it looses (penult acute)
we loose (antepenult acute)
you (pl.) loose (antepenult acute)
they loose (antepenult acute)

Rule 3: Long Ultima, No Antepenult Accent


If the ultima is long, then the antepenult cannot be accented.
a@nqrwpoj
a]nqrw<pou
a]nqrw<p&

antepenult acute
penult acute; cannot accent antepenult because of ou
penult acute; cannot accent antepenult because of &

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

21

Rule 4: Long Ultima, Acute Penult


If the ultima is long and the penult is accented, then that accent must be an acute.
a]nqrw<pou
a]nqrw<p&
lu<w
lu<eij
lu<ei

penult acute; long ultima ou causes change


penult acute; long ultima & causes change
I loose (penult acute)
you loose (penult acute)
he/she/it looses (penult acute)

Rule 5: Short Ultima, Long Penult Takes Circumflex


If the ultima is short and the penult is both long and accented, that accent must be a
circumflex.
h#lqen
e]kei?noj
prw?toj

h#l qen
e] kei? noj
prw? toj

he went (short ultima; long penult) (Jn. 1:7)


that (short ultima; long penult) (Jn. 1:8)
first, earlier (short ultima; long penult) (Jn. 1:15)

Rule 6: Acute Ultima Changed to Grave


If an acute is on the ultima, it becomes a grave when followed by another word without
intervening punctuation.
pro>j to>n qeo<n
kai> qeo>j h#n

two graves and an acute (Jn. 1:1)


two graves and a circumflex (Jn. 1:1)

Words with No Accents


There are several short Greek words that do not have an accent. These clitics are
pronounced as if they were part of the word that accompanies them. A clitic is a word
that leans on the preceding or the following word.
1. Proclitic comes before the word that carries the accent.
Proclitic (before the accented word)
o[ Xristo<j
the Christ (Jn. 1:20) (o[ has no accent; the [ is a breathing
mark, not an accentsee below)
o[ lo<goj
the word (Jn. 1:1) (o[ has no accent)
]En a]rx^?
in the beginning (Jn. 1:1) ( ]En has no accent)
ou] kate<laben
it did not understand/overcome (Jn. 1:5) (ou] has no
accent)
2. Enclitic comes after the word that carries the accent.

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

22

Enclitic (after the accented word)


prw?to<j mou
before me (Jn. 1:15) (mou has no accent) Note the accent
added to the ultima of prw?to<j
]Egw< ei]mi
I am (Jn. 6:35) (ei]mi has no accent)

Breathing Marks
There are two breathing marks that are placed on vowels and diphthongs when they
begin words.
1. Smooth breathing ( ] ) does not affect pronunciation.
Smooth breathing ( ] )
a]delfo<j
brother
a@ggeloj
angel, messenger
a]mh<n
truly, verily
a]po<stoloj
apostle
e]gw<
I
2. Rough breathing ( [ ) adds an h sound before the sound of the initial vowel.
Rough breathing ( [ )
e!c
six as in hexagon
ui[o<j
son, descendant (note breathing goes on the second vowel
of the diphthong initial word)
u[pe<r
in behalf of, above
i!na
that, in order that (note the breathing mark beside the
acute accent)
Note: an initial rho (r) always takes a rough breathing (r[h?ma word). It has no effect on
the pronunciation, however. Initial u always takes a rough breathing, too.

Punctuation Marks
There are four punctuation marks in Greek. The comma and period are the same as in
English. The colon and question mark are different.
1. Period ( . )
2. Comma ( , )
3. Colon ( : )
4. Question Mark ( ; )

lo<goj.
lo<goj,
lo<goj:
lo<goj;

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

23

Apostrophe
In English, letters that drop out or are elided are marked with an apostrophe (e.g., its =
it is). Greek also uses an apostrophe to mark the missing letter(s). The final letter of a
preposition, if it is a vowel, is dropped when it precedes a word that begins with a vowel.
dia< + au]tou? becomes di ] au]tou?
(Note that the omitted alpha is replaced by an apostrophe; Jn. 1:3, 7; cf. Jn. 1:39)

Coronis
Sometimes a word with a final vowel followed by a word with an initial vowel will be
contracted together. This is called Crasis. A coronis ( ] ) is used to retain the breathing
of the second word.
kai< [and] + e]gw< [I] becomes ka]gw< (and I, Jn. 1:31, 33)

Quick Review of English Grammar


Parts of Speech
1. Noun names a person, place, thing or idea (e.g., book).
2. Adjective is a word used to qualify the meaning of the noun (e.g., good book).
3. Definite Article is a word that specifies a particular noun (e.g., the good book).
The indefinite article is a (e.g., a book).
4. Pronoun is a word used instead of a noun (e.g., the book, it).
5. Preposition is a relational word that connects an object (often a noun) to its
antecedent (e.g., in the book).
6. Verb is often an action or state-of-being word that makes a statement, asks a
question, or gives a command (e.g., read the book).
7. Adverb qualifies the meaning of the verb (e.g., read quickly).
8. Particle is a small indeclinable word expressing some general aspect of meaning,
or some connective or limiting relation (see chapter 27).

Sentence Parts (Syntax)


The sentence is divided into two parts:
1. Subject, about which something is said.
Simple subject:
Terry went to the store.
The big red truck moved slowly.
Complete subject:
The big red truck moved slowly.
Compound subject:
Terry and Dawn went to the store.
Understood subject:
Please close the door (you is understood).

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

24

2. Predicate is that which is said about the subject.


Simple predicate:
Joy walked home.
Complete predicate:
Joy walked home.
Compound predicate: Joy walked home and raked leaves.
Predicate nominative: It is I (rather than It is me). A predicate nominative
completes the idea of the subject. It will most often occur with an is
verb.

Phrases
A phrase is a group of words used as a single part of speech.
Perhaps the most common is the prepositional phrase:
The book by the bed is my textbook (the phrase acts like an adjective modifying
book).
He held the book over his head (the phrase acts like an adverb modifying held).
Infinitive phrases often act as nouns, adverbs or adjectives:
With work you can expect to master Greek (as a noun).
He played to win (as an adverb).
He had plenty of water to drink (as an adjective modifying water).

Clause
A clause is a group of words that includes a subject and predicate. (A clause has a
verb; a phrase does not.)
Phrase: The great big strong man (an adjective phrase)
Clause: The man who owns the store (an adjectival/relative clause)
A main clause expresses a complete thought and can stand alone.
A subordinate clause is dependent on the main clause and cannot stand alone. Note the
following subordinate clauses.
When the store opened, the people pushed through the front door.
He knew that power had gone out of him.

Vanquishing Verbs
It is crucial for students of Greek to gain mastery over (conquer, vanquish) verbs.
Tense generally describes the time of action of the verb (present, future, past), although
the time/tense connection has been hotly contested recently (vid. S. Porter, R. Decker, D.
Mathewson, et al.). Some see the Greek tense forms as being used to denote Aktionsart
(how the action takes place [punctiliar, durative, iterative, inceptive...]) and others stress
aspect (the writers view or portrayal of the action as opposed to when/how the action
actually happened). You should be aware of all three perspectives.

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

25

Tense=time: Time is
Kathy walks everyday (present tense).
Kathy walked yesterday (past tense).
Kathy will walk tomorrow (future tense).
Horses gallop across the prairie (omnitemporal/gnomic; what they usually do).
God loves you (timeless).
The Greek verb forms (present/aorist/perfect) are not directly indicative of the
time an event actually happened. Hence the present tense form can be used
for events that are past, present, future, omnitemporal or timeless.
Aktionsart denotes the type of action, how it happens: These types of features
are better understood as a result of the discourse level or based on the lexical
meanings of particular verbs and combinations rather than to try to force such
meanings onto the morphological tense forms (present, aorist, perfect).
Continuous/durative action (the event as a process), He is cooking.
Iterative (happens repeatedly) He kept shooting the ball.
Inceptive (event is beginning) She is leaving now.
Omnitemporal/gnomic: Horses gallop across the prairie (omnitemporal/gnomic;
what they usually do)
Timeless: God loves you.
Aspect: the writers portrayal of an action (Porter/Decker/Mathewson)
the time is indicated more from adverbials, prepositions or time words
than from the tense of the verb.
Present/Imperfect: immediacy, details, in progress, descriptive, foreground material
(can be used to portray present, past, future, omnitemporal or
timeless action; so it is not time locked)
Aorist: wholistic, complete, undifferentiated, background material
Perfect/Pluperfect: state of affairs, frontground form
Mathewson defines background, foreground and frontground as follows:
1. background: this does not refer to material that is non-essential or
unimportant, but to material that serves a supporting role.
2. foreground: this refers to material that is selected for more attention
and often consists of the main characters and thematic elements
in a discourse.
3. frontground: elements that are frontgrounded are singled out for
special attention, are presented in a more well-defined way, and
stand out in an unexpected manner in the discourse (Mathewson, 27).
Voice shows who does or receives the action of the verb. Voice indicates how the subject
is related to the action of the verb.
Active: Subject does the action.

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

26

Middle: Subject does action for itself or emphasizing the subjects participation in the
action of the verb (most often the Greek is translated into an English active or
for him/her/itself [benefit])
Passive: Subject receives the action.
Mathewson has described it visually as:
Active: Subject ----> Verb (object)
Middle: Subject <--> Verb
Passive: Subjects <--- Verb (agent)
Examples of verb voice
Zachary shot the ball (active)Zach does the action.
The ball was shot by Zachary (passive)ball receives action.
Zachary himself passed the ball (middle)Zach did it for himself.
Verbal mood shows how something is said.
Indicative:
Subjunctive:
Imperative:
Optative:

Portrayal of reality
Desire, prossible
Command, entreaty
Wish, remote possibility

Examples of Verb Mood


Indicative:
He learned Greek well.
Subjunctive:
In order that he might learn Greek well . . .
If he studies, he may learn Greek well.
Imperative:
Learn Greek well!
Optative:
Oh that you might learn Greek.
(Hopefully, this will not be a remote possibility.)

Nouns
Nouns in Greek have gender, number, and case.
Gender: The Greek masculine, feminine, and neuter genders are often indicated by
the endings attached to the noun. Abstract nouns and objects that are neither
male nor female in English are often marked as either masculine or feminine in
Greek (The boat, she left port).
Number: As an s often ends an English word that is plural, Greek likewise, has
endings that mark whether a noun is singular or plural (e.g., book, books).
Case: In English we have three cases that are seen in how we use our pronouns.
Case will be an important feature in Greek and often difficult to grasp initially.

Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar

27

1. Subjective or nominative case:


She = subject (She did it.)
2. Objective or accusative case:
Her = object (The car hit her.)
3. Possessive or genitive case:
Hers = possessive (The car was hers.)
Greek adds two more:
4. Dative case: The case marking the indirect object. (I told the story to the apostles.)
5. Vocative case: The case of direct address. (O Lord, save me.)
Endings will be added to the Greek nouns to indicate gender, number and case.

Vocabulary
a]delfo<j
a]kou<w
do<ca
e@xw
ko<smoj
ku<rioj
lo<goj
Pe<troj
ui[o<j
Farisai?oj

brother (343)
I hear, obey (428)
glory, fame (166)
I have, hold (708)
world (186)
lord, Lord, sir (717)
word (330)
Peter (156)
son (377)
Pharisee (98)

Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs

28

3
Present Active Verbs
You will be able to
1. understand the English verbal system and its parallels to Greek (tense, voice,
mood, person, and number),
2. recognize and write the present active indicative forms of Greek verbs, and
3. master ten high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
Verbs are words of action or state of being.
Zachary drove the car.
Elliott is a good kid.
We use verbs to make statements, give commands, or express wishes.
Come here (command).
May Zach play basketball this year (wish).
Tanya is working tonight (statement).

Tense=time in English
Tense in English refers to the time of the action of the verb:
Present: Annette swims.
Past: Annette swam.
Future: Annette will swim.
Perfect: Annette has swum.

Tense/Aktionsart/Aspect
In Greek, the tense form is not used so much as to coordinate with time (when the
event happened, usually indicated by the context through adverbs, prepositional phrases
and other temporal indicators), or to how (type,duration [Aktionsart]; usually implicit in
the lexical meaning of the verb or broader context) the action takes place but, and most of
all, its aspect which is the authors portrayal of an action (foregrounding/immediacy/
descriptive/progress [present tense form]; background/wholistic/complete [aorist] and
frontgrounding/state of being [perfect]). In short, while we will generally translate the
present tense in this course with an English present one must realize that there is not
really a connection of the present tense form with the present time and the present tense

Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs

29

form can be used for past, present, future, timeless or omnitemporal types of verbal
actions. Thus, aspect, or how the author portrays an activity, seems to be a more
adequate way to describe the present tense form (foregrounding/immediacy/
descriptive/progress) but for now we will simply translate it in these exercises which are
out of context as an English present tense. Be aware, however, that the actual time will
more often than not be indicated by adverbs, prepositional phrases and conjunctive
modifiers than from the tense form on the verb.

Voice
English has two voices, to which Greek adds a third:
1. Active voice: The subject does the action of the verb.
Active voice examples:
Terry hit the ball.
Joy kissed Andy.
2. Passive voice: The subject receives the action of the verb.
Passive voice examples:
The ball was hit by Terry.
Andy was kissed by Joy.
3. Middle voice: The subjects participation in the action of the verb is emphasized,
the action is done for the subjects benefit, or rarely the subject acts on
him/herself (reflexive) or members of a group interact among themselves
(reciprocal).
Middle voice examples:
Terry himself kicked the ball (emphasizing participation; frequent).
Terry kicked the ball for himself (interest/benefit).
Terry kicked himself (reflexive; rare).
The players patted each other (reciprocal; rare).
Some describe many middle verbs in Greek as deponent (75 percent of the time). This
means they are middle in form but translated as active with the active form missing
(deponent). In this program, the middle will be translated as active unless otherwise
indicated (Mounce, Basics, 149). Such deponent verbs are easily found in the lexicon
as having an omai ending (e.g. e@rxomai, gi<nomai) rather than the normal active ending
w (e.g. ble<pw, a]kou<w). While the term deponent is debated it may be best just to
translate them as middles emphasizing the subjects participation in the action of the verb
(hence active).

Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs

30

Mood
Mood refers to the kind of reality of the action, or how the action of the verb is
regarded.
1. Indicative mood: The verb simply states or portrays that something happened.
Elliott prays.
2. Imperative mood: The verb gives a command, exhortation or entreaty.
Pray, Elliott!
3. Subjunctive mood: The verb expresses a wish, possibility, or potentiality
Elliott may pray.
4. Optative mood: The verb expresses a wish, remote possibility.
Oh that he would stand.

Person
There are three persons in Greek.
1. First person indicates the person(s) speaking (I [singular] or we [plural]).
First person examples:
I studied Greek.
We studied Greek.
2. Second person indicates the person(s) spoken to (you [singular or plural]). Some
would say you-all, ye, or youuns (dialect) for the plural, thus
distinguishing it from you or thou as singular.
Second person examples:
You studied Greek.
You both studied Greek.
3. Third person indicates the person(s) or thing(s) spoken about (he, she, it
[singular]; they [plural]).
Third person examples:
She studied Greek.
They studied Greek.
It made them happy.

Number and Agreement


Both English and Greek distinguish between singular (I, you, he, she, it) and the plural
(we, you, they).
Verbs must agree with their subjects in both person and number.
He rides the wave.
They ride the wave (not They rides the wave).

Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs

31

Introduction to the Greek Present Active Indicative (PAI)


The present active indicative (PAI) will be our first verb paradigm. It is a frequently
used tense in the New Testament (over 4,400 times). Active means that the subject does
the action of the verb as opposed to the middle or passive voices. The indicative mood
portrays the action as reality (liars also use the indicative so what is being portrayed as
reality may not be in fact) making a statement, as opposed to the imperative (command)
or subjunctive (possibility) moods, which we will study later.
Each form will be composed of a:
Stem + Pronominal ending
lu< + w

Translation
The present tense may used of either undefined Aktionsart (event simply happens) or
continuous Aktionsart (event was a process).
Thus for our grammatical practice sentences they will be translated as follows:
1. Undefined:
2. Continuous:

I loose. I run.
I am loosing. I am running.

The context will determine which should be used. One should be aware that in sentences
in contexts the present tense form can be used to designate action in the past, present,
future, omnitemporal or timeless happenings.

Historical Present
Greek will often use the present tense to reference an event that actually happened in
the past. The historical present is used to add vividness or dramatic effect to the narrative
or, most often, it is an idiom. It often occurs in narrative in the third person. In these cases
the present tense is simply translated by our past tense (he says becomes he said).
This present active paradigm is very important. You should be able to chant through it
in your sleep. Learn these primary pronominal endings also since they will be useful
when we do the future tense.
Stem + pronominal suffix:

lu< + w
lu< + eij
lu< + ei

lu< + omen
lu< + ete
lu< + ousi

Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs

32

Present Active Indicative (PAI) Paradigm


Singular
Plural
lu<omen
I loose/am loosing.
We loose/are loosing.
1. lu<w
lu<ete
You loose/are
You loose/are loosing.
2. lu<eij
loosing.
lu<ousi(n)
He/she/it looses/is
They loose/are loosing.
3. lu<ei
loosing.
Primary Pronominal Suffixes
w
omen
I
eij
ete
you
ei
ousi(n)
he/she/it

we
you (you-all)
they

Movable Nu ( n )
Most frequently a nu ( n ) is added to the end of words ending in si or e. In English
we do something similar with a book and an item. Most often the third plural
form will be: lu<ousin instead of lu<ousi (cf. ble<pousin kai>, Mat. 13:13). Rarely the
nu (n) will be dropped before words beginning with consonants (cf. ble<pousi to> . . .
Mat. 18:10).

Second Person Plural


In English, we make no distinction between a you singular and a you that is plural
(you all). Some grammars, following King James English, use thou for the singular
and ye for the plural. Such usage is archaic, and hence we will use you for both
second person singular and plural. You should be aware, however, that in Greek a sharp
distinction is made.

Parsing Format
Verbs are parsed or conjugated in the following format:
Tense, voice, mood, person, number, lexical form, English meaning.
E.g., lu<w Present active indicative (PAI), 1st person singular, from lu<w, meaning
I loose, destroy.
Shorter form: lu<w PAI, 1 sg., from lu<w, I loose, destroy.
lu<ete PAI, 2 pl., from lu<w, you loose, destroy

Chant #1: Present Active Indicative (PAI) of lu<w (I loose/am loosing).


Recite the first column then the second. Practice until it is as natural as breathing.

lu<w
lu<eij
lu<ei

lu<omen
lu<ete
lu<ousi(n)

Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs

Vocabulary
a]lla<
a]po<stoloj
ble<pw
ga<r
Ginw<skw
]Ihsou?j
lamba<nw
lu<w
ou]rano<j
pisteu<w

but, yet (638)


apostle, sent one (80)
I see (133)
for, then (1041)
I know (222)
Jesus (917)
I take, receive (258)
I loose (42)
heaven (273)
I believe (241)

33

Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns

4
Second Declension Nouns
You will be able to
1. understand the English syntax of nouns in sentences (subject, object, number,
gender, etc.),
2. understand the Greek noun system (gender, number, case),
3. write out the second declension paradigm for masculine and neuter nouns, and
4. master ten high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
A noun is commonly defined as a word that stands for a person, place or thing.
Natanya
Store
Car

= person
= place
= thing

Gender
Gender in English is determined by the sex of the referent: king . . . he, queen . . .
she. Objects that are neither male nor female are considered neuter: table . . . it. In
Greek some inanimate objects are given male or female designations. Be careful not to
confuse Greek grammatical gender with biological gender!
oi#koj
i[ero<n
e]kklhsi<a

House is masculine.
Temple is neuter.
Church, congregation is feminine.

Number
Both English and Greek inflect words for number. Both languages have singular and
plural nouns. Notice the change on the end of the Greek words.
Singular
heaven
man

Plural
heavens
men

Singular
ou]rano<j
a@nqrwpoj

Plural
ou]ranoi<
a@nqrwpoi

34

Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns

35

Case
English uses word inflections in order to indicate changes in case. Case is the role a
word plays in the sentence (such as subject, object, possessive).

Subjective Case (Greek: Nominative)


This is the subject of the verb.
He hit the ball.
The subject of the sentence can usually be discovered by putting who or what
before the verb.
He ran to the store.
Who ran to the store? He (= subject).

Objective Case (Greek: Accusative)


This is the object of the verb.
The ball hit him.
The object of a sentence can usually be discovered by putting a who or what after
the verb.
He hit the ball.
He hit what? The ball (= object).

Possessive Case (Greek: Genitive)


This indicates who is the possessor.
He hit his truck.
The possessive case often can be discovered by asking whose?
Charlie hid his cake.
Whose cake? His (possessive).
Nominative
Accusative
Genitive

=
=
=

subject of the sentence


object of the sentence
Possessive

Declensions: First, Second, Third


There are three noun declensions in Greek. A declension is a grouping of nouns that
are inflected with a shared set of endings. The difference in endings does not affect the
translation procedure for first, second, and third declensions. The second declension
nouns are characterized by an o as the final letter of the stem. They are largely masculine

Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns

36

or neuter. First declension nouns are characterized by an h or a for the final letter and are
mostly feminine. Third declension nouns have stems that end in a consonant.
We will learn the second declension before the first because it is more frequent.
Second declension nouns are largely masculine, as indicated in lexical lists by placing the
masculine definite article o[ (the) after the nominative singular form. Each noun should
be learned with its definite article that indicates its gender. Second declension nouns that
are neuter are marked by placing the neuter definite article to< (the) after the root.

Article
In contrast to English, which uses a as an indefinite article (a book), Greek has no
indefinite article. Thus, the Greek indefinite noun may be translated book or a book.
Greek nouns are assumed to be indefinite unless marked by the article (the). The Greek
article can actually be used for several functions beyond making a noun definite. For
now, simply be aware of the nominative form of the definite article, which will indicate
the gender of the noun being learned:
o[ = masculine (the)
h[ = feminine (the)
to< = neuter (the)

Gender
Greek nouns are masculine, feminine, or neuter in gender. Often this gender is more a
syntactical feature than a metaphysical statement, as many inanimate objects are given
grammatical gender. Thus year ( e@toj) is neuter, while day (h[me<ra) is feminine, but
time (xro<noj) is masculine.

Number and Agreement


As in English, Greek has both singular and plural nouns. The verb most often matches
the number of the subject noun just as in English:
Students (plural) love Greek.
The student (singular) loves Greek.

Inflectional Forms
In Greek, there are five inflectional forms marking the various cases or roles that nouns
play in sentences.

Nominative Form Most Often Marks the Subject of the Sentence


Music calms the heart.
Music is the subject of the sentence. In Greek it would be marked with a nominative
inflectional ending. With is verbs it can be used as a predicate nominative as in It is
he. Here he (nominative) is used rather than the accusative him.

Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns

37

Genitive Form Often Expresses a Possessive, Description, Origin, Relation,


Limits quality
The Pharisee went to the house of God (description)
The book of the chief was worn (possesive).
The writing of the prophet (origin)
The son of Mary (relation).
Note the different meanings of of in these sentences.
Of God or Gods would be marked in Greek with a genitive inflectional ending.
We will generally use the keyword of when translating the genitive, although the
genitive may actually function in many other ways as well.

Dative Form Often Marks the Indirect Object, Location, Agency


He spoke a word to the apostle (Indirect Object)
She went to the class (location).
He was struck by the catcher (agency)
To the apostle would be marked with a dative inflectional ending in Greek. The
dative functions in many ways. In some contexts it may also be translated for or at or
by or with. We will generally use the key words to, for, at, by, with (remember = 2
by 4, ate (at) with) when translating the dative.

Accusative Form Indicates the Object of the Sentence.


Joy saw the ball.
Elliott walked home.
The ball is the object of the sentence. It would be marked by an accusative
inflectional ending in Greek. The accusatives basic idea is limiting the content,
direction, extent or goal of the verb or preposition it is associated with. It limits the
quantity while the genitive will limit the quality (Wallace). It can also be used as
the subject of the infinitive and some verbs will take a double accusative (e.g. he will
teach you [1] all things [2]).

Vocative Form Is Used for Direct Address


Sister, you are the one!
O Lord, how majestic is your name.
Sister receives a direct address and would be marked by a vocative inflectional
ending in Greek.
You should be able to chant through this declension. Because the vocatives are so few
and often the same as the nominative, you need only to chant the Nom.-Acc. The
vocative will be recognized when it appears, and it is often the same as the nominative.

Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns

Masculine Second Declension Forms (Stem Ending in o)


lo<goj = word
Singular
Plural
Inflectional Endings
lo<
g
oj
lo<
g
oi
oj
oi
Nom.
lo<gou
lo<gwn
ou
wn
Gen.
lo<g&
lo<goij
&
oij
Dat.
lo<gon
lo<gouj
on
ouj
Acc.
lo<ge
lo<goi
e
oi
Voc.
Meaning of Inflectional Forms
Singular
Plural
lo<goi
Nom. lo<goj a word
words
lo<gou of a word lo<gwn
Gen.
of words
lo<g&
Dat.
to a word lo<goij To
words
lo<gon a word
lo<gouj words
Acc.
lo<ge
lo<goi
Voc.
O word
O words
Nominative
Genitive
Dative
Accusative
Vocative

(subject of sentence)
(possessive, origin)
(indirect object)
(direct object)
(direct address)

= subject of the sentence


= descriptive/possessive usually translated with keyword
of
= indirect object/agency/location usually translated with
keyword to, by, for, with at
= direct object of a sentence
= direct address (e.g., O words, tell us how to read Greek)

Another way to look at case (Hansen and Quinn, Greek: An Intensive Course, 20):
Accusative
Motion toward or into
==============>

Dative
in

Genitive
Motion away from/out of
=================>

Neuter Second Declension Forms (Stem Ending in o)


i[ero<n = temple
Singular
Plural
i[ero<n
i[era<
Nom./Voc.
i[erou?
i[erw?n
Gen.
i[er&?
i[eroi?j
Dat.
i[ero<n
i[era<
Acc.

38

Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns

Meaning of Inflectional Forms


Singular
Plural
i[era<
Nom. i[ero<n
a temple
temples
i[erou?
Gen.
of a temple i[erw?n of temples
i[
e
r&?
Dat.
to a temple i[eroi?j To temples
i[ero<n
i[era<
Acc.
a temple
temples
i[ero<n
i[era<
Voc.
O temple
O temples

39

(subject of sentence)
(possessive)
(indirect object)
(direct object)
(direct address)

Note that in the neuter the nominative, accusative and vocative always have the same
form. The genitive and dative neuter have the same endings as the masculine. You should
be able to chant through this paradigm, lumping the vocative with the nominative.

Declining Nouns
Verbs are parsed (PAI, 1st sg, from lu<w, I loose). Nouns are declined using the
following pattern: Case, number, gender, base Greek word, meaning.
For example:
lo<g&
i[erw?n

Dative, Singular, Masculine, from lo<goj, meaning to a word


Genitive, Plural, Neuter, from i[ero<n, meaning of temples

Word Order
The order of words in a sentence in Greek may be the same as in English (subject +
verb + object). Greek puts inflectional endings on nouns to mark their case. This allows
Greek to change the word order for various purposes without substantially altering the
meaning of a sentence. For example, the subject may be placed after the verb and the
object placed before the verb for emphasis while retaining the original meaning of the
sentence. Recent studies have shown that word order is important, so the good student
will keep an eye on the order of syntactic units (VSOM versus SVOM etc.).
One comment on the vocabulary forms. In lexical lists, nouns such as dou?loj are
followed by -ou?, which gives the genitive singular ending, indicating that it is a second
declension noun. The o[ article is given to specify that it is masculine.

Second Declension Noun Chant


lo<goj
lo<gou
lo<g&
lo<gon
lo<goi
lo<gwn
lo<goij
lo<gouj

(word: Subject)
(of a word)
(to/by/for a word)
(word: Object)
(words: Subject)
(of words)
(to/by/for words)
(words: Object)

i[ero<n
i[erou?
i[er&?
i[ero<n
i[era<
i[erw?n
i[eroi?j
i[era<

(temple: Subject)
(of a temple)
(to/by/for a temple)
(temple: Object)
(temples: Subject)
(of temples)
(to/by/for temples)
(temples: Object)

Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns

Vocabulary
a]gapa<w
gra<fw
de<
dou?loj, -ou, o[
eu[ri<skw
i[ero<n, -ou?, to<
lao<j, -ou?, o[
no<moj, -ou, o[
oi#koj, -ou, o[
w[j

I love (143)
I write (191)
but, and (2,792)
servant, slave (124)
I find (176)
temple (71)
people (142)
law (194)
house (114)
as, about, how (504)

40

Chapter 5: First Declension Nouns

5
First Declension Nouns
You will be able to
1. understand the English syntax of nouns in sentences (subject, object, number,
gender, etc.),
2. understand the Greek noun system (gender, number, case),
3. write out and chant the first declension paradigm for feminine nouns, and
4. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
There are three noun declensions in Greek. We have learned the second declension
with its masculine and neuter nouns and its characteristic o endings. Now we will focus
on the first declension. First declension nouns are largely feminine, as indicated by
placing the feminine article h[ (the) after the nominative singular form. Each noun
should be learned with its definite article, which indicates its gender. The stem of first
declension nouns ends with an alpha or eta. Learn to chant through this eta first
declension of grafh<. Learn to recognize the variations on the other two forms (alpha
and masculine form).
Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in h)
grafh<, h[ = writing, Scripture
Singular
Plural
Inflectional Endings
grafai<
h
ai
Nom./Voc. grafh<
grafh?j
grafw?n
hj
wn
Gen.
graf^?
grafai?j
^
aij
Dat.
grafh<n
grafa<j
hn
aj
Acc.
Meanings: Translation of Inflectional Forms
Singular
Plural
grafai< writings
Nom. grafh<
A writing
grafh?j of a writing grafw?n of writings
Gen.
graf^?
Dat.
to a writing grafai?j to writings
grafh<n A writing
grafa<j writings
Acc.
grafh<
grafai< O writings
Voc.
O writing

(subject of sentence)
(possessive/description)
(indirect object/agency)
(direct object)
(direct address)

41

Chapter 5: First Declension Nouns

Nominative
Genitive
Dative
Accusative
Vocative

= subject of the sentence, predicate nom., apposition


= possessive/description/origin usually translated with of
= indirect object, usually translated with to, for, by,
at, or with (2 by 4 ate [at] with)
= direct object of a sentence, double accusative
= direct address (e.g., O writings, show us . . .)

The nominative can be used as in an appositional use. Apposition is when this


form restates or specifies a noun. For example: Paul, a servant, an apostle writes,
where a servant and an apostle are appositional renaming or specifying Paul.
Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in a)
w!ra, h[ = hour
Singular
Plural
w$rai
Nom./Voc. w!ra
hour
hours
(subject of sentence)
w!raj of an hour w[rw?n of hours
Gen.
(possessive/descrip.)
w!r%
Dat.
for an hour w!raij for hours (indirect object/ag.)
w!ran hour
w!raj
Acc.
hours
(direct object)
Note that the nominative and vocative have the same form. The w!ra and grafh<
forms are largely the same except for the simple shift of the eta to an alpha in the
singular.
Masculine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in h)
profh<thj, o[ = prophet
Singular
Plural
profh?tai prophets
Nom. profh<thj prophet
(subject)
profh<tou of a prophet profhtw?n of prophets (possessive)
Gen.
profh<t^ to a prophet profh<taij to prophets (indirect object)
Dat.
profh<thn prophet
profh<taj prophets
Acc.
(direct object)
profh?ta O prophet
profh?tai O prophets (direct address)
Voc.
Note that the only major variation here is the genitive singular, which takes an -ou
ending. Beyond that, it is much the same as grafh<. Vocatives are rare.
Nouns ending in a consonantal blend (y, c, or z) or double
consonant do<ca, -hj, h[ = glory
Singular
Plural
do<cai
Nom. do<ca
glory
glories
(subject)
do<chj
docw?n
Gen.
of glory
of glories
(possessive)
do<c^
do<caij
Dat.
to glory
to glories
(indirect object)
do<can
do<caj
Acc.
glory
glories
(direct object)
do<ca
do<cai
Voc.
O glory
O glories
(direct address)

42

Chapter 5: First Declension Nouns

43

The Article
While Greek has no indefinite article like the English a (e.g., a book), the Greek
article, usually translated the, occurs throughout the New Testament although it often
can be used as a substitute for a personal pronoun, demonstrative pronoun (this/that) or a
relative pronoun (who/which). The article is inflected for gender, number, and case.
Indeed, the article must match its noun in gender, number, and case. The article marks the
gender of a noun, whether it is a first, second, or third declension noun. The article can
sometimes function as a pronoun (he, she, it . . . ) and at root has a nominalizing impact
on the words it goes with. Sometimes it is not translated at all especially with proper
nouns (Jesus not the Jesus) or abstracts (grace not the grace).
Examples:
lo<goj
o[ lo<goj
lo<gon
to>n lo<gon

word or a word
the word
word or a word
the word

Article Forms
Singular
Masc.
Fem.
h[
Nom. o[
th?j
Gen. tou?
t&?
t^?
Dat.
to<
n
th<n
Acc.

Nom. sg. masc. (Acts 13:15)


Nom. sg. masc. (Jn. 1:1)
Acc. sg. masc. (Jn. 8:51)
Acc. sg. masc. (Jn. 4:39)

Neut.
to<
tou?
t&?
to<

Plural
Masc.
oi[
tw?n
toi?j
tou<j

Fem.
ai[
tw?n
tai?j
ta<j

Neut.
ta<
tw?n
toi?j
ta<

Note that o[, oi[, h[, and ai[ are proclitics, each bearing no accent because it is associated
so closely with (leans on) the following word. Being able to recognize the case of the
article is handy, since that will also tell you the case of the accompanying noun. Thus, it
is a good way to double-check whether or not you are declining a noun properly.

The 2-1-2 Noun Chant (recite this so it becomes automatic)


2-Declension

lo<goj
lo<gou
lo<g&
lo<gon

(word: Subject)
(of a word)
(to/by/for a word)
(word: Object)

lo<goi (words: Subject)


lo<gwn (of words)
lo<goij (to/by/for words)
lo<gouj (words: Object)

1-Declension

2-Declension

grafh< (writing: Subject)


grafh?j (of a writing)
graf^? (to/by/for a writing)
grafh<n (writing: Object)

i[ero<n
i[erou?
i[er&?
i[ero<n

grafai< (writings: Subject)


grafw?n (of writings)
grafai?j (to/by/for writings)
grafa<j (writings: Object)

i[era< (temples: Subject)


i[erw?n (of temples)
i[eroi?j (to/by/for temples)
i[era< (temples: Object)

(temple: Subject)
(of a temple)
(to/by/for a temple)
(temple: Object)

Chapter 5: First Declension Nouns

Vocabulary
a]ga<ph, -hj, h[
a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[
a[marti<a, -aj, h[
basilei<a, -aj, h[
grafh<, -h?j, h[
e]gei<rw
e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[
e@rgon, -ou, to<
maqhth<j, -ou?, o[
w!ra, -aj, h[

love (116)
truth (109)
sin (173)
kingdom (162)
writing, Scripture (50)
I raise up (144)
assembly, church (114)
work (169)
disciple (261)
hour (106)

44

Chapter 6: Prepositions

45

6
Prepositions
You will be able to
1. understand English prepositions and the various ways they connect words,
2. translate the various Greek prepositions and how they relate to the noun
inflectional system,
3. recognize and predict when prepositions will have a letter elided,
4. identify and translate prepositions when they are compounded with other word
forms,
5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and
6. memorize Jn. 1:1 in Greek.

Definition of Preposition
Prepositions are usually small words that link or relate two words together. Often they
tell position in space or time.They often work in conjunction with the cases extending
and clarifying the use of a particular case. Wallace notes prepositions that are found with
the accusative and dative often function adverbially and the genitive functions
adjectivally (Wallace, 160).
I saw the book on the table (adjectival usemodifies the noun, book).
Tells of the spatial relationship of the book to the table.
He went after the game (adverbial usemodifies the verb, went)..
Connects the persons going to the time of the game.

Prepositional Phrase
A phrase is a string of closely connected words. A clause is a string of connected
words and/or phrases, including both a subject and a verb.
A prepositional phrase is usually composed of a preposition followed by a noun, which
is called the object of the preposition.
Prep. + noun = in + the car (the car is the object of the preposition in)

Preposition and Case


In English, the object of the preposition is usually in the objective case. Thus, we
would say, Send the disk with him (accusative), and not with he (nominative).

Chapter 6: Prepositions

46

Greek prepositions may be followed by nouns in the genitive, dative, or accusative


inflectional forms. Each preposition will have a particular case(s) that usually inflects the
following noun or pronoun.

Introduction to Greek Prepositions


Like English prepositions, Greek prepositions are connecting or linking words. Each
preposition will take a noun/adjective/pronoun in a certain case (genitive, dative, or
accusative). This case must be learned along with the prepositions main meaning(s). The
most common meanings are listed with each preposition, but it is important to observe
the context because many other meanings are possible. Note that the genitive often has
the idea of separation, the dative the idea of location, and the accusative the idea of
motion toward.

Prepositions Used with One Case


The following prepositions are used with only one case:
a]po< = from (with the genitive)also may mean because of, by, of
]Ihsou?n ui[o>n tou? ]Iwsh>f to>n a]po> Nazare<t
Jesus son of Joseph from Nazareth (Jn. 1:45)
a]po> tou? no<mou
from the law (Mat. 5:18)
a]f ] u[mw?n (a]f ] is a form of a]po< when it is followed by a word with a rough
breathing mark, the vowel drops and the consonant shifts upward before a
rough breathing mark)
from you (Jn. 16:22)
ei]j = into, to, in (with the accusative)also may mean among, for
ei]j th>n zwh>n
to life (Mat. 7:14)notice the article is not translated
ei]j th>n oi]ki<an Pe<trou
into Peters house (Mat. 8:14)notice the article is not translated
ei]j th>n basilei<an tw?n ou]ranw?n
into the kingdom of heaven (Mat. 19:23)first article is translated the second is not
e]k = from, out of (with the genitive)also may mean of, because of
e]k tw?n Farisai<wn
from the Pharisees (Jn. 1:24)

Chapter 6: Prepositions

e]k th?j basilei<aj


out of the kingdom (Mat. 13:41)
e]c ou]ranou? (e]c is a form of e]k when it is followed by a word that begins with a
vowel) from heaven (Mat. 28:2)
e]n = in, on, at (with the dative)also may mean among, when, by, with
e]n tai?j kardi<aij
in the hearts (Mat. 9:4)
e]n t&? a]nqrw<p&
in the man (Jn. 2:25)
e]n h[me<r% kri<sewj
on the day of judgment (Mat. 10:15)
pro<j = to, toward (with the accusative)also may mean with [see page 44]
e@rxetai pro>j au]to>n le<gei pro>j Fi<lippon
(because a great crowd) came to him, he said to Philip (Jn. 6:5)
pro>j tou>j maqhta<j
to the disciples (Mat. 26:40)
pro>j to>n o@xlon
to the crowd (Mat. 17:14)
su<n = with (with the dative)
su>n toi?j maqhtai?j
with the disciples (Mk. 8:34)
su>n t&? a]gge<l&
with the angel (Lk. 2:13)
su>n toi?j presbute<roij
with the elders (Lk. 20:1)

Prepositions Used with Two Cases


The following prepositions are used with two cases:
dia< (with the genitive) = through, by, during

47

Chapter 6: Prepositions

dia> ]Ieremi<ou tou? profh<tou


through Jeremiah the prophet (Mat. 2:17)
dia> tw?n profhtw?n t&? ui[&? tou? a]nqrw<pou
by the prophets about the Son of Man (Lk. 18:31)
dia< (with the accusative) = because of
dia> to>n lo<gon
because of the word (Mat. 13:21)
kata< (with the genitive) = down, against
kata> tou? ui[ou? tou? a]nqrw<pou
against the Son of Man (Mat. 12:32)
kata> tou? laou?
against the people (Acts 21:28)
kata< (with the accusative) = according to, during
kaq ] h[me<ran (form of kata< before a rough breathing markdrops the vowel
and the consonant is shifted upwards before a rough breathing mark)
during a day (Mat. 26:55)
meta< (with the genitive) = with
meta> tw?n ui[w?n au]th?j
with her sons (Mat. 20:20)
meta> ]Ihsou? tou? Nazwrai<ou
with Jesus of Nazareth (Mat. 26:71)
meta< (with the accusative) = after
meq ] h[me<raj e!c
after six days (Mat. 17:1)
peri< (with the genitive) = for, concerning
peri> tw?n du<o a]delfw?n
concerning the two brothers (Mat. 20:24)
peri> tou? i[erou?
concerning the temple (Lk. 21:5)

48

Chapter 6: Prepositions

49

peri< (with the accusative) = around, about


peri> th>n a]lh<qeian
about the truth (2 Tim. 2:18)

Prepositions Used with Three Cases


A few prepositions are used with three cases:
e]pi< (with the genitive) = on, over
e]pi> gh?j
on earth (Mat. 6:10)
e]pi< (with the dative) = on, at, on the basis of, against
path>r e]pi> ui[&? kai> ui[o>j e]pi> patri<
father against son and son against father (Lk. 12:53)
e]pi< (with the accusative) = on, to, toward, against (motion implied)
e]pi> tou>j maqhta>j au]tou?
to his disciples (Mat. 12:49)
para< = (see chapter 8 vocabulary or Greek-English glossary at back of this book)
pro<j = (see Greek-English glossary; the genitives and datives are rare)

A Case Perspective on the prepositions


Genitive
a]po< from
e]k out of, from
dia< through, by
kata< down, against
meta< with
peri< for, concerning
e]pi<< on, over

Dative
e]n in
su<n with
e]pi< on, at, against

Accusative
ei]j into
pro<j to, toward, with
dia< because of
kata< according to, during
meta< after
peri< around, about
e]pi< on, to, toward

Elision
Prepositions ending in a vowel often drop the final vowel when it comes before a word
that begins with a vowel.
di ] e]mou? = through me (Jn. 14:6)
(dia< + e]mou?)

Chapter 6: Prepositions

50

If there is a rough breathing mark on the next word, the final consonant may be shifted:
meq ] h[me<raj after days (Mat. 17:1)
(meta< + h[me<raj)

Proclitics
A proclitic is a word that has no accent because it is joined so closely with the accented
word that follows it.
e]n, ei]j and e]k are proclitics.
They come before (pro) the word with the accent.
Enclitics are accentless words that follow the word with the accent. Personal pronouns
are frequently enclitics.

Compounds
Prepositions are often found compounded with a verb in Greek. Sometimes the
meaning of the compound may be determined by combining the meaning of the
preposition with the meaning of the verb. Other times, however, the preposition affects
the meaning of the verb in other ways, most frequently intensifying it.
dia< + ble<pw
diable<pw

through + I see
I see clearly

Chapter 6: Prepositions

Chart of Prepositions
meta<, with
su<n, with

a]po<, from
e]pi<, on, upon

dia<, through
ei]j, into

e]n, in

peri<,
around,
about

e]k, out of

kata<, against

pro<j, to
kata<, down

Prepositions Chant: 11 Prepositional Moves


e]pi<
(hands patting on head)
peri< (right hand finger extended circle head)
pro<j (finger pointing in to heart)
ei]j
(hands into heartcollapse chest)
dia<
e]n
e]]k
a]po<

(finger pushing again through the back)


(arms in hugging self)
(hand push out from heart finger pointing out, close)
(fingers pointing out both front arms extended out)

kata< (hands push against each other in front)


su<n (right arm around shoulder wave of invisible buddy--with)
meta< (two arms extend around shoulders of invisible buddies--with)

51

Chapter 6: Prepositions

52

Vocabulary
It is difficult learning the prepositions as vocabulary items. They are short, but the
cases must be learned with each definition. They also have many more meaning
possibilities than normal words. In Greek, you need to pay particular attention to the
small words. Take extra time to master these well. Learn each case of the word almost as
a separate item for those that come in more than one case.
a]po<
dia<
ei]j
e]k
e]n
e]pi<
kata<
meta<
peri<
pro<j

from (with gen.) (646)


through (with gen.) (667)
on account of (with acc.)
into (with acc.) (1,768)
out of (with gen.) (914)
in (with dat.) (2,752)
on, over (with gen.) (890)
on, at, on the basis of, against (with dat.)
on, to, toward, against (with acc.)
down, against (with gen.) (473)
according to (with acc.)
with (with gen.) (469)
after, behind (with acc.)
about, concerning (with gen.) (333)
around, near (with acc.)
to (with acc.) (700)

Memory Verse: John 1:1


]En a]rx^? h#n o[ lo<goj,
In beginning was the Word,
kai> o[ lo<goj h#n pro>j to>n qeo<n.
and the Word was with God.

Chapter 7: Adjectives

53

7
Adjectives
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.

understand English adjectives and their various uses;


learn and translate various Greek adjectives;
identify attributive, predicate, and substantive uses of Greek adjectives;
properly identify the grammatical agreement between an adjective and its
accompanying substantive;
5. identify the various forms of the verb ei]mi< in the present active indicative;
6. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words; and
7. finish memorizing Jn. 1:1 in Greek.

Definition
An adjective is a word used to modify a noun or pronoun. The adjective often specifies
more clearly what the noun or pronoun actually means. It often answers the question
What kind of ______ is it?
The soft snow hit the windshield.
Answers: What kind of snow? Soft.
The snow was soft.

Three Uses of Adjectives


Adjectives are used in three ways:
1. An attributive adjective attributes a characteristic to the noun it modifies.
The good book
2. A predicate adjective assigns a characteristic to the subject of the sentence.
The book is good.
3. As a substantive, an adjective acts independently, as a noun itself.
The good die young.
Examples:
1. Attributive use:
The red car hit the big truck behind the rear tire.
2. Predicate use:
Roses are red and violets are blue.

Chapter 7: Adjectives

54

3. Substantive use:
The kind receive their rewards, but the unjust are often surprised (i.e., the kind
person; the unjust person).
Adjectives modify nouns and pronouns. They will match the nouns they modify in
number, gender, and case.
Adjectives frequently use a 2-1-2 paradigm scheme:
masculine
feminine
neuter

= Second declension forms


= First declension forms
= Second declension forms

Because you already know the first and second declensions, it is easy to recognize the
gender, number, and case of the adjectives.
Adjective Paradigm
a]]gaqo<j (good)
Declension 2
Singular
Masc.
a]gaqo<j
Nom.
a]gaqou?
Gen.
a]gaq&?
Dat.
a]gaqo<n
Acc.
Plural
a]gaqoi<
Nom.
a]gaqw?n
Gen.
a]gaqoi?j
Dat.
a]gaqou<j
Acc.

1
Fem.
a]gaqh<
a]gaqh?j
a]gaq^?
a]gaqh<n

2
Neut.
a]gaqo<n
a]gaqou?
a]gaq&?
a]gaqo<n

a]gaqai<
a]gaqw?n
a]gaqai?j
a]gaqa<j

a]gaqa<
a]gaqw?n
a]gaqoi?j
a]gaqa<

Adjective Paradigm for words ending in e, i, or r


di<kaioj (righteous)
Declension 2
1
2
Singular
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
di<
k
aioj
dikai<
a
di<kaion
Nom.
dikai<ou
dikai<aj
dikai<ou
Gen.
dikai<&
dikai<%
dikai<&
Dat.
di<kaion
dikai<an
di<kaion
Acc.
di<kaie
dikai<a
di<kaion
Voc.
Plural
di<kaiai
di<kaia
Nom. Voc. di<kaioi
dikai<wn
dikai<wn
dikai<wn
Gen.
dikai<oij
dikai<aij
dikai<oij
Dat.
dikai<ouj
dikai<aj
di<kaia
Acc.

Chapter 7: Adjectives

55

Attributive position = Adjective has article.


o[ a]gaqo>j lo<goj
the good word
o[ lo<goj o[ a]gaqo<j
the good word
e]gw< ei]mi o[ poimh>n o[ kalo<j.
I am the good shepherd (Jn. 10:11).
e]n t^? e]sxa<t^ h[me<r%
in the last day (Jn. 6:39)
Predicate position = Adjective has no article.
a]gaqo>j o[ lo<goj
The word is good.
o[ lo<goj a]gaqo<j
The word is good.
kai> o[ a@nqrwpoj ou$toj di<kaioj
And this man was righteous (Lk. 2:25).
fai<nesqe toi?j a]nqrw<poij di<kaioi.
you appear to men to be righteous (Mat. 23:28).
Substantive use = Adjective is used as a nounhas no noun
The substantive use often has the article but no accompanying noun.
oi[ de> di<kaioi ei]j zwh>n ai]w<nion
but the righteous unto eternal life (Mat. 25:46)
[O de> di<kaioj e]k pi<stewj zh<setai
But the righteous will live by faith (Rom. 1:17).

Predicate or Attributive
Sometimes neither the adjective nor the noun has the article. In this case the context
must determine whether to translate it attributively or predicatively.
kai> a]nh>r a]gaqo>j kai> di<kaioj
and a good and righteous man (Lk. 23:50)

Introduction to ei]mi<
ei]]mi< is a stative verb (it indicates a state of being) and so has no voice (active, middle,
or passive).
In English is takes a predicate nominative rather than the normal accusative. It is
correct to say This is he and incorrect to say This is him. Similarly, in Greek a noun
or pronoun in the nominative goes with the verb, one as the subject the other nominative
is the predicate nominative. Learn to chant through this paradigm.

Chapter 7: Adjectives

Present Indicative of ei]mi<


Singular
Plural
ei]mi<
e]sme<n
I am
ei#
e]ste<
you are
e]sti<(n)
ei]si<(n)
he/she/it is

56

we are
you are
they are

Note: The third singular and plural may take a moveable n.


Examples:
o!ti o[ qeo>j a]lhqh<j e]stin
that God is true (Jn. 3:33)
]Hli<aj ei#; kai> le<gei, Ou]k ei]mi<. [O profh<thj ei# su<;
Are you Elijah? And he said, I am not. Are you the prophet? (Jn. 1:21).
Predicate Adjective with a verb: attributes some quality to the subject of the sentence.
It is used with verbs ei]mi< and gi<nomai (I become).
o[ qeo>j a]lhqh>j e]stin
God is true (true=Pred. Nom. Adj.) (John 3:33)

Chant #4: Present Indicative (PAI) ei]mi< Verb


(chant left column then right column)

ei]mi<
ei#
e]sti<(n)

e]sme<n
e]ste<
ei]si<(n)

ou], ou]k, and ou]x (no, not)


Ou] is placed before the word it negates, which is usually the verb. There are three
main forms of this word, depending on the initial letter of the word that follows it:
1. ou] before a consonant.
2. ou]k before a vowel with a smooth breathing mark.
3. ou]x before a vowel with a rough breathing mark.
In addition, ou]xi< is a strengthened form of ou] (see lexicon).
Examples: ou]no, not (before a consonant)

Chapter 7: Adjectives

1. kai> tau?ta ou] ginw<skeij;


And you do not understand these things? (Jn. 3:10).
2. kai> ou] lamba<nete< me
And you do not accept me (Jn. 5:43).
Examples: ou]kno, not (before a word that begins with a vowel with a smooth
breathing mark)
1. kai> to>n lo<gon au]tou? ou]k e@xete e]n u[mi?n.
And you do not have his word in you (Jn. 5:38).
2. kai> le<gei Ou]k ei]mi< -- notice Ou]k is capitalized indicating it is a quotation
And he said, I am not. (Jn 1:21)
Examples: ou]xno, not (before a word that begins with a vowel with a rough
breathing mark)
1. ou]x u[mei?j le<gete o!ti . . .
Do you not say that . . . (Jn. 4:35).
2. kai> ou]x o[ a@nqrwpoj dia> to> sa<bbaton
and not man for the Sabbath (Mk. 2:27)

Vocabulary
a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n
a!gioj, -a, -on
di<kaioj, -a, -on
ei]mi<
]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on
me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga
nekro<j, -a<, -o<n
ou], ou]k, ou]x
prw?toj, -h, -on
fwnh<, -h?j, h[

good (102)
holy (233)
righteous (79)
I am (2,460)
Jewish, a Jew (195)
great, large (243)
dead (128)
no, not (1606)
first (155)
voice (139)

Memory Verse: John 1:1


]En
In

a]rx^?
beginning

kai>
and

o[
the

kai>
and

qeo>j
God

h#n
Was

o[
the

lo<goj
Word

h#n
was

pro>j
with

h#n
was

o[
the

lo<goj.
Word.

lo<goj,
Word,
to>n
the

qeo<n,
God,

Note: In the last clause, the definite article marks o[ lo<goj as the subject; qeo<j is a
predicate. Thus the translation the Word was God.

57

Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns

58

8
Personal Pronouns
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

understand English pronouns and their various uses;


learn and translate the various Greek pronouns;
recognize proclitics and enclitics and how they effect accent changes;
describe how the pronoun works with its antecedent;
describe how a pronoun is used for emphasis, possession, and in attributive and
predicate positions; and
6. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Definition
A pronoun is a word that stands in place of a noun or other syntactic units usually for
brevity or to avoid repetition. The person or object to which the pronoun refers is called
its antecedent.
Zach threw the ball to Elliott.
It (the ball: antecedent) hit him (Elliott: antecedent) in the head.

Types of Pronouns
There are various types of Pronouns:
1. Personal pronouns stand in for a person: Bill ran a mile. He did it.
2. Demonstrative pronouns point to a person or object that is near (this/these) or far
(that/those): This book belongs to that student.
3. Relative pronouns relate a subordinate clause to a noun: It is a great person who
attempts to master Greek.
4. Reciprocal pronouns state an interchange between two things/persons: They
loved one another.
5. Reflexive pronouns direct the action of the verb back to the subject: She hid
herself behind the door.
6. Interrogative pronouns ask a question: Who broke the chair?
The personal pronouns are used over ten thousand times in the New Testament.
The demonstrative pronouns are used about sixteen hundred times, the relative pronouns
about fifteen hundred times, and the interrogatives just over six hundred times and the

Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns

59

others less than that (Wallace, 142). So the personal pronouns are used more frequently
than all the other types of pronouns put together.

Case
In English, pronouns have three cases:
1. Subjective, used when a pronoun is the subject of a sentence: He turned left.
2. Possessive, used to indicate ownership: He gave his best.
3. Objective, used when a pronoun is the object of a sentence: He left him.

Number
In English there are singular and plural pronouns. Pronouns agree with their
antecedents in number and person.
Subjective
Possessive
Objective
Subjective
Possessive
Objective

Singular
I
my
me
you/thou
your
you

Plural
we
our
us
you/ye
your
you

Singular
he
his
him
she
hers
her

Plural
they
theirs
them
they
theirs
them

Introduction
In Greek personal pronouns will match their antecedent in person, gender, and number.
The case will be determined by the role the pronoun plays in the sentence.
Personal pronouns will be either first person (I, we), second person (you/ye), or third
person (he/she/it/they). Because the verb forms indicate the subject of the sentence the
nominative personal pronoun is sometimes redundant and used for emphasis, contrast, or
when switching characters in a narrative.
Greek uses the genitive where we would normally use a possessive pronoun (e.g., his,
hers). Learn to chant the first and second person paradigms.
First Person Pronoun Paradigm
Singular
Plural
e]
g
w<
h[
mei?j
Nom.
I
mou
h[mw?n
Gen.
of me/my
moi
h[mi?n
Dat.
to me/for me
me
h[ma?j
Acc.
me

we
of us/our
to us/for us
us

Watch for e]gw< combining with kai< forming ka]gw< (and I).
Emphatic first person forms are made by prefixing an epsilon and adding an accent to
the genitive, dative, and accusative singular forms (e]mou?, e]moi<, e]me<).

Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns

Second Person Pronoun Paradigm


Singular
Plural
u[mei?j
Nom. su<
you
sou
u[mw?n
Gen.
of you/your
soi
u[mi?n
Dat.
to/for you
se
u[ma?j
Acc.
you

60

you
your
to/for you
you

The form is made emphatic by adding an accent to the singulars (sou?, soi<, se<).
Examples:
]Egw< ei]mi to> fw?j tou? ko<smou.
I am the light of the world (Jn. 8:12).
Su> ei# Si<mwn o[ ui[o>j ]Iwa<nnou.
You are Simon, son of John (Jn. 1:42).
a]ll ] e]gw> th>n a]lh<qeian le<gw u[mi?n.
But I speak the truth to you (Jn. 16:7).

Pronoun Enclitics
An enclitic is a word that is phonetically attached so closely with the preceding word
that it has no accent of its own.
Many personal pronouns are enclitics (e.g., mou, moi, me, sou, soi, se).
An enclitic is sometimes accented
1. for emphasis or
2. when it is the first word in a sentence.
Declension Format
Person + Case +
e]gw<
First
nominative
soi<
Second
dative
u[mw?n
Second
genitive

Number
singular (I)
singular (to you)
plural (your)

Third Person Pronoun: Introduction


The third person pronoun au]to<j differs from the first and second person pronouns in
that it is marked for gender. Originally it was an intensive pronoun but eventually took
over the role of the third person personal pronoun. With first and second person
pronouns, there is no need to specify gender because it is understood as the one speaking
or one being spoken to. The endings largely follow a 2-1-2 pattern (second declension,
first declension, second declension). If you know those patterns well, you will be able to
recognize how the various forms of au]to<j are built.
au]to<j also has some other special features that we will examine shortly.

Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns

Third Person Pronoun Paradigm: Three Genders


Masculine
Singular
au]to<j
Nom.
au]tou?
Gen.
au]t&?
Dat.
au]to<n
Acc.

he
his
to/for him
him

Plural
au]toi<
au]tw?n
au]toi?j
au]tou<j

they
their
to/for them
them

Feminine
Singular
au]th<
Nom.
au]th?j
Gen.
au]t^?
Dat.
au]th<n
Acc.

she
hers
to/for her
her

Plural
au]tai<
au]tw?n
au]tai?j
au]ta<j

they
their
to/for them
them

Neuter
Singular
au]to<
Nom.
au]tou?
Gen.
au]t&?
Dat.
au]to<
Acc.

it
its
to/for it
it

Plural
au]ta<
au]tw?n
au]toi?j
au]ta<

they
their
to/for them
them

Three Uses
au]to<j can be used in three ways:
1. As a pronoun, au]to<j matches its antecedent in number and gender and is
translated as he, she, it, or they. It can function any way a noun can.
le<gei au]t&? o[ ]Ihsou?j
Jesus said to him (Jn. 14:6).
pro>j tou>j po<daj au]tou?
at his feet (Acts 5:10)
e]n trisi>n h[me<raij e]gerw? au]to<n.
in three days I will raise it (Jn. 2:19).
(it, au]to<j, although au]to<j is masculine in Greek, temple is neuter in
Englishit)
2. As a reflexive intensifier, when au]to<j is used as an adjective in the predicate
position (usually in the nominative case) and translated reflexively (e.g., He
himself will get the car).
au]to> to> pneu?ma summarturei?
The Spirit itself [himself] beareth witness (Rom. 8:16).

61

Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns

62

]Ihsou?j au]to>j ou]k e]ba<ptizen


Jesus himself did not baptize (Jn. 4:2).
3. As an adjective meaning same, when au]to<j is used in the attributive position.
h[ au]th> sa>rc
the same flesh (1 Cor. 15:39)
e]n au]t^? t^? h[me<r%
in that same day (Lk. 23:12).

Personal Pronoun Chant (cow call)recite down each column then


au]to<j
1st Person Sg.

2nd Person Sg.

1st Person Pl.

e]gw<
mou
moi
me

su<
sou
soi
se

h[mei?j
h[mw?n
h[mi?n
h[ma?j

au]to<j, au]th<, au]to<


The second person plural is formed easily by just switching the h[ to an u[ [ u[mei?j].

Vocabulary
au]]to<j, -h<, -o<
gh?, -h?j, h[
e]gw<, h[mei?j
h[me<ra, -aj, h[
o!ti
ou#n
o@xloj, -ou, o[
para<

su<, u[mei?j
u[po<

he/she/it (5,595)
earth, land, region (250)
I, we (2,666)
day (389)
that, because (1,296)
so, then, therefore (499)
crowd (175)
from (with gen.) (194)
beside, with (with dat.)
alongside, beside (with acc.)
you, you (pl.) (2,905)
by, at the hands of (with gen.)
under, below (with acc.) (220)

Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs

63

9
Present Middle/Passive Verbs
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.

write the present middle and passive verb forms,


parse and translate middle and passive verbs,
recognize and translate deponent verbs,
recognize when the middle or passive verb is followed by a preposition or case
that helps to complete the verbs meaning, and
5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Definitions
There are two voices in English. The active voice is where the subject of the sentence
does the action.
Zach hit the ball.
The passive voice is where the subject is acted on by the verb.
Zach is hit by the ball.
Greek adds a third voice, the middle voice, which we will look at shortly.

Identifying Traits
A passive verb often can be identified by placing a by what? after the verb.
Zach is hit by the ball.
Zach is hit by what? The ball.
Zach is the subject being acted on. The ball is the agent doing the action.

Translation
The present tense may describe progressive/immediacy action (single point in time: He
hit the ball) or continuous action (He is hitting the ball). When the passive is used, a
helping verb expresses the verb in English.

Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs

64

He is hit by the ball (present progressive punctiliar).


He is being hit by the ball (present progressive continuous).

Aktionsart:
How the action happens (punctiliar, continuative/durative, omnitemporal,
timelessusually discovered from the lexical meaning of the verb
or the context)
Punctiliar (single point in time): Zach is hit by the ball.
Continuous: Zach is being hit by the ball.
Omnitemporal: The quarterback is protected by the tackles.

Aspect:
How the author seeks to portray the action. The present tense form is used
when the action is foregrounded, in process, sense of immediacy.
The present middle and passive have exactly the same form in Greek. Historically the
middle was first but in the koine period the passive is used more frequently with modern
Greek having only a passive with no middle. The context must be examined to determine
which is being used. There are approximately three times as many passive verbs as there
are middle verbs in the New Testament. When translating passives, a helping verb is
used. Context will determine which is the best option. In Greek, as in most languages,
Context determines meaning is an important concept to grasp. As in the present
active, the present middle/passive can be translated present, past, future, omnitemporal or
timeless depending on the contextual pointers like adverbs, prepositional phrases,
conjunctions and narrative sequencing. Immediacy, process, description and
foregrounding is the major thrust of the present aspect.

Middle Voice:
The middle has several functions:
1. It emphasizes the participation/involvement or interest of the subject in the action
of the verb which often is translated actively (Tanya, herself, ran the mile). It
often intensifies in some manner or degree the relationship between the subject
and the action of the verb.
2. It expresses self-interest or benefit (e.g. She hid the fork for herself).
3. Rarely it is used reflexively (Tanya hit herself with the golf club) or reciprocally
(They love one another).
4. Stylistically, one writer may favor the middle (cf. Mark) over the active
(Matthew).
Many arrive at the active translation by calling many of these deponents.
Mounce (224) says that 75 percent of the middles are deponent (no active form
present; middle in form, active in meaning) and should be translated as active:

Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs

65

Tanya splashed Rebekah. We will understand many of them as true middles


(stressing the subjects involvement, interest, intensification or reflexivity)
realizing many may be deponent.
Thus the middle may impact the subjects relationship to the verb in many ways
(involvement, interest, intensification, reflexivity, stylistic, et al.). The translator must be
sensitive to the context, the writers style and the particular verbs usage to determine
how it should be translated. Remember also that historically the passive is taking over
more and more ground from the middle in the koine period. For now, translate most of
them active but be aware of the various functional options may come into play.
You should be able to chant through this middle/passive paradigm. Note that this is the
second set of primary endings. These endings will reappear when you learn the future
tense. Thus, learn the endings well because this hits two birds with one stone.
Present Middle Indicative Paradigm
Singular
Plural
lu<omai
luo<meqa
I am loosing
(for myself)
lu<^
lu<esqe
You are loosing
(for yourself)
lu<etai
lu<ontai
He/she/it is loosing
(for himself/herself/itself)

We are loosing
(for ourselves)
You are loosing
(for yourselves)
They are loosing
(for themselves)

1.
2.
3.

Present Passive Indicative Paradigm


Singular
Plural
lu<omai
luo<meqa
I am being loosed
lu<^
lu<esqe
You are being loosed
lu<etai
He/she/it is being loosed lu<ontai

We are being loosed


You are being loosed
They are being loosed

1.
2.
3.

Present Middle/Passive Indicative Primary Endings


Singular Plural
-omai
- o<meqa
-^ (-sai) - esqe
-etai
- ontai

1.
2.
3.

Chant the following: Present Middle/Passive


lu<omai -^, -etai,

-o<meqa, -esqe, -ontai

Deponent Verbs
Summers (Essentials, 51) notes that the word deponent comes from the Latin root
deponere, meaning to lay aside. It is used for these verbs because they have laid
aside (dropped) their active verb forms.

Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs

66

Those that see most middles as deponent take deponent verbs as middle in form but
active in meaning. They have no active form and are easy to tell in vocabulary lists or a
lexicon because they have the middle ending -omai (e.g., e@rxomai) rather than the
normal -w (e.g., ba<llw) ending. Thus a]pokrino<meqa means we answer instead of
we are being answered.
Mounce notes that in the New Testament about 75 percent of the middle forms are
deponent (Basics,149). Because of the deponent phenomenon, middle forms may
frequently be translated as actives (three to one) or better yet translated active as true
middles emphasizing the subjects participation in the action of the verb.
Frequently Used Deponent Verbs
a]pokri<nomai
I answer (231)
ei]se<rxomai
I come in (194)
e@rxomai
I come, go (634)
e]ce<rxomai
I go out (218)
gi<nomai
I become (669)
poreu<omai
I go (132)

Accompanying Cases
Often with passives there is a need to express the agent, instrument, or means by which
the subject is acted on.
This is accomplished by
1. using u[po< or dia< with the genitive to express agency (e.g., Elliott was hit by
Zach.), or
2. using the dative case to indicate means or instrument. The translation will use
with or by (e.g., Elliott was hit by the ball).
3. Impersonal agency is expressed by e]n + dative (Porter, Idioms, 64, Stevens, 112).

Compound Verbs
As with other verbs, prepositions are often prefixed to deponent verbs to form a
compound. This is a handy way to build vocabulary since you know the basic verb and
the prepositions and thus you have a good clue for guessing the combined meaning,
although often this combination may reflect an intensification of the original verbal idea.
This leverages the vocabulary you already know.
e@rxomai
ei]se<rxomai
e]ce<rxomai
die<rxomai

I go, come
I go in, enter (ei]j prefix).
I go out, leave (e]k prefix).
I go through (dia< prefix).

Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs

Translation Examples
o!ti e]gw> pro>j to>n pate<ra poreu<omai
because I am going to the father (Jn. 14:12; deponent)
o[ ui[o>j tou? a]nqrw<pou e@rxetai
the Son of Man comes (Mat. 24:44; deponent).
le<gw u[mi?n, gi<netai xara>
I tell you, there is joy . . . (Lk. 15:10; deponent)
kai> ei]j pu?r ba<lletai
and into a fire s/he is cast (Mat. 3:10; true passive)
eu[risko<meqa de> kai> yeudoma<rturej tou? qeou?
but we also are found [to be] false witnesses of God (1 Cor. 15:15; true passive)

Vocabulary
a]pokri<nomai
a]poste<llw
ba<llw
gi<nomai
ei]se<rxomai
e]ce<rxomai
e@rxomai
qe<lw
ou!twj
poreu<omai

I answer (231)
I send (132)
I throw (122)
I become (669)
I come in (194)
I go out (218)
I come, go (634)
I wish (208)
thus, so (208)
I go (153)

67

Chapter 10: Future Verbs

68

10
Future Verbs
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

write the future active and middle verb forms,


parse and translate future active and middle verbs,
recognize and anticipate how the future endings will affect the stem,
gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, and
master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
In English we have several tenses:
In the present tense we say, We go to college.
For the past we say, We went to college.
For the future we say, We will go to college.
In the present tense in Greek, we have seen that aspect, not primarily time, is the focus.
The future tense form in Greek specifies that the action of the verb takes place with a
prospective viewpoint of expectation (Porter, Idioms, 43). Thus tense is probably not the
best way to define this form. However, for our workbook sentences out of context we
will generally use the English future to specify the expectation of this form. When
reading in context remember the diverse options for this prospective looking
expectational form. Here are three ways it is used:
1. expectation/prospective (e.g., We will go),
2. imperative/command (e.g., You shall go), or
3. deliberative, with rhetorical questions
(e.g., To whom shall we go?).
The future tense form is built by adding a s between the stem and the pronominal
ending. Note that the future uses the primary endings you already have learned.
Stem
lu +

Future Connective
s+

Ending
w=

I will loose
lu<sw

Learn to chant through the following two paradigms:

Chapter 10: Future Verbs

1.
2.
3.

1.
2.
3.

Future Active Indicative Paradigm


Singular
Plural
lu<sw
lu<somen
I will loose
lu<seij
lu<sete
You will loose
lu<sei
He/she/it will loose lu<sousi(n)
Future Middle Indicative Paradigm
Singular
lu<somai
I will loose
(for myself)
lu<s^
You will loose
(for yourself)
lu<setai
He/she/it will loose
(for himself/herself/itself)

We will loose
You will loose
They will loose

Plural
luso<meqa
lu<sesqe
lu<sontai

We will loose
(for ourselves)
You will loose
(for yourselves)
They will loose
(for themselves)

Note that the future active uses the primary endings that you already learned for the
present active indicative. The middle uses the primary middle/passive endings you just
learned for the present tense also. Yes, the future is easy, but watch out for the irregular
forms. Its form and history connect with the subjunctive mood which we will look at
later which also has an expectational aspect.

Five Stem Variations


The adding of the sigma may change the final consonant of the verb stem in the
following five ways:
1. If after a palatal (k, g, or x)
[k, g, or x] + s ==> c
e@xw ==> e!cw I will have (note breathing change) . . .
a@gw ==> a@cw I will lead, bring . . .
2. If after a labial (p, b, or f)
[p, b, or f] + s ==> y
ble<pw ==> ble<yw I will see
gra<fw ==> gra<yw I will write
3. If after a dental (t, d, or q)
[t, d, or q] + s ==> s
pei<qw ==> pei<sw

I will persuade

69

Chapter 10: Future Verbs

70

4. If after a liquid (l, m, n, or r), (I call these lemonerslmnr + s), the sigma is
dropped and the w is accented with a circumflex. When a present stem ends in a
double liquid consonant, one of them is sometimes dropped. The key is the
circumflex over the primary ending instead of the normal acute accent. With the
dropping of the sigma, there is a strengthening of the o and e connecting vowels
so that the o becomes ou? and the e becomes an ei?.
me<nw ==> menw?
a]poste<llw ==> a]postelw?
a]poste<ll + s + omeqa ==> a]postelou<meqa
me<n + s + ete ==> menei?te

I will remain.
I will send.
We will send.
You-all will remain.

5. If the stem ends in a sibilant (s, z), the sibilant is dropped and the sigma of the
ending is kept.
s&<zw + s ==> sw<sw
I will save
Future Connective s Addition
Velars
Dentals
k, g, or x + s = c
t, d, or q + s = s
Labials
Liquid (Lemoners)
p, b, or f + s = y
l, m, n, or r + s = w?, -ou?men, -ei?te, etc.
Sibilants
s or z + s = s

1.
2.
3.

Future of the Verb of Being: ei]mi< (I am)


Singular
Plural
e@somai
e]
so<meqa
I will be
We will be
e@s^
e@sesqe
You will be
You will be
e@stai
He/she/it will be e@sontai
They will be
Be able to recognize the ei]mi< futures when you see them.

Deponent Futures
Some verbs in the present tense have an active voice, but in the future tense there is no
active form (deponent or true middles?):
Present
lamba<nw
ginw<skw

Future
lh<myomai
gnw<somai

I will take, receive


I will know

Irregular Futures
Occasionally the future stem is totally different from the original present stem. Thus,
as you learn more verbs, you should learn both stem forms. You just have to learn these

Chapter 10: Future Verbs

tricky irregular verbs and keep your eyes open for them. The good part is that there are
not too many of them.
Present
e@rxomai
ginw<skw
le<gw

Future
e]leu<somai
gnw<somai
e]rw?

I will come, go
I will know
I will say

Chant the Future Active and Middle Indicative:


lu<sw
lu<seij
lu<sei

lu<somen
lu<sete
lu<sousi(n)

lu<somai, -^, -etai,

-omeqa, -esqe, -ontai

Translation Examples
o!te oi[ nekroi> a]kou<sousin th?j fwnh?j
when the dead will hear the voice (Jn. 5:25)
a]ll ] e!cei to> fw?j th?j zwh?j
But he will have the light of life (Jn. 8:12)
e]n e]kei<n^ t^? h[me<r% gnw<sesqe u[mei?j
in that day you will know (Jn. 14:20)

Vocabulary
zwh<, -h?j, h[
qa<natoj, -ou, o[
kri<nw
me<nw
mo<noj, -h, -on
nu?n
ou]]de<
Pau?loj, -ou, o[
s&<zw
to<te

life (135)
death (120)
I judge (114)
I remain (118)
only, alone (114)
now (147)
and not, nor (143)
Paul (158)
I save (106)
then (160)

71

Chapter 11: Dem., Rel., Reflex., and Recip. Pronouns

72

11
Demonstrative, Relative, Reflexive, and
Reciprocal Pronouns
You will be able to
1. recognize the various forms of the demonstrative pronouns
e]kei?noj (that) and ou$toj (this),
2. translate demonstrative pronouns and identify how they function within the syntax
of the sentence,
3. recognize the various forms of the relative pronoun,
4. translate relative pronouns and identify how they function within the syntax of the
sentence,
5. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, and
6. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
We will explore four types of pronouns in this chapter. Pronouns are words used in
place of one or more nouns. We have already looked at personal pronouns (he, she, it, I,
you, they).
In this chapter we will examine four new types of pronouns: demonstrative, relative,
reflexive, and reciprocal.

Demonstrative Pronouns
Demonstratives are pointers. They point to things near (this/these) or things far
(that/those). These and those are the plural forms.
Demonstratives may function like adjectives when they modify a word, or like
pronouns when they stand alone.
Adjective: He bought this computer.
Pronoun: This is the computer.
Greek has two demonstratives:
e]kei?noj, e]kei<nh, e]kei?no
ou$toj, au!th, tou?to

that/those (masc., fem., neut.)


this/these (masc., fem., neut.)

Chapter 11: Dem., Rel., Reflex., and Recip. Pronouns

73

These can function either like a pronoun (when they stand alone) or like an adjective
(thus agreeing with their antecedent in gender, number, and case).
When a demonstrative pronoun is adjectival, the noun often has the article and the
demonstrative does not. It is then translated as an attributive adjective (e.g., this book).
Note that this is the opposite of other adjectives, which without the article are
translated as predicate adjectives (e.g. The book is red).
The demonstratives are declined using the normal 2-1-2 declension schemes that you
already know. Learn to recognize these forms as they apply now to the demonstrative
pronouns (this/that).
e]kei?noj (that/those)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
Nom. e]kei?noj e]kei<nh
e]kei<nou e]kei<nhj
Gen.
e]kei<n& e]kei<n^
Dat.
e]kei?non e]kei<nhn
Acc.
ou$toj (this/these)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
au!th
Nom. ou$toj
tou<tou tau<thj
Gen.
tou<t&
tau<t^
Dat.
tou?ton tau<thn
Acc.

2
Neut.
e]kei?no
e]kei<nou
e]kei<n&
e]kei?no

Plural
2
Masc.
e]kei?noi
e]kei<nwn
e]kei<noij
e]kei<nouj

1
Fem.
e]kei?nai
e]kei<nwn
e]kei<naij
e]kei<naj

2
Neut.
e]kei?na
e]kei<nwn
e]kei<noij
e]kei?na

2
Neut.
tou?to
tou<tou
tou<t&
tou?to

Plural
2
Masc.
ou$toi
tou<twn
tou<toij
tou<touj

1
Fem.
au$tai
tou<twn
tau<taij
tau<taj

2
Neut.
tau?ta
tou<twn
tou<toij
tau?ta

Note: When there is an a or h in the ending, the stem will have an au, otherwise it is
ou. Note also the addition of the t in ou$toj in the same pattern as the article (missing
the t in the nom. masc./fem. singular and plural but present elsewhere). Interestingly the
article may be used as a demonstrative or relative and even a personal pronoun in certain
contexts.
Examples:
e@sontai ga>r ai[ h[me<rai e]kei?nai
for those days will be (Mk. 13:19)
e]gw> ou]k ei]mi> e]k tou? ko<smou tou<tou
I am not of this world (Jn. 8:23).
e]n tou<t& gnw<sontai pa<ntej o!ti e]moi> maqhtai< e]ste
by this everyone will know that you are my disciples (Jn. 13:35).

Chapter 11: Dem., Rel., Reflex., and Recip. Pronouns

74

maka<rioi< ei]sin e]kei?noi


blessed are those (Lk. 12:38).

Relative Pronouns
Relative pronouns are such words as who, whom, which, that, and whose. A relative
pronoun introduces a subordinate clause qualifying an expressed or implied antecedent.
Relative pronouns are often embedded in clauses that modify a noun. Who is regularly
used for humans and which for nonhumans. Whose is used for both. The relative pronoun
often introduces a group of words which are known as a relative clause.
The student who loves Greek will succeed. (who loves Greek = a relative clause)
The keys which were lost in the river are gone forever.
(which were lost in the river = a relative clause)
o!j (who/which)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
o!j
h!
Nom.
ou$
h$j
Gen.
&$
^$
Dat.
o!n
h!n
Acc.

Plural
2
Masc.
oi!
w$n
oi$j
ou!j

2
Neut.
o!
ou$
&$
o!

1
Fem.
ai!
w$n
ai$j
a!j

2
Neut.
a!
w$n
oi$j
a!

Note how similar these are to the noun endings and to the definite article. How are the
nominative forms different from the definite article?

Reflexive and Reciprocal Pronouns


Reflexive pronouns are used to indicate that the antecedent is acting on itself. This is
similar to one of the rare functions of the middle voice in Greek.
Terry threw himself into the water from the bridge.
Because au]to<j can function in a reflexive sense in the nominative, the reflexive
pronouns are found only in the genitive, dative, and accusative cases. These are translated
myself, yourself, and so on.
First Person (myself)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
e]mauth?j
Gen. e]mautou?
e]maut^?
Dat. e]maut&?
e]mauth<n
Acc. e]mauto<n

Plural
2
Masc.
e[autw?n
e[autoi?j
e[autou<j

1
Fem.
e[autw?n
e[autai?j
e[auta<j

Chapter 11: Dem., Rel., Reflex., and Recip. Pronouns

Note: There are no nominative forms.


Second Person (yourself)
Singular
Masc.
Fem.
seautou?
seauth?j
Gen.
seaut&?
seaut^?
Dat.
seauto<n
seauth<n
Acc.

Plural
Masc.
e[autw?n
e[autoi?j
e[autou<j

Fem.
e[autw?n
e[autai?j
e[auta<j

Note: There are no nominative forms.


Third Person (himself/herself/itself)
Singular
Plural
2
1
2
2
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
Masc.
Gen. e[autou? e[auth?j e[autou? e[autw?n
e[aut^?
e[aut&?
e[autoi?j
Dat. e[aut&?
e[autou<j
Acc. e[auto<n e[auth<n e[auto<

1
Fem.
e[autw?n
e[autai?j
e[auta<j

2
Neut.
e[autw?n
e[autoi?j
e[auta<

Note: There are no nominative forms.


The reciprocal pronoun is used to indicate that several subjects are acting on each
other.
They love one another.
a]llh<lwn (one another) is the Greek reciprocal pronoun. It specifies interaction of
members within a group.

Translation Examples
maka<rioj o[ dou?loj e]kei?noj o!n
Blessed is that slave who (Mat. 24:46)
o[ lo<goj o{n a]kou<ete ou]k e@stin e]mo>j
the word that you hear is not mine (Jn. 14:24)
e]pi> ta>j dou<laj mou e]n tai?j h[me<raij e]kei<naj
upon my servants in those days (Acts 2:18)

75

Chapter 11: Dem., Rel., Reflex., and Recip. Pronouns

Vocabulary
a]pe<rxomai
e]kei?noj, -h, -o
]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on
kaqw<j
o!j, h!, o!
o!tan
ou$toj, au$th, tou?to
pa<lin
Pe<troj, -ou, o[
u[pe<r

I go (away), leave (117)


that (265)
Jewish, a Jew (195)
as, just as (182)
who, which (1365)
when, whenever (123)
this (1388)
again, back (141)
Peter (150)
for, about (gen.) (150)
above, beyond (acc.)

76

Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs

77

12
Imperfect Verbs
You will be able to
1. recognize the various forms (augments, stems, endings) of the imperfect active
and middle/passive verbs;
2. predict how the augment will change with the various consonants, vowels,
diphthongs, and prepositional prefixes;
3. translate imperfect verbs;
4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek;
5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words; and
6. memorize the beginning of the Lords Prayer in Mat. 6:9 in Greek.

Introduction
In English we have one simple past tense (Tanya drove the car). This refers to time in
the past. If we want to refer to a continuous or repetitive act in the past, we may add a
helping verb to a participle: Tanya was driving the car. Other past tenses are also
formed with helping verbs.

Imperfect tense/aspect
In Greek, the aorist tense refers to action of the verb that is complete/whole as a
background form, without regard to the exact time involved. The imperfect is used for
showing progressive, continuity or dwelled upon action in the past. Porter says a narrator
will use the imperfect when an action is selected to be dwelt upon (aspect: how a
writer uses it to portray the action; Porter, Idioms, 34). Mathewson uses terms like
progressive and continuity to describe its aspectual nuance. He goes on to admit that
the imperfect often is used for past (time/tense) events although not exclusively.

Greek Imperfect
The Greek imperfect tense is used of continuous, repeated or dwelt on action. In
English, it will usually be translated with the helping verb was/were + the participle form
of the verb (e.g., was singing). If a verb lacks an active form in the present it will also
lack an active form in the imperfect which is built off the stem.
To get a sense of the freqeuncy usage, the present indicative is used 5,534 times, the
aorist about 5,877; the imperfect only 1,682 times and the future only 1,608 times with
the perfect following with only 837 and the pluperfect only 83 times (Stevens, 44). So

Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs

the present and especially the aorist are the most frequent and the imperfect and future
are used about the same.

Form
The imperfect is built from the present verb stem. It is prefixed by an e augment and
followed by secondary active personal endings.
Augment

Verb stem

e+
Aug

lu +
Stem

Connecting
vowel
o+
CV

Secondary active
endings
n=
Ending

I was loosing
e@luon

The connecting vowel is


o before m and n, and
e elsewhere.

1.
2.
3.

Imperfect Active Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
e@luon
e]lu<omen
I was loosing
e@luej
e]lu<ete
You were loosing
e@lue(n)
He/she/it was loosing e@luon

1.
2.
3.

Secondary Active Endings


Singular Plural
-n
-men
-j
-te
-e
-n

We were loosing
You were loosing
They were loosing

Learn the endings: n, j, e, men, te, n (n s e men te n)


Secondary Tense endings are used by: Imperfect, Aorist, Pluperfect
Primary Tense ending are used by: Present, Future and Perfect.

1.
2.
3.

Imperfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
e]luo<mhn I was being
e]luo<meqa We were being
loosed
loosed
e]lu<ou
e]lu<esqe
You were being
You were being
loosed
loosed
e]lu<eto
He/she/it was being e]lu<onto
They were being
loosed
loosed

78

Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs

1.
2.
3.

Secondary Middle/Passive Endings


Singular
Plural
-mhn
-meqa
-ou
-sqe
-to
-nto
Learn: mhn, ou, to, meqa, esqe, onto

The above paradigm is translated for the passive voice. The middle uses exactly the
same forms, which would be translated as follows: I was loosing (for myself), you were
loosing (for yourself), he was loosing (for himself), etc. The context will determine
whether the form should be translated middle or passive.

Augments
The augment (prefix) is added in four ways:
1. Before consonants it is e.
2. Before vowels the augment contracts with the vowel according to the following
rules:
Vowels
e+a=h
e+e=h
e+h=h
e + i=i
e+o=w
e+u=u

Diphthongs
e + ai = ^
e + ei = ^
e + oi = &
e + au = hu
e + eu = hu

Four patterns:
1. a and e lengthen to h
2. o lengthens to w
3. i ending a diphthong subscripts
4. u ending a diphthong stays strong
3. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a consonant: Insert the augment
between the prepositional prefix and the verb stem. e]kba<llw becomes
e]ce<balon.
4. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a vowel: The final vowel of the
preposition is dropped and the e augment inserted in its place. a]poktei<nw
becomes a]pe<kteina in first aorist form which also uses an augment.

79

Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs

Contraction Examples
Here are examples of contraction in forming the imperfect active indicative, first
person singular:
e+a=h
h@kouon
e augment + a]kou<w
e+e=h
h@geiron
e augment + e]gei<rw
e+o=w
w]rxou<mhn
e augment + o]rxe<omai
e + ai = ^
^#ron
e augment + ai@rw
e + oi = &
&]kodo<moun
e augment + oi]kodome<w

1.
2.
3.

ei]mi< Imperfect Indicative


Singular
h@mhn
I was
h#j
You were
h#n
He/she/it was

Plural
h#men
h#te
h#san

We were
You were
They were

Be able to chant this frequent form:

Chant Imperfect Indicative of ei]mi< (by columns)


h@mhn
h#men
h#j
h#te
h#n
h#san
The imperfect tense of ei]mi< appears frequently. You should try to master these forms
well.

1.
2.
3.

e@xw Imperfect Active Indicative (Irregulars)


Singular
Plural
ei@xomen
ei#xon
We were having
I was having
ei@xete
ei#xej
You were having
You were having
ei#xe(n)
He/she/it was having ei#xon
They were having

Note: This is an exception. The augment is a contraction of e + e = ei. Another


exceptional augmented form is qe<lw, which takes a prefixed h, becoming h@qelen in
Mat. 18:30. Just be aware that there are such exceptions.

Translation Examples
e]di<dasken au]tou>j e]n t^? sunagwg^? au]tw?n.
He was teaching them in their synagogue (Mat. 13:54).
e]kei?noj de> e@legen peri> tou? naou? tou? sw<matoj au]tou?.
But that one was speaking concerning the temple of his body (Jn. 2:21).

80

Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs

au]to>j ga>r e]gi<nwsken ti< h#n e]n t&? a]nqrw<p&.


For he was knowing what was in man (Jn. 2:25).

Vocabulary
a]poqn^<skw
e]kei?
e!wj
i]dou<
i!na
]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[
me<n
o!loj, -h, -on
o!te
su<n

I die (111)
there (105)
until (146)
behold (200)
in order that (663)
John (135)
on the one hand, indeed (179)
whole, entire (109)
when (103)
with (128)

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:9, the Lords Prayer


Check out the MP3 rap on the CD or web site.
Pa<ter
Father

h[mw?n
our,

a[giasqh<tw
hallowed be

o[
the one
to>
the

o@noma<
name

e]n
in

toi?j
the
sou:
your

ou]ranoi?j:
heavens;

81

Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns

82

13
Third Declension Nouns
You will be able to
1. recognize the third declension nouns,
2. recognize and understand the changes that take place when the endings are added
to third declension nouns,
3. reproduce the basic variations of the third declension nouns,
4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek,
5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and
6. memorize Mat. 6:10a in Greek.
Congratulations! After mastering this chapter, you will know all the basic noun forms
in the New Testament.

Introduction
Thus far we have learned second declension nouns, which have a stem ending in
omicron, and first declension nouns, which have a stem ending in either alpha or eta.
Third declension nouns have stems that end in a consonant. When the endings are added,
the consonant will go through various predictable transformations.
Unlike the first and second declensions, which build their forms from the nominative,
third declension nouns will be built from the genitive. Thus, in the third declension, you
must be aware of the genitive form of the noun.
To find the stem of third declension nouns, take the oj off the genitive form.

Key Letter Box


The following consonants in the voiced and unvoiced columns are called stops
because of the way the air flow stops when pronouncing them. The aspirates are
fricatives. These letters will be transformed when the sigma ending of the third
declension is added. (Mounce, Basics, 78)
Labial
Velar
Dental

Unvoiced Voiced
p
b
k
g
t
d

Aspirate
f
x
q

Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns

83

Sigma Addition
The consonants (labials, velars, dentals) change in the following ways when the sigma
ending is added. The two letters contract into one. In the case of the dentals the dental is
dropped.
Labials: p, b, or f + s = y
Velar: k, g, or x + s = c (sa<rk + j sa<rc [k+j=c])
Dentals: t, d, or q + s = s (e]lpi<d + j e]lpi<j [d+j=j])
Nu drops out when followed by a sigma (Dat. Pl.).

Introduction
We will learn four paradigms that are typical of third declension nouns. The adjective
pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n (each, all) will be examined as a 3-1-3 adjective (third-first-third
declension).
Take the oj ending off the genitive form to find the stem. In the nominative singular a
sigma is added to the stem, causing the final consonant of the stem to change. Because
this declension is so different and occurs so frequently, it is good to learn how to chant
through the xa<rij, o@noma, and pi<stij charts.
Third Declension Endings
M/F
Singular
Plural
Neut.
-ej
Nom. -j
-oj
-wn
Gen.
-i
-si
Dat.
-a
-aj
Acc.
Kappa Final Stems
sa<rc, sarko<j, h[ (flesh)
Singular
Plural
sa<rkej
Nom. sa<rc
sarko<j
sarkw?n
Gen.
sarki<
sarci<(n)
Dat.
sa<rka
sa<rkaj
Acc.
Tau/Delta Final Stems
xa<rij, xa<ritoj, h[ (grace)
Singular
Plural
xa<ritej
Nom. xa<rij
xa<ritoj
xari<twn
Gen.
xa<riti
xa<risi(n)
Dat.
xa<rita
xa<ritaj
Acc.

Singular
--oj
-i
--

Plural
-a
-wn
-si
-a

Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns

84

Notice that the accusative singular is xa<rita while the interactive Mastering New
Testament Greek program has xa<rin. Both are valid forms, but it is more useful to learn
the chart as it is here.
Iota Final Stems (consonantal iota)
pi<stij, pi<stewj, h[ (faith)
Singular
Plural
pi<steij
Nom. pi<stij
pi<stewj
pi<stewn
Gen.
pi<stei
pi<stesi(n)
Dat.
pi<stin
pi<steij
Acc.
-mat Final Stems
o@noma, o]no<matoj, to< (name)
Singular
Plural
o]no<mata
Nom. o@noma
o]no<matoj
o]noma<twn
Gen.
o]no<mati
o]no<masi(n)
Dat.
o@noma
o]no<mata
Acc.
Rho Final Stems
path<r, patro<j, o[ (father)
Singular
Plural
pate<rej
Nom. path<r
patro<j
pate<rwn
Gen.
patri<
patra<si(n)
Dat.
pate<ra
pate<raj
Acc.
pa<
t
er
pate<rej
Voc.
Note the dropping or lessening of the medial vowel h.
Diphthong -eu Ending Stems
i[ereu<j, -ew<j, o[ (priest)
Singular
Plural
i[
e
reu<
j
i[
erei?j
Nom.
i[ere<wj
i[ere<wn
Gen.
i[erei?
i[ereu?si(n)
Dat.
i[ere<a
i[erei?j
Acc.

Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns

pa?j (all)
Singular
Masculine
Nom. pa?j
panto<j
Gen.
panti<
Dat.
pa<nta
Acc.

Feminine
pa?sa
pa<shj
pa<s^
pa?san

Neuter
pa?n
panto<j
panti<
pa?n

Plural
Masculine
pa<ntej
pa<ntwn
pa?si(n)
pa<ntaj

Feminine
pa?sai
pasw?n
pa<saij
pa<saj

85

Neuter
pa<nta
pa<ntwn
pa?si(n)
pa<nta

Chant Third Declension by column


Nom. Sg.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

xa<rij
xa<ritoj
xa<riti
xa<rita

pi<stij
pi<stewj
pi<stei
pi<stin

o@noma
o]no<matoj
o]no<mati
o@noma

Nom. Pl.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

xa<ritej
xari<twn
xa<risi(n)
xa<ritaj

pi<steij
pi<stewn
pi<stesi(n)
pi<steij

o]no<mata
o]noma<twn
o]no<masi(n)
o]no<mata

Translation Examples
xa<rij u[mi?n kai> ei]rh<nh a]po> qeou? patro>j h[mw?n kai> kuri<ou ]Ihsou? Xristou?.
Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ (Rom. 1:7).
o{j e]n tai?j h[me<raij th?j sarko>j au]tou?
who in the days of his flesh (Heb. 5:7)
o!ti pa?n to> e]n t&? ko<sm& , h[ e]piqumi<a th?j sarko>j
for all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh (1 Jn. 2:16)

Vocabulary
a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[
basileu<j, -e<wj, o[
du<namij, -ewj, h[
o@noma, -matoj, to<
pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n
path<r, patro<j, o[
pi<stij, pi<stewj, h[
pneu?ma, -atoj, to<
sa<rc, sarko<j, h[
xa<rij, -itoj, h[

man, husband (216)


king (115)
power, miracle (119)
name, reputation (231)
all, each, every (1,244)
father (413)
faith, belief (243)
spirit, wind (379)
flesh, body (147)
grace, kindness (155)

Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:10a


e]lqe<tw
Let come

h[
the

basilei<a
kingdom

sou:
your

genhqh<tw
let happen

to>
the

qe<lhma<
will

sou,
your

86

Chapter 14: Second Aorist Verbs

87

14
Second Aorist Verbs
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

recognize and write the second aorist paradigm,


write out the second aorist stems of the verbs learned in previous lessons,
translate the second aorist form,
gain more practice in translating and working with Greek,
master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and
memorize Mat. 6:10b in Greek.

Introduction
In English we have two ways of forming the past tense.
1. Add the -ed suffix to the word:
I laugh at Elliotts jokes (present).
I laughed at Elliotts jokes (past).
2. Change the form of the verb:
Zach runs down the court (present).
Zach ran down the court (past).

Comparison with Greek


Like English, Greek forms the aorist in two ways.
The first aorist is formed from the present stem with an augment and suffixed sa. The
second aorist is built from a different aorist stem but both aorists take an augment and
add second active personal endings that are identical to the imperfect forms.
The aorist is the most frequently used tense in the New Testament. Both the first and
second aorists are usually translated as a simple past (e.g., he came, or he comes). The
two types of aorists function in exactly the same way in sentences. The second aorist is
presented first because of its similarity to the imperfect.
The aorist is used when the action is viewed as a whole and complete (e.g., he
loosed). The aorist is the most frequent tense form and is used as a background tense by
writers as opposed to the present tense form which is used to foreground material. The
imperfect is used for continuous/durative/iterative (aktionsart) or dwelled upon (aspect)
action (e.g., he was loosing). The actual time or tense of the action is triggered more by
temporal pointers like adverbs, prepositional phrases and conjunctions than the aorist

Chapter 14: Second Aorist Verbs

88

tense form itself. The aorist can be used for actions which are past, present,
omnitemporal or timeless. Thus, the aorist is extremely flexible. For our purposes we
will initially just translate it as a simple past (e.g. he loosed). While the endings parallel
those of the imperfect, note carefully that the second aorist stem is different. There is no
way to predict how the second aorist stem is formed; thus, it must be learned by memory.
First aorists use the present stem.

Form
The second aorist is built from the second aorist verb stem. It is preceded by an e
augment and followed by secondary endings, like the imperfect.
Augment

Verb stem

e+
Aug

lab +
Stem

Connecting
vowel
o+
CV

Secondary
endings
n=
Ending

I took
e@labon

The connecting vowel is o before m and n, and e elsewhere.

1.
2.
3.

Second Aorist Active Indicative of lamba<nw


Singular
Plural
e@labon
e]la<bomen
I took
e@labej
e]la<bete
You took
e@labe(n)
He/she/it took e@labon

We took
You took
They took

Note: The n, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as for the imperfects.
Note: Sometimes the third person plural ending will be -an, as in ei#pan (they said),
rather than the expected ei#pon (they said).

1.
2.
3.

Second Aorist Middle Indicative of gi<nomai


Singular
Plural
e]geno<mhn
e]geno<meqa
I became
We became
e]ge<nou
e]ge<nesqe
You became
You became
e]ge<neto
e]
g
e<
n
onto
He/she/it became
They became

Note: The mhn, ou, to, meqa, sqe, nto endings are the same as for the imperfects.
The aorist and future passives will be formed from a different stem and learned later.
Note that this aorist paradigm is deponent. Middles are I brought (for myself).

Augments
Aorist Augments = Imperfect Augments
The augment is added in four ways:
1. Before consonants it is e.

Chapter 14: Second Aorist Verbs

2. Before vowels the augment contracts with the vowel according to the following
rules:
Vowels
e+a=h
e+e=h
e+h=h
e + i=i
e+o=w
e+u=u

Diphthongs
e + ai = ^
e + ei = ^
e + oi = &
e + au = hu
e + eu = hu

Four patterns:
(1) a and e lengthen to h.
(2) o lengthens to w.
(3) i ending becomes a diphthong subscript.
(4) u ending of a diphthong stays strong.
3. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a consonant: insert the augment
between the prepositional prefix and the verb stem. e]kba<llw becomes
e]ce<balon.
4. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a vowel: The final vowel of the
preposition is dropped and the e augment is inserted in its place. a]poktei<nw
becomes a]pe<kteina.
Aorist augments work the same way as these imperfects you have already learned.
When you see an augment, think secondary tense (aorist or imperfect).

Aorist Stems of Verbs


Here is a list of second aorist forms of verbs already learned. Master these forms.
Present
a]pe<<rxomai
a]poqn^<skw
ba<llw
o[ra<w
gi<nomai
ginw<skw
ei]se<rxomai
e]ce<rxomai
e@rxomai
eu[ri<skw
e@xw
lamba<nw
le<gw

Second Aorist
a]ph?lqon
a]pe<qanon
e@balon
ei#don
e]geno<mhn
e@gnwn
ei]sh?lqon
e]ch?lqon
h#lqon
eu$ron
e@sxon
e@labon
ei#pon

I departed
I died
I threw
I saw (cf. ble<pw, o@yomai)
I became
I knew
I entered
I went out
I came, went
I found
I had
I took
I said

89

Chapter 14: Second Aorist Verbs

Translation Examples
kai> e@balen ei]j th>n gh?n.
And he threw [it] to the earth (Rev. 8:5).
e]n t&? ko<sm& h#n, kai> o[ ko<smoj di] au]tou? e]ge<neto.
He was in the world, and the world was made by him (Jn. 1:10).
kai> ei#pen o[ ]Ihsou?j, Ei]j kri<ma e]gw> ei]j to>n ko<smon tou?ton h#lqon.
And Jesus said, For judgment I came into this world (Jn. 9:39).

Vocabulary
ai$ma, -matoj, to<
ai@rw
dida<skw
i@dioj, -a, -on
kalo<j, -h<, -o<n
me<llw
o[do<j, -ou?, h[
polu<j, pollh<, polu<
sw?ma, -matoj, to<
yuxh<, -h?j, h[

blood (97)
I raise, take up (101)
I teach (97)
ones own (114)
good (100)
I am about to, intend (109)
way (101)
much, many (416)
body(142)
soul, life (103)

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:10a-c


e]lqe<tw
Let come

h[
the

basilei<a
kingdom

sou:
your

genhqh<tw
let happen

to>
the

qe<lhma<
will

sou,
your

w[j
as

e]n
in

ou]ran&?
heaven

kai>
so also

e]pi>
on

gh?j:
earth;

90

Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs

91

15
First Aorist Verbs
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

recognize and write the first aorist paradigm,


write the first aorist stems of the verbs learned in previous lessons,
translate the first aorist indicative form,
gain more practice in translating and working with Greek,
master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and
memorize Mat. 6:11 in Greek.

Introduction
In English we have two ways of forming the past tense:
1. Add the ed suffix to the word:
I laugh at Elliotts jokes (present).
I laughed at Elliotts jokes (past).
2. Change the form of the verb:
Zach runs down the court (present).
Zach ran down the court (past).

Comparison with Greek


Like the English, Greek forms the Aorist in two ways. The first aorist is formed off the
present stem, with an augment and a suffixed sa. The second aorist is built from a
different aorist stem that adds endings identical to the imperfect.
The aorist is used for when the action is viewed as a whole and complete (e.g., he
loosed). The aorist is the most frequent tense form and is used as a background tense by
writers as opposed to the present tense form which is used to foreground material. The
imperfect is used to portray action in progress or dwelled upon (aspect), and can be
used of action that is continuous/durative/iterative (Aktionsart). The actual time or tense
of the action is triggered more by temporal pointers like adverbs, prepositional phrases
and conjunctions than the aorist tense form itself. The aorist can be used for actions
which are past, present, omnitemporal or timeless. Thus the aorist is extremely
flexible.Both the first and second aorists are usually translated as a simple past (e.g., he
came). However, they may sometimes be translated by the English perfect (e.g., has
spoken or he speaks). The imperfect is used to portary action as developing, unfolding
or dwelled upon (e.g. he was loosing).

Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs

92

First Aorist Form


The first aorist is built from the first aorist verb stem. It is preceded by an e augment
and followed by secondary endings like the imperfect. The future was constructed by
inserting a s between the stem and ending. So the first aorist is formed by inserting a sa
between the stem and secondary pronominal endings.
Augment

Verb stem

Tense formative

e+
Aug

lu +
Stem

sa +
Tense connective

1.
2.
3.

Secondary
endings
j=
Ending

Aorist Active Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
e@lusa
e]lu<samen
I loosed
e@lusaj
e]lu<sate
You loosed
e@luse(n)
e@lusan
He/she/it loosed

You loosed
e@lusaj

We loosed
You loosed
They loosed

Note: The -, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as the imperfects except that in the
first person singular the n is dropped.

1.
2.
3.

Aorist Middle Indicative of lu<w


Singular
e]lusa<mhn I loosed
(for myself)
e]lu<sw
You loosed
(for yourself)
e]lu<sato
He/she/it loosed
(for himself/herself/itself)

Plural
e]lusa<meqa
e]lu<sasqe
e]lu<santo

We loosed
(for ourselves)
You loosed
(for yourselves)
They loosed
(for themselves)

Note: The mhn, w, to, meqa, sqe, nto endings are the same as the imperfects except
in the second person singular, where the ou shifts to w.

Augments
By now you know how the augment is added (see chaps. 12 and 14). Sorry for the
repetition, but just to refresh your memory. The augment is added in four ways:
1. before consonants it is e.
2. before vowels the augment contracts with the vowel according to the following
rules:

Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs

Vowels
e+a=h
e+e=h
e+h=h
e + i=i
e+o=w
e+u=u

93

Diphthongs
e + ai = ^
e + ei = ^
e + oi = &
e + au = hu
e + eu = hu

Four patterns:
(1) a and e lengthen to h.
(2) o lengthens to w.
(3) i ending becomes a diphthong subscript.
(4) u ending of a diphthong stays strong.
3. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a consonant: Insert the augment
between the prepositional prefix and the verb stem. e]ndu<w becomes e]ne<dusa (I
clothed)
4. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a vowel: The final vowel of the
preposition is dropped and the e augment is inserted in its place. a]polu<w
becomes a]pe<lusa (I released).

Ending TransformationsSigma Addition


The sigma ending is added in basically the same way as the sigma was added for future
tense verbs with the similar transformations (see chap. 10).
Velars: (k, g, or x) + s becomes c.
dida<skw + sa = e]di<daca (I taught)
Labials: (p, b, or f) + s becomes y.
ble<pw + sa = e@bleya (I saw)
Dentals: (t, d, or q) + s drops the dental.
pei<qw + sa = e@peisa (I persuaded)
With liquids (l and r) and nasals (m and n), lemoners, often the sigma is dropped
and the preceding vowel in the stem is changed.
me<nw + sa = e@meina
a]poste<llw + sa = a]pe<steila
If the stem ends in a sibilant (s, z), the sibilant is dropped and the sigma of the ending
is kept.
s&<zw + sa = e@swsa

Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs

These transformations are not always predictable. Thus it is necessary to be able to


recognize the aorist for each verb.

Aorist Stems of Verbs


Here is a list of first aorist active indicative forms of verbs already learned.
Present
a]kou<w
a]poste<llw
ble<pw
gra<fw
dida<skw
pisteu<w
qe<lw
me<nw
kri<nw
s&<zw

First Aorist
h@kousa
a]pe<steila
e@bleya
e@graya
e]di<daca
e]pi<steusa
h]qe<lhsa
e@meina
e@krina
e@swsa

I heard
I sent
I saw
I wrote
I taught
I believed
I wished
I remained
I judged
I saved

Chant: First Aorist


(I loosed)
e@lusa
--, -j, -e,

(-- pronounce noise sound aahh)

-men, -te, -n

e]lusa<mhn (I loosed myself)


-mhn, -w, -to,

-meqa, -asqe, -anto

Translation Examples
kai> h@kousan fwnh?j mega<lhj e]k tou? ou]ranou?.
And they heard a loud voice from heaven (Rev. 11:12).
e]gw> pa<ntote e]di<daca e]n sunagwg^? kai> e]n t&? i[er&?.
I always taught in synagogue and in the temple (Jn. 18:20).
@Egraya u[mi?n e]n t^? e]pistol^?.
I wrote to you in the letter (1 Cor. 5:9).

94

Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs

Vocabulary
a@lloj, -h, -o
a@rtoj, -ou, o[
dei?
e]cousi<a, -aj, h[
e!teroj, -a, -on
e@ti
o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[
te<knon, -ou, to<
to<poj, -ou, o[
fw?j, fwto<j, to<

other (155)
bread (97)
it is necessary (101)
authority (100)
different (98)
yet, still (93)
eye (100)
child (99)
place (94)
light (73)

Review
Mat. 6:9:
Mat. 6:10

Pa<ter h[mw?n o[ e]n toi?j ou]ranoi?j:


a[giasqh<tw to> o@noma< sou:
e]lqe<tw h[ basilei<a sou:
genhqh<tw to> qe<lhma< sou,
w[j e]n ou]ran&? kai> e]pi> gh?j:

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:11


to>n
the

a@rton
bread

h[mw?n
our

do>j
Give

h[mi?n
us

sh<meron:
today;

to>n
the

e]piou<sion
daily portion

95

Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs

96

16
Aorist and Future Passive Verbs
You will be able to
1. recognize and write the aorist and future passive indicative paradigms,
2. know the passive stem forms of some of the major verbs learned in previous
lessons,
3. translate aorist and future passive indicative forms,
4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek,
5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and
6. memorize Mat. 6:12a in Greek.

Introduction
Passive verbs indicate subjects are acted on by the action of the verbs. In English, we
form the past passive indicative by using a helping verb (e.g., I was struck by the foul
ball). Similarly, the future passive indicative is formed with the helping will be (e.g., I
will be flown to Indianapolis) indicating expectation.

Comparison with Greek


Rather than using a helping verb, Greek uses a different ending to indicate the passive
indicative for aorist and future tenses.
In the lexicon this stem will be the sixth (last) principal part (aorist passive). We have
already worked with the first three (present, future, aorist; vid Appendix 4 which lists the
principal parts of the major verbs).
Present
ba<llw

Future
balw?

Aorist
e@balon

Perfect
be<blhka

Perf Mid/Pass.
be<blhmai

Aorist Pass.
e]blh<qhn

The Greek aorist and future passive forms are built from the sixth principal part of the
verb. They are easily recognized because of the characteristic q just before the ending.
Like other aorist tense verb forms, aorist passives take the augment.

Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs

97

Aorist and Future Passive Forms


The aorist passives are formed by adding qh before the ending:
e] +
lu +
qh +
n=
e]lu<qhn
Aug Stem Passive
Secondary
I was loosed
connective Active
Ending
The future passives add qhs before the ending and drop the augment.
lu +
Stem

qhs +
Passive
connective

omai =
Primary Mid/Pass
Ending

luqh<somai
I will be loosed

Passive Connective Transformations


When a stem ends in a consonant the following changes take place when the qh is
added.
Velars: k or g becomes x
diwk + qh = e]diw<xqhn (I was pursued)
Labials: p or b becomes f
lei<p + qh = e]lei<fqhn (I was left)
f causes the q to drop out
graf + qh = e]gra<fhn (I was written)
Dentals: t, d, or q becomes s
peiq + qh = e]pei<sqhn (I was persuaded)
Sibilant: z, becomes s
docaz + qh = e]doca<sqhn (I was glorified)
Consonant Shifts
k, g
Velars:
+q=
p, b
Labials:
+q=
t, d, q + q =
Dentals:
Sibilants: z
+q=

xq
fq [f+q=f]
sq
sq

A simple way to remember this is single consonantal velars (k, g) go to the double
lettered (ch) palatal (x). Single consonantal labials (p, b) go to double lettered (ph) labial
(f). The dentals (t, d, q) and sibilant (z) both reduce to a sigma (s).

Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs

1.
2.
3.

First Aorist Passive Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
e]lu<qhn I was loosed
e]lu<qhmen
e]lu<qhj You were loosed
e]lu<qhte
e]lu<qh
He/she/it was loosed e]lu<qhsan

98

We were loosed
You were loosed
They were loosed

Note the active secondary endings: n, j, , men, te, san. The third singular and plural
are different than what weve already learned, but the rest is exactly the same.

1.
2.
3.

Future Passive Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
luqh<somai I will be loosed
luqhso<meqa
luqh<s^
luqh<sesqe
You will be
loosed
luqh<setai He/she/it will be luqh<sontai
loosed

We will be loosed
You will be loosed
They will be loosed

Note the passive primary endings: omai, ^, etai, omeqa, esqe, ontai. You already
know these.

Middles/Deponent
Some verbs that are middle/deponent in the present will use a passive form in the aorist
(e.g., a]pekri<qhn) rather than the expected middle (deponent) form. Regardless of the
form (middle or passive), these types of aorist verbs will be translated with an active
sense. Thus, a]pekri<qhn is translated I answered. Others have both middle (e]geno<mhn)
and passive forms (e]genh<qhn) both of which are translated active I became.

Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs

Aorist Passive Stems


Present Active Aorist Passive
a]poste<llw
a]pesta<lhn
ba<llw
e]blh<qhn
gi<nomai
e]genh<qhn
ginw<skw
e]gnw<sqhn
dida<skw
e]dida<xqhn
du<namai
h]dunh<qhn
e]gei<rw
h]ge<rqhn
eu[ri<skw
eu[re<qhn
qe<lw
h]qelh<qhn
kri<nw
e]kri<qhn
lamba<nw
e]lh<mfqhn
le<gw
e]rre<qhn
o[ra<w
w@fqhn
pisteu<w
e]pisteu<qhn
poreu<omai
e]poreu<qhn
s&<zw
e]sw<qhn

Future Passive

blhqh<somai

gnwsqh<somai

e]gerqh<somai
eu[reqh<somai

kriqh<somai

o]fqh<somai

swqh<somai

e@rxomai does not have an aorist/future passive stem form (relax!).

1.
2.
3.

Second Aorist Passive Indicative of gra<fw (I write)


Singular
Plural
e]gra<fhn I was written
e]gra<fhmen We were written
e]gra<fhj You were written
e]gra<fhte
You were written
e]gra<fh
He/she/it was written e]gra<fhsan They were written

The second aorist passive has no theta in the tense stem, but the endings are the same
as the first aorist passive.

Chant for the Aorist Passive Indicative (API) Verb


(I was loosed)

e]lu<qhn

(-- pronounce noise sound aahh)

-n, -j, --,

-men, -te, -san

Chant for the Future Passive Indicative (FPI) Verb


(I will be loosed)

luqh<somai

-omai, -^, -etai,

-omeqa, -esqe, -ontai

99

Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs

Translation Examples
]Apekri<qhsan kai> ei#pan au]t&?, [O path>r h[mw?n ]Abraa<m e]stin.
They answered and said to him, Our father is Abraham (Jn. 8:39).
Kai> o!te ei#den o[ dra<kwn o!ti e]blh<qh ei]j th>n gh?n
And when the dragon saw that he was cast to the earth (Rev. 12:13)
Ou$to<j e]stin ]Iwa<nnhj o[ baptisth<j: au]to>j h]ge<rqh a]po> tw?n nekrw?n.
This is John the Baptist; he was raised from [among] the dead (Mat. 14:2).

Vocabulary
ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[
a]llh<lwn
a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[
gunh<, -aiko<j, h[
du<namai
e@qnoj, -ouj, to<
o!soj, -h, -on
po<lij, -ewj, h[
te<
xei<r, xeiro<j, h[

age, eternity (122)


one another (100)
high priest (122)
woman (215)
I can, am able (210)
nation (162)
as great as (110)
city (162)
and, and so (215)
hand (177)

Review
Mat. 6:9:
Mat. 6:10:
Mat. 6:11:

Pa<ter h[mw?n o[ e]n toi?j ou]ranoi?j:


a[giasqh<tw to> o@noma< sou:
e]lqe<tw h[ basilei<a sou:
genhqh<tw to> qe<lhma< sou,
w[j e]n ou]ran&? kai> e]pi> gh?j:
to>n a@rton h[mw?n to>n e]piou<sion
do>j h[mi?n sh<meron:

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:12a


kai>
and

a@fej
forgive

h[mi?n
for us

ta>
the

o]feilh<mata
debts

h[mw?n,
our

100

Chapter 17: Contract Verbs

101

17
Contract Verbs
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

identify contract verb formations,


implement the rules of vowel contraction,
recognize and write the paradigms of key contract verbs,
translate contract verb forms,
gain more practice in translating and working with Greek,
master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and
memorize Mat. 6:12b in Greek.

Introduction
Verbs with stems ending in a, e, or o are known as contract verbs. For example, in the
verb a]gapa<w the stem ends with alpha. When pronominal endings are added to the
verb, the final vowel of the stem and the connecting vowel of the ending contract
according to five rules.
Contractions take place in the present and imperfect tenses.
a]gap + a< + o + men = a]gapw?men
In the aorist and future, where the suffix s is used, the final stem vowel lengthens.
a]gap + a< + s + omen = a]gaph<somen

Rules of Contraction (FOLDS)


Rule 1: Likes go long. Two like vowels combine into their common long vowel.
a+a=a
e+h=h
Example: plhro + w = plhrw?
Two exceptions:
o + o = ou
e + e = ei
Example: poie + ete = poiei?te

o+w=w

Chapter 17: Contract Verbs

102

Rule 2: O overcomes. An o or w will overcome an a, e, or h, becoming w.


o+a=w
e+w=w
Example: a]gapa< + w = a]gapw?
Exception:
e + o = ou
o + e = ou
Example: poie< + omen = poiou?men
Rule 3: First overcomes. When an a, e, or h come together, whichever comes first
becomes its own matching long vowel.
e+a=h
a + e or a + h = long a
Example: a]gapa< + ete = a]gapa?te
Rule 4: Same vowel with diphthong drops. A vowel similar to the first vowel of a
diphthong drops out.
o + ou = ou
e + ei = ei
Example: poie + eij = poiei?j
Rule 5: Dissimilar vowel with diphthong contracts. A vowel dissimilar to the
diphthong that follows it will contract, using the preceding rules
a. unless the third vowel is an upsilon, in which case the upsilon drops out.
b. unless the third vowel is an iota, in which case the iota becomes an iota subscript.
Exceptions:
o + ei = oi

e + oi = oi

o + ^ = oi

Contraction Charts (for reference only)


When a vowel in the left row is combined with a vowel or dipthong in the top line, the
resulting contraction appears where the coordinates meet.
Vowel and Vowel Contraction
a
e
h
i
u
o
w
a
a
a
a
ai
au
w
w
e
h
ei
h
ei
eu
ou
w
o
w
ou
w
oi
ou
ou
w

a
e
o

ei
%
ei
oi

Vowel and Diphthong Contraction


^
ou
oi
%
w
&
^
ou
oi
oi
ou
oi

Chapter 17: Contract Verbs

103

Paradigms
Three typical contract verb paradigms will be presented. These represent a, e, and o
type verbs. As you look through the paradigms, you should reflect on the contract rules
that are being used in the contraction process. Do not memorize these. Learn to figure
them out by using the rules.

1.
2.
3.

Present Active Indicative of a]gapa<w


Singular
Plural
a]gapw? (aw)
a]gapw?men (aomen)
I love
We love
a]gap%?j (aeij) You love
a]gapa?te (aete)
You love
a]gap%? (aei)
He/she/it loves a]gapw?si(n) (aousi) They love

1.
2.
3.

Present Active Indicative of poie<w


Singular
Plural
poiw? (ew)
poiou?men (eomen)
I do
poiei?j (eeij)
poiei?te (eete)
You do
poiei? (eei)
He/she/it does poiou?si(n) (eousi)

1.
2.
3.

Present Active Indicative of plhro<w


Singular
Plural
plhrw? (ow)
plhrou?men (oomen)
I fill
plhroi?j (oeij) You fill
plhrou?te (oete)
plhroi? (oei)
plhrou?si(n) (oousi)
He/she/it fills

We do
You do
They do

We fill
You fill
They fill

Liquid/Nasal Verbs
Liquid verbs have stems ending in l, m, n, or r (Lemoners). l and r are liquids, and n
and m are nasals, but verbs ending in any of these four consonants are grouped together
because they form their futures in the same way. In the future active and middle
indicative, the tense suffix s is replaced with an e, which contracts according to the
normal contraction rules. Thus the future of kri<nw becomes krinw? (ew contraction)
instead of kri<nsw.

Translation Examples
Ti< de< me kalei?te, Ku<rie ku<rie, kai> ou] poiei?te a! le<gw;
And why do you call me, Lord, Lord, and do not do what I say? (Lk. 6:46).
kai> o[ path<r mou a]gaph<sei au]to<n kai> pro>j au]to>n e]leuso<meqa.
And my father will love him, and we will come to him (Jn. 14:23).
a]lla> lalou?men qeou? sofi<an e]n musthri<&
But we speak Gods wisdom in a mystery (1 Cor. 2:7).

Chapter 17: Contract Verbs

Vocabulary
ei]
e]sqi<w
za<w
zhte<w
h@
kale<w
lale<w
parakale<w
plhro<w
poie<w

if, that (504)


I eat (158)
I live (140)
I seek (117)
or, either (343)
I call (148)
I speak, say (296)
I urge, exhort (109)
I complete, fill (86)
I do, make (568)

Review
Mat. 6:9:
Mat. 6:10:
Mat. 6:11:
Mat. 6:12a:

Pa<ter h[mw?n o[ e]n toi?j ou]ranoi?j:


a[giasqh<tw to> o@noma< sou:
e]lqe<tw h[ basilei<a sou:
genhqh<tw to> qe<lhma< sou,
w[j e]n ou]ran&? kai> e]pi> gh?j:
to>n a@rton h[mw?n to>n e]piou<sion
do>j h[mi?n sh<meron:
kai> a@fej h[mi?n ta> o]feilh<mata h[mw?n,

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:12b


w[j
as

kai>
also

h[mei?j
we

a]fh<kamen
we forgave

toi?j
the

o]feile<taij
debtors

h[mw?n:
our;

104

Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs

105

18
Perfect Verbs
You will be able to
1. recognize and write the perfect active indicative paradigms,
2. recognize pluperfect active indicative paradigms,
3. know the perfect stem forms of some of the major verbs learned in previous
lessons,
4. translate perfect and pluperfect indicative forms,
5. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek,
6. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and
7. memorize Mat. 6:13a in Greek.

Introduction and Translation


The perfect tense form is used by an author to portray an action as a state of being
often frontgrounding the action, singling out the action for special attention. Porter
points out that the perfect may refer to past events and be translated like an aorist (e.g. Jn.
12:40 he blinded their eyes), a present (Jn. 12:23 the hour is come) and rarely even as
a future (1 Jn. 2:5 the love of God will be completed). There are also
omnitemporal/gnomic and timeless uses as well (1 Jn. 4:12 no one has ever seen God)
and iterative uses (Jn. 16:23 these things I have repeatedly spoken to you) (Porter,
Idioms, 40f). The diversity of meanings will be narrowed down based on the lexical
meaning of a particular verb or by contextual indicators. For now we will translate it
with the simple helping verb have but realize that its base meaning is frontgrounding a
state of affairs.

Perfect Formation
The perfect is the last Greek tense to be learned. It is formed by attaching both a prefix
and a suffix to the perfect active stem. The perfect suffix is ka, while the perfect prefix is
derived by reduplication of the initial consonant.
Reduplication

Stem

le +

lu +

Perfect
connective
ka +

Pronominal Perfect tense


ending
form
te =
lelu<kate

Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs

106

Reduplication Patterns
Consonantal reduplication: When a verb begins with a consonant, the consonant is
doubled and attached to the front of a word with a connecting epsilon (le + luka).
Exceptions: f, x, or q
If the initial consonant of the verb is f, x, or q, the reduplicated consonant will be p
(for f), k (for x), or t (for q). See Mounce, Basics, 222.
fanero<w
xari<zomai
qerapeu<w

becomes
becomes
becomes

pefane<rwka
kexa<rismai
teqera<peumai

(I have shown)
(I have given freely)
( I have been healed)

Vocalic reduplication: When a verb begins with a vowel or diphthong, the vowel is
lengthened: e]lpi<zw becomes h@lpika and ai]te<w becomes ^@thka.
Doubled consonant or r: If a word begins with two consonants or a rho, an epsilon is
usually added instead of reduplication: ginw<skw (stem gnw-) becomes e@gnwka.
Compound verbs: The reduplicated form comes between the verb and the initial
preposition: a]poste<llw becomes a]pe<stalka.

Adding Perfect Kappa


Contract verbs lengthen their final stem vowel preceding the perfect k ending:
a]gapa<w becomes h]ga<phka.
If a verb stem ends in t, d, or q, the consonant is dropped when the perfect k is added:
e]lpi<zw (stem e]lpid-) becomes h@lpika.
The middle/passives reduplicate on the front end but do not add the ka suffix on the
back end.

1.
2.
3.

Perfect Active Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
lelu<
kamen
le<luka
I have loosed
le<lukaj
lelu<kate
You have loosed
le<luke(n) He/she/it has loosed lelu<kasi(n)

We have loosed
You have loosed
They have loosed

Note that the active endings are used: , j, e, men, te, si(n). The first singular drops
the n, and the third plural goes to si(n).

Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs

1.
2.
3.

107

Perfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
le<lumai I have been loosed
lelu<meqa We have been loosed
le<lusai You have been
le<lusqe You have been loosed
loosed
le<lutai He/she/it has been
le<luntai They have been loosed
loosed

Translate perfect middle/passives as passive unless the particular verb or context


dictates otherwise. Middles will, as normal, be understood as emphasizing the subjects
participation in the action of the verb and translated active or for the subjects benefit
(have loosed [for himself]). There is no ka suffix. Primary endings are added directly,
with no theme vowel (e, o) and lemoners drop their consonant as the ending is added.
The contract verbs will lengthen their stem vowel and other consonantal ending verbs
will make various consonantal shifts:
mai, sai, tai, meqa, sqe, ntai
se<s&smai, se<s&sai, se<s&stai . . . (from sw<zw)
ke<krimai, ke<krisai, ke<kritai (from kri<nw)
pefi<lhmai, pefi<lhsai< pefilhtai... (from file<w)
ge<grammai, ge<grayai, gegraptai (from gra<fw)

Second Perfect
A few verbs do not take the ka perfect tense marker but still follow the reduplication
pattern. Mounce (Basics, 224) notes four common second perfect verbs, to which a fifth
can be added:
a]kou<w
gi<nomai
gra<fw
e@rxomai
lamba<nw

becomes
becomes
becomes
becomes
becomes

a]kh<koa
ge<gona
ge<grafa
e]lh<luqa
ei@lhfa

Second Perfect Middle/Passive add the endings directly onto the base form without an
intervening ka (Stevens, New Testament Greek, 255).
e@gnwsmai, e@gnwsai, e@gnwstai . . . = I have been known (ginw<skw) (for the
second person singular, the doubled sigma reduces to a single sigma for
euphonic purposes).

Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs

108

Oi#da
oi#da is an odd verb that is a perfect but translated as a present. You should be aware of
its irregular form. Mathewson insightfully proffers that it retains its perfect aspect.
1.
2.
3.

oi#da
oi#daj
oi#de(n)

I know
you know
he/she/it knows

oi@damen
oi@date
oi@dasi(n)

we know
you know
they know

Pluperfect ParadigmAugmented Perfect


Pluperfect tense is rare and expresses action completed in the past with a terminated
effect some time in the past. The pluperfect is formed by adding an augment to the
perfect form and using the suffixes illustrated below. Some pluperfects, however, do not
add an augment (Mk. 14:44).
1.
2.
3.

e]lelu<kein
e]lelu<keij
e]lelu<kei

I had loosed
you had loosed
he/she/it had loosed

e]lelu<keimen
e]lelu<keite
e]lelu<keisan

we had loosed
you had loosed
they had loosed

In its form, you can think of the pluperfect as an augmented perfect. The ei connecting
diphthong also can trigger you to think of the pluperfect.

Principal Parts
For Greek verbs there are six principal parts from which the paradigms are built. You
now know how all the parts function. When you look verbs up in the lexicon, these six
principal parts will be listed:
Present
a]gapa<w

Future
a]gaph<sw

Perfect Active Perfect Mid/Pass


h]ga<phka
h]ga<phmai

Aorist Active
h]ga<phsa
Aorist Passive
h]gaph<qhn

Chant Perfect Active Indicative (RAI) Verb


le<luka

--, -j, -e,

-men, -te, -si

Chant Perfect Middle/Passive Indicative (RM/PI) Verb


le<lumai

-sai, -tai,

-meqa, -sqe, -ntai

Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs

Perfect Indicative Verb Stems


Present Active
Perfect Active
Perfect Mid/Pass
a]gapa<w
h]ga<phka
h]ga<phmai
a]kou<w
a]kh<koa

a]poste<llw
a]pe<stalka
a]pe<stalmai
ba<llw
be<blhka
be<blhmai
gi<nomai
ge<gona
gege<nhmai
ginw<skw
e@gnwka
e@gnwsmai
gra<fw
ge<grafa
ge<grammai
e@rxomai
e]lh<luqa

eu[ri<skw
eu!rhka

e@xw
e@sxhka

kale<w
ke<klhka
ke<klhmai
kri<nw
ke<krika
ke<krimai
lale<w
lela<lhka
lela<lhmai
lamba<nw
ei@lhfa

le<gw
ei@rhka
ei@rhmai
me<nw
meme<nhka

o[ra<w
e[w<raka

pisteu<w
pepi<steuka
pepi<steumai
poie<w
pepoi<hka
pepoi<hmai
poreu<omai
pepo<reumai

s&<zw
se<swka
se<s&smai

109

I love
I hear
I send
I throw
I become
I know
I write
I come
I find
I have
I call
I judge
I speak
I take, receive
I say
I remain
I see
I believe
I do, make
I go
I save

Translation Examples
!O h#n a]p ] a]rxh?j, o! a]khko<amen, o! e[wra<kamen
What was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen (1 Jn. 1:1)
le<gei au]t&?, Nai>, ku<rie, e]gw> pepi<steuka o!ti su> ei# o[ Xristo<j.
She said to him, Yes, Lord, I have believed that you are the Christ (Jn. 11:27).
(The perfects here refer to present states and may be translated present: I
believe)
kai> h[mei?j pepisteu<kamen kai> e]gnw<kamen o!ti su< ei# o[ a!gioj tou? qeou?.
And we have believed and have known that you are the holy one of God (Jn. 6:69).
(Likewise these refer to present states so may be translated present: We
believe and know that...)

Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs

Vocabulary
genna<w
dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[
e]an
<
ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[
oi#da
oi]ki<a, -aj, h[
o[ra<w
peripate<w
pw?j
fobe<omai

I beget (97)
righteousness (92)
if, when (351)
peace (92)
I know (318)
house (93)
I see (454)
I walk, live (95)
how (103)
I fear (95)

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:12b-13a


w[j
as

kai>
also

h[mei?j
we

a]fh<kamen
we forgave

kai>
and

mh>
not

ei]sene<gk^j
(you) lead

h[ma?j
us

toi?j
the

o]feile<taij
debtors

ei]j
into

peirasmo<n,
temptation,

h[mw?n:
our;

110

Chapter 19: Present Participles

111

19
Present Participles
You will be able to
1. understand how the participle works in English and Greek as a verbal adjective,
substantive, and adverb;
2. recognize and write the participle forms in the present active indicative
paradigms;
3. translate present participle forms,
4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek;
5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words; and
6. memorize Mat. 6:13b in Greek.

Introduction
In Greek, participles are used in much the same way as they are in English. Present
participles are formed in English by adding -ing to the verbal form (e.g., walking). A
participle is a verbal adjective.
The participle is a critical part of the Greek language. Care must be taken to recognize
its forms. One must also know the diverse ways it is translated, whether as an adjective or
as an adverb.

Verbal Adjective
A participle has both verbal and adjectival qualities. Participles are like verbs in that
they are formed from several Greek tenses (present, aorist, perfect, and a few futures) and
have voice (active, middle, passive). They can take direct objects like verbs and may be
modified by an adverb or prepositional phrase (e.g., She found the child lying in bed).
Participles are like adjectives in that they have gender, number, and case. They may be
used as an adjectival modifier or as a substantive.

Adjective or Adverb
A Greek participle may be translated adverbially or adjectivally. As an adverb the
participle tells when, how, why, or in what circumstances the verb is functioning. The
adverbial present participle points to and modifies the verb by using words like while
or when (e.g., While surfing the web, he found that site).
A participle can also function as an attributive adjective. Connecting words like who
or which will often be used to translate these types of participles (e.g., The man who is

Chapter 19: Present Participles

112

sitting is the chief). The participle here is translated like a relative clause (who/which + is
. . .).
A participle can also function like a substantive adjective (The one who is sitting there
is the organizer).

Participle as Adjective
You can tell when a participle is being used adjectivally because, as an attributive
adjective, it will modify a noun or pronoun. It will usually come with an article, and the
context will show which noun or pronoun the participle modifies. When translating a
Greek present participle, we may use a simple English participle, which is usually a word
ending in ing.
In the phrase the man speaking, speaking modifies man and indicates which
man is being referred to.
ou$to<j e]stin o[ para> th>n o[do>n sparei<j (Mat. 13:19).
This is [the seed] that was sown along the path.
Notice the prepositional phrase inserted between the definite article and its participle
(Wenham, Elements, 151).
A participle, like other adjectives, may be used as a substantive when it has the article
and no modified noun or pronoun. In this case the participle acts as a noun. Often these
will be translated with the helping words the one (who is).
o[ le<gwn tau?ta e]n t&? i[er&?
the one saying these things in the temple

Participle as Adverb
A participle may be used as an adverb modifying the verb in some way. It usually does
not take an article (i.e., it is anarthrous). Often an adverbial participle will be translated
as a temporal clause. It may also be taken as causative (because of loosing),
concessive (although loosing), or instrumental (by loosing) as well. One should note
also if a participle is anarthrous it still may be attributive if it is close and grammatically
attaches to a noun, or it may be a predicate use of the participle as a verbal adjective. So
when a form is anarthrous it is ambiguous and context must help sort out which usage is
being employed.
If the present tense participle is used, it refers to something that happens at the same
time as the main verb (e.g., while walking). If an aorist tense participle is used, the
action of the participle was before the action of the main verb (e.g., after walking).
There may be exceptions to this. If a perfect tense participle is used, its action was
completed, with continuing results (e.g., after having walked).
There are only twelve future participles in the New Testament, and they indicate action
that is expected or intended (e.g., before walking) (Mounce, Basics, 262f.).

Chapter 19: Present Participles

113

Participle Time
The time of the participle is relative to the time of the main verb. In present participles,
the action of the participle may be simultaneous, prior to or subsequent to the action of
the main verb: While walking, he saw the heron. Generally we will use the
simultaneous reading while. Porter generalizes that when the participle precedes the
verb in the order of the sentence it is often antecedent action (after loosing). If the
participle comes after the main verb it is usually simultaneous (while loosing) or
subsequent action (before loosing)(Porter, Idioms, 188). Note that the participle action
matches the past tense of the main verb: both happen at the same time. In aorist
participles, the participial action takes place prior to the action of the main verb: After
walking, he saw the heron. The aorist may describe attendant circumstances, with action
taking place at the same time as the main verb, although this is rare. The time of the
happening is not the point in the present participle form. Rather aspect is the main
feature with the present being used to foreground, denote process, immediacy, with the
aorist being more wholistic, complete background form and with the perfect being a
frontgrounded state of being.

Translating Participles
The adjectival participle will often be translated by using the English participle (ing) with some connecting words such as who, which, or the one who (e.g., The
one speaking to me wrote the book).
Adverbial participles will often be translated in a temporal clause by using while,
after, or before (e.g., After speaking, the teacher prayed). Adverbial participles may
also indicate purpose (e.g., He went in order to find his car), be causative (e.g., He went
because of loosing his car), or express means (e.g., by going early, he found a seat). For
our purposes here, we will translate adverbial participles as temporal, while loosing
(Stevens, New Testament Greek, 297f.).

Greek Present Participle


We will be learning the present active, middle/passive, and future participles in this
lesson. Active participles are used when the word the participle modifies is doing the
action (e.g., The man skating by is a friend).
The middle/passive forms should generally be translated as passive (on deponents, see
below). A passive participle is used where the word modified receives the action of the
participle (e.g., The man being stung by the bees ran for cover).
Remember that a middle/passive participle should be translated active if it comes from
a deponent verb (e.g., e@rxomai becomes a participle as e]rxo<menoj and is translated as
active).

Present Participle Forms


Present active participles are built from the present verb stem. In the masculine and
neuter the sign of the participle (ont) is added, followed by the third declension noun
endings:

Chapter 19: Present Participles

114

lu + ont + oj = lu<ontoj
The present active feminine participle is formed by using ouj as the sign of the
participle, to which the first declension endings are suffixed:
lu + ous + hj = luou<shj
Middle/passive participles are formed using the present verb stem adding -omen as a
middle/passive participle indicator and the second declension case endings for the
masculine and neuter:
lu + omen + oj = luo<menoj
The feminine uses first declension endings:
lu + omen + h = luome<nh
The participial forms are fairly easily learned. The difficulty is in knowing how to
translate them. Here is a chart about present participles that may help:

Present Active
Present Middle
Present Passive

Adverbial
participle has
no Art.
[while, because
of, by]
while loosing
while loosing
himself
while being
loosed

Adjectival
attributive has Art.
before noun it
modifies.
the loosing girl
the girl loosing
herself
the girl being
loosed

Present Active Participles


3
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
lu<wn
lu<ousa
Nom.
lu<ontoj
luou<shj
Gen.
lu<onti
luou<s^
Dat.
lu<onta
lu<ousan
Acc.
Plural
lu<ontej
lu<ousai
Nom.
luo<ntwn
luousw?n
Gen.
lu<ousi(n)
luou<saij
Dat.
lu<ontaj
luou<saj
Acc.

3
Neuter
lu?on
lu<ontoj
lu<onti
lu?on
lu<onta
luo<ntwn
lu<ousi(n)
lu<onta

Adjectival
substantive has
Art. but no
noun/pronoun to
modify.
the one loosing
the ones loosing
themselves
the one being
loosed

Chapter 19: Present Participles

115

Present Middle/Passive Participles


2
1
2
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
luo<menoj
luome<nh
luo<menon
Nom.
luome<nou
luome<nhj
luome<nou
Gen.
luome<n&
luome<n^
luome<n&
Dat.
luo<menon
luome<nhn
luo<menon
Acc.
Plural
luo<menoi
luo<menai
luo<mena
Nom.
luome<
n
wn
luome<
n
wn
luome<nwn
Gen.
luome<noij
luome<naij
luome<noij
Dat.
luome<nouj
luome<naj
luo<mena
Acc.
Rather than memorize these large paradigms, it is better to learn the nominative and
genitive forms. Once you have those two forms in mind, the rest follow suit according to
the normal 3-1-3 or 2-1-2 pattern. In short, the following is what you should be able to
chant through.
Present Active Participles
lu<wn
lu<ousa
lu?on
Nom.
lu<ontoj
luou<shj
lu<ontoj
Gen.
Present Middle/Passive Participles
luo<menoj
luome<nh
luo<menon
Nom.
luome<nou
luome<nhj
luome<nou
Gen.

Future Forms
The future participle occurs only twelve times in the New Testament. It is used in
situations where something is purposed, intended, or expected and can be either
punctiliar or durative (Mounce, 262) We will describe how it is formed so you will be
able to recognize it, but there is no need to memorize a whole paradigm for it. We will
translate it will be loosing or just simply loosing.
In forming the future participle, a s is added to the present verb stem, followed by the
third declension participle endings for the masculine and neuter and by first declension
participle endings for the feminine participles.
lu + s + ontoj = lu<sontoj
lu + s + omenoj = luso<menoj

lu + s + oushj = lusou<shj
lu + qhs + omenoj=luqhso<menoj

Chapter 19: Present Participles

Present Active Participle of ei]mi<


3
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
w@n
ou#sa
Nom.
o@ntoj
ou@shj
Gen.
o@nti
ou@s^
Dat.
o@nta
ou#san
Acc.
Plural
o@ntej
ou#sai
Nom.
o@ntwn
ou]sw?n
Gen.
ou#si(n)
ou@saij
Dat.
o@ntaj
ou@saj
Acc.

116

3
Neuter
o@n
o@ntoj
o@nti
o@n
o@nta
o@ntwn
ou#si(n)
o@nta

Negating a Participle
ou] is used for negating indicative verb forms. Participles are not considered indicatives
so mh< will be used to negate participles (e.g., The one who is not studying failed the test).

Translating Participles
Adjectival (+ art. [usually])
Attributivemodifies a noun or pronoun
The girl sitting there went to Gordon.
Substantiveno noun to modify. Add one, who, or which
The one sitting there went to Gordon.
Adverbial (no art. [often]) Add while, after, or after having
Present: While sitting there, she dreamed of Greek.
Aorist: After sitting there, she dreamed of Greek.
Perfect: After having sat there, she dreamed of Greek.
Active: The one walking by is my friend (substantive).
Passive: The one being taken away is my friend (substantive).
After being seated, the owner came (adverbial).

Translation Examples
T^? e]pau<rion ble<pei to>n ]Ihsou?n e]rxo<menon pro>j au]to>n.
The next day he saw Jesus coming to him (Jn. 1:29).
o[ pisteu<wn ei]j au]to>n ou] kri<netai: o[ de> mh> pisteu<wn
The one believing in him is not judged; but the one not believing (Jn. 3:18)
kai> h#lqon ei]j Kafarnaou>m zhtou?ntej to>n ]Ihsou?n.
And they came to Capernaum seeking Jesus (Jn. 6:24).

Chapter 19: Present Participles

Chant Present Active Participle (just be able to figure out the


Mid./Pass.)
3
lu<wn
lu<ontoj

Nom.
Gen.

1
lu<ousa
luou<shj

3
lu?on
lu<ontoj

Vocabulary
a]kolouqe<w
e]nw<pion
qa<lassa, -hj, h[
ka<qhmai
kairo<j, -ou?, o[
ou@te
pi<ptw
pou<j, podo<j, o[
prose<rxomai
proseu<xomai

I follow (90)
before (94)
sea, lake (91)
I sit (91)
time (85)
and not, neither/nor (87)
I fall (90)
foot (93)
I come/go to (86)
I pray (85)

Memory Verse: Review + Mat. 6:13b


kai>
and

mh>
not

ei]sene<gk^j
(you) lead

h[ma?j
us

ei]j
into

peirasmo<n,
temptation,

a]lla>
but

r[u?sai
(you) deliver

h[ma?j
us

a]po>
from

tou?
the

ponhrou?.
evil (one).

117

Chapter 20: Aorist Participles

118

20
Aorist Participles
You will be able to
1. understand how the participle works in English and Greek as a verbal attributive
adjective, substantive adjective, and adverb;
2. recognize and write the participle forms in the aorist active, middle, and passive
paradigms;
3. translate aorist participle forms;
4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; and
5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
In Greek, present participles are used in much the same way as they are in English.
Present participles are formed in English by adding -ing to the verbal form (e.g.,
walking). A participle is a verbal adjective.
Aorist participles typically indicate action before the action of the main verb (see chap.
19). The aorist participles are also used for action as a complete whole. In such cases, the
aorist is used merely to state that an action took place. It need not specify when (past,
present, or future) the action actually took place.

Adjective or Adverb
A Greek participle may be translated adverbially or adjectivally. As an adverb the
participle tells when, how, why, or in what circumstances the verb is functioning. The
adverbial participle modifies and points to the verb. The aorist adverbial participle is
usually translated with the temporal preposition after (e.g., After surfing the web, he
found the information). The adverbial usage is usually anarthrous (does not have the
article).
The adjectival use is usually marked with the article before the noun modified or
before the substantival participle. The participle can function as an attributive adjective.
Often connecting words like who or which will be used to translate these types of
participles (e.g., The man who sat there is the chief). It can also be used like a substantive
adjective (The one who sat there is the organizer). Or it can, when anarthrous, be used as
a predicate adjective (The organizer is the one sitting there).

Chapter 20: Aorist Participles

119

Participle and Time


The time of the participle is relative to the time of the main verb. In aorist participles,
the action often takes place before the action of the main verb: After talking, he saw his
friend. The aorist may also describe attendant circumstances, with action taking place at
the same time as the main verb. Writers use the aorist to portray complete/wholistic
action in a backgrounding manner.

Translating Participles
The aorist adjectival participle will often be translated by using the English past tense
verb rather than an ing English participle, adding who, which, or the one who
(e.g., The one who spoke to me wrote the book, or The one who loosed me entered the
temple). Adverbial participles will often be translated in a temporal clause by using
while, after, or before (e.g., After laughing, the boy left).
We will be learning the aorist active, middle, and passive as well as noting second
aorist forms. Active participles are used when the word the participle modifies is doing
the action (e.g., The man who skated by is a friend).
A middle participle usually is translated as an active emphasizing the subjects
participation in the action of the verb. However, it may indicate that the action occurs for
the benefit of the subject. Mounce calls this the self-interest nuance (Basics, 224). E.g.,
The woman who freed herself went to the library.
A passive participle is used when the word modified receives the action of the
participle (e.g., The boy who was stung by the bees ran for cover.) The aorist active and
middle forms are built from the aorist stem. Aorist passive participles are built from the
aorist passive stem. Here is a chart about aorist participles:

Aorist Active
Aorist Middle
Aorist Passive

Adverbial participle Adjectival


has no Art.
attributive has Art.
before noun it
modifies.
after loosing
(the girl) who
loosed
after loosing
(the girl) who
himself
loosed herself
after being loosed
(the girl) who was
loosed

Adjectival substantive
has Art. but no noun to
modify.
the one who loosed
the ones who loosed
themselves
the one who was loosed

Sometimes the participle may act as a main verb as Wallaces chart on the semantic
range of the participle indicates (Wallace, 269).

Chapter 20: Aorist Participles

Independent
Dependent

Verbal
(Verbal)
Imperatival
Indicative
(Adverbial)
Temporal, Causal,
Means, Manner, etc.

120

Adjectival
(Substantival)
Subject, object, etc.
(Adjectival)
Attributive
Predicate

First Aorist Participle Forms


Aorist active participles are built from the aorist verb stem. The first aorist suffix sa is
added to the stem. Then, in the masculine and neuter, the sign of the participle (nt) is
added, followed by the third declension noun endings. Note: There is no augment on
participles.
Stem
Aor.
Third Declension
Masc./Neut. Participle
Ptc. nt
lu +
sa +
nt +
oj =
lu<santoj
The aorist active feminine is formed by adding the first aorist suffix sa, followed by
the sign of the participle (s) and the first declension endings.
Stem
lu +

Aor.
sa +

Ptc. s
s+

First Declension
hj =

Fem. Participle
lusa<shj

Aorist middle participles are similar in form to present middle participles. The main
difference is that the aorists have the first aorist sa suffix attached to the stem.
Stem
lu +

Aor.
sa +

Mid. Ptc.
men +

Second Declension
oj =

Masc. Participle
lusa<menoj

Finally, the aorist passive stem, marked with the characteristic qe, is followed by nt
and the third/first/third declension endings.
Stem
lu +

Aor. Pass. Ptc. nt


qe +
nt +

Third Declension
oj =

Masc./Neut. Participle
luqe<ntoj

First Aorist Active Participles (recognize these forms)


3
1
3
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
lu<saj
lu<sasa
lu?san
Nom.
lu<santoj
lusa<shj
lu<santoj
Gen.
lu<santi
lusa<s^
lu<santi
Dat.
lu<santa
lu<sasan
lu?san
Acc.

Chapter 20: Aorist Participles

Plural
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

lu<santej
lusa<ntwn
lu<sasi(n)
lu<santaj

lu<sasai
lusasw?n
lusa<saij
lusa<saj

First Aorist Middle Participles


2
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
lusa<
m
enoj
lusame<
nh
Nom.
lusame<nou
lusame<nhj
Gen.
lusame<n&
lusame<n^
Dat.
lusa<menon
lusame<nhn
Acc.
Plural
lusa<menoi
lusa<menai
Nom.
lusame<nwn
lusame<nwn
Gen.
lusame<noij
lusame<naij
Dat.
lusame<
n
ouj
lusame<
naj
Acc.
First Aorist Passive Participles
3
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
luqei<j
luqei?sa
Nom.
luqe<ntoj
luqei<shj
Gen.
luqe<nti
luqei<s^
Dat.
luqe<nta
luqei?san
Acc.
Plural
luqe<ntej
luqei?sai
Nom.
luqe<ntwn
luqeisw?n
Gen.
luqei?si(n)
luqei<saij
Dat.
luqe<ntaj
luqei<saj
Acc.

lu<santa
lusa<ntwn
lu<sasi(n)
lu<santa
2
Neuter
lusa<menon
lusame<nou
lusame<n&
lusa<menon
lusa<mena
lusame<nwn
lusame<noij
lusa<mena
3
Neuter
luqe<n
luqe<ntoj
luqe<nti
luqe<n
luqe<nta
luqe<ntwn
luqei?si(n)
luqe<nta

First Aorist Active Participles (know these forms cold)


3
1
lu<saj
lu<sasa
lu?san
Nom.
lu<santoj
lusa<shj
lu<santoj
Gen.
First Aorist Middle Participles
2
1
lusa<menoj
lusame<nh
Nom.
lusame<
n
ou
lusame<
nhj
Gen.

2
lusa<menon
lusame<nou

121

Chapter 20: Aorist Participles

First Aorist Passive Participles


3
1
luqei<j
luqei?sa
Nom.
luqe<ntoj
luqei<shj
Gen.

122

3
luqe<n
luqe<ntoj

Second Aorist Participles


The second aorist participles use the second aorist stem, to which the present active
participle endings (3-1-3) are suffixed:
i]dw<n, i]do<ntoj, i]do<nti, etc.
e]lqw<n, e]lqo<ntoj, e]lqo<nti, e]lqo<nta, etc.
ei]pw<n, ei]po<ntoj, ei]po<nti, ei]po<nta, etc.
The second aorist passive uses the same endings as the first aorist passive participles
except they are built off the passive stem.
grafei<j, grafe<ntoj, etc. [Note the q is dropped]
In translating the aorist participle attributively or substantivally, there is often no ing
added: The one who came, or, The woman who was seated.

Translation Examples
ou$toj a]kou<saj o!ti ]Ihsou?j h!kei e]k th?j ]Ioudai<aj . . . a]ph?lqen.
This one, after hearing that Jesus had come out of Judea, . . . went (Jn. 4:47).
oi[ nekroi> a]kou<sousin th?j fwnh?j tou? ui[ou?, . . . kai> oi[ a]kou<santej
zh<sousin.
The dead will hear the voice of the Son, . . . and the ones who hear will live (Jn.
5:25).
kai> eu[ro<ntej au]to>n pe<ran th?j qala<sshj ei#pon au]t&?, [Rabbi<
And after finding him on the other side of the sea, they said to him, Rabbi (Jn.
6:25).

Chant for Aorist Active and Passive Participles (be able figure out the
Middles)
Nom.
Gen.

Masc.
lu<saj
lu<santoj

Fem.
lu<sasa
lusa<shj

Neut.
lu?san
lu<santoj

Nom.
Gen.

luqei<j
luqe<ntoj

luqei?sa
luqei<shj

luqe<n
luqe<ntoj

Chapter 20: Aorist Participles

Vocabulary
a]nabai<nw
a@rxw
e!kastoj, -h, -on
e]kba<llw
ka]gw<
katabai<nw
ma?llon
mh<thr, -o<j, h[
o!pou
w!ste

I go up (82)
I rule, begin (in mid.) (86)
each, every (82)
I drive out (81)
and I, but I (81)
I go down (83)
more, rather (81)
mother (83)
where, since (82)
therefore, so (that) (83)

123

Chapter 21: Perfect Participles

124

21
Perfect Participles
You will be able to
1. understand how the participle works in English and Greek as a verbal adjective,
adverb, and substantive;
2. recognize and write the participle forms in the active, middle, and passive
paradigms;
3. translate perfect participle forms and be able to recognize and translate
periphrastics and genitive absolutes;
4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; and
5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
Perfect participles are used when the action being described is a state of being
frontground or dwelled upon. Perfect participles can be translated by using the helping
verb having (e.g., having spoken). When used adverbially, the temporal preposition
after may be used (e.g., after having driven). It also may be simultaneous (while),
causal (because), instrumental (by) or concessive (even though).

Perfect Participle Forms


The perfect participle is formed from the perfect stem (fourth principal part). In the
masculine and neuter -ot is added to the stem, followed by the third declension endings.
In the feminine -ui is added to the stem, followed by the first declension endings:
Reduplication
le +

Stem
lu +

Perfect
k+

Ptc.
ot +

Third declension
oj =

Masc./Neut. participle
leluko<toj

Perfect middle/passive participles use the same endings as the present middle/passive
participles (-men + 2-1-2 declension endings). The only difference is that the perfect
participles are built on the perfect stem and have a perfect reduplication on the front and
there is no connecting vowel.
Reduplication
le +

Stem Mid./Pass. Ptc.


lu + men +

Second declension
oj =

Masc. participle
lelume<noj

Chapter 21: Perfect Participles

125

Perfect Active Participles (be able to recognize)


3
1
3
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
lelukw<j
lelukui?a
leluko<j
Nom.
leluko<toj
lelukui<aj
leluko<toj
Gen.
leluko<ti
lelukui<%
leluko<ti
Dat.
leluko<ta
lelukui?an
leluko<j
Acc.
Plural
leluko<tej
lelukui?ai
leluko<ta
Nom.
leluko<twn
lelukuiw?n
leluko<twn
Gen.
leluko<si(n)
lelukui<aij
leluko<si(n)
Dat.
leluko<taj
lelukui<aj
leluko<ta
Acc.
Perfect Middle/Passive Participles
2
1
2
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
lelume<noj
lelume<nh
lelume<non
Nom.
lelume<nou
lelume<nhj
lelume<nou
Gen.
lelume<n&
lelume<n^
lelume<n&
Dat.
lelume<
n
on
lelume<
n
hn
lelume<
non
Acc.
Plural
lelume<noi
lelume<nai
lelume<na
Nom.
lelume<nwn
lelume<nwn
lelume<nwn
Gen.
lelume<noij
lelume<naij
lelume<noij
Dat.
lelume<nouj
lelume<naj
lelume<na
Acc.

Contract verbs the vowel lengthens


h]gaphkw<j, h]gaphko<toj, . . . (Masc.)
h]gaphkui?a, h]gaphkui<aj . . . (Fem.)
h]gaphko<j, h]gaphko<toj . . . (Neut.)
h]gaphme<noj (Masc.), h]gaphme<nh (Fem.), h]gaphme<non (Neut.) ...

Second Perfect Participles


Several verbs form their perfect participles from an irregular stem. They are all active
and are fairly rare. You should be aware that they occur and be able to recognize them.
Here are three examples:
gi<nomai
e@rxomai
pei<qw

gegonw<j, -o<toj
e]lhluqw<j, -o<toj
pepoiqw<j, -o<toj

Chapter 21: Perfect Participles

126

Perfect oi#da (I know) (Stevens, 323)


2
1
2
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
ei]dw<j
ei]dui?a
ei]do<j
Nom.
ei]do<toj
ei]dui<aj
ei]do<toj
Gen.
ei]do<ti
ei]dui<%
ei]do<ti
Dat.
ei]do<ta
ei]dui?an
ei]do<j
Acc.
Plural
ei]do<tej
ei]dui?ai
ei]do<ta
Nom.
ei]do<twn
ei]duiw?n
ei]do<twn
Gen.
ei]do<si(n)
ei]dui<aij
ei]do<si(n)
Dat.
ei]do<taj
ei]dui<aj
ei]do<ta
Acc.
Chant This: Perfect Active Participles
3
1
3
lelukw<j
lelukui?a
leluko<j
Nom.
leluko<toj
lelukui<aj
leluko<toj
Gen.
Perfect Middle/Passive Participles
2
1
2
lelume<noj
lelume<nh
lelume<non
Nom.
lelume<nou
lelume<nhj
lelume<nou
Gen.

Translation Examples
[O me>n ga<moj e!toimo<j e]stin, oi[ de> keklhme<noi ou]k h#san a@cioi.
The wedding is ready, but those having been called were not worthy (Mat. 22:8).
to> gegennhme<non e]k th?j sarko>j sa<rc e]stin.
The one having been born of the flesh is flesh (Jn. 3:6).
e@legon ou#n oi[ ]Ioudai?oi t&? teqerapeume<n&, Sa<bbato<n e]stin.
Therefore the Jews were saying to him who had been cured, It is the Sabbath (Jn.
5:10).

Chapter 21: Perfect Participles

Participle Translation Charts


Active
Adverbial has no
Adjectival attributive
Participle Art..
has Art. before noun
it modifies.
While loosing
(The boy) who is
Present
loosing
After loosing
(The girl) who was
Aorist
loosing
(The girl) who
loosed
After having
(The crowd) having
Perfect
loosed
loosed
Middle
Participle

Adverbial has no
Art.

Present

While loosing
himself
After loosing
herself

Aorist

Perfect

After having
loosed themselves

Adjectival attributive
has Art. before noun
it modifies.
(The boy) who is
loosing himself
(The girl) who was
loosing herself
(The girl) who
loosed herself
(The crowds) having
loosed themselves

127

Adjectival substantive
has Art. but no noun.
The one loosing
The one who was
loosing
The one who loosed
The ones having
loosed
Adjectival substantive
has Art. but no noun.
The one loosing
himself
The one who was
loosing himself
The one who loosed
himself
The ones having
loosed themselves

As usual, the middle/deponents are translated as active//passives as passives.


Passive
Adverbial has no
Adjectival attributive Adjectival substantive
Participle Art.
has Art. before noun has Art. but no noun.
it modifies.
While being
(The boy) who is
The one being loosed
Present
loosed
being loosed
After being loosed (The girl) who was
The one who was
Aorist
being loosed
being loosed
After having been (The crowd) having
The ones having been
Perfect
loosed
been loosed
loosed

Introduction to Periphrastics
English often uses helping verbs to aid in designating verb tense (e.g., will go) or to
specify a change in voice (e.g., he was led). While Greek usually indicates tense by
prefixes and suffixes to the verb, it also uses ei]mi< + participle to indicate a single verbal
idea. ei]mi< + participle is called a periphrastic construction.

Chapter 21: Perfect Participles

128

Periphrastic Forms
Periphrastic constructions are formed with present and perfect participle forms. The
ei]mi< may be of any tense. When using the present participle, the tense of the ei]mi< form
matches the tense with which it is translated. With the perfect participle, the perfect tense
uses the present forms of ei]mi<, and the pluperfect tense uses the imperfect forms.
Gal. 1:23 (Imperfect ei]mi< + present ptc.)
mo<non de> a]kou<ontej h#san o!ti
But only, they kept hearing that
Mat. 16:19 (Future ei]mi< + perfect ptc.)
e@stai dedeme<non e]n toi?j ou]ranoi?j
will have been bound in heaven (Hewitt, New Testament Greek, 151f.)

Translating Periphrastics
Translate the periphrastic form as the normal tense of the verb. While there may be an
emphasis on continuous aspect of the verb, the context will determine if the aspect is the
actual focus of the construction. Normally, however, translate periphrastic constructions
like the regular verb tense (Mounce, Basics, 277). Note the absence of the aorist
participle. Some think that it is because of the durative/continuous/process force
reflected in the periphrastic. Porter observes that no elements may be inserted between
the auxiliary verb (ei]mi<) and the participle except those which complete or modify the
participle (Porter, Idioms, 45).
Translated Tense
Present
Imperfect
Future
Perfect
Pluperfect
Future Perfect

Periphrastic Construction
+ Present participle
Present ei]mi<
+ Present participle
Imperfect ei]mi<
+ Present participle
Future ei]mi<
+ Perfect participle
Present ei]mi<
+ Perfect participle
Imperfect ei]mi<<
+ Perfect participle
Future ei]mi<<

Present ei]mi< = ei]mi<, ei#, e]sti<n, e]sme<n, e]ste<, ei]si<(n) (chap. 7) I am . . .


Future ei]mi< = e@somai, e@s^, e@stai, e]so<meqa, e@sesqe, e@sontai (chap. 10) I will be . . .
Imperfect ei]mi< = h@mhn, h#j, h#n, h#men, h#te, h#san (chap. 12) I was . . .

Genitive Absolutes
A genitive absolute links a participle and a noun or pronoun in the genitive case and is
only loosely connected to the rest of the sentence. The subject of the sentence is not the
subject of this participial construction. The construction Participle (gen.) + noun/pronoun
(gen.) is called absolute from the Latin absolutus, which means separated
(Mounce, Basics, 275). The genitive noun is often taken as the subject of the participle.

Chapter 21: Perfect Participles

129

This construction is used when there is a pronounced shift in characters in the narrative
(he/she to a different they etc.)(Stevens, 300).
Participle (gen.) + noun/pronoun (gen.)

Genitive Absolute Translation Examples


Tou? de> ]Ihsou? genome<nou e]n Bhqani<% e]n oi]ki<% Si<mwnoj tou? leprou?,
prosh?lqen au]t&? gunh<
But when/after Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, a woman
came . . . (Mat. 26:67).
o[ ga>r ]Ihsou?j e]ce<neusen o@xlou o@ntoj e]n t&? to<p&.
For Jesus had withdrawn, a crowd being in the place (Jn. 5:13).

Vocabulary
a]noi<gw
bapti<zw
eu]agge<lion, -ou, to<
marture<w
pe<mpw
ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n
pro<swpon, -ou, to<
shmei?on, -ou, to<
sto<ma, -atoj, to<
u[pa<gw

I open (77)
I baptize (77)
gospel (76)
I witness (76)
I send (79)
evil, bad (78)
face (76)
sign, miracle (77)
mouth (78)
I go away (79)

Chapter 22: Infinitives

130

22
Infinitives
You will be able to
1. understand how infinitives work in English and Greek as verbal nouns;
2. recognize and write the infinitive forms in the present, first and second aorist, and
perfect for the active, middle, and passive voices;
3. learn the many ways infinitives can be translated;
4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; and
5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
Infinitives are indeclinable verbal nouns usually indicated in English by to + verb
(e.g., He went inside to call a friend). A finite verb is one that is limited by a subject. In
English, a nonfinite verb, or infinitive, is not limited by a particular subject.
In Greek an infinitive may take a subject, an object or be modified by some qualifier.
For example, He came to put the ball in the box uses the ball as the object of the
infinitive and in the box, which describes location, to modify the infinitive to put.

Functions
As a noun, an infinitive may function as the subject of a sentence (e.g., To swim in the
summer is fun) or the object of a finite verb (e.g., He told him to come.) However,
infinitives are not declined with case, gender or number like nouns. They are
indeclinable.
Thus Summers notes that in Mark 9:26, w!ste tou>j pollou>j le<gein o!ti a]pe<qanen
is translated so that many said that he was dead. Note that many is an accusative
plural, and yet it functions as the subject of the infinitive to say (Essentials, 157).
As a verb, the infinitive may take an object (e.g., I came not to destroy the law). It may
substitute for the imperatival verb sometimes. In Greek an infinitive may go with a noun
in the accusative that functions as its subject. It comes as either a present or aorist and
takes voice but not person.
As David Black has said, it should be noted that the infinitives may be rendered as
participles or as indicative verbs on occasion, although most often the English infinitive
(to + verb) will work (Its Still Greek to Me, 115). A Greek infinitive may also function
adverbially by telling when (before, after, while) a verbal action took place, cause
(because), purpose (in order that) or result (so that, with the result that).

Chapter 22: Infinitives

131

Greek Infinitive Introduction


The Greek infinitive is found in the present, aorist, and perfect tenses. The infinitives
tense is determined by the stem from which it is built and from the context. In the
infinitive, the ending indicates aspect and have little to do with actual tense (time). mh< is
used, instead of ou], to negate an infinitive as we have seen for the participles. ou] is
largely for the indicative and mh< for everything else.

Tense Means Aspect of Action


A movement must be made away from seeing infinitives as related to time. The tense
of the infinitive indicates aspect, or type, of action, rather than time. The present
represents action in progress. The aorist indicates complete action that simply says
something happened without indicating when. The perfect is used for state of being.
While learning infinitives, when the aspectual function of the infinitive is highlighted,
translate present tense infinitives to continue to x, Aorist tense to x, and perfects to
have x+ed.
Present = to continue to call (this is clumsy, so we will just use to call)
Aorist = to call
Perfect = to have called
Infinitive Forms
Active
Middle
Present Infinitive
lu<ein
lu<esqai
to loose
to loose oneself

lu<esqai
to be loosed

First Aorist Infinitive


lu?sai
to loose

lu<sasqai
to loose oneself

luqh?nai
to be loosed

Perfect Infinitive
leluke<nai
to have loosed

lelu<sqai
to have loosed oneself

lelu<sqai
to have been loosed

Second Aorist Infinitive, lei<pw (to leave)


lipei?n
lipe<sqai
to leave
to leave oneself
Present Infinitive of ei]mi<
ei#nai (to be)

Passive

leifqh?nai
to be left

Chapter 22: Infinitives

132

Translation Examples
a]ll ] o[ pe<myaj me bapti<zein e]n u!dati e]kei?no<j moi ei#pen
But the one who sent me to baptize in [with] water, that one said to me (Jn. 1:33)
ou] du<natai i]dei?n th>n basilei<an tou? qeou?.
He is not able to see the kingdom of God (Jn. 3:3).
dia> tou?to ou#n ma?llon e]zh<toun au]to>n oi[ ]Ioudai?oi a]poktei?nai.
Therefore because of this the Jews were seeking all the more to kill him (Jn. 5:18).

Articular Infinitive
A Greek infinitive may also function adverbially by telling when (before, after, while)
a verbal action took place, cause (because), purpose (in order that) or result (so that, with
the result that). Greek expresses the adverbial function by using a preposition + an article
+ infinitive. This type of infinitive is called an articular infinitive because it takes a
neuter article. The case of the article will match the infinitives function in the sentence.
The articular infinitive may also be used as a noun or adjective complement. Wallace
observes that only 291 of the 2291 uses of the infinitive have the article (Wallace, 264).
Hence most infinitives are anarthrous.
Thus, in ei#xon pro> tou? to>n ko<smon ei#nai para> soi<, the infinitive ei#nai with the
preposition specifies the time of the verb more closely (before). It is translated, [The
glory] I had with you before the world was (Jn. 17:5; Wenham, Elements, 86).
Infinitives are frequently used with prepositions and the neuter article. In such cases,
the prepositions take on rather clearly defined roles:
dia<
ei]j
e]n
meta<
pri<n
pro<
pro<j

+ article
+ article
+ article
+ article
+ article
+ article
+ article

+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive

= because [causal usage]


= in order that/to [purpose or result]
= when, while [temporal, contemporaneous]
= after [temporal, antecedent action]
= before [temporal, subsequent action]
= before [temporal, subsequent action]
= in order that [purpose or result]

While often the preposition with the infinitive indicates time, it also is used to indicate
purpose (especially with ei]j and pro<j). Purpose may also be expressed by an articular
infinitive with the article in the genitive or even an infinitive just by itself. With w!ste, it
often refers to a result (Mounce, Basics, 298).

Chapter 22: Infinitives

133

Complementary Infinitives
As in English, infinitives can be used to complete the idea of the verb (e.g., Zach began
to run.) In Greek, several verbs are often followed by a complementary infinitive
(Mounce, Basics, 296):
dei?
e@cesti(n)
du<namai
me<llw

+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive

= It is necessary + to run (inf.)


= It is permitted + to stand (inf.)
= I am able + to come (inf.)
= I am about + to write (inf.)

Infinitives for Indirect Discourse


Machen notes that the infinitive + an accusative is used to express indirect discourse
(New Testament Greek, 139). o!ti is also used to introduce indirect discourse (e.g. I told
you to go to the store).
e@legon oi[ a@nqrwpoi au]to>n ei]nai to>n profh<thn.
The men were saying that he was the prophet.
h]rw<twn au]to>n mei?nai par ] au]toi?j.
asking him to remain with them (Jn. 4:40 vid. Wallace, Beyond, 604).

Chant: Infinitives (to loose)get the rhythm down


ei?n
ei?n
ai
nai

esqai
esqai
asqai
sqai

h?nai
h?nai

Vocabulary
ai]te<w
ai]w<nioj, -on
a]poktei<nw
kefalh<, -h?j, h[
pi<nw
ploi?on, -ou, to<
pu?r, -o<j, to<
thre<w
u!dwr, -atoj, to<
xai<rw

I ask (70)
eternal (71)
I kill (74)
head (75)
I drink (73)
boat (68)
fire (71)
I keep, guard (70)
water (76)
I rejoice (74)

(Present)
(2nd Aorist)
(1st Aorist)
(Perfect)

Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs

134

23
Subjunctive Verbs
You will be able to
1. understand how subjunctives work in English and Greek to denote potential
action that may take place;
2. recognize and understand the four types of conditions;
3. recognize and write the subjunctive forms in the present and aorist for the active,
middle, and passive voices;
4. learn the many ways the subjunctive can be used;
5. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; and
6. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
Thus far we have studied verbs in the indicative mood. Mood, as Porter has said, is an
indication of the attitude of the speaker toward reality (Idioms, 231). The indicative
mood is the mood a speaker/writer will use to portray reality as they perceive it and
indicative verbs express real action. One must be careful to realize the indicative does not
equal reality as liars may use the indicative to misrepresent reality. There are three Greek
moods of potential:
1. Subjunctive is the realm of the possible. May or might is often used in
translation (e.g., Zach may wash the car).
2. Imperative indicates expected action calling for volition and often with
expectation. The imperative often expresses a command (e.g., Zach, wash the car!
or prohibition: Zach, dont wash the car today).
3. Optative indicates a hoped-for circumstance that is often a remote possibility. In
Greek it is often used in prayer (e.g., Oh, that Zach would wash the car).
Aspect may be a useful way of thinking of the subjunctive. The present is used by the
writer to portray an unfolding of process, immediacy foregrounding the verb. The aorist
is used as a background form viewing the action as wholistic and complete.

Introduction to the Subjunctive


The subjunctive mood is the mood of potential or possibility. May and might are
the two key words often used in translating subjunctives. Subjunctives are easily
recognized by the trigger words that usually precede them. Their form is easily learned

Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs

135

since the endings are the same as the present active indicative except that the connecting
vowel is lengthened from omicron to omega and from epsilon to eta.

Form
The subjunctive present (action in progress or unfolding) is built from the present verb
stem as follows:
lu + w + men = lu<wmen

We may continue loosing

The subjunctive aorist (whole or complete action) is built from the aorist verb stem
with a sigma and the same endings as the present. There is no initial augment. Augments
occur only in the indicative. Be able to chant through the present and first aorist
paradigms. They should sound very familiar.
lu + s + w + men = lu<swmen We may loose
Present Subjunctive of lu<w
Active
Singular
I may loose
1. lu<w
You may loose
2. lu<^j
He/she may
3. lu<^
loose
Middle/ Singular
Passive
1. lu<wmai I may be
loosed
You may be
2. lu<^
loosed
3. lu<htai He/she may be
loosed

Plural
lu<wmen
lu<hte
lu<wsi(n)

We may loose
You may loose
They may
loose

Plural
luw<meqa
lu<hsqe
lu<wntai

We may be
loosed
You may be
loosed
They may be
loosed

Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs

First Aorist Subjunctive of lu<w


Active
Singular
I may loose
1. lu<sw
You may loose
2. lu<s^j
He/she may
3. lu<s^
loose
Middle Singular
1. lu<swmai I may loose
myself
You may loose
2. lu<s^
yourself
He/she may
3. lu<shtai
loose
himself/herself
Passive

Singular
1. luqw?
2. luq^?j
3. luq^?

I may be
loosed
You may be
loosed
He/she may be
loosed

Plural
lu<swmen
lu<shte
lu<swsi(n)
Plural
lusw<meqa
lu<shsqe
lu<swntai

Plural
luqw?men
luqh?te
luqw?si(n)

136

We may loose
You may loose
They may loose
We may loose
ourselves
You may loose
yourselves
They may loose
themselves

We may be
loosed
You may be
loosed
They may be
loosed

Second Aorist Active Forms of lei<pw


(to leave, fall short) (no sigma)
Singular
Plural
li<pwmen
1. li<pw
li<phte
2. li<p^j
li<pwsi(n)
3. li<p^
Subjunctive of ei]mi<
Singular
I may be
1. w#
You may be
2. ^#j
He/she may be
3. ^#

Plural
w#men
h#te
w#si(n)

We may be
You may be
They may be

Subjunctive Triggers
The subjunctive aorist looks like the future indicative, so care must be taken to
distinguish the two. One way is to use subjunctive triggers, words that usually tip you off
that a subjunctive will follow. These are found in dependent clauses (He went so that he
might try the bike).

Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs

i!na
e]a<n
o!j a@n
e!wj

137

in order that (used most often)


if
whoever
until

Subjunctive Translation Examples


kai> o!ti ou] xrei<an ei#xen i!na tij marturh<s^ peri> tou? a]nqrw<pou
And because he did not need that anyone might witness concerning man (Jn. 2:25)
i!na pa?j o[ pisteu<wn e]n au]t&? e@x^ zwh>n ai]w<nion
That anyone believing in him might have eternal life (Jn. 3:15)
a]lla> tau?ta le<gw i!na u[mei?j swqh?te.
But I say these things that you might be saved (Jn. 5:34).

Four Types of Conditionals


Conditions have two parts: the protasis (if) and the apodosis (then). The simple form
is: If A then B. The protasis presents the condition, and the apodosis tells the
consequence. There are about 600 conditional statements in the New Testament. Here
are the basic structures but one must be careful to allow the pragmatic use in context to
determine how a particular condition is being used and to what desired effect on the
readers.
There are four types of conditions in Greek:
1. reality, assumed reality (for the sake of argument)
2. contrary to fact (presumed false)
3. possible (anticipation/expectation), and
4. possible but more contingent (less likely future).
One should be aware that levels of probability can better be derived from the contextual
indicators than the particular conditional form structure.

First Class Condition: Assumed Reality


Form: ei] + indicative verb (protasis) + any apodosis.
Function: Assumes the reality of the condition (protasis). Assumption may not actually
be the case in reality, howevermay just be assumed for the sake of argument.
E.g., ei] de> pneu<mati a@gesqe, ou]k e]ste> u[po> no<mon.
But if (since) you are led by the Spirit, you are not under the law [= and indeed you
are so led] (Gal. 5:18).
Wallace observes only 37% of the 300 first class conditions fit with a since
translation of the first class conditional. He highlights 36 times where it cannot
possibly be since. For example, Mat. 12:27: if I cast out demons by

Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs

138

Beelzebub .... Clearly he is assuming it to make a point and not affirming its
reality (cf. 1 Cor. 15:13; Wallace, 310).

Second Class Condition: Assumed Impossibility (contrary to fact)


Form: ei] + aorist/impf. indicative verb (protasis) + a@n +
aorist/impf. indicative verb (apodosis)
Function: Assumes the condition is contrary to fact.
E.g., ei] h#j w#de ou]k a@n mou a]peqanen o[ a]delfo<j.
If you had been here, my brother would not have died [= but obviously you were not
herethus denying the protasis] (Jn. 11:32).

Third Class Condition: Possibility (anticipation/expectation)


Form: e]a<n + subjunctive (protasis) + any apodosis
Function: Possibility future condition.
E.g., e]a<n tou<ton a]polu<s%j, ou]k ei# fi<loj tou? Kai<saroj.
If you release this one, you are not a friend of Caesar [= you have not yet, but if you
do, then . . .] (Jn. 19:12).
Found about 300 times in the New Testament. Sometimes it will semantically share
the meaning of the first class conditions with the level of probability derived
from the context.

Fourth class condition: Possibility (rare)less likely future or more


contingent
Form: ei] + optative mood (protasis) + optative (apodosis)
E.g., a]ll ] ei] kai> pa<sxoite
But if you should suffer (1 Pet. 3:14) (cf. Summers, Essentials, 121; Dana and
Mantey, Manual Grammar, 289). Again the context will dictate the level
of possibility.

Various Subjunctive Functions


We have already discussed the role of the subjunctive in third class conditional
statements. The subjunctive has four other major functions:
1. Hortatory subjunctive urges the speaker and listeners to a certain behavior or
mind-set. This use requires the first person.
Die<lqwmen, kai> i@dwmen.
Let us go, and let us see (cf. Lk. 2:15).
2. Subordinate purpose or result clause is often introduced by i!na + subjunctive.
i!na marturh<s^ peri> tou? fwto<j
in order that he might witness concerning the light (Jn. 1:7)

Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs

139

3. Prohibitive subjunctive uses the aorist with a negative and prohibits an action.
mh> ei]sene<gk^j h[ma?j ei]j peirasmo<n.
Lead us not into temptation (Mat. 6:13).
4. Deliberative subjunctive often is a rhetorical device not calling for an answer.
ti< ei@pw u[mi?n;
What shall I say to you? (1 Cor. 11:22).

Negative Questions
There are two major ways to say no in Greek, using ou] and mh<. ou] is used with finite
verbs in the indicative. mh< is used with the moods of potential (subjunctive, imperative,
optative) and nonfinite verbal forms (participles, infinitives). Sometimes with
subjunctives, a double negative ou] mh> is used for emphasis (Jn. 6:37). ou] and mh< are
used in questions to elicit two quite different responses.
When a question begins with ou], the expected answer is yes.
You will study tonight, wont you? (implied yes answer)
When a question begins with mh<, the expected answer is no.
You arent going to study, are you? (implied negative answer)
One way to remember this is, May (mh<) means nay.

Translation Examples
ou]k ei]mi> a]po<stoloj; ou]xi> ]Ihsou?n to>n ku<rion h[mw?n e[w<raka;
Am I not an apostle? [of course I am] Have I not seen Jesus our Lord? [of course I
have] (1 Cor. 9:1)
ti< ga<r; ei] h]pi<sthsa<n tinej, mh> h[ a]pisti<a au]tw?n th>n pi<stin tou? qeou?
katargh<sei;
What then? If some did not believe, will their faithlessness nullify the faithfulness of
God? [no way] (Rom. 3:3)

Optatives
There are only sixty-seven optatives in the New Testament. We will not learn a
paradigm but you should be aware that they exist, express a wish, and that their form is
characterized by the connective oi, ai, or ei. Here are a few examples (Oh that . . .)
(Hewitt, New Testament Greek, 19394):
ge<noito
dunai<mhn
ei@h

aorist dep. 3sg


present dep. 1sg
present active 3sg

gi<nomai
du<namai
ei]mi<

Oh that it might be
Oh that I might be able
Oh that he might be

Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs

e@xoien
qe<loi
poih<saien

present active 3pl


present active 3sg
aorist active 3pl

e@xw
qe<lw
poie<w

Oh that they might have


Oh that he might wish
Oh that they might make

Optative Translation Example


Ti< ou#n e]rou?men; o[ no<moj a[marti<a; mh> ge<noito.
What shall we say then? Is the law sin? May it never be! (Rom. 7:7)

Chant: #24: Subjunctive (I may loose)


lu<w, -lu<^j, lu<^, lu<wmen, lu<hte, lu<wsi(n) Present Active Subj.
lu<wmai, -^, htai, -wmeqa, -hsqe, -wntai Present Mid./Pass. Subj.
Aorist Active & Middle use the same endings as the present
Aorist Passive uses the Present Active endings

Vocabulary
a@gw
a]polu<w
ei@te
e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[
karpo<j, -ou?, o[
pisto<j, -h<, -o<n
presbu<teroj, -a, -on
r[h?ma, -atoj, to<
sa<bbaton, -ou, to<
fe<rw

I lead, bring (67)


I set free (66)
if, whether (65)
commandment (68)
fruit (66)
faithful (67)
elder (66)
word (68)
Sabbath (68)
I bear, carry (66)

140

Chapter 24: Imperative Verbs

141

24
Imperative Verbs
You will be able to
1. understand how imperatives work in English and Greek as commands,
prohibitions, or entreaties;
2. recognize and write the imperative forms in the present and aorist tenses for the
active, middle, and passive voices;
3. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; and
4. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
The imperative mood is used to express a command, entreaty, or prohibition. In
English the imperative is used only with the second person (e.g., [You] get in the car!).
The Greek imperative occurs in the present and aorist tenses. Both second and third
person (Let him/her/it do something) forms may be used.

Tense/Aspect
The imperative mood is built from both the present and the aorist stems. The present
denotes action as a process in progress (continue loosing) and does not necessarily
refer to the present time. The aorist form portrays action as a complete whole ([you]
loose)(Mathewson, 34). The two tense forms (present/aorist) will often be translated the
same way in English but one should be aware of the untranslatable differences between
the two.

Form
The form of the second person singular must be learned for each tense. The second
person plural form is the same as the present active indicative. You will have to use
context to distinguish the two. The third person singular replaces the final e of the second
person plural with an w. The third person plural replaces the second person plural e with
wsan. A handy way to learn the imperative endings is by learning them in a rhythmic
manner: (do as a rap softshoe) (E-toe-ti-toe-san, ou -stho, sthe, sthosan [with a lisp], etc.).

Chapter 24: Imperative Verbs

142

Chant: Imperative Endings tap-dance


2 sg 3 sg
2 pl
3 pl
e
tw
te
twsan
Present Active
ou
sqw
sqe
sqwsan
Present Mid/Pass
n
tw
te
twsan
First Aorist Active
ai
sqw
sqe
sqwsan
First Aorist Middle
ti
tw
te
twsan
First Aorist Passive
Present/Process Action in Progress Imperative of lu<w
Active
Singular
Plural
lu<ete
You loose!
You loose!
2. lu?e
lue<twsan
Let him loose!
Let them loose!
3. lue<tw
Middle/Passive
Singular
Plural
lu<
esqe
You be loosed!
2. lu<ou
3. lue<sqw Let him be loosed! lue<sqwsan

You be loosed!
Let them be loosed!

Pedantically one may translate it you continue loosing, or let her continue loosing.
Note: The third person singular form replaces the final e of the second person plural
form with an w, while the third person plural form replaces it with wsan.
First Aorist/Wholistic Complete Action Imperative of lu<w
-- you loose, let her loose
Active
Passive
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
lu<sate
lu<qhti
lu<qhte
2. lu?son
lusa<twsan
luqh<tw
luqh<twsan
3. lusa<tw
Middle
Singular
2. lu?sai (= Inf.)
3. lusa<sqw

Plural
lu<sasqe
lusa<sqwsan

Chapter 24: Imperative Verbs

143

Second Aorist/Wholistic Complete Action Imperative of lei<pw


(I leave)
Active
Passive
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
li<pete
lei<fqhti
lei<fqhte
2. li<pe
lipe<twsan
leifqh<tw
leifqh<twsan
3. lipe<tw
Middle
Singular
2. lipou?
3. lipe<sqw

Plural
li<pesqe
lipe<sqwsan

Imperative of ei]mi<
Singular
Plural
e@ste
2. i@sqi
e@stwsan
3. e@stw
Translated: you be, she must be...

Various Functions
Imperatives are used in several ways:
1. As a command:
a]gapa?te tou>j e]xqrou>j u[mw?n.
Love your enemies! (Mat. 5:44).
2. As a prohibition:
Mh> fobou?, to> mikro>n poi<mnion.
Fear not, little flock! (Lk. 12:32).
Mounce (Basics, 307f.) observes that a prohibition may also be made in several other
ways:
(1) ou] + indicative (you shall not . . .)
(2) mh> + aorist subjunctive
(3) ou] mh> + aorist subjunctive (strong negation)
3. As an entreaty, especially when speaking to a superior (Dana and Mantey,
Manual Grammar, 175f.; Summers, Essentials, 127):
Pa<ter a!gie, th<rhson au]tou>j e]n t&? o]no<mati< sou.
Holy Father, keep them in your name (Jn. 17:11).

Translation Examples
le<gei au]toi?j, @Erxesqe kai> o@yesqe. h#lqan ou#n kai> ei#dan.
He said to them, Come, and you will see. They came therefore and saw (Jn. 1:39).

Chapter 24: Imperative Verbs

le<gei au]t&? o[ ]Ihsou?j, Poreu<ou, o[ ui[o<j sou z^?. e]pi<steusen o[ a@nqrwpoj.


Jesus said to him, Go, your son lives. The man believed (Jn. 4:50).
le<gei au]t&? o[ ]Ihsou?j, @Egeire a#ron to>n kra<batto<n sou kai> peripa<tei.
Jesus said to him, Arise, take your bed and walk (Jn. 5:8).

Vocabulary
a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n
grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[
daimo<nion, -ou, to<
doke<w
doca<zw
e@cw
e]rwta<w
qe<lhma, -atoj, to<
qro<noj, -ou, o[
o@roj, -ouj, to<

beloved (61)
scribe (63)
demon (63)
I think (62)
I glorify, honor (61)
outside (63)
I ask (63)
will (62)
throne (62)
mountain (63)

144

Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs

145

25
The -mi Verbs
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.

read and write the basic paradigms of the -mi verbs,


understand how -mi verbs relate to the verb forms we have learned thus far,
gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, and
master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
So far we have worked with the -w conjugation, which is also called thematic
because its verbs use a connecting vowel (usually o or e) between the stem and the
ending. Another type of verb that is older, but by New Testament times played a less
important role in Koine Greek, is the mi (-mi) or athematic verbs.
There are four types of -mi verbs:
1. Omicron class (di<dwmi, I give)
di<dwmi is omicron class because the root is do-.
2. Alpha class (i!sthmi, I set, stand)
i!sthmi is alpha class because the root is sta-.
3. Epsilon class (ti<qhmi, I put)
ti<qhmi is epsilon class because the root is qe-.
4. Upsilon (dei<knumi, I show, explain)
dei<knumi is upsilon class because the root is deiknu-.
With a few simple rules and knowledge of the endings, these verbs prove fairly
regular. The point is not to master them but to be able to recognize their forms.

Formation Rules
1. In the present and imperfect, the initial consonant is reduplicated and connected
with an iota (cf. perfect) (Mounce, Basics, 313f.).
do (the root of di<dwmi) becomes dido.
2. -mi verbs do not take a connecting vowel before the pronominal endings. Rather,
the roots final vowel may be retained, lengthened, or omitted.
dido becomes didw.

Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs

3. The present form takes the following pronominal endings (Learn these well):
1.
2.
3.

Singular
-mi
-j
-si

Plural
-men
-te
-asi

4. Most of the -mi verbs use the tense suffix ka rather than the normal sa (e.g.,
e@dwka). Dont confuse this with the perfects. Note that the present is different,
but the rest have rather normal endings that you already know.

di<dwmi Paradigms (I give [root do])


Active Indicatives
Present
Imperfect
1. di<dwmi
2. di<dwj
3. di<dwsi(n)

e]di<doun
e]di<douj
e]di<dou

1. di<domen
2. di<dote
3. dido<asi(n)

e]di<domen
e]di<dote
e]di<dosan

Future
Singular
dw<sw
dw<seij
dw<sei
Plural
dw<somen
dw<sete
dw<sousi(n)

Aorist

Perfect

e@dwka
e@dwkaj
e@dwke(n)

de<dwka
de<dwkaj
de<dwke(n)

e]dw<kamen
e]dw<kate
e@dwkan

dedw<kamen
dedw<kate
de<dwkan

Other Moods
Present
Aorist
Present
Subjunctive
Subjunctive
Imperative
Singular
dw?

1. didw?
d&?j
di<dou
2. did&?j
d&?
dido<tw
3. did&?
Plural
dw?men

1 didw?men
dw?te
di<dote
2. didw?te
dw?
s
i(n)
dido<
twsan
3. didw?si(n)
Infinitives
Present
dido<nai
Active
di<dosqai
Middle
Passive di<dosqai

Aorist
dou?nai
do<sqai
doqh?nai

Aorist
Imperative

do<j
do<tw

do<te
do<twsan

146

Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs

1.
2.
3.

147

Present Middle/Passive Indicative


(note how regular)
Singular
Plural
di<domai
dido<meqa
di<dosai
di<dosqe
di<dotai
di<dontai

Filling Out the Paradigm


Imperfect Mid./Pass.: e]dido<mhn, e]di<doso, e]di<doto, e]dido<meqa, e]di<dosqe,
e]di<donto
Future Middles: dw<somai, dw<s^, dw<setai, dw<someqa, dw<sesqe, dw<sontai
Future Passives: doqh<somai, doqh<s^, doqh<setai, doqhso<meqa, doqh<sesqe,
doqh<sontai
Aorist Middles: e]do<mhn, e@dou, e@doto, e]do<meqa, e@dosqe, e@donto
Aorist Passives: e]do<qhn, e]do<qhj, e]do<qh, e]do<qhmen, e]do<qhte, e]do<qhsan
Perfect Mid/Pass: de<domai, de<dosai, de<dotai, dedo<meqa, de<dosqe, de<dontai
Three other -mi verb types are based on the final vowel of their root:
Alpha class: (i!sthmi, I set, stand),
Epsilon class: (ti<qhmi, I put), and
Upsilon class: (dei<knumi, I show, explain).
We will now look more carefully at these. In this section we will focus on the present
tense only. The other tenses are fairly regular if the expected changes to the final vowels
are kept in mind. One should note that in the present and imperfect, the final vowel is
lengthened in the singular and shortened in the plural.
Present Paradigms
Singular
ti<qhmi
1. i!sthmi
ti<qhj
2. i!sthj
ti<qhsi(n)
3. i!sthsi(n)
Plural
ti<qemen
1. i!stamen
ti<qete
2. i!state
tiqe<asi(n)
3. i[sta?si(n)

dei<knumi
dei<knuj/deiknu<eij
dei<knusi(n)
dei<knumen
dei<knute
deiknu<asi(n)

Although the normal mi-verb paradigm for stems ending in u (e.g., a]po<llumi,
dei<knumi) would require dei<knuj as the second person singular form, it appears as
deiknu<eij in its sole occurrence in the New Testament.

Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs

Exploring ti<qhmi
Imperfect Active: e]ti<qhn, e]ti<qeij, e]ti<qei, e]ti<qemen, e]ti<qete, e]ti<qesan
Aorist Indicative: e@qhka, e@qhkaj, e@qhke(n), e]qh<kamen, e]qh<kate, e@qhkan
Present Subjunctive: tiqw?, tiq^?j, tiq^?, tiqw?men, tiqh?te, tiqw?si(n)
Aorist Subjunctive: qw?, q^?j, q^<, qw?men, qh?te, qw?si(n)
Present Active Imperative: ti<qei, tiqe<tw, ti<qete, tiqe<twsan
Aorist Active Imperative: qe<j, qe<tw, qe<te, qe<twsan
Principal Parts
PresAI
FAI
di<dwmi
dw<sw
ti<qhmi
qh<sw
i!sthmi
sth<sw
dei<knumi
dei<cw

AAI
e@dwka
e@qhka
e@sthsa
e@deica

PerfAI
de<dwka
te<qeika
e!sthka
(de<deixa)

PerfMI
de<domai
te<qeimai
e!stamai
de<deigmai

API
e]do<qhn
e]te<qhn
e]sta<qhn
e]dei<xqhn

-mi Participles
Participles are formed in a fairly regular manner with the initial reduplication in the
present but not in the aorist (all masculine singular examples here):
Present Participles
Active
Masc.
didou<j
Nom.
dido<ntoj
Gen.
Mid/Pass
dido<menoj
Nom.
didome<nou
Gen.

Fem.
didou?sa
didou<shj

Neut.
dido<n
dido<ntoj

didome<nh
didome<nhj

dido<menon
didome<nou

Aorist Participles (just pop the di off the present ptc.)


Active
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
dou<
j
dou?
s
a
do<n
Nom.
do<ntoj
dou<shj
do<ntoj
Gen.
Middle
do<menoj
dome<nh
do<menon
Nom.
dome<
n
ou
dome<
n
hj
dome<nou
Gen.
Passive
doqei<j
doqei?sa
doqe<n
Nom.
doqe<ntoj
doqei<shj
doqe<ntoj
Gen.

148

Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs

Perfect Participles (shift the di to de + perf. kot/kui )


Active
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
dedwkw<j
dedwkui?a
dedwko<j
Nom.
dedwko<toj
dedwkui<aj
dedwko<toj
Gen.
Mid/Pass no perf. k
dedo<menoj
dedome<nh
dedo<menon
Nom.
didome<nou
dedome<nhj
dedome<nou
Gen.

Translation Examples
o[ path>r a]gap%? to>n ui[o>n kai> pa<nta de<dwken e]n t^? xeiri> au]tou?.
The Father loves the Son and has given all things into his hand (Jn. 3:35).
ou!twj kai> t&? ui[&? e@dwken zwh>n e@xein e]n e[aut&?.
So he gave to the son also to have life in himself (Jn. 5:26).
a]pokri<netai ]Ihsou?j, Th>n yuxh<n sou u[pe>r e]mou? qh<seij;
Jesus answered, Will you lay down your life for me? (Jn. 13:38).

Chant: -mi verb Spanish endings (Present)


di<dwmi: -mi, -j, -si(n), -men, -te, asi(n)
Vocabulary
a]ni<sthmi
a]po<llumi
a]fi<hmi
di<dwmi
h@dh
i!sthmi
khru<ssw
paradi<dwmi
ti<qhmi
fhmi<

I raise, erect (108)


I destroy (90)
I let go, dismiss (143)
I give, put (415)
now, already (61)
I set, stand (154)
I proclaim (61)
I entrust, hand over (119)
I put, place (100)
I say (66)

149

Chapter 26: Numbers and Interrogatives

150

26
Numbers and Interrogatives
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

recognize and translate interrogative statements,


recognize and translate indefinite pronouns,
recognize and translate basic Greek numbers,
gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, and
master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction
Thus far we have looked at the following types of pronouns: personal (e.g., e]gw<),
relative (e.g., o!j), demonstrative (e.g., ou$toj), reflexive (myself [e]mautou?], yourself
[seautou?], him/her/itself [e[autou?]) and reciprocal (e.g., a]llh<lwn). In this section we
will examine indefinite pronouns (someone/something) and interrogative pronouns (who?
which? what?).

Possessive Adjectives
Possessive adjectives are used in place of the genitive case of the personal pronouns
at times.
e]mo<j -- my
so<j -- your
h[meteroj -- our
u[meteroj -- your (pl.)
Example:
a[gi<ason au]tou>j e]n t^? a]lhqei<% o[ lo<goj o[ so>j a]lhqeia< e]stin (Jn. 17:17)
sanctify them in the truth, your word is truth

Indefinite Pronouns (tij/ti, someone, anything)


This form is an enclitic and is often combined with o!j (o!stij).

Chapter 26: Numbers and Interrogatives

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

Singular
Masc.
Neut.
and Fem.
tij
ti
tino<j
tino<j
tini<
tini<
tina<
ti

151

Plural
Masc.
Neut.
and Fem.
tine<j
tina<
tinw?n
tinw?n
tisi<(n)
tisi<(n)
tina<j
tina<

Note that the word is an enclitic, with no accent of its own. These forms receive an
accent when given special emphasis or when beginning a clause. The two-syllable forms
also receive an accent when following a word with no accent on the ultima.
Example:
Kai> a]poste<llousin pro>j au]to<n tinaj tw?n Farisai<wn.
And they sent to him some of the Pharisees (Mk. 12:13).
We have looked at interrogative clauses, which use ou] when expecting an affirmative
answer and mh< when calling for a negative one. Other questions may also be introduced
by the following interrogative adverbs:
po<te
pou?
pw?j
ti<j, ti<

when?
where?
how?
who? which? what?

Other interrogatives are


dia> ti<
ti<

why?
why?

Interrogative Pronoun (ti<j/ti< who? which? what?)


Singular
Plural
Masc.
Neut.
Masc.
Neut.
and Fem.
and Fem.
ti<
ti<nej
ti<na
Nom. ti<j
ti<noj
ti<noj
ti<nwn
ti<nwn
Gen.
ti<ni
ti<ni
ti<si(n)
ti<si(n)
Dat.
ti<na
ti<
ti<naj
ti<na
Acc.
Note that these forms are not enclitic; instead, they have their own accent. Note also
that the two-syllable forms are accented on the first syllable and that the acute accent on
ti<j and ti< never changes to a grave accent. The accent is the only difference in form
from the indefinite pronoun tij/ti, which is enclitic.

Chapter 26: Numbers and Interrogatives

Example:
mh> ou#n merimnh<shte (worry) le<gontej: Ti< fa<gwmen; h@: Ti< pi<wmen; h@:
Ti< peribalw<meqa (wear)(Mat. 6:31).
Therefore do not worry saying, What shall we eat? or What shall we drink? or
What shall we wear?

Greek Numbers
There are two types of numbers:
1. Cardinal numbers (1, 2, 3 and counting)
2. Ordinal numbers (first, second, and third, telling order in a list)
In Greek ordinal numbers are expressed as shown:
prw?toj, -h, -on
deu<teroj, -a, -on
tri<toj, -h, -on
te<tartoj, -h, -on

first
second
third
fourth

Cardinal Numbers
Cardinal Numbers function like adjectives:
ei$j, mi<a, e!n
du<o
trei?j, trei?j, tri<a
te<ssarej, -wn
pe<nte

e[kato<n
xi<lioi, -ai, -a

1
2
3
4
5

100
1,000

e!c
e[pta<
o]ktw<
e]nne<a
de<ka

6
7
8
9
10

ei@kosi
tria<konta

20
30

tessera<konta
penth<konta

40

50

Teens
e!ndeka
11

dw<deka
12

triskai<deka
13

dekate<ssarej
14

dekape<nte ...
15

Tens
ei@kosi
20

tria<konta tessara<konta penth<konta


30
40
50

e[ch<konta...
60

152

Chapter 26: Numbers and Interrogatives

Number One
The number one is often compounded (ou]dei<j, mhdei<j no one, nothing) and you
should be able to recognize how it is declined (Machen, New Testament Greek, 165;
Summers, Essentials, 138):
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

Masc.
ei$j
e[no<j
e[ni<
e!na

Fem.
mi<a
mia?j
mi%?
mi<an

Neut.
e!n
e[no<j
e[ni<
e!n

Example
h#san de> e]kei? li<qinai u[dri<ai e!c kata> to>n kaqarismo>n tw?n ]I*oudai<wn
kei<menai, xwrou?sai (holding) a]na> metrhta>j du<o h} trei?j (Jn. 2:6)
But there was lying there six stone water jars according to the purification of the
Jews, holding two or three measures each

Chant Numbers: 1-10, 12, 100, 1000


ei$j, du<o, trei?j, te<ssarej, pe<nte,
e!c, e[pta<, o]ktw<, e]nne<a, de<ka,
dw<deka,
e[kato<n, xi<lioi
Vocabulary
e[autou?, -h?j
e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n
i[ma<tion, -ou, to<
nu<c, nukto<j, h[
o!stij, h!tij, o!ti
pou?
proskune<w
tij, ti
ti<j, ti<
w$de

of him/her/itself (319)
my, mine (76)
garment (60)
night (61)
whoever (153)
where? (48)
I worship (60)
someone, something (525)
who? which? what? (555)
here, hither (61)

153

Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types

154

27
Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs,
and Clause Types
You will be able to
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

recognize and translate comparatives;


recognize, classify, and translate conjunctions, adverbs and particles;
recognize, classify, and translate purpose, result, and other types of clauses;
gain more practice in translating and working with Greek;
translate John 1:110; and
master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction to Comparative and Superlative Adjectives


In this chapter we will examine four syntactic odds and ends. Comparative adjectives
(e.g., greater) usually compare two items. Superlative adjectives (e.g., greatest) are used
when comparing more than two items. The issue is more the number of items being
compared than the inflection on the Greek form. A comparative may be used as a regular
adjective or as a superlative. Likewise a superlative may be used as a normal adjective or
comparative. Both may be used as a elative which is an intensification of the regular
adjectival usage [the very big baloon] (Wallace, The Basics of New Testament Syntax,
132ff).

Comparative Adjectives
Greek uses either the endings -iwn or -teroj, -a, -on, or the particle h@ (than) to
indicate a comparative. For example:
me<gaj (great)
mikro<j (small)
a]gaqo<j (good)

mei<zwn (greater)
mikro<teroj (smaller)
krei<sswn (better)

These are then declined like adjectives (mei<zwn, mei<zonoj, mei<zoni...).


Wallace notes a regular adjective may be used as a comparative:
1) Comparative: Mat. 18:8 kalo<n soi< e]stin ei]selqei?n ei]j th>n zwh>n kullo<n
it is better to enter into life crippled.

Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types

155

2) Superlative: Mt 22:38 au!th e]sti?n h[ mega<lh kai> prw<th e]ntolh<


this is the greatest and first commandment
A comparative may function as a:
1) Regular adjective: Mat 12:6 le<gw u[mi?n o!ti tou? i[erou? mei?zon e]stin w$de
I tell you, [something] greater than the temple is here
2) Superlative: Luk 9:48 o[ mikro<teroj pa?sin u[mi?n ... e]stin me<gaj
the least among you ... is greatest
3) Elative (sense of the adj. is intensified): Acts 13:31 o{j w@fqh e]pi> h[me<raj plei<ouj
who appeared for very many days

Superlative Adjectives
The superlative is rare in the New Testament. It is formed by suffixing either -tatoj, h, -on or -istoj, -h, -on. There may be a change in the stem as seen in the following
example. The most frequent is prw?toj (first) and e@sxatoj (last). The superlative form
may function as a regular adjective or as a comparative or elative.
Adjective
mikro<j (little)
me<gaj (great)
ne<oj (new)

Comparative
e]la<sswn (less)
mei<zwn (greater)
new<teroj (newer)

Superlative
e]la<xistoj (least)
meizo<teroj (greatest)
new<tatoj (newest)

Other superlatives are


u!yistoj, -h, -on (highest) prw?toj, -h, -on (first)
plei?stoj, -h, -on (most)
e@sxatoj, -h, -on (last)
Superlative as an elative: Mk 4:1 suna<getai pro>j au]to>n o@xloj plei?stoj
a very great crowd gathered before him. (adj. sense instensified: very)
Superlative as comparative:
Mat 21:28 a@nqrwpoj ei#xen te<kna du<o. kai> proselqe>n t&? prw<t& ei#pen
a man had two sons. He came to the first and said...
(vid. Wallace, The Basics of New Testament Syntax, 132ff, for a more complete
discussion)

Conjunctions
Conjunctions connect words, phrases, clauses, or sentences. Dana and Manteys
classifications according to broader areas of meaning are helpful (Manual Grammar,
257).
Temporal
a@xri
until
e]pei<
when
e]peidh<
when
e!wj
until
Causal

o!te
pri<n
w[j

when
before
when, as

Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types

ga<r
dio<ti
e]pei<

for
because
since

o!ti
w[j
e]peidh<

156

because
since
since

Purpose
i!na
in order that
o!pwj
in order that
w[j
in order that
Result
w!ste
so that
i!na
(may also sometimes mean) so that
w[j
so as
o!ti
so that
de<
i!na
kai<

Continuative
and, now
that
and

Adversative
a]lla<
but
de<
but
kai<
but

o!ti
ou#n
te<

that
then, now
and

me<ntoi
ou#n

however
however

Particles
Perschbacher (New Testament Greek Syntax, 17184) identifies particles as small
indeclinable words that are not prepositions, conjunctions, adverbs, or interjections. The
following is a list of some of most frequently used particles:
a]mh<n
a@n
a@ra
ge<
i@de
i]dou<
me<n
nai<

so be it, truly, amen


(untranslated; occurs with the various moods and often with
relative pronouns)
therefore, then
indeed (emphasizes the word it goes with)
look! notice, behold
look! notice, behold
indeed (often with the relative pronoun), on the one hand
yes, indeed

Adverbs
There are many ways in Greek by which the verb may be modified in an adverbial
sense of time, manner or place. In English, an adverb is often designated by the addition

Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types

157

of the ly ending (he went quickly). We can often convert adjectives into adverbs by
adding the ly ending (he was an articulate [adj.] speaker; he spoke articulately [adv.]).
In Greek we are familiar with several ways the verb may be modified in time, manner
and place already. One may use a participle in an adverbial manner (After leaving the
store, he went home; vid. chs. 20/21 Translating Participlesadverbial sense). Secondly,
the articular infinitive is also used in an adverbial manner (before Phillip called you, I
saw you....; vid. ch. 22 Articular Infinitives). Thirdly, many prepositional phrases have
an adverbial verb modifying function and indeed some adverbs actually became more
prepositional in their function and are classed as adverbial prepositions (i.e. e@cw
outside). Indeed, some words are classified as both improper prepositions and adverbs
and some are marked by the qen ending (o]pi<sw (prep. + genitive=after; o@pisqen adv.
from behind). Fourthly, as in English where an adjective can be converted into an
adverb by changing the ending (articulate/articulately) so in Greek using the genitive
plural form an adverb may be formed by shifting the wn ending to an wj (e.g. kalw?n
[good] becomes kalw?j [well] (Stevens, 87f.). Finally, there are explicit adverbs which
help develop the meaning of the verb in time, manner, and location.
Time: au@rion (tomorrow), sh<meron (today), e]xqe<j (yesterday), nu?n (now) and
to<te (then), pw<pote (ever, at any time)
Manner: ou!twj (thus/in this manner), taxe<wj (quickly)
Location: a@nw (above), a@nwqen (from above), ka<tw (below), e]kei? (there),
e]kei?qen (from there), w$de (here), e]nteu?qen (from there);
vid. Porter, Idioms, 125.

Clause Type Introduction


We have studied nouns, verbs, prepositions, and other parts of speech. After studying
single words, we must move on to larger grammatical constructions. Clauses are a group
of connected words that contain a verb. Clauses can function substantively (like a noun),
adjectivally, or adverbially. We have already seen clauses in the four types of conditional
clauses (if x then y). The following will be an initial exploration into several types of
dependent clauses. For higher level analysis one will find wonderful resources in S.
Porters Idioms of the Greek New Testament (Sheffield, 1999), S. Levinsohns Discourse
Features of New Testament Greek (SIL, 2000) and Katharine Barnwells Introduction to
Semantics and Translation (SIL, 1980).
1. Substantive
I do not have what I need (functions as the object)
2. Adjective
He bought the ball that Coach Kessler had signed.
3. Adverb
I will come when I have finished playing with Elliott.
The various clause types follow. The four types of conditional clauses were covered in
chapter 23, on the subjunctive verb.

Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types

158

Purpose Clauses
A purpose clause gives an explanation of the object or goal that was pursued by the
main verb. They are retrospective, looking back and giving an explanation for why
something has occured. I stopped quickly to avoid running over Zachs bike. Greek
expresses purpose in at least three ways (Dana and Mantey, Manual Grammar, 28384):
1. With an infinitive:
Mh> nomi<shte o!ti h#lqon katalu<sai to>n no<mon.
Do not think that I came to destroy the law (Mat. 5:17).
2. With i!na or o!pwj + subjunctive:
h#lqen . . . i!na marturh<s^ peri> tou? fwto<j.
He came that he might bear witness concerning the light (Jn. 1:7).
3. With ei]j or pro<j followed by an articular infinitive:
poiou?sin pro>j to> qeaqh?nai toi?j a]nqrw<poij.
They do [them] to be seen by men (Mat. 23:5).

Result Clauses
Result clauses describe the results that flow from the main verb. There are several
ways in which result clauses are marked in Greek. The difference between purpose and
result is often subtle in English.
1. The most common is w!ste or w[j + infinitive:
kai> e]an
> e@xw pa?san th>n pi<stin w!ste o@rh meqista<nai
And if I have all faith, so as to remove mountains (1 Cor. 13:2)
2. w!ste or o!ti + indicative:
w!ste to>n ui[o>n to>n monogenh? e@dwken
So that he gave his unique Son (Jn. 3:16)

Cause Clauses
Cause clauses are prospective, looking forward to a goal with intention. They are
often introduced with because. These types of clauses are generally introduced by
conjunctions like o!ti or e]pei<. They can be formed by participles and infintives as well
(Porter, Idioms, 237).
For example:
Jn 14:19 o!ti e]gw> zw? kai> u[mei?j zh<sete
because I live you shall also live.

Temporal Clauses
There are several ways to form clauses that indicate events taking place before, while,
or after the time of the main verb (Dana and Mantey, Manual Grammar, 28082):

Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types

1. With an indicative verb introduced by various prepositions and particles:


when
whenever
while
until
since

o!te, e]peidh<, w[j


o!tan
e!wj, a@xri, ou$
e!wj, a@xri
w[j, ou$

o!te e]te<lesen o[ ]Ihsou?j tou>j lo<gouj tou<touj, meth?ren.


When Jesus had finished these words, he departed (Mat. 19:1).
2. With the subjunctive and various prepositions or particles:
whenever
until

o!tan, e]pa<n
e!wj, a@xri, me<xri

e]kei? me<nete e!wj a}n e]ce<lqhte e]kei?qen.


Remain there [in that place] until you leave there (Mk. 6:10).
3. With pri<n + infinitive indicating before:
ei@rhka u[mi?n pri>n gene<sqai.
I have told you before it comes to pass (Jn. 14:29).
4. With a participle:
kai> e]celqw>n ei#den polu>n o@xlon.
And when he came forth, he saw the great crowd (Mat. 14:14).

Vocabulary
du<o
dw<deka
ei$j, mi<a, e!n
e[kato<n
e[pta<
mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n
ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n
pe<nte
trei?j, tri<a
xilia<j, -a<doj, h[

two (135)
twelve (75)
one (344)
one hundred (11)
seven (88)
no, no one (90)
no, no one (234)
five (36)
three (68)
thousand (23)

159

Chapter 28: Case Revisited

160

28
Case Revisited
You will be able to
1. recognize and translate the various nuances of the Greek case system (genitive,
dative),
2. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek,
3. translate John 1:1120, and
4. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words.

Introduction to Deep Case Structure


In chapter 4, the Greek five-case structure was introduced (nominative, genitive,
dative, accusative, and vocative). In order to translate correctly, one must be aware of the
great variation in the ways these cases are utilized in Greek. This chapter will show some
of the translation options for the genitive and dative cases. Context will ultimately
determine which option should be employed. One of the major problems with having just
one year of Greek is a this equals that view of translation. This section is meant to
expose you to some of the wide variety and numerous possibilities that come with a
deeper knowledge of Greek. This is a mere introduction to the next level of expanding
your understanding of Greek.

Genitive Introduction
Until now, we have seen the genitive as a case used for possession, translated of. The
genitive, however, is used much more widely than that. Its broader meaning is descriptive
and often specifies more exactly, defines more precisely, or limits the scope of the word
to which it is connected. Thus the genitive has an adjectival function. It also functions
like an adverb when it specifies time and place.

Possessive Genitive
The possessive genitive may be translated of or as a possessive noun or pronoun
(his/her). Possessive answers: whose? Descriptive answers: which?
th>n koili<an th?j mhtro<j
the mothers womb (Jn. 3:4)
th>n do<can au]tou?
his glory (Jn. 1:14)

Chapter 28: Case Revisited

161

Relational Genitive
The relational genitive specifies a family relationship (son, parent, wife).
h[ mh<thr au]tou?
his mother (Jn. 2:5)
Si<mwn ]Iwa<nnou
Simon, [son] of John (Jn. 21:15)
Mari<a h[ tou? Klwpa?
Mary the [wife] of Clopas (Jn. 19:25)

Descriptive Genitive
The descriptive genitive qualifies the noun, describing it in more detail.
[O zh?loj tou? oi@kou sou
the zeal of your house (Jn. 2:17) [specifies the focus of the zeal]
tou? naou? tou? sw<matoj au]tou?
the temple of his body (Jn. 2:21)

Subjective Genitive
The word in the genitive functions as the subject or produces the action of the verbal
idea implied in the noun it describes.
h[ e]piqumi<a th?j sarko<j
the lust of the flesh (1 Jn. 2:16) [the flesh lusts]
h[ e]piqumi<a tw?n o]fqalmw?n
the lust of the eyes (1 Jn. 2:16) [the eyes lust]

Objective Genitive
The genitive receives the action. It acts like an object to the action of the word it
modifies. These categories are not mutually exclusive. Sometimes a genitive may be both
objective and descriptive or just plain ambiguous at times.
h[ de> tou? pneu<matoj blasfhmi<a
the blasphemy against the Spirit (Mat. 12:31) [blaspheme the Holy Spirit]
o[ qerismo>j th?j gh?j
the harvest of the earth (Rev. 14:15) [harvest the earth]

Time Genitive
Genitives of time function like adverbs. Genitives of time express time within which
something happens.

Chapter 28: Case Revisited

162

h#lqen pro>j au]to>n nukto<j.


he came to him during the night (Jn. 3:2).
e!wj tw?n h[merw?n Daui<d
until the days of David (Acts 7:45)

Agency Genitive
The agency genitive identifies the agent that has been involved in an action.
e@sontai pa<ntej didaktoi> qeou?.
They shall all be taught by God (Jn. 6:45) (God is the agent teaching).

Deeper into the Dative


In chapter 4, the dative was given as the indirect object case (He hit the ball to Elliott).
It is also used to express self-interest, means, location, and point of time.

Indirect Object
ei#pen au]toi?j Lu<sate.
He said to them, Destroy (Jn. 2:19).
Perschbacher (New Testament Greek Syntax, 14452), Wallace (Beyond the Basics,
13775), and Dana and Mantey (Manual Grammar, 8391) provide rich discussions that
have been utilized here and that go beyond our present level of discussion. Daniel
Wallaces Basics of New Testament Syntax: An Intermediate Greek Grammar
(Zondervan, 2000) and David Blacks Its Still Greek to Me (Baker, 1998) are the most
readable and excellent introductions to the next level.

Dative of Interest
The dative of interest may express advantage or disadvantage. When expressing
advantage, it may be translated to or for. When expressing disadvantage, against
may be used (Wallace, Beyond the Basics, 142f.).
w!ste marturei?te e[autoi?j
so that you witness against yourselves (Mat. 23:31)
Mh> qhsauri<zete u[mi?n qhsaurou>j e]pi> th?j gh?j.
Do not store up for yourselves treasure on earth (Mat. 6:19).

Dative of Location
The dative is often used with the prepositions e]n (in) and pro<j (to, toward) to
reference a particular physical location. However, the dative may also be used alone to
indicate location.
oi[ . . . maqhtai> t&? ploiari<& h#lqon.
the disciples came in a small boat (Jn. 21:8).

Chapter 28: Case Revisited

163

o[ de> dou?loj ou] me<nei e]n t^? oi]ki<%.


But the slave does not remain in the house (Jn. 8:35).

Dative of Sphere
The dative of sphere refers to an abstract realm, whereas the dative of location refers to
a specific physical location.
e!kastoj kaqw>j pro^<rhtai t^? kardi<%
Let each one as he has purposed in [the sphere of his] heart (2 Cor. 9:7)
kai> eu]qu>j e]pignou>j o[ ]Ihsou?j t&? pneu<mati au]tou?
And immediately Jesus knew in [the sphere of] his spirit (Mk. 2:8).

Instrumental Dative
The dative often indicates the means by which something happens. It can designate the
instrument (impersonal) or agent (personal) that performs the action.
ei]j u[pakoh>n e]qnw?n, lo<g& kai> e@rg&
to the obedience of the Gentiles by word and deed (Rom. 15:18)
xa<riti< e]ste ses&sme<noi.
You have been saved by grace (Eph. 2:5).

Dative of Time
The dative may be used to refer to a particular point in time, in contrast to the genitive,
which describes time as time within which or time during which.
Kai> t^? h[me<r% t^? tri<t^ ga<moj e]ge<neto.
And on the third day there was a wedding (Jn. 2:1).
#Hn de> sa<bbaton e]n e]kei<n^ t^? h[me<r%.
And it was the Sabbath on that day (Jn. 5:9).
The nominative and accusative could also be explored in this deeper way in any of the
intermediate or advanced grammars (Robertson, Wallace, Moulton, Burton,
Dana/Mantey, or the many Grace Theological Journal articles by James Boyer [vid. web
site or digital disk], etc). One interesting study which needs to be embarked on is also the
various uses of the article (cf. S. M. Baugh, A First John Reader (P. & R. Publishing
1999; 83-92; Dan Wallace is the king of the article as seen in pages 93-128 of his shorter
intermediate grammar--The Basics of New Testament Syntax, or 206-290 of his massive
grammar Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics).

Chapter 28: Case Revisited

Vocabulary
a]spa<zomai
de<xomai
dida<skaloj, -ou, o[
e]perwta<w
qewre<w
li<qoj, -ou, o[
suna<gw
toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton
u[pa<rxw
xara<, -a?j, h[

I greet (59)
I take, receive (56)
teacher (59)
I ask (56)
I look at (58)
stone (59)
I gather (59)
such (57)
I am, exist (60)
joy (59)

164

Commencement

165

Commencement
Well, the end has finally arrived. You have learned the basics of Greek grammar. Where
do you go from here?
There are basically three directions you may want to explore at this point:
1. Rapid reading of the New Testament (see the 1 John and John 1-5 easy reader
supplied on this disk),
2. Vocabulary development (check out the Vocabulary Builder on the disk. It will
take you down to all the words used nine times or more in the NT).
3. For more in-depth syntax I suggest Daniel Wallaces second-year grammar, The
Basics of New Testament Syntax [see below], or David Blacks useful guide, Its
Still Greek to Me [see below]), Stanley Porters Idioms of the Greek New
Testament, and Stephen Levinsohns Discourse Features of New Testament
Greek.

Indispensable Books
The Greek New Testament. Ed. B. Aland, K. Aland, J. Karavidopoulos, C. M. Martini,
B. M. Metzger. 4th rev. ed. Stuttgart: United Bible Societies, 1993. Usually cited as
UBS4; or
Novum Testamentum Graece. Ed. E. and E. Nestle, B. and K. Aland, J.
Karavidopoulos, C. M. Martini, B. M. Metzger. 27th ed. Stuttgart: Deutsche
Bibelgesellschaft, 1993. Usually cited as NA27.
There is also a copy of the complete Westcott/Hort/Robinson New Testament text
both on the web site and on this disk.
A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Chrisitan Literature. Ed.
W. Bauer, F. W. Danker, W. F. Arndt, and F. W. Gingrich, 3d ed. (Chicago:
University of Chicago Press, 2000). Expensive but a foundational tool! Usually cited
as BDAG.

Rapid Reading Tools


A rapid reading tool saves you from the drudgery of looking words up in the BDAG
Greek lexicon. Start with reading John 15 on the Mastering New Testament Greek disk.
First John has also been added in an easy-reader style. The point of these tools is to help
you do pleasure reading in the Greek New Testament. Yes, it should be a pleasure and a
delight.

Commencement

166

Other Reading Helps


Kubo, Sakae. A Readers Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament. Grand Rapids:
Zondervan, 1975.
Perhaps the way I enjoy reading the most is using Bible Works 7.0. This is the most
excellent concordancing reading tool available anywhere. It is published by
Hermeneutica and currently sells for about $350. It has full texts of the Septuagint,
New Testament in Greek, numerous English, Spanish, German, French, Latin, and
other translations. When you run your mouse across a word it automatically gives
you the translation and parsing. Click on a word, and it will do a concordance search
for the word in all the Septuagint, New Testament, or whatever. Its an incredible
tool and helps make reading Greek a pure pleasure. New Greek
concordancing/reading programs by Logos, Accordance (Mac only), or Bible
Windows may also fill a similar software role.

Vocabulary Builders
Three slender paperbacks and an ebook list the words of the Greek New Testament by
frequency:
Hildebrandt, Ted. Vocabulary Frequency List ebook. See the Adobe Acrobat PDF files
included on the Mastering New Testament Greek disk at the end of this textbook, if
you want to print the vocab list, and see the Vocabulary Builder if you want an
interactive flashcard-like approach on the computer. This list teaches you over 1,200
of the most frequently used Greek words, and its already on your disk.
Metzger, Bruce M. Lexical Aids for Students of New Testament Greek. 3d ed. Grand
Rapids: Baker, 1998.
Robinson, Thomas. Mastering Greek Vocabulary. Peabody, Mass.: Hendrickson, 1991.
Trenchard, Warren. The Students Complete Vocabulary Guide to the Greek New
Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1992.

Advanced Studies
Grammars to work with at this point:
Barnwell, Katharine. Introduction to Semantics and Translation. Horsleys Green, UK.:
Summer Institute of Linguistics, 1980.
Black, David Alan. Its Still Greek to Me. Grand Rapids: Baker, 1998. Good for secondyear Greek.
---. (ed.) Linguistics and New Testament Interpretation: Essays on Discourse Analysis.
Nashville: Broadman & Holman, 1992.
Boyer, James...see a series of his excellent articles in the Grace Theological Journal
listed online and on this disk.
Burton, Ernest De Witt. Syntax of the Moods and Tenses in New Testament Greek.
Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1898 [vid. web site and this disk]
Carson, D. A. Exegetical Falacies. 2nd ed. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1996.

Commencement

167

Decker, Rodney J. Temporal Deixis of the Greek Verb in the Gospel of Mark with
Reference to Verbal Aspect. New York: Peter Lang, 2001.
Duvall, J. S. and George H. Guthrie. Biblical Greek Exegesis: A Graded Approach to
Learning Intermediate and Advanced Greek. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1998.
Erickson, Richard. A Beginners Guide to New Testament Exegesis. Downers Grove:
InterVarsity Press, 2005.
Fanning, Buist. M. Verbal Aspect in New Testament Greek. Oxford: Clarendon Press,
1990.
Levinsohn, Stephen. Discourse Features of New Testament Greek. Dallas: SIL
International, 2000.
Louw, J. P. Semantics of New Testament Greek. Philadelphia: Fortress Press, 1982.
Moulton, James H., Wilbert F. Howard, and Nigel Turner. A Grammar of New
Testament Greek. 4 vols. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1908-76.
Perschbacher, Wesley J. New Testament Greek Syntax. Chicago: Moody, 1995. Useful.
Porter, Stanley. Idioms of the Greek New Testament. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic
Press, 1999.
---. Studies in the Greek New Testament: Theory and Practice. New York: Peter Lang,
1996.
---. A Handbook to the Exegesis of the New Testament. Leiden: Brill, 2002.
Robertson, A. T. A Grammar of the Greek New Testament in the Light of Historical
Research. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1923.
Silva, Moises. Biblical Words and Their Meanings: An Introduction to Lexical
Semantics. Grand Rapids: Zondervan 1983.
Wallace, Daniel B. Greek Grammar beyond the Basics: An Exegetical Syntax of the
Greek New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1996. Massive and
comprehensive.
. The Basics of New Testament Syntax: An Intermediate Greek Grammar. Grand
Rapids: Zondervan, 2000. Greek grammar lite.

Workbook Readers
Guthrie, George, and J. S. Duvall. Biblical Greek Exegesis: A Graded Approach to
Learning Intermediate and Advanced Greek. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1998.
Levinsohn, Stephen. Discourse Features of New Testament Greek. Dallas: SIL
International, 2000. A favorite of mine.
Mounce, William D. A Graded Reader of Biblical Greek. Grand Rapids: Zondervan,
1996. This is good for the summer after your first year.

Exegetical Dictionaries
For extensive word studies, the following dictionaries are very helpful:
Balz, Horst, and Gerhard Schneider, eds. Exegetical Dictionary of the New Testament. 3
vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 199093.
Brown, Colin, ed. New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology. 4 vols.
Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 197586. Highly recommended.

Commencement

168

Kittel, Gerhard, and Gerhard Friedrich, eds. Theological Dictionary of the New
Testament. Trans. G. W. Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 196476.
Heavy! See James Barrs critique of TDNT in his book The Semantics of Biblical
Language (London: Oxford University Press, 1961).
These dictionary sets are fairly expensive but extremely helpful in their exhaustive
treatment of Greek words both in and outside of the New Testament. Colin Brown is my
favorite.

Concordances
Moulton, W. F., and A. S. Geden, A Concordance to the Greek Testament. Edinburgh: T.
& T. Clark, 1963.
Electronic Greek concordances are quite helpful. The best is Bible Works 7.0 (Win) from
Hermeneutica (about $350). It allows for advanced grammatical/morphological
searches or simple word searches in any of over thirteen languages. Programs by
Logos, Accordance, and Bible Windows should also be explored to see what works
best for you.
I hope you have enjoyed your study of Greek. This is a good time to return to why we
have undertaken this endeavor. The New Testament tells us about the person and work of
Jesus, Gods Son. It is the story of the journey of an early Christian community called the
church. Its words come with the power and authority of God and are refreshment for the
soul, giving eternal guidance that transcends our postmodern culture. If you have come to
the end of this study hating it because it was hard, you have accomplished little. If you
have come to love the language and now find that one of your greatest joys is to sit and
read the pages of the New Testament directly from the Greek text, you have gained a
valuable resource. The goal for this course was to develop a love and passion for reading
the New Testament in Greek. It has been hard, but the best things in life dont come easy.
You be the judge of how well the goal was accomplished.
It has made me laugh when I realize that the computer medium has allowed me to
share in your journey and to help you master New Testament Greek. Hours and hours of
5:00 A.M. typing and editing are finally over. I hope this new format brings glory to God
and his awesome Son! Amen!
to> te<lojthe end

Works Cited

169

Works Cited
Black, David Alan. Its Still Greek to Me: An Easy-to-Understand Guide to Intermediate
Greek. Grand Rapids: Baker, 1998.
Dana, H. E., and Julius R. Mantey. A Manual Grammar of the Greek New Testament.
New York: Macmillan, 1957.
Hansen, Hardy, and Gerald M. Quinn. Greek: An Intensive Course. 2d rev. ed. New
York: Fordham University Press, 1992.
Hewitt, James A. New Testament Greek: A Beginning and Intermediate Grammar.
Peabody, Mass.: Hendrickson, 1986.
Machen, J. Gresham. New Testament Greek for Beginners. New York: Macmillan, 1923.
Mounce, William D. Basics of Biblical Greek: Grammar. Grand Rapids: Zondervan,
1993.
Perschbacher, Wesley J. New Testament Greek Syntax. Chicago: Moody, 1995.
Porter, Stanley. Idioms of the Greek New Testament. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic
Press, 1999.
Stevens, Gerald L. New Testament Greek. 2d ed. Lanham, Md.: University Press of
America, 1997.
Summers, Ray. Essentials of New Testament Greek. Nashville: Broadman, 1950.
Wallace, Daniel B. Greek Grammar beyond the Basics: An Exegetical Syntax of the New
Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1996.
Wenham, John W. The Elements of New Testament Greek. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 1965.

Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter

Appendix 1
Vocabulary Lists by Chapter
In parentheses is the number of times the word occurs in the Greek New Testament.

Chapter 1
a@ggeloj, -ou, o[
a]mh<n
a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[
e]gw<
qeo<j, -ou?, o[
kai<
kardi<a, -aj, h[
le<gw
profh<thj, -ou, o[
Xristo<j, -ou?, o[

angel (175)angel
truly, verily (129)amen
man, human (550)anthropology
I (1,175)ego
God (1,317)theology
and, even, also (9,153)
heart (156)cardiac
I say (2,354)
prophet (144)prophet
Christ, Messiah, anointed one (529)Christ

Chapter 2
a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[
a]kou<w
do<ca, -hj, h[
e@xw
ko<smoj, -ou, h[
ku<rioj, -ou, o[
lo<goj, -ou, o[
Pe<troj, -ou, o[
ui[o<j, -ou, o[
Farisai?oj, -ou, o[

brother (343)
I hear, obey (428)
glory, fame (166)
I have, hold (708)
world (186)
lord, Lord, sir (717)
word (330)
Peter (156)
son (377)
Pharisee (98)

Chapter 3
a]lla<
a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[
ble<pw
ga<r
ginw<skw
]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[

but, yet (638)


apostle, sent one (80)
I see (133)
for, then (1,041)
I know (222)
Jesus (917)

170

Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter

lamba<nw
lu<w
ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[
pisteu<w

I take, receive (258)


I loose (42)
heaven (273)
I believe (241)

Chapter 4
a]gapa<w
gra<fw
de<
dou?loj, -ou, o[
eu[ri<skw
i[ero<n, -ou?, to<
lao<j, -ou?, o[
no<moj, -ou, o[
oi#koj, -ou, o[
w[j

I love (143)
I write (191)
but, and (2,792)
servant, slave (124)
I find (176)
temple (71)
people (142)
law (194)
house (114)
as, about, how (504)

Chapter 5
a]ga<ph, -hj, h[
a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[
a[marti<a, -aj, h[
basilei<a, -aj, h[
grafh<, -h?j, h[
e]gei<rw
e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[
e@rgon, -ou, to<
maqhth<j, -ou?, o[
w!ra, -aj, h[

love (116)
truth (109)
sin (173)
kingdom (162)
writing, Scripture (50)
I raise up (144)
assembly, church (114)
work (169)
disciple (261)
hour (106)

Chapter 6
a]po<
dia<
ei]j
e]k
e]n
e]pi<
kata<
meta<

from (with gen.) (646)


through (with gen.) (667)
on account of (with acc.)
into (with acc.) (1,768)
out of (with gen.) (914)
in (with dat.) (2,752)
on, over (with gen.) (890)
on, at, on the basis of, against (with dat.)
on, to, toward, against (with acc.)
down, against (with gen.) (473)
according to (with acc.)
with (with gen.) (469)
after, behind (with acc.)

171

Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter

peri<
pro<j

about, concerning (with gen.) (333)


around, near (with acc.)
to (with acc.) (700)

Chapter 7
a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n
a!gioj, -a, -on
di<kaioj, -a, -on
ei]mi<
]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on
me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga
nekro<j, -a<, -o<n
ou], ou]k, ou]x
prw?toj, -h, -on
fwnh<, -h?j, h[

good (102)
holy (233)
righteous (79)
I am (2,460)
Jewish, a Jew (195)
great, large (243)
dead (128)
no, not (1,606)
first (155)
voice (139)

Chapter 8
au]]to<j, -h<, -o<
gh?, -h?j, h[
e]gw<, h[mei?j
h[me<ra, -aj, h[
o!ti
ou#n
o@xloj, -ou, o[
para<

su<, u[mei?j
u[po<

he/she/it (5595)
earth, land, region (250)
I, we (2666)
day (389)
that, because (1,296)
so, then, therefore (499)
crowd (175)
from (with gen.) (194)
beside, with (with dat.)
alongside, beside (with acc.)
you, you (pl.) (2,905)
by, at the hands of (with gen.)
under, below (with acc.) (220)

Chapter 9
a]pokri<nomai
a]poste<llw
ba<llw
gi<nomai
ei]se<rxomai
e]ce<rxomai
e@rxomai
qe<lw
ou!twj
poreu<omai

I answer (231)
I send (132)
I throw (122)
I become (669)
I come in (194)
I go out (218)
I come, go (634)
I wish (208)
thus, so (208)
I go (153)

172

Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter

Chapter 10
zwh<, -h?j, h[
qa<natoj, -ou, o[
kri<nw
me<nw
mo<noj, -h, -on
nu?n
ou]]de<
Pau?loj, -ou, o[
s&<zw
to<te

life (135)
death (120)
I judge (114)
I remain (118)
only, alone (114)
now (147)
and not, nor (143)
Paul (158)
I save (106)
then (160)

Chapter 11
a]pe<rxomai
e]kei?noj, -h, -o
]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on
kaqw<j
o!j, h!, o!
o!tan
ou$toj, au$th, tou?to
pa<lin
Pe<troj, -ou, o[
u[pe<r

I go away, leave (117)


that (265)
Jewish, a Jew (195)
as, just as (182)
who, which (1365)
when, whenever (123)
this (1388)
again, back (141)
Peter (150)
for, about (gen.) (150)
above, beyond (acc.)

Chapter 12
a]poqn^<skw
e]kei?
e!wj
i]dou<
i!na
]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[
me<n
o!loj, -h, -on
o!te
su<n

I die (111)
there (105)
until (146)
behold (200)
in order that (663)
John (135)
on the one hand, indeed (179)
whole, entire (109)
when (103)
with (128)

Chapter 13
a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[
basileu<j, -e<wj, o[
du<namij, -ewj, h[
o@noma, -matoj, to<

man, husband (216)


king (115)
power, miracle (119)
name, reputation (231)

173

Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter

pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n


path<r, patro<j, o[
pi<stij, pi<stewj, h[
pneu?ma, -atoj, to<
sa<rc, sarko<j, h[
xa<rij, -itoj, h[

all, each, every (1244)


father (413)
faith, belief (243)
spirit, wind (379)
flesh, body (147)
grace, kindness (155)

Chapter 14
ai$ma, -matoj, to<
ai@rw
dida<skw
i@dioj, -a, -on
kalo<j, -h<, -o<n
me<llw
o[do<j, -ou?, h[
polu<j, pollh<, polu<
sw?ma, -matoj, to<
yuxh<, -h?j, h[

blood (97)
I raise, take up (101)
I teach (97)
ones own (114)
good (100)
I am about to, intend (109)
way (101)
much, many (416)
body(142)
soul, life (103)

Chapter 15
a@lloj, -h, -o
a@rtoj, -ou, o[
dei?
e]cousi<a, -aj, h[
e!teroj, -a, -on
e@ti
o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[
te<knon, -ou, to<
to<poj, -ou, o[
fw?j, fwto<j, to<

other (155)
bread (97)
it is necessary (101)
authority (100)
different (98)
yet, still (93)
eye (100)
child (99)
place (94)
light (73)

Chapter 16
ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[
a]llh<lwn
a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[
gunh<, -aiko<j, h[
du<namai
e@qnoj, -ouj, to<
o!soj, -h, -on
po<lij, -ewj, h[
te<
xei<r, xeiro<j, h[

age, eternity (122)


one another (100)
high priest (122)
woman (215)
I can, am able (210)
nation (162)
as great as (110)
city (162)
and, and so (215)
hand (177)

174

Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter

Chapter 17
ei]
e]sqi<w
za<w
zhte<w
h@
kale<w
lale<w
parakale<w
plhro<w
poie<w

if, that (504)


I eat (158)
I live (140)
I seek (117)
or, either (343)
I call (148)
I speak, say (296)
I urge, exhort (109)
I complete, fill (86)
I do, make (568)

Chapter 18
genna<w
dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[
e]an
<
ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[
oi#da
oi]ki<a, -aj, h[
o[ra<w
peripate<w
pw?j
fobe<omai

I beget (97)
righteousness (92)
if, when (351)
peace (92)
I know (318)
house (93)
I see (454)
I walk, live (95)
how (103)
I fear (95)

Chapter 19
a]kolouqe<w
e]nw<pion
qa<lassa, -hj, h[
ka<qhmai
kairo<j, -ou?, o[
ou@te
pi<ptw
pou<j, podo<j, o[
prose<rxomai
proseu<xomai

I follow (90)
before (94)
sea, lake (91)
I sit (91)
time (85)
and not, neither/nor (87)
I fall (90)
foot (93)
I come/go to (86)
I pray (85)

Chapter 20
a]nabai<nw
a@rxw
e!kastoj, -h, -on
e]kba<llw
ka]gw<

I go up (82)
I rule, begin (mid) (86)
each, every (82)
I drive out (81)
and I, but I (81)

175

Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter

katabai<nw
ma?llon
mh<thr, -o<j, h[
o!pou
w!ste

I go down (83)
more, rather (81)
mother (83)
where, since (82)
therefore, so that (83)

Chapter 21
a]noi<gw
bapti<zw
eu]agge<lion, -ou, to<
marture<w
pe<mpw
ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n
pro<swpon, -ou, to<
shmei?on, -ou, to<
sto<ma, -atoj, to<
u[pa<gw

I open (77)
I baptize (77)
gospel (76)
I witness (76)
I send (79)
evil, bad (78)
face (76)
sign, miracle (77)
mouth (78)
I go away (79)

Chapter 22
ai]te<w
ai]w<nioj, -on
a]poktei<nw
kefalh<, -h?j, h[
pi<nw
ploi?on, -ou, to<
pu?r, -o<j, to<
thre<w
u!dwr, -atoj, to<
xai<rw

I ask (70)
eternal (71)
I kill (74)
head (75)
I drink (73)
boat (68)
fire (71)
I keep, guard (70)
water (76)
I rejoice (74)

Chapter 23
a@gw
a]polu<w
ei@te
e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[
karpo<j, -ou?, o[
pisto<j, -h<, -o<n
presbu<teroj, -a,-on
r[h?ma, -atoj, to<
sa<bbaton, -ou, to<
fe<rw

I lead, bring (67)


I set free (66)
if, whether (65)
commandment (68)
fruit (66)
faithful (67)
elder (66)
word (68)
Sabbath (68)
I bear, carry (66)

176

Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter

Chapter 24
a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n
grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[
daimo<nion, -ou, to<
doke<w
doca<zw
e@cw
e]rwta<w
qe<lhma, -atoj, to<
qro<noj, -ou, o[
o@roj, -ouj, to<

beloved (61)
scribe (63)
demon (63)
I think (62)
I glorify, honor (61)
outside (63)
I ask (63)
will (62)
throne (62)
mountain (63)

Chapter 25
a]ni<sthmi
a]po<llumi
a]fi<hmi
di<dwmi
h@dh
i!sthmi
khru<ssw
paradi<dwmi
ti<qhmi
fhmi<

I raise, erect (108)


I destroy (90)
I let go, dismiss (143)
I give, put (415)
now, already (61)
I set, stand (154)
I proclaim (61)
I entrust (119)
I put, place (100)
I say (66)

Chapter 26
e[autou?, -h?j
e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n
i[ma<tion, -ou, to<
nu<c, nukto<j, h[
o!stij, h!tij, o!ti
pou?
proskune<w
tij, ti
ti<j, ti<
w$de

of him/her/itself (319)
my, mine (76)
garment (60)
night (61)
whoever (153)
where? (48)
I worship (60)
someone, something (525)
who? which? (555)
here, hither (61)

Chapter 27
du<o
dw<deka
ei$j, mi<a, e!n
e[kato<n
e[pta<

two (135)
twelve (75)
one (344)
one hundred (11)
seven (88)

177

Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter

mhdei<j, mhdemi<a,
mhde<n
ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a,
ou]de<n
pe<nte
trei?j, tri<a
xilia<j, -a<doj, h[

no, no one (90)


no, no one (234)
five (36)
three (68)
thousand (23)

Chapter 28
a]spa<zomai
de<xomai
dida<skaloj, -ou, o[
e]perwta<w
qewre<w
li<qoj, -ou, o[
suna<gw
toiou?toj, -au<th,
-ou?ton
u[pa<rxw
xara<, -a?j, h[

I greet (59)
I take, receive (56)
teacher (59)
I ask (56)
I look at (58)
stone (59)
I gather (59)
such (57)
I am, exist (60)
joy (59)
to> te<lojthe end

178

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Appendix 2
Paradigms
Verbs
Present Tense

1.
2.
3.

-w
-eij
-ei

1.
2.
3.

1.
2.
3.

Present Active Indicative (PAI) Paradigm


Singular
Plural
lu<w
luo<men
I loose/am loosing
We loose/ are loosing
lu<eij
You loose/are loosing lu<ete
You loose/are loosing
lu<ei
lu<
o
usi(n)
He/she/it looses/is
They loose/are loosing
loosing
Primary Pronominal Suffixes
-omen
I
We
-ete
You (thou)
You (you-all)
-ousi(n) They
He/she/it
Present Middle Indicative Paradigm
Singular
Plural
lu<omai I am loosing
luo<meqa
(for myself)
lu<^
lu<esqe
You are loosing
(for yourself)
lu<etai He/she/it is loosing
lu<ontai
(for himself/herself/itself)
Present Passive Indicative Paradigm
Singular
Plural
lu<omai
luo<meqa
I am being loosed
lu<^
lu<esqe
You are being loosed
lu<etai
He/she/it is being loosed lu<ontai

We are loosing
(for ourselves)
You are loosing
(for yourselves)
They are loosing
(for themselves)

We are being loosed


You are being loosed
They are being loosed

179

Appendix 2: Paradigms

1.
2.
3.

Middle/Passive Primary Endings


Singular
Plural
-omai
-omeqa
-^ (-sai)
-esqe
-etai
-ontai

1.
2.
3.

Present of ei]mi<
Singular
ei]mi<
I am
ei#
You are
e]sti<(n) He/she/it is

Plural
e]sme<n
e]ste<
ei]si<(n)

We are
You are
They are

Contract Verbs

1.
2.
3.

Present Active Indicative of a]gapa<w


Singular
Plural
a]gapw? (aw)
a]gapw?men (aomen)
I love
a]gap%?j (aeij) You love
a]gapa?te (aete)
a]gap%? (aei)
a]gapw?si(n) (aousi)
He/she/it loves

1.
2.
3.

Present Active Indicative of poie<w


Singular
Plural
poiw? (ew)
poiou?men (eomen)
I do
poiei?j (eeij)
poiei?te (eete)
You do
poiei? (eei)
poiou?si(n) (eousi)
He/she/it does

1.
2.
3.

Singular
plhrw? (ow)
plhroi?j (oeij)
plhroi? (oei)

We love
You love
They love

We do
You do
They do

Present Active Indicative of plhro<w


Plural
plhrou?men (oomen)
I fill
We fill
plhrou?te (oete)
You fill
You fill
plhrou?
s
i(n)
(oousi)
He/she/it fills
They fill

180

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Present Active Participles


3
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
lu<wn
lu<ousa
Nom.
lu<ontoj
luou<shj
Gen.
lu<onti
luou<s^
Dat.
lu<onta
lu<ousan
Acc.
Plural
lu<ontej
lu<ousai
Nom.
luo<
n
twn
luousw?
n
Gen.
lu<ousi(n)
luou<saij
Dat.
lu<ontaj
luou<saj
Acc.

3
Neuter
lu?on
lu<ontoj
lu<onti
lu?on
lu<onta
luo<ntwn
lu<ousi(n)
lu<onta

Present Middle/Passive Participles


2
1
2
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
luo<menoj
luome<nh
luo<menon
Nom.
luome<nou
luome<nhj
luome<nou
Gen.
luome<
n
&
luome<
n
^
luome<
n&
Dat.
luo<menon
luome<nhn
luo<menon
Acc.
Plural
luo<menoi
luo<menai
luo<mena
Nom.
luome<nwn
luome<nwn
luome<nwn
Gen.
luome<noij
luome<naij
luome<noij
Dat.
luome<nouj
luome<naj
luo<mena
Acc.
Present Active Participle of ei]mi<
3
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
w@n
ou#sa
Nom.
o@ntoj
ou@shj
Gen.
o@nti
ou@s^
Dat.
o@nta
ou#san
Acc.
Plural
o@ntej
ou#sai
Nom.
o@ntwn
ou]sw?n
Gen.
ou#si(n)
ou@saij
Dat.
o@ntaj
ou@saj
Acc.

3
Neuter
o@n
o@ntoj
o@nti
o@n
o@nta
o@ntwn
ou#si(n)
o@nta

181

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Future Tense

1.
2.
3.

1.
2.
3.

1.
2.
3.

1.
2.
3.

Future Active Indicative Paradigm


Singular
Plural
lu<sw
lu<somen
I will loose
lu<seij
lu<sete
You will loose
lu<sei
He/she/it will loose lu<sousi(n)

We will loose
You will loose
They will loose

Future Middle Indicative Paradigm


Singular
Plural
lu<somai
luso<meqa
I will loose
(for myself)
lu<s^
lu<sesqe
You will loose
(for yourself)
lu<setai
lu<sontai
He/she/it will loose
(for himself/herself/itself)
Future Passive Indicative of lu<w
Singular
Plural
luqh<somai I will be
luqhso<meqa
loosed
luqh<s^
luqh<sesqe
You will be
loosed
luqh<setai He/she/it will be luqh<sontai
loosed
Future of ei]mi<
Singular
e@somai
I will be
e@s^
You will be
e@stai
He/she/it will be

Plural
e]so<meqa
e@sesqe
e@sontai

We will loose
(for ourselves)
You will loose
(for yourselves)
They will loose
(for themselves)

We will be
loosed
You will be
loosed
They will be
loosed

We will be
You will be
They will be

Imperfect Tense

1.
2.
3.

Imperfect Active Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
e@luon
e]lu<omen
I was loosing
e@luej
e]lu<ete
You were loosing
e@lue(n)
He/she/it was loosing e@luon

We were loosing
You were loosing
They were loosing

182

Appendix 2: Paradigms

1.
2.
3.

Secondary Active Endings


Singular Plural
-n
-men
-j
-te
-e
-n
Learn: n j e men te n (n s e men te n)

1.
2.
3.

Imperfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
e]luo<mhn I was being loosed
e]luo<meqa We were being loosed
e]lu<ou
e]lu<esqe
You were being loosed
You were being loosed
e]lu<eto
He/she/it was being loosed e]lu<onto
They were being loosed

1.
2.
3.

Secondary Middle/Passive Endings


Singular Plural
-mhn
-meqa
-ou
-esqe
-to
-onto

1.
2.
3.

Imperfect of ei]mi<
Singular
h@mhn
I was
h#j
You were
h#n
He/she/it was

Plural
h#men
h#te
h#san

We were
You were
They were

Aorist Tense

1.
2.
3.

First Aorist Active Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
e@lusa
e]lu<samen
I loosed
e@lusaj
e]lu<sate
You loosed
e@luse(n)
e@lusan
He/she/it loosed

We loosed
You loosed
They loosed

Note: , s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as the imperfects except in the first
person singular, where the n is dropped.

183

Appendix 2: Paradigms

1.
2.
3.

1.
2.
3.

First Aorist Middle Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
e]lusa<mhn I loosed
e]lusa<meqa
(for myself)
e]lu<sw
e]lu<sasqe
You loosed
(for yourself)
e]lu<sato
e]lu<santo
He/she/it loosed
(for himself/herself/itself)

We loosed
(for ourselves)
You loosed
(for yourselves)
They loosed
(for themselves)

First Aorist Passive Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
e]lu<qhn
e]lu<qhmen
I was loosed
We were loosed
e]lu<qhj
e]lu<qhte
You were loosed
You were loosed
e]lu<qh
He/she/it was loosed e]lu<qhsan They were loosed

First Aorist Active Participles (recognize these forms)


3
1
3
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
lu<saj
lu<sasa
lu?san
Nom.
lu<santoj
lusa<shj
lu<santoj
Gen.
lu<santi
lusa<s^
lu<santi
Dat.
lu<santa
lu<sasan
lu?san
Acc.
Plural
lu<santej
lu<sasai
lu<santa
Nom.
lusa<
n
twn
lusasw?
n
lusa<ntwn
Gen.
lu<sasi(n)
lusa<saij
lu<sasi(n)
Dat.
lu<santaj
lusa<saj
lu<santa
Acc.
First Aorist Middle Participles
2
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
lusa<menoj
lusame<nh
Nom.
lusame<nou
lusame<nhj
Gen.
lusame<
n
&
lusame<n^
Dat.
lusa<menon
lusame<nhn
Acc.
Plural
lusa<menoi
lusa<menai
Nom.
lusame<nwn
lusame<nwn
Gen.
lusame<noij
lusame<naij
Dat.
lusame<nouj lusame<naj
Acc.

2
Neuter
lusa<menon
lusame<nou
lusame<n&
lusa<menon
lusa<mena
lusame<nwn
lusame<noij
lusa<mena

184

Appendix 2: Paradigms

First Aorist Passive Participles


3
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
luqei<j
luqei?sa
Nom.
luqe<ntoj
luqei<shj
Gen.
luqe<nti
luqei<s^
Dat.
luqe<nta
luqei?san
Acc.
Plural
luqe<ntej
luqei?sai
Nom.
luqe<ntwn
luqeisw?n
Gen.
luqei?si(n)
luqei<saij
Dat.
luqe<ntaj
luqei<saj
Acc.

1.
2.
3.

3
Neuter
luqe<n
luqe<ntoj
luqe<nti
luqe<n
luqe<nta
luqe<ntwn
luqei?si(n)
luqe<nta

Second Aorist Active Indicative of lamba<nw


Singular
Plural
e@labon
e]la<bomen
I took
We took
e@labej
e]
l
a<
b
ete
You took
You took
e@labe(n)
e@labon
He/she/it took
They took
Note: n, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as the imperfects.

1.
2.
3.

Second Aorist Middle Indicative of gi<nomai


Singular
Plural
e]geno<mhn
e]geno<meqa
I became
We became
e]ge<nou
e]ge<nesqe
You became
You became
e]ge<neto
e]ge<nonto
He/she/it became
They became
Note: mhn, ou, to, meqa, esqe, onto endings are the same as the imperfects.

Perfect Tense

1.
2.
3.

1.
2.
3.

Perfect Active Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
lelu<kamen We have loosed
le<luka
I have loosed
le<lukaj
lelu<kate
You have loosed
You have loosed
le<luke(n)
He/she/it has loosed lelu<kasi(n) They have loosed
Perfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w
Singular
Plural
le<lumai I have been loosed
lelu<meqa We have been loosed
le<lusai You have been loosed le<lusqe
You have been loosed
le<lutai He/she/it has been
le<luntai They have been
loosed
loosed

185

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Perfect Active Participles


3
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
lelukw<j
lelukui?a
Nom.
leluko<toj
lelukui<aj
Gen.
leluko<ti
lelukui<%
Dat.
leluko<ta
lelukui?an
Acc.
Plural
leluko<tej
lelukui?ai
Nom.
leluko<twn
lelukuiw?n
Gen.
leluko<si(n)
lelukui<aj
Dat.
leluko<taj
lelukui<aj
Acc.

3
Neuter
leluko<j
leluko<toj
leluko<ti
leluko<j
leluko<ta
leluko<twn
leluko<si(n)
leluko<ta

Perfect Middle/Passive Participles


2
1
2
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
lelume<noj
lelume<nh
lelume<non
Nom.
lelume<nou
lelume<nhj
lelume<nou
Gen.
lelume<n&
lelume<n^
lelume<n&
Dat.
lelume<non
lelume<nhn
lelume<non
Acc.
Plural
lelume<noi
lelume<nai
lelume<na
Nom.
lelume<nwn
lelume<nwn
lelume<nwn
Gen.
lelume<
n
oij
lelume<
n
aij
lelume<
noij
Dat.
lelume<nouj
lelume<naj
lelume<na
Acc.

Infinitive Forms
Active
lu<ein

Present Infinitive
Middle
Passive
lu<esqai
lu<esqai

Active
lu?sai

First Aorist Infinitive


Middle
Passive
lu<sasqai
luqh?nai

Second Aorist Infinitive (lei<pw, to leave)


Active
Middle
Passive
lipei?n
lipe<sqai
leifqh?nai
Active
leluke<nai

Perfect Infinitive
Middle
Passive
lelu<sqai
lelu<sqai

Present Infinitive of ei]mi<: ei#nai

186

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Subjunctive Mood
Present Subjunctive of lu<w
Active
Singular
Plural
lu<wmen
1. lu<w
lu<hte
2. lu<^j
lu<wsi(n)
3. lu<^
Middle/Passive
Singular
Plural
luw<meqa
1. lu<wmai
lu<hsqe
2. lu<^
lu<wntai
3. lu<htai
First Aorist Subjunctive of lu<w
Active
Singular
Plural
lu<
swmen
1. lu<sw
lu<shte
2. lu<s^j
lu<swsi(n)
3. lu<s^
Middle
Singular
Plural
1. lu<swmai lusw<meqa
lu<shsqe
2. lu<s^
lu<swntai
3. lu<shtai
Passive
Singular
Plural
luqw?men
1. luqw?
luqh?te
2. luq^?j
luqw?si(n)
3. luq^?
Second Aorist Active Subjunctive Forms of lei<pw
(to leave, fall short) (no sigma)
Singular
Plural
li<pwmen
1. li<pw
li<phte
2. li<p^j
li<pwsi(n)
3. li<p^
Subjunctive of ei]mi<
Singular
Plural
w#men
1. w#
h#te
2. ^#j
w#si(n)
3. ^#

187

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Imperative Mood
Present Imperative of lu<w
Active
Singular
Plural
lu<ete
2. lu?e
lue<twsan
3. lue<tw
Middle/Passive Singular
Plural
lu<esqe
2. lu<ou
3. lue<sqw lue<sqwsan
First Aorist Imperative of lu<w
Active
Singular
Plural
Singular
lu<sate
lu<qhti
2. lu?son
lusa<twsan
luqh<tw
3. lusa<tw
Middle
Singular
Plural
lu<sasqe
2. lu?sai
lusa<sqwsan
3. lusa<sqw

Passive
Plural
lu<qhte
luqh<twsan

Second Aorist Imperative of lei<pw (I leave)


Active
Passive
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
li<pete
lei<fqhti lei<fqhte
1. li<pe
lipe<twsan
leifqh<tw leifqh<twsan
2. lipe<tw
Middle
Singular
Plural
li<
pesqe
1. lipou?
lipe<sqwsan
2. lipe<sqw
Imperative of ei]mi<
Singular
Plural
e@ste
2. i@sqi
e@stwsan
3. e@stw

188

Appendix 2: Paradigms

-mi Verbs
di<dwmi Paradigms (I give [root do])
Active Indicatives
Present
Imperfect
1. di<dwmi
2. di<dwj
3. di<dwsi(n)

e]di<doun
e]di<douj
e]di<dou

1. di<domen
2. di<dote
3. dido<asi(n)

e]di<domen
e]di<dote
e]di<dosan

1.
2.
3.

Future
Singular
dw<sw
dw<seij
dw<sei
Plural
dw<somen
dw<sete
dw<sousi(n)

Aorist

Perfect

e@dwka
e@dwkaj
e@dwke(n)

de<dwka
de<dwkaj
de<dwke(n)

e]dw<kamen
e]dw<kate
e@dwkan

dedw<kamen
dedw<kate
de<dwkan

Present Middle/Passive Indicative


(note how regular)
Singular
Plural
di<domai
dido<meqa
di<dosai
di<dosqe
di<dotai
di<dontai
Other Moods

Present
Subjunctive
1. didw?
2. did&?j
3. did&?
1. didw?men
2. didw?te
3. didw?si(n)
Active
Middle
Passive

Active
Aorist
Present
Subjunctive Imperative
Singular
dw?

d&?j
di<dou
d&?
dido<tw
Plural
dw?men

dw?te
di<dote
dw?si(n)
dido<twsan

Present Infinitive
dido<nai
di<dosqai
di<dosqai

Aorist
Imperative

do<j
do<tw

do<te
do<twsan

Aorist Infinitive
dou?nai
do<sqai
doqh?nai

189

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Present Participles
Active
Masc.
didou<j
Nom.
dido<ntoj
Gen.
Mid/Pass
dido<menoj
Nom.
didome<nou
Gen.

Fem.
didou?sa
didou<shj

Neut.
dido<n
dido<ntoj

didome<nh
didome<nhj

dido<menon
didome<nou

Aorist Participles (just pop the di off the present ptc.)


Active
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
dou<j
dou?sa
do<n
Nom.
do<ntoj
dou<shj
do<ntoj
Gen.
Middle
do<menoj
dome<nh
do<menon
Nom.
dome<nou
dome<nhj
dome<nou
Gen.
Passive
doqei<j
doqei?sa
doqe<n
Nom.
doqe<ntoj
doqei<shj
doqe<ntoj
Gen.
Perfect Participles (shift the di to de + perf. kot/kui )
Active
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
dedwkw<j
dedwkui?a
dedwko<j
Nom.
dedwko<toj
dedwkui<aj
dedwko<toj
Gen.
Mid/Pass no perf. k
dedo<menoj
dedome<nh
dedo<menon
Nom.
didome<nou
dedome<nhj
dedome<nou
Gen.

Other -mi Verb Paradigms


Present Active Indicative
Singular
ti<qhmi
1. i!sthmi
ti<qhj
2. i!sthj
ti<qhsi(n)
3. i!sthsi(n)
Plural
ti<qemen
1. i!stamen
ti<qete
2. i!state
tiqe<asi(n)
3. i[sta?si(n)

dei<knumi
dei<knuj/deiknu<eij
dei<knusi(n)
dei<knumen
dei<knute
deiknu<asi(n)

190

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Second Declension Nouns


Masculine Second Declension Forms (Stem Ending in o)
Singular
Plural
lo<goi
Nom. lo<goj
a word
words
(subject of sentence)
lo<gou
lo<gwn
Gen.
of a word
of words
(possessive)
lo<g&
lo<goij to words
Dat.
to a word
(indirect object)
lo<gon
lo<gouj words
Acc.
a word
(direct object)
lo<
g
e
lo<
g
oi
Voc.
O word
O words
(direct address)
Neuter Second Declension Forms (Stem Ending in o)
i[ero<n = temple
Singular
Plural
i[era<
Nom. i[ero<n
a temple
temples
(subject of sentence)
i[
e
rou?
i[
e
rw?
n
Gen.
of a temple
of temples (possessive)
i[er&?
i[eroi?j
Dat.
to a temple
to temples (indirect object)
i[ero<n
i[era<
Acc.
a temple
temples
(direct object)
i[ero<n
i[era<
Voc.
O temple
O temples (direct address)
Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in h)
grafh< = writing, Scripture
Singular
Plural
grafai< writings
Nom. grafh< a writing
(subject of sentence)
grafh?
j
grafw?
n
Gen.
of a writing
of writings (possessive)
graf^? to a writing grafai?j to writings (indirect object)
Dat.
grafh<n a writing
grafa<j writings
Acc.
(direct object)
grafh< O writing
grafai< O writings (direct address)
Voc.
Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in a)
w!ra = hour
Singular
Plural
w$rai
Nom./Voc. w!ra
hour
hours
(subject of sentence)
w!raj
Gen.
of an hour w[rw?n of hours
(possessive)
w!r%
Dat.
for an hour w!raij for hours (indirect object)
w!
r
an
w!raj
Acc.
hour
hours
(direct object)

191

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Masculine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in h)


profh<thj = prophet
Singular
Plural
profh<
t
hj
profh?
tai prophets
Nom.
prophet
(subject)
profh<tou of a prophet profhtw?n of prophets (possessive)
Gen.
profh<t^
Dat.
to a prophet profh<taij to prophets (indirect object)
profh<thn prophet
profh<taj prophets
Acc.
(direct object)
profh?ta
profh?tai O prophets (direct address)
Voc.
O prophet

Third Declension Nouns


Kappa Final Stems
sa<rc, sarko<j (flesh)
Singular
Nom./Voc. sa<rc
sarko<j
Gen.
sarki<
Dat.
sa<rka
Acc.

Plural
sa<rkej
sarkw?n
sarci<(n)
sa<rkaj

Tau/Delta Final Stems


xa<rij, xa<ritoj, h[ (grace)
Singular
Plural
xa<ritej
Nom./Voc. xa<rij
xa<ritoj
xari<twn
Gen.
xa<riti
xa<risi(n)
Dat.
xa<rita
xa<ritaj
Acc.
Iota Final Stems
pi<stij, pi<stewj, h[ (faith)
Singular
Plural
pi<steij
Nom./Voc. pi<stij
pi<stewj
pi<stewn
Gen.
pi<stei
pi<stesi(n)
Dat.
pi<stin
pi<steij
Acc.
-mat Final Stems
o@noma, o]no<matoj, to< (name)
Singular
Plural
o]no<mata
Nom./Voc. o@noma
o]no<matoj
o]noma<twn
Gen.
o]no<mati
o]no<masi(n)
Dat.
o@noma
o]no<mata
Acc.

192

Appendix 2: Paradigms

pa?j (all)
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

Masc.
pa?j
panto<j
panti<
pa<nta

Singular
Fem.
pa?sa
pa<shj
pa<s^
pa?san

Neut.
pa?n
panto<j
panti<
pa?n

Masc.
pa<ntej
pa<ntwn
pa?si(n)
pa<ntaj

Definite Article (the) Forms


Singular
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
Masc.
h[
to<
oi[
Nom. o[
tou?
th?
j
tou?
tw?
n
Gen.
t&?
t^?
t&?
toi?j
Dat.
to<n
th<n
to<
tou<j
Acc.

Plural
Fem.
pa?sai
pasw?n
pa<saij
pa<saj

Neut.
pa<nta
pa<ntwn
pa?si(n)
pa<nta

Plural
Fem.
ai[
tw?n
tai?j
ta<j

Neut.
ta<
tw?n
toi?j
ta<

193

Appendix 2: Paradigms

194

Chart of Prepositions
meta<, with
su<n, with

a]po<, from
e]pi<, on, upon

dia<, through
ei]j, into

e]n, in

peri<,
around,
about
pro<j, to
kata<, down

Adjectives

Paradigm of a]]gaqo<j (good)


2
1
Singular
Masc.
Fem.
a]gaqo<j
a]gaqh<
Nom.
a]gaqou?
a]gaqh?j
Gen.
a]gaq&?
a]gaq^?
Dat.
a]gaqo<n
a]gaqh<n
Acc.
Plural
a]gaqoi<
a]gaqai<
Nom.
a]gaqw?n
a]gaqw?n
Gen.
a]gaqoi?j
a]gaqai?j
Dat.
a]gaqou<j
a]gaqa<j
Acc.

2
Neut.
a]gaqo<n
a]gaqou?
a]gaq&?
a]gaqo<n
a]gaqa<
a]gaqw?n
a]gaqoi?j
a]gaqa<

e]k, out of

kata<, against

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Paradigm for adjectives ending in e, i, or r


di<kaioj (righteous)
2
1
2
Singular
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
di<kaioj
dikai<a
di<kaion
Nom.
dikai<ou
dikai<aj
dikai<ou
Gen.
dikai<&
dikai<%
dikai<&
Dat.
di<kaion
dikai<an
di<kaion
Acc.
di<kaie
dikai<a
di<kaion
Voc.
Plural
di<kaiai
di<kaia
Nom./Voc. di<kaioi
dikai<wn
dikai<wn
dikai<wn
Gen.
dikai<
o
ij
dikai<
a
ij
dikai<
oij
Dat.
dikai<ouj
dikai<aj
di<kaia
Acc.

Pronouns
Personal Pronouns
First Person Paradigm
Singular
Nom. e]gw<
I
mou
Gen.
of me/my
moi
Dat.
to me/for me
me
Acc.
me

h[mei?j
h[mw?n
h[mi?n
h[ma?j

Second Person Paradigm


Singular
u[mei?j
Nom. su<
you
sou
u[mw?n
Gen.
of you/your
soi
u[mi?n
Dat.
to/for you
se
u[ma?j
Acc.
you

Plural
we
of us/our
to us/for us
us
Plural
you (you-all)
your
to/for you
you

Third Person Paradigm: Three Genders


Masculine
Singular
Plural
au]toi<
Nom. au]to<j
he
they
au]tou?
au]tw?n
Gen.
his
their
au]t&?
au]toi?j
Dat.
to/for him
to/for them
au]to<n
au]tou<j
Acc.
him
them

195

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Feminine
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

au]th<
au]th?j
au]t^?
au]th<n

Singular
she
hers
to/for her
her

au]tai<
au]tw?n
au]tai?j
au]ta<j

Plural
they
their
to/for them
them

Singular
it
its
to/for it
it

au]ta<
au]tw?n
au]toi?j
au]ta<

Plural
they
their
to/for them
them

Neuter
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

au]to<
au]tou?
au]t&?
au]to<

Demonstrative Pronouns
e]kei?noj (that/those)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
Nom. e]kei?noj e]kei<nh
e]kei<nou e]kei<nhj
Gen.
e]kei<n&
e]kei<n^
Dat.
e]
k
ei?
n
on
e]
kei<nhn
Acc.

2
Neut.
e]kei?no
e]kei<nou
e]kei<n&
e]kei?no

ou$toj (this/these)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
au!th
Nom. ou$toj
tou<tou tau<thj
Gen.
tou<t&
tau<t^
Dat.
tou?ton tau<thn
Acc.

2
Masc.
e]kei?noi
e]kei<nwn
e]kei<noij
e]kei<nouj

Plural
1
Fem.
e]kei?nai
e]kei<nwn
e]kei<naij
e]kei<naj

2
Neut.
e]kei?na
e]kei<nwn
e]kei<noij
e]kei?na

2
Neut.
tou?to
tou<tou
tou<t&
tou?to

2
Masc.
ou$toi
tou<twn
tou<toij
tou<touj

Plural
1
Fem.
au$tai
tou<twn
tau<taij
tau<taj

2
Neut.
tau?ta
tou<twn
tou<toij
tau?ta

2
Neut.
o!
ou$
&$
o!

2
Masc.
oi!
w$n
oi$j
ou!j

Plural
1
Fem.
ai!
w$n
ai$j
a!j

2
Neut.
a!
w$n
oi$j
a!

Relative Pronouns
o!j (who/which)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
h!
Nom. o!j
ou$
h$j
Gen.
&$
^$
Dat.
o!n
h!n
Acc.

196

Appendix 2: Paradigms

Reflexive Pronouns
First Person (myself)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
e]mautou?
e]mauth?j
Gen.
e]
m
aut&?
e]maut^?
Dat.
e]mauto<n
e]mauth<n
Acc.

Plural
2
Masc.
e[autw?n
e[autoi?j
e[autou<j

1
Fem.
e[autw?n
e[autai?j
e[auta<j

Second Person (yourself)


Singular
Masc.
Fem.
seautou?
seauth?j
Gen.
seaut&?
seaut^?
Dat.
seauto<n
seauth<n
Acc.

Masc.
e[autw?n
e[autoi?j
e[autou<j

Plural
Fem.
e[autw?n
e[autai?j
e[auta<j

Third Person (himself/herself/itself)


Singular
2
1
2
2
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
Masc.
e[autou? e[auth?j e[autou? e[autw?n
Gen.
e[aut&?
e[aut^?
e[aut&?
e[autoi?j
Dat.
e[auto<n e[auth<n e[auto<
e[autou<j
Acc.

Plural
1
Fem.
e[autw?n
e[autai?j
e[auta<j

2
Neut.
e[autw?n
e[autoi?j
e[auta<

197

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Appendix 3
Chapter Summaries
Chapter 1 Summary: The Alphabet
a/A
b/B
g/G
d/D
e/E
z/Z
h/H
q/Q
i/I
k/K
l/L
m/M
n/N
c/C
o/O
p/P
r/R
s/S

t/T
u/U
f/F
x/X
y/Y
w/W

Alpha sounds like a in father.


Beta sounds like b in Bible.
Gamma sounds like g in gone.
Delta sounds like d in dog.
Epsilon sounds like e in met.
Zeta sounds like z in daze when it begins a word, dz when its
in the middle of a word.
Eta sounds like e in obey.
Theta sounds like th in think.
Iota short sounds like the i in sit.
Iota long sounds like the i in machine.
In initial position on Hebrew name, it sounds like a y.
Kappa sounds like k in kitchen.
Lambda sounds like l in law.
Mu sounds like m in mother.
Nu sounds like n in new.
Xsi sounds like x in axe.
Omicron sounds like o in not.
Some pronounce it like modern Greek long o as in obey.
Pi sounds like p in peach.
Rho sounds like r in rod.
Sigma sounds like s in set.
Sigma looks like j when it comes at the end of a word (final
sigma)sofo<j (wise).
Tau sounds like t in talk.
Upsilon sounds like u in universe.
Phi sounds like ph in phone.
Chi sounds like ch in chemical.
Psi sounds like ps in lips.
Omega sounds like o in tone.

Vowels: Short: e, o; Long: h, w; Either: a, i, u

198

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

199

Eight diphthongs: aiai as in aisle, eiei as in eight, oioi as in oil, uiui as in


suite, auau as in sauerkaut, eu, hueu as in feud, ouou as in soup (two letters, one
sound)
Iota subscripts: %, ^, &
Nasal gamma: g sound changes to an n sound when put before: g, k, x, c. a]ggelo<j
pronounced: angelos. This is called a nasal gamma.

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

200

Chapter 2 Summary: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar


Four Syllable Rules
1. A consonant or pronounceable consonant cluster (i.e., any consonant combination
that can begin a Greek word) goes with the vowel that follows it.
2. Split two consonants if they are the same letter or if they create an
unpronounceable combination (i.e., any consonant combination that cannot begin
a Greek word).
3. Split two vowels (except for diphthongs), allowing only one vowel or diphthong
per syllable.
4. Split compound words into their original parts before applying the rules of
syllable division.
Syllable Names
Antepenult
pro
a]

Penult
ko<
fh<
del

Ultima
smoj
thj
fo<j

world
prophet
brother

Three Accents
1. Acute ( <) angles upward, originally indicating a rising pitch. le<gw
2. Grave ( >) angles downward, originally indicating a falling pitch. a]delfo>j
3. Circumflex ( ?) angles upward then downward, originally indicating a rising then
falling pitch. au]tou?

Potential Accent Placement


1 Acute may occur on any of the last three syllables.
2. Circumflex may occur only on the last two syllables (but only if the vowel is
long).
3. Grave may occur only on the last syllable.

Six Accent Rules


1. Nouns are retentive. They attempt to keep their accents on the syllable of the base
form.
2. Verbs are recessive. Their accent recedes toward the first syllable as far as
possible.
3. If the ultima is long, then the antepenult cannot be accented.
4. If the ultima is long and the penult is accented, then that accent must be an acute.
5. If the ultima is short and the penult is both long and accented, that accent must be
a circumflex.
6. If an acute is on the ultima, it becomes a grave when followed by another word.

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

201

Words with No Accents


1. Proclitic comes before the word that carries the accent. o[ lo<goj
2. Enclitic comes after the word that carries the accent. prw?to<j mou

Breathing Marks
1. Smooth breathing ( ]) does not affect pronunciation: a]delfo<j
2. Rough breathing ( [) adds an h sound before the sound of the initial vowel: ui[o<j

Punctuation Marks
1. Period ( . )
2. Comma ( , )
3. Colon ( : )
4. Question Mark ( ; )

lo<goj.
lo<goj,
lo<goj:
lo<goj;

Apostrophe
Vowels that drop out are marked with an apostrophe (e.g., its).
dia< + au]tou? becomes di ] au]tou?

Coronis
kai< + e]gw< becomes ka]gw< (Jn. 1:31, 33) (internal breathing mark)

Diaeresis ( * )
]H sa i~ aj Isaiah (Jn. 1:23) (shows a vowel is pronounced separately)

Quick Review of English Grammar


Parts of Speech
1. Noun names a person, place, thing or idea (e.g., book).
2. Adjective is a word used to qualify the meaning of the noun (e.g., good book).
3. Definite Article is a word that specifies a particular noun (e.g., the book). The
indefinite article is a.
4. Pronoun is a word used instead of a noun (e.g., the book, it).
5. Preposition is a relational word that connects an object (often a noun) to its
antecedent (e.g., in the book).
6. Verb is often an action or state-of-being word that makes a statement, asks a
question, or gives a command (e.g., read).
7. Adverb qualifies the meaning of the verb (e.g., read quickly).
8. Particle is indeclinable and assists in expressing the meaning of the sentence.

Sentence Parts (Syntax)


The sentence is divided into two parts:
1. Subject, about which something is said. Terry went to the store.
2. Predicate, what is said about the subject. Joy walked home. Predicate Nominative:
It is I.

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

202

Phrase
A phrase is a group of words used as a single part of speech (e.g., Read in the
morning).

Clause
A clause is a group of words that includes a subject and predicate. A clause has a verb;
a phrase does not (e.g., The person who owns the store).

Vanquishing Verbs
Tense generally describes the time of action (present, future, past). However, Greek
tenses are used to denote aspect, or type, of action, rather than time. Joy walks everyday
(present tense).
Aspect denotes the type of action:
In progress, immediacy, foregrounded (the event as a process): I was studying.
Complete whole (the event simply happened): I studied.
Perfect (the event happened, with effects continuing into the present): I have
studied.
Voice shows who does or receives the action of the verb.
Active: Subject does the action: Zachary shot the ball.
Middle: Subject does action on or for itself: Zachary was hit.
Passive: Subject is acted upon: Zachary hit himself.
Mood shows how something is said
Indicative: Statement of fact: He learned Greek well.
Subjunctive: Desire, prossible: He may learn Greek well.
Imperative: Command: Learn Greek!
Optative: Wish, remote possibility: Oh that you might learn Greek

Nouns
Nouns in Greek have gender, number and case.
Gender: The Greek has masculine, feminine, and neuter genders.
Number: As an s often marks an English word as being plural, Greek has, likewise,
endings that mark whether a noun is singular or plural (e.g., book, books).
Case: In English we have three cases that are seen in how we use our pronouns.
1. Subjective or Nominative Case:
She = subject (She did it.)
2. Objective or Accusative Case:
Her = object (The car hit her.)
3. Possessive or Genitive Case:
Hers = possessive (The car was hers.)
Greek adds two more cases:
4. Dative case: The case marking the indirect object.
(I told the story to the apostles.)
5. Vocative case: The case of direct address.
(O Lord, save me.)

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

203

Chapter 3 Summary: Present Active Verbs


Verbs are words of action or state of being.
Tense: Present, past, future. (I swim, I swam, I will swim). In Greek, tense forms are
used not so much to refer to time (when the event happened), but to aktionsart (how the
action takes place [punctiliar, durative, iterative, inceptive, gnomic/omnitemporal,
timeless) but most of all to aspect (how the writer portrays the action of the verb):
Present/imperfect: progress, immediacy, description, foregrounding; aorist:
whole/complete background; and perfect/pluperfect: state of affairs, frontgrounding
dwelt upon action.

Voice
1. Active voice: The subject does the action of the verb. (He hit the ball.)
2. Passive voice: The subject receives the action of the verb. (He was hit by the
ball.)
3. Middle voice: Emphasizes the subjects particpation in the action of the verb
(most frequently translated active), for the interest or benefit of the subject (loose
[for herself]; more rarely the subject acts on him/herself (reflexive), or members
of a group interact among themselves (reciprocal). Middles will usually be
translated active. Some consider many of the middles as deponent (missing the
active form) hence they are translated as active as well.

Mood
Mood refers to the kind of reality of the action, or how the action of the verb is
regarded.
1. Indicative mood: The verb portrays reality or indicates that something simply
happened.
2. Imperative mood: The verb gives a command, entreaty or exhortation.
3. Subjunctive mood: The verb expresses a wish, possibility, or potentiality.

Person
1. First person indicates the person(s) speaking (I studied Greek.)
2. Second person indicates the person(s) spoken to (you [singular or plural]). (You
studied Greek.)
3. Third person indicates the person(s) or thing(s) spoken about (he, she, they, it).
(She studied Greek.)

Number and Agreement


Verbs must agree with their subjects in both person and number.
He rides the wave. They ride the wave.

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

204

Translation
We will translate the Present tense either undefined (event simply happens) or
continuous aspect (event was a process). The present tense form however can refer
to events past, present, future, omnitemporal or timeless. It is important to realize that
aspect seems to be more the function of the present tense form (progress, immediacy,
description, foregrounding material). The time will be more a function of the adverbial,
prepositional or conjunctions of the context than of the strict tense form.
1. Undefined action:
2. Continuous action:

I loose, I run
I am loosing, I am running

Historical Present
Greek will often use the present tense to reference an event that actually happened in
the past.
Present Active Indicative (PAI) Paradigm
Singular
Plural
luo<men
I loose/am loosing
We loose/ are loosing
1. lu<w
lu<ete
You loose/are loosing
You loose/are loosing
2. lu<eij
He/she/it looses/is loosing lu<ousi(n) They loose/are loosing
3. lu<ei
-w
-eij
-ei

Pronominal Suffixes
-omen
I
-ete
you
-ousi(n)
he/she/it

we
you (you-all)
they

Movable Nu (n )
Sometimes a nu ( n ) is added to the end of words ending in si or e, especially when it
is followed by a word that begins with a vowel.

Parsing Format
Tense, voice, mood, person, number, lexical from, English meaning.
lu<w PAI, 1 sg. from lu<w I loose, destroy

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

205

Chapter 4 Summary: Second Declension Nouns


A noun is commonly defined as a word that stands for a person, place or thing.
Natanya = person; store = place; book = thing.

Declensions: First, Second, Third


A declension is a grouping of nouns that are inflected with a shared set of endings.
1. First declension nouns are characterized by an h or a and are mostly feminine.
2. The second declension nouns are characterized by an o as the final letter of the
stem. They are largely masculine or neuter.
3. Third declension nouns have stems that end in a consonant.

Article the
Greek nouns are assumed to be indefinite unless marked by the definite article (the).
o[ = masculine (the); h[ = feminine (the); to< = neuter (the). The article can also, at
points, be translated as a personal pronoun (I, you, he/she/it, they), a demonstrative
pronoun (this/that//these/those) or a relative pronoun (who/which). Sometimes with
names and abstracts it is best left untranslated.

Gender
Greek nouns are masculine, feminine, or neuter in gender. Often this gender is more a
syntactic feature than a metaphysical statement as many inanimate objects are given
grammatical gender. Gender is indicated by the definite article.

Number and Agreement


As in English, Greek has both singular and plural nouns. The verb must match the
number of the subject noun the same way as in English: Students love Greek. The student
loves Greek.

Case Inflectional Forms


There are five inflectional forms that mark the various cases or roles that nouns play in
sentences.
Nominative form marks the subject of the sentence.
Music calms the heart.
Genitive form expresses a description or possession.
The Pharisee went to the house of God.
Dative form marks the indirect object, agency, location etc. (to, by, for, at, with):
He spoke a word to the apostle.
Accusative form indicates the object of the sentence.
Joy saw the ball.
Vocative form is used for direct address.
O Lord, how majestic is your name.

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Masculine Second Declension Forms


lo<goj = word
Singular
Plural
lo<goi
Nom. lo<goj a word
words
lo<gou of a word
lo<gwn
Gen.
of words
lo<g&
lo<goij to words
Dat.
to a word
lo<gon a word
lo<gouj words
Acc.
lo<ge
lo<goi
Voc.
O word
O words

(subject of sentence)
(possessive)
(indirect object)
(direct object)
(direct address)

Neuter Second Declension Forms


i[ero<n = temple
Singular
Plural
i[era<
Nom. i[ero<n
a temple
temples
i[erou?
Gen.
of a temple i[erw?n of temples
i[er&?
Dat.
to a temple i[eroi?j to temples
i[
e
ro<
n
i[era<
Acc.
a temple
temples
i[ero<n
i[era<
Voc.
O temple
O temples

(subject of sentence)
(possessive)
(indirect object)
(direct object)
(direct address)

206

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Chapter 5 Summary: First Declension Nouns


Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in h)
Singular
Plural
grafai< writings
Nom. grafh<
a writing
(subject of sentence)
grafh?j of a writing grafw?n of writings (possessive)
Gen.
graf^?
Dat.
to a writing grafai?j to writings (indirect object)
grafh<n a writing
grafa<j writings
Acc.
(direct object)
grafh<
grafai<
Voc.
O writing
O writings (direct address)
Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in a)
w!ra = hour
Singular
Plural
w$rai
Nom./Voc. w!ra
hour
hours
(subject of sentence)
w!
r
aj
w[
r
w?
n
Gen.
of an hour
of hours
(possessive)
w!r%
Dat.
for an hour w!raij for hours (indirect object)
w!ran hour
w!raj
Acc.
hours
(direct object)
Masculine First Declension Forms
profh<thj = prophet
Singular
Plural
profh?tai
Nom. profh<thj prophet
profh<tou of a prophet profhtw?n
Gen.
profh<t^ to a prophet profh<taij
Dat.
profh<thn prophet
profh<taj
Acc.
profh?ta O prophet
profh?tai
Voc.

prophets
of prophets
to prophets
prophets
O prophets

(subject)
(possessive)
(indirect object)
(direct object)
(direct address)

The Article
lo<goj
o[ lo<goj

word or a word
the word

Article Forms
Singular
Masc.
Fem.
h[
Nom. o[
tou?
th?j
Gen.
t&?
t^?
Dat.
to<
n
th<n
Acc.

Neut.
to<
tou?
t&?
to<

Nom. sg. masc. (Acts 13:15)


Nom. sg. masc. (Jn. 1:1)

Masc.
oi[
tw?n
toi?j
tou<j

Plural
Fem.
ai[
tw?n
tai?j
ta<j

Neut.
ta<
tw?n
toi?j
ta<

207

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

208

Chapter 6 Summary: Prepositions


Definition of Preposition
Prepositions are usually small function words that link or relate two words together.
Often they tell position in space or time: Put the book on the table.

Prepositional Phrase
A phrase is a string of closely connected words.
A prepositional phrase is usually composed of a preposition followed by a noun which
is called the object of the preposition.
Prep. + noun = in + the car (the car is the object of the preposition in)

Chart of Prepositions
meta<, with
su<n, with

a]po<, from
e]pi<, on, upon

dia<, through
ei]j, into

e]n, in

e]k, out of

kata<, against

pro<j, to

peri<,
around,
about
kata<, down

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Memory Verse: John 1:1


]En
in

a]rx^
beginning

kai>
and

o[
the

lo<goj
Word

h#n
was

o[
the
h#n
was

lo<goj,
Word,
pro>j
with

to>n qeo<n.
God.

209

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

210

Chapter 7 Summary: Adjectives


Definition
An adjective is a word used to modify a noun or pronoun. The soft snow.

Three Uses of Adjectives


1. An attributive adjective attributes a characteristic to the noun it modifies. The
good book
2. A predicate adjective assigns a characteristic to the subject of the sentence. The
book is good.
3. As a substantive, an adjective acts independently, as a noun itself. The good die
young.
Adjective Paradigm
a]]gaqo<j (good)
Declension 2
1
Singular
Masc.
Fem.
a]gaqo<j
a]gaqh<
Nom.
a]gaqou?
a]gaqh?j
Gen.
a]gaq&?
a]gaq^?
Dat.
a]gaqo<n
a]gaqh<n
Acc.
Plural
a]gaqoi<
a]gaqai<
Nom.
a]gaqw?n
a]gaqw?n
Gen.
a]gaqoi?j
a]gaqai?j
Dat.
a]gaqou<j
a]gaqa<j
Acc.

2
Neut.
a]gaqo<n
a]gaqou?
a]gaq&?
a]gaqo<n
a]gaqa<
a]gaqw?n
a]gaqoi?j
a]gaqa<

Attributive position = Adjective has article


o[ a]gaqo>j lo<goj
the good word
o[ lo<goj o[ a]gaqo<j
the good word
Predicate position = Adjective has no article
a]gaqo>j o[ lo<goj
the word is good
o[ lo<goj a]gaqo>j
the word is good
Substantive use: Adjective used as a noun
The substantive use often has the article.
oi[ de> di<kaioi ei]j zwh>n ai]w<nion
and the righteous unto eternal life (Mat. 25:46)

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Present Indicative of e]imi<


Singular
Plural
ei]mi<
e]sme<n
I am
ei#
e]ste<
You are
e]sti<(n)
ei]si<(n)
He/she/it is

We are
You are
They are

ou], ou]k, and ou]x


1. ou] before a consonant;
2. ou]k before a vowel with a smooth breathing mark; and
3. ou]x before a vowel with a rough breathing mark.

Memory Verse: John 1:1


]En
In

a]rx^?
beginning

kai>
and

o[
the

kai>
and

qeo>j
God

h#n
was

lo<goj
Word
h#n
was

o[
the

h#n
was
o[
the

pro>j
with

lo<goj,
Word,
to>n
the

lo<goj.
word.

Note: o[ lo<goj is the subject of the last clause.

qeo<n,
God,

211

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

212

Chapter 8 Summary: Personal Pronouns


Definition: A pronoun is a word that stands in place of a noun usually for brevity or to
avoid repetition. The person or object to which the pronoun refers is called its
antecedent. It (the ball) hit him (Elliott) in the head.

Types of Pronouns
1. Personal pronouns stand in for a person: Bill did it. He was there.
2. Demonstrative pronouns point to a person or object that is near (this/these) or far
(that/those): This book belongs to that student.
3. Relative pronouns relate a subordinate clause to a noun: It is a great person who
attempts to master Greek.
4. Reciprocal pronouns state an interchange between two things/persons: They loved
one another.
5. Reflexive pronouns direct the action of the verb back to the subject: She hid
herself behind the door.
6. Interrogative pronouns ask a question: Who broke the chair?
First Person Pronoun Paradigm
Singular
Plural
h[mei?j
Nom. e]gw<
I
we
mou
h[mw?n
Gen.
of me/my
of us/our
moi
Dat.
to me/for me h[mi?n
to us/for us
me
h[ma?j
Acc.
me
us
Second Person Pronoun Paradigm
Singular
Plural
u[mei?j
Nom. su<
you
you
sou
u[mw?n
Gen.
of you/your
your
soi
u[mi?n
Dat.
to/for you
to/for you
se
u[ma?j
Acc.
you
you
Pronoun Enclitics: Many personal pronouns are enclitics
(e.g., mou, moi, me, sou, soi, se).
Declension Format:
e]gw<
soi<

Person +
First
Second

Case +
nominative
dative

Number
singular (I)
singular (to you)

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Third Person Pronoun Paradigm: 3 Genders


Masculine
Singular
Plural
au]toi<
Nom. au]to<j
he
they
au]tou?
au]tw?n
Gen.
his
their
au]t&?
au]toi?j
Dat.
to/for him
to/for them
au]to<n
au]tou<j
Acc.
him
them

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

Feminine
Singular
au]th<
she
au]th?j
hers
au]t^?
to/for her
au]th<n
her

au]tai<
au]tw?n
au]tai?j
au]ta<j

Plural
they
their
to/for them
them

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

Neuter
Singular
au]to<
it
au]tou?
its
au]t&?
to/for it
au]to<
it

au]ta<
au]tw?n
au]toi?j
au]ta<

Plural
they
their
to/for them
them

Three Uses
au]to<j can be used in three ways:
1. As a pronoun, matching its antecedent in number and gender and translated as
he, she, it, or they.
2. As a reflexive intensifier, when au]to<j is used as an adjective in the predicate
position (usually in the nominative case) it is translated reflexively (e.g. he
himself will get the car).
3. Adjective meaning same, when au]to<j is used in the attributive position.

213

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

214

Chapter 9 Summary: Present Middle/Passive Verbs


Definitions: There are two voices in English.
In the active voice, the subject of the sentence does the action: Zach hits the ball.
In the passive voice, the subject is acted on by the verb: Zach was hit by the ball.
Aktionsart:

Punctiliar (single point in time): Zach is hit by the ball.


Continuous: Zach is being hit by the ball.

The middle has two functions:


1. As a true middle it is translated as active emphasizing the subjects participation
in the action of the verb. Some see most middles (75 percent) are deponent and
should be translated as active (Mounce): Tanya splashed Rebekah.
2. As expressing self-interest (you loose [for yourself]), or rarely reflexive sense (he
loosed himself).
Present Middle Indicative Paradigm
Singular
Plural
luo<
meqa
1. lu<omai I am loosing
(for myself)
lu<esqe
You are loosing
2. lu<^
(for yourself)
lu<ontai
3. lu<etai He/she/it is loosing
(for himself/herself/itself)
Present Passive Indicative Paradigm
Singular
Plural
luo<meqa
1. lu<omai I am being loosed
lu<esqe
You
are
being
loosed
2. lu<^
3. lu<etai He/she/it is being loosed lu<ontai

We are loosing
(for ourselves)
You are loosing
(for yourselves)
They are loosing
(for themselves)

We are being loosed


You are being loosed
They are being loosed

Present Middle/Passive Indicative Primary Endings


Singular
Plural
1. -omai
-omeqa
2. -^ (-sai)
-esqe
3. -etai
-ontai

Deponent Verbs
Deponent verbs are middle in form but translated as actives. This is a debated topic in
Greek. Others, including this writer, will simply take most of these forms as true middles
(emphasizing the subjects participation in the aciton of the verb and translating them
active). They have no active form and are easy to tell in vocabulary lists because they
have the middle ending -omai.

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

215

Frequently Used Deponent Verbs


a]pokri<nomai
I answer (231)
ei]se<rxomai
I come in (194)
e@rxomai
I come, go (634)
e]ce<rxomai
I go out (218)
gi<nomai
I become (669)
poreu<omai
I go (132)

Accompanying Cases
Often with passives there is a need to express the agent, instrument, or means by which
the subject is acted on, by
1. using u[po< or dia< with the genitive to expresses agency (e.g., Elliott was hit by
Zach.), or
2. using the dative case to indicate means or instrument. The translation will use
with or by (e.g., Elliott was hit by the ball).
Compound Verbs
e@rxomai
I go in, enter
ei]se<rxomai
I go in, enter (ei]j prefix).
e]ce<rxomai
I go out, leave e]k prefix).
die<rxomai
I go through (dia< prefix).

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

216

Chapter 10 Summary: Future Verbs


Introduction
In the present tense we say, We go to college.
In the past we say, We went to college.
In the future we say, We will go to college.
Future Active Indicative Paradigm
Singular
Plural
lu<somen
I will loose
1. lu<sw
lu<sete
You will loose
2. lu<seij
lu<sousi(n)
He/she/it will loose
3. lu<sei

We will loose
You will loose
They will loose

Future Middle Indicative Paradigm


Singular
Plural
luso<meqa
I will loose
1. lu<somai
(for myself)
lu<sesqe
You will loose
2. lu<s^
(for yourself)
lu<sontai
He/she/ it will loose
3. lu<setai
(for himself/herself/itself)

We will loose
(for ourselves)
You will loose
(for yourselves)
They will loose
(for themselves)

Future Connective s Transformations


Velars
Dentals
k, g, or x + s = c
t, d, or q + s = s
Labials
Liquid (Lemoners)
p, b, or f + s = y
l, m, n, or r + s = w?
Sibilants
s or z + s = s
Future of the Verb of Being: ei]mi< (I am)
Singular
Plural
e]so<meqa
I will be
We will be
1. e@somai
e@sesqe
You will be
You will be
2. e@s^
He/she/it will be e@sontai
They will be
3. e@stai

Deponent (lacking an active form) Futures


Sometimes there are verbs that in the present tense are not deponent but in the future
they are:

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Present
a]kou<w
lamba<nw
ginw<skw

Future
a]kou<somai
lh<myomai
gnw<somai

Irregular Futures
Present
Future
e@rxomai
e]leu<somai
ginw<skw
gnw<somai
le<gw
e]rw?

I will hear
I will take, receive
I will know

I will come, go
I will know
I will say

217

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Chapter 11 Summary: Demonstrative, Relative, Reflexive, and


Reciprocal Pronouns
Demonstrative Pronouns
Demonstratives are pointers. They point to things near (this/these) or things far
(that/those). These and those are the plural forms.
e]kei?noj
ou$toj / au!th / tou?to

that (plural = those)


this (plural = these)

e]kei?noj (that/those)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
e]kei?noj e]kei<nh
Nom.
e]kei<nou e]kei<nhj
Gen.
e]kei<n&
e]kei<n^
Dat.
e]kei?non e]kei<nhn
Acc.

2
Neut.
e]kei?no
e]kei<nou
e]kei<n&
e]kei?no

2
Masc.
e]kei?noi
e]kei<nwn
e]kei<noij
e]kei<nouj

Plural
1
Fem.
e]kei?nai
e]kei<nwn
e]kei<naij
e]kei<naj

ou$toj (this/these)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
ou$toj
au!th
Nom.
tou<
t
ou
tau<
thj
Gen.
tou<t&
tau<t^
Dat.
tou?ton tau<thn
Acc.

2
Neut.
tou?to
tou<tou
tou<t&
tou?to

2
Masc.
ou$toi
tou<twn
tou<toij
tou<touj

Plural
1
Fem.
au$tai
tou<twn
tau<taij
tau<taj

2
Neut.
e]kei?na
e]kei<nwn
e]kei<noij
e]kei?na

2
Neut.
tau?ta
tou<twn
tou<toij
tau?ta

Relative Pronouns
Relative pronouns are words like who, whom, which, that, and whose.
o!j (who/which)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
o!j
h!
Nom.
ou$
h$j
Gen.
&$
^$
Dat.
o!n
h!n
Acc.

2
Neut.
o!
ou$
&$
o!

2
Masc.
oi!
w$n
oi$j
ou!j

Plural
1
Fem.
ai!
w$n
ai$j
a!j

2
Neut.
a!
w$n
oi$j
a!

Reflexive/Reciprocal Pronouns
Reflexive pronouns are used to indicate that the antecedent is acting on itself. This is
similar to one of the functions of the middle voice in Greek.

218

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

219

Terry threw himself into the water from the bridge.


Reciprocal pronouns are used to indicate that several subjects are acting on each other.
a]llh<lwn (one another) is the reciprocal pronoun.
Reflexive Pronouns
First Person (myself)
Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
e]mauth?j
Gen. e]mautou?
e]maut^?
Dat. e]maut&?
e]
m
auto<
n
e]
mauth<n
Acc.

2
Masc.
e[autw?n
e[autoi?j
e[autou<j

Second Person (yourself)


Singular
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
seauth?j
Gen. seautou?
seaut^?
Dat. seaut&?
seauth<n
Acc. seauto<n

Plural
2
1
Masc.
Fem.
e[autw?n
e[autw?n
e[autoi?j
e[autai?j
e[autou<j
e[auta<j

Plural
1
Fem.
e[autw?n
e[autai?j
e[auta<j

Third Person (himself/herself/itself)


Singular
2
1
2
2
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
Masc.
e[autou? e[autw?n
Gen. e[autou? e[auth?j
e[aut^?
e[aut&?
e[autoi?j
Dat. e[aut&?
e[auto<
e[autou<j
Acc. e[auto<n e[auth<n

Plural
1
Fem.
e[autw?n
e[autai?j
e[auta<j

2
Neut.
e[autw?n
e[autoi?j
e[auta<

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Chapter 12 Summary: Imperfect Verbs


Greek Imperfect
The Greek imperfect tense is used for unfolding action in progress or dwelled upon
action. In English, it will usually be translated with the helping verb was/were + the
participle form of the verb (e.g., was singing).
Augment +

Verb stem +

e+
Aug

lu +
Stem

Connecting
vowel +
o+
CV

Secondary
active endings
n=
Ending

e@luon

The connecting vowel: o before m and n and e elsewhere


Imperfect Active Indicative of lu<w
Singular
e]lu<omen
I was loosing
1. e@luon
e]lu<ete
You were loosing
2. e@luej
e@luon
He/she/it was
3. e@lue(n)
loosing

Plural
We were loosing
You were loosing
They were loosing

Secondary Active Endings


Singular
Plural
-men
1. -n
-te
2. -j
-n
3. -e
Learn: e@luon, j, e, men, te, n (n s e men t e n)
Imperfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w
Singular
Plural
e]luo<meqa
I was being loosed
We were being loosed
1. e]luo<mhn
e]lu<esqe
You were being
You were being
2. e]lu<ou
loosed
loosed
e]lu<onto
He/she/it was being
They were being
3. e]lu<eto
loosed
loosed

220

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

221

Secondary Middle/Passive Endings


Singular
Plural
-meqa
1. -mhn
-sqe
2. -ou
-nto
3. -to
Learn: e]luo<mhn, ou, to, meqa, esqe, onto

Augments
The augment (prefix) is added in four ways:
1. Before consonants it is e.
2. Before vowels the augment contracts with the vowel according to the following
rules:
Vowels
e+a=h
e+e=h
e+h=h
e + i=i
e+o=w
e+u=u

Diphthongs
e + ai = ^
e + ei = ^
e + oi = &
e + au = hu
e + eu = hu

Four patterns:
1. a and e lengthen to h
2. o lengthens to w
3. i ending a diphthong subscripts
4. u ending a diphthong stays strong
3. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a consonant: insert the augment
between the prepositional prefix and the verb stem. e]kba<llw becomes
e]ce<ballon.
4. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a vowel: the final vowel of the
preposition is dropped and the e augment inserted in its place. a]poktei<nw
becomes a]pe<kteinon.
Imperfect Indicative of ei]mi<
Singular
h#men
I was
1. h@mhn
h#te
You were
2. h#j
h#san
He/she/it was
3. h#n

Plural
We were
You were
They were

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:9, the Lords Prayer


Pa<ter
Father

h[mw?n
our,

a[giasqh<tw
hallowed be

o[
the one
to>
the

e]n
in

o@noma<
name

toi?j
the
sou:
your

ou]ranoi?j:
heavens;

222

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Chapter 13 Summary: Third Declension Nouns


Transformations
Labials: p, b, or f + s = y
Velars: k, g, or x + s = c
Dentals: t, d, or q + s = s
Nu drops out when followed by a sigma.
Tau/Delta Final Stems
xa<rij, xa<ritoj, h[ (grace)
Singular
Plural
xa<ritej
Nom./Voc. xa<rij
xa<ritoj
xari<twn
Gen.
xa<riti
xa<risi(n)
Dat.
xa<rita
xa<ritaj
Acc.
Iota Final Stems
pi<stij, pi<stewj, h[ (faith)
Singular
Plural
pi<steij
Nom./Voc. pi<stij
pi<stewj
pi<stewn
Gen.
pi<stei
pi<stesi(n)
Dat.
pi<stin
pi<steij
Acc.
-mat Final Stems
o@noma, o]no<matoj, to< (name)
Singular
Plural
o]no<mata
Nom./Voc. o@noma
o]no<matoj
o]noma<twn
Gen.
o]no<mati
o]no<masi(n)
Dat.
o@noma
o]no<mata
Acc.
pa?j (all)
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

Masc.
pa?j
panto<j
panti<
pa<nta

Singular
Fem.
pa?sa
pa<shj
pa<s^
pa?san

Neut.
pa?n
panto<j
panti<
pa?n

Masc.
pa<ntej
pa<ntwn
pa?si(n)
pa<ntaj

Plural
Fem.
pa?sai
pasw?n
pa<saij
pa<saj

Neut.
pa<nta
pa<ntwn
pa?si(n)
pa<nta

223

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Memory Verse: Mat 6:10a


e]lqe<tw
Let come
genhqh<tw
let happen

h[
the
to>
the

basilei<a
kingdom
qe<lhma<
will

sou:
your;
sou.
your.

224

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

225

Chapter 14 Summary: Second Aorist Verbs


Form: The second aorist is built from the second aorist verb stem. It is preceded by an
(e) augment and followed by secondary endings like the imperfect. The aorist is
understood as a backgrounding tense form portraying a complete or wholistic action. It is
the most frequently used tense form and the least semantically marked base for general
writing.
Augment + Verb stem +
e+
Aug

lab +
Stem

Connecting
vowel +
o+
CV

Secondary
endings
n=
Ending

e@labon

The connecting vowel is o before m and n and e elsewhere

1.
2.
3.

Second Aorist Active Indicative of lamba<nw


Singular
Plural
e@labon
e]la<bomen
I took
We took
e@labej
e]la<bete
You took
You took
e@labe(n)
e@labon
He/she/it took
They took
Note: The n, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as for the imperfects.

1.
2.
3.

Second Aorist Middle Indicative of gi<nomai


Singular
Plural
e]geno<mhn
e]geno<meqa
I became
We became
e]ge<nou
e]ge<nesqe
You became
You became
e]ge<neto
He/she/it became e]ge<nonto
They became
Note: The mhn, ou, to, meqa, esqe, onto endings are the same as for the imperfects.

Augments
Aorist augments = Imperfect augments

Aorist Stems of Verbs


Here is a list of second aorist forms of verbs already learned. Master these forms.
Present
a]pe<<rxomai
a]poqn^<skw
ba<llw
o[ra<w
gi<nomai
ginw<skw

Aorist
a]ph?lqon
a]pe<qanon
e@balon
ei#don
e]geno<mhn
e@gnwn

I departed
I died
I threw
I saw (cf. ble<pw, o@yomai)
I became
I knew

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

ei]se<rxomai
e]ce<rxomai
e@rxomai
eu[ri<skw
e@xw
lamba<nw
le<gw

ei]sh?lqon
e]ch?lqon
h#lqon
eu$ron
e@sxon
e@labon
ei#pon

I entered
I went out
I came, went
I found
I had
I took
I said

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:10c


w[j
as

e]n
in

ou]ran&?
heaven

kai>
so also

e]pi>
on

gh?j:
earth;

226

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

227

Chapter 15 Summary: First Aorist Verbs


Comparison with Greek
Like English with the past, Greek forms the aorist in two ways. The first aorist is
formed off the present stem, with an augment and a suffixed sa. The second aorist is
built from a different aorist stem, which adds endings identical to the imperfect. The
aorist is understood as a backgrounding tense form portraying a complete or wholistic
action. It is the most frequently used tense form and the least semantically marked base
for general writing.

First Aorist Form


Augment +

Verb stem +

Tense formative +

e+
Aug

lu +
Stem

sa +
Tense connective

1.
2.
3.

Secondary
endings
j=
Ending

Aorist Active Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
e@lusa
e]lu<samen
I loosed
e@lusaj
e]lu<sate
You loosed
e@luse(n)
e@lusan
He/she/it loosed

e@lusaj

We loosed
You loosed
They loosed

Note:The -, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as the imperfects except that in the
first person singular the n is dropped.

1.
2.
3.

Aorist Middle Indicative of lu<w


Singular
e]lusa<mhn I loosed
(for myself)
e]lu<sw
You loosed
(for yourself)
e]lu<sato
He/she/it loosed
(for himself/herself/itself)

Plural
e]lusa<meqa
e]lu<sasqe
e]lu<santo

We loosed
(for ourselves)
You loosed
(for yourselves)
They loosed
(for themselves)

Note: The mhn, w, to, meqa, sqe, nto endings are the same as the imperfects except
in the second person singular, where the ou shifts to w.

Ending Transformations
The sigma ending is added in basically the same way as the sigma was added for future
tense verbs (see chap. 10).
Velars (k, g, or x) + s becomes c
dida<skw + sa = e]di<daca

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

228

Labials (p, b, or f) + s becomes y


ble<pw + sa = e@bleya
Dentals (t, d, or q) + s drops the dental
pei<qw + sa = e@peisa
With liquids (l and r) and nasals (m and n), lemoners, often the sigma is dropped and
the preceding vowel in the stem is changed. me<nw + sa = e@meina

Aorist Stems of Verbs


Here is a list of first aorist active indicative forms of verbs already learned.
Present
a]kou<w
a]poste<llw
ble<pw
gra<fw
dida<skw
pisteu<w
qe<lw
me<nw
kri<nw
s&<zw

First Aorist
h@kousa
a]pe<steila
e#bleya
e@graya
e]di<daca
e]pi<steusa
h]qe<lhsa
e@meina
e@krina
e@swsa

I heard
I sent
I saw
I wrote
I taught
I believed
I wished
I remained
I judged
I saved

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:11


to>n
the
do>j
Give

a@rton
bread
h[mi?n
us

h[mw?n
our
sh<meron:
today;

to>n
the

e]piou<sion
daily portion

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

229

Chapter 16 Summary: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs


Introduction
Passive verbs go with subjects acted on by the action of the verbs. In English, we form
the past passive indicative by using a helping verb (e.g., I was struck by the foul ball).
Similarly, the future passive indicative is formed with the helping will be (e.g., I will
be flown to Indianapolis).
Form: The aorist passives are formed by adding qh before the ending:
e] +
Aug.

lu +
Stem

qh +
Passive connective

n=
Ending

e]lu<qhn
I was loosed

The future passives add qhs before the ending and drop the augment.
lu +
Stem

qhs +
Passive connective

omai =
Ending

luqh<somai
I will be loosed

Passive Connective Transformations


Consonant Shifts
k, g
+q
Velars:
=x
p, b
+q
Labials:
=f
t, d, q
+q
Dentals:
=s
z, c, y
+q
Sibilants:
=s
First Aorist Passive Indicative of lu<w
Singular
e]lu<qhmen
I was loosed
1. e]lu<qhn
e]lu<qhte
You were loosed
2. e]lu<qhj
e]lu<qhsan
He/she/it was loosed
3. e]lu<qh
Future Passive Indicative of lu<w
Singular
luqhso<meqa
1. luqh<somai I will be loosed
You will be loosed luqh<sesqe
2. luqh<s^
luqh<sontai
He/she/it will be
3. luqh<setai
loosed

Plural
We were loosed
You were loosed
They were loosed

Plural
We will be loosed
You will be loosed
They will be loosed

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Passive Stems
Present Active Aorist Passive
a]poste<llw
a]pesta<lhn
ba<llw
e]blh<qhn
gi<nomai
e]genh<qhn
ginw<skw
e]gnw<sqhn
dida<skw
e]dida<xqhn
du<namai
h]dunh<qhn
e]gei<rw
h]ge<rqhn
eu[ri<skw
eu[re<qhn
qe<lw
h]qelh<qhn
kri<nw
e]kri<qhn
lamba<nw
e]lh<mfqhn
le<gw
e]rre<qhn
pisteu<w
e]pisteu<qhn
poreu<omai
e]poreu<qhn
s&<zw
e]sw<qhn

Future Passive

blhqh<somai

gnwsqh<somai

e]gerqh<somai
eu[reqh<somai

e]kriqh<somai

swqh<somai

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:12a


kai>
and

a@fej
forgive

h[mi?n
for us

ta>
the

o]feilh<mata
debts

h[mw?n,
our

230

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

231

Chapter 17 Summary: Contract Verbs


Introduction
Verbs with stems ending in a, e, or o are known as contract verbs. For example, in the
verb a]gapa<w the stems ends with alpha. When pronominal endings are added to the
verb, the final vowel of the stem and the connecting vowel of the ending contract
according to five rules.
Contractions take place in the present and imperfect tenses.

Rules of Contraction
Rule 1: Likes go long. Two like vowels combine into their common long vowel.
a+a=a
e+h=h
o+w=w
Rule 2: O overcomes. An o or w will overcome an a, e, or h; becoming w.
o+a=w
e+w=w
Rule 3: First overcomes. When an a, e, or h come together, whichever comes first
becomes its own matching long vowel.
e+a=h
a + e or a+ h = long a
Rule 4: Same vowel, diphthong drops. A vowel similar to the first vowel of a
diphthong drops out.
o + ou = ou
e + ei = ei
Rule 5: Dissimilar diphthong contracts. A vowel dissimilar to the diphthong that
follows it will contract using the preceding rules
a. unless the third vowel is an upsilon, in which case the upsilon drops out.
b. unless the third vowel is an iota, in which case the iota becomes an iota
subscript.
Exceptions: o + ei = oi
e + oi = oi
o + ^ = oi

1.
2.
3.

Present Active Indicative of a]gapa<w


Singular
Plural
a]gapw? (aw)
a]gapw?men (aomen)
I love
a]gap%?j (aeij) You love
a]gapa?te (aete)
a]gap%? (aei)
He/she/it loves a]gapw?si(n) (aousi)

We love
You love
They love

1.
2.
3.

Present Active Indicative of poie<w


Singular
Plural
poiw? (ew)
poiou?men (eomen)
I do
poiei?j (eeij)
poiei?te (eete)
You do
poiei? (eei)
He/she/it does poiou?si(n) (eousi)

We do
You do
They do

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

1.
2.
3.

Present Active Indicative of plhro<w


Singular
Plural
plhrw? (ow)
plhrou?men (oomen)
I fill
plhroi?j (oeij)
plhrou?te (oete)
You fill
plhroi? (oei)
plhrou?si(n) (oousi)
He/she/it fills

We fill
You fill
They fill

Memory Verse: Review + Mat. 6: 12b


kai>
and
w[j
as

a@fej
forgive
kai>
also

h[mi?n
for us
h[mei?j
we

ta>
the
a]fh<kamen
we forgave

o]feilh<mata
debts
toi?j
the

h[mw?n,
our

o]feile<taij
debtors

h[mw?n:
our;

232

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

233

Chapter 18 Summary: Perfect Verbs


Introduction
The Greek perfect is used to indicate that an action states of being focusing on the
action by frontgrounding it. It is used when the action is to be dwelt upon (e.g., I have
prepared for the game).

Perfect Translation
While the perfect is generally translated into English using the helping verb have,
sometimes the meaning of the verb makes it clear that the action is completed and its
effects continue into the present
Redup.
le +

Stem
lu +

Perfect connective
ka +

Pronominal ending
te =

lelu<kate

Reduplication Patterns
Consonantal reduplication: When a verb begins with a consonant, the consonant is
doubled and attached to the front of a word with a connecting epsilon (le + luka).
Vocalic reduplication: When a verb begins with a vowel or diphthong, the vowel is
lengthened (e]lpi<zw becomes h@lpika and ai]te<w becomes ^@thka).
Doubled consonant or r: If a word begins with two consonants or a rho, an epsilon is
usually added instead of reduplication. (ginw<skw, stem gnw-, becomes e@gnwka).
Compound verbs: The reduplicated form comes between the verb and the initial
preposition: a]poste<llw becomes a]pe<stalka.

Adding Perfect Kappa


Contract verbs lengthen their final stem vowel preceding the perfect k ending:
a]gapa<w becomes h]ga<phka.
If a verb stem ends in t, d, or q, the consonant is dropped when the perfect k is added:
e]lpi<zw (stem e]lpid-) becomes h@lpika.

1.
2.
3.

Perfect Active Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
lelu<kamen
le<luka
I have loosed
lelu<kate
le<lukaj
You have loosed
le<luke(n) He/she/it has loosed lelu<kasi(n)

We have loosed
You have loosed
They have loosed

Note the active secondary endings are used: , j, e, men, te, n. The first singular drops
the n.

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

1.
2.
3.

234

Perfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w


Singular
Plural
le<lumai I have been loosed
lelu<meqa We have been loosed
le<lusai You have been loosed
le<lusqe You have been loosed
le<lutai He/she/it has been loosed le<luntai They have been loosed

Oi#da
oi#da is a perfect but translated as a present, with irregular forms:
1.
2.
3.

oi#da
oi#daj
oi#de(n)

I know
You know
He knows

oi@damen
oi@date
oi@dasi(n)

We know
You know
They know

Pluperfect Paradigm
Pluperfect tense is rare and expresses action completed in the past with a terminated
effect some time in the past.
1.
2.
3.

e]lelu<kein
e]lelu<keij
e]lelu<kei

I had loosed
You had loosed
He/she/it had
loosed

e]lelu<keimen
e]lelu<keite
e]lelu<keisan

We had loosed
You had loosed
They had loosed

Principal Parts
For Greek verbs there are six principal parts from which the paradigms are built. You
now know how all the parts function.
Present
a]gapa<w
Perfect Active
h]ga<phka

Future
a]gaph<sw

Aorist Active
h]ga<phsa

Perfect Mid/Pass
h]ga<phmai

Aorist Passive
h]gaph<qhn

Perfect Indicative Verb Stems


Present Active
Perfect Active
Perfect Mid/Pass
a]gapa<w
h]ga<phka
h]ga<phmai
a]kou<w
a]kh<koa

a]poste<llw
a]pe<stalka
a]pe<stalmai
ba<llw
be<blhka
be<blhmai
gi<nomai
ge<gona
gege<nhmai
ginw<skw
e@gnwka
e@gnwsmai
gra<fw
ge<grafa
ge<grammai
e@rxomai
e]lh<luqa

eu[ri<skw
eu!rhka

e@xw
e@sxhka

kale<w
ke<klhka
ke<klhmai

I love
I hear
I send
I throw
I become
I know
I write
I come
I find
I have
I call

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

kri<nw
lale<w
le<gw
me<nw
o[ra<w
pisteu<w
poie<w
poreu<omai
s&<zw

ke<krika
lela<lhka
ei@rhka
meme<nhka
e[w<raka
pepi<steuka
pepoi<hka

se<swka

ke<krimai
lela<lhmai
ei@rhmai

pepi<steumai
pepoi<hmai
pepo<reumai
se<s&smai

I judge
I speak
I say
I remain
I see
I believe
I do, make
I go
I save

Memory Verse: Mat. 6:13a


kai>
and

mh>
not

ei]sene<gk^j
(you) lead

h[ma?j
us

ei]j peirasmo<n,
into temptation,

235

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

236

Chapter 19 Summary: Present Participles


Introduction
In Greek, participles are used in much the same way as they are in English. Present
participles are formed in English by adding -ing to the verbal form (e.g., walking). A
participle is a verbal (with present, aorist, active/passive tenses) adjective (with gender,
number, case).

Participle as Adjective
You can tell when a participle is being used adjectivally because, as an attributive
adjective, it will modify a noun or pronoun (e.g., the running car). It will usually come
with a definite article. When translating a Greek present participle, we may use a simple
English participle, which is usually a word ending in ing. A participle, like other
adjectives, may be used as a substantive when it has the article and no modified noun or
pronoun (e.g., running is fun).

Participle as Adverb
A participle may be used as an adverb modifying the verb in some way. It usually does
not take a definite article (i.e., it is anarthrous). Often the adverbial participles will be
translated as a temporal clause. If the present tense is used, it will refer to something that
happens at the same time as the main verb (e.g. while walking). If an aorist tense
participle is used, the action of the participle was before the action of the main verb (e.g.,
after walking). If a perfect tense participle is used, its action was completed, with
continuing results (e.g., after having walked) or state of affairs.

Translating Participles
The adjectival participle will often be translated by using the English participle (ing) with some connecting words such as who, which, or the one who (e.g., The
one speaking to me wrote the book).

Present Participle Forms


In the masculine and neuter the sign of the participle (ont) is added, followed by the
third declension noun endings:
lu + ont + oj = lu<ontoj
The present active feminine participle is formed by using ouj as the sign of the
participle, to which the first declension endings are suffixed:
lu + ous + hj = luou<shj
Middle/passives participles are formed using the present verb stem adding -omen as a
middle/passive participle indicator and the second declension case endings for the
masculine and neuter:
lu + omen + oj = luo<menoj

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

The feminine uses first declension endings:


lu + omen + h = luome<nh
Present
Participle

Active
Middle
Passive

Adverbial participle Adjectival


has no Art..
attributive has
Art. before noun
it modifies.
while loosing
the loosing girl
while loosing
the girl loosing
himself
herself
while being loosed the girl being
loosed

Present Active Participles


3
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
lu<wn
lu<ousa
Nom.
lu<ontoj
luou<shj
Gen.
lu<onti
luou<s^
Dat.
lu<onta
lu<ousan
Acc.
Plural
lu<ontej
lu<ousai
Nom.
luo<ntwn
luousw?n
Gen.
lu<ousi(n)
luou<saij
Dat.
lu<ontaj
luou<saj
Acc.

Adjectival
substantive has Art.
but no noun/pronoun
to modify.
the one loosing
the ones loosing
themselves
the one being loosed

3
Neuter
lu?on
lu<ontoj
lu<onti
lu?on
lu<onta
luo<ntwn
lu<ousi(n)
lu<onta

Present Middle/Passive Participles (recognize these)


3
3
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
luo<
m
enoj
luome<
n
h
luo<
menon
Nom.
luome<nou
luome<nhj
luome<nou
Gen.
luome<n&
luome<n^
luome<n&
Dat.
luo<menon
luome<nhn
luo<menon
Acc.
Plural
luo<menoi
luo<menai
luo<mena
Nom.
luome<nwn
luome<nwn
luome<nwn
Gen.
luome<noij
luome<naij
luome<noij
Dat.
luome<nouj
luome<naj
luo<mena
Acc.

237

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Present Active Participle of ei]mi<


3
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
w@n
ou#sa
Nom.
o@ntoj
ou@shj
Gen.
o@nti
ou@s^
Dat.
o@nta
ou#san
Acc.
Plural
o@ntej
ou#sai
Nom.
o@
n
twn
ou]
sw?n
Gen.
ou#si(n)
ou@saij
Dat.
o@ntaj
ou@saj
Acc.

3
Neuter
o@n
o@ntoj
o@nti
o@n
o@nta
o@ntwn
ou#si(n)
o@nta

Present Active Participles (know these forms)


lu<wn
lu<ousa
lu?on
Nom.
lu<ontoj
luou<shj
lu<ontoj
Gen.
Present Middle/Passive Participles
luo<menoj
luome<nh
luo<menon
Nom.
luome<nou
luome<nhj
luome<nou
Gen.

Memory Verse: Review + Mat. 6:13b


kai>
and

mh>
not

ei]sene<gk^j
(you) lead

a]lla>
but

r[u?sai
(you) deliver

h[ma?j
us

h[ma?j
us
a]po>
from

ei]j peirasmo<n,
into temptation
tou?
the

ponhrou?.
evil (one).

238

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

239

Chapter 20 Summary: Aorist Participles


Translating Participles
The aorist adjectival participle will often be translated by using the English participle
(-ing or -ed) with some connecting word like who, which, or the one who
(e.g., The one who spoke to me wrote the book). Adverbial participles will often be
translated in a temporal clause by using while, after, or before (e.g., After laughing, the
boy left).

First Aorist Participle Forms


Stem
lu +

Aor.
sa +

Ptc. nt
nt +

Third Declension
oj =

Aorist Active Ptc.


lu<santoj

Stem
lu +

Aor.
sa +

Ptc. s
s+

First Declension
hj =

Aorist Active Ptc.


lusa<shj

Stem
lu +

Aor.
sa +

Mid. Ptc.
men +

Second Declension
oj =

Aorist Middle Ptc.


lusa<menoj

Stem
lu +

Aor. Pass. Ptc. nt


qe +
nt +

Third Declension
oj =

Aorist Passive Ptc.


luqe<ntoj

First Aorist Active Participles (recognize these forms)


3
1
3
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
lu<saj
lu<sasa
lu?san
Nom.
lu<santoj
lusa<shj
lu<santoj
Gen.
lu<santi
lusa<s^
lu<santi
Dat.
lu<santa
lu<sasan
lu?san
Acc.
Plural
lu<santej
lu<sasai
lu<santa
Nom.
lusa<ntwn
lusasw?n
lusa<ntwn
Gen.
lu<sasi(n)
lusa<saij
lu<sasi(n)
Dat.
lu<
s
antaj
lusa<
s
aj
lu<
santa
Acc.

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

First Aorist Middle Participles


2
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
lusa<menoj
lusame<nh
Nom.
lusame<nou
lusame<nhj
Gen.
lusame<n&
lusame<n^
Dat.
lusa<menon
lusame<nhn
Acc.
Plural
lusa<menoi
lusa<menai
Nom.
lusame<nwn
lusame<nwn
Gen.
lusame<noij
lusame<naij
Dat.
lusame<nouj
lusame<naj
Acc.
First Aorist Passive Participles
3
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
luqei<j
luqei?sa
Nom.
luqe<ntoj
luqei<shj
Gen.
luqe<nti
luqei<s^
Dat.
luqe<nta
luqei?san
Acc.
Plural
luqe<ntej
luqei?sai
Nom.
luqe<
n
twn
luqeisw?
n
Gen.
luqei?si(n)
luqei<saij
Dat.
luqe<ntaj
luqei<saj
Acc.

2
Neuter
lusa<menon
lusame<nou
lusame<n&
lusa<menon
lusa<mena
lusame<nwn
lusame<noij
lusa<mena
3
Neuter
luqe<n
luqe<ntoj
luqe<nti
luqe<n
luqe<nta
luqe<ntwn
luqei?si(n)
luqe<nta

First Aorist Active Participles (know these forms cold)


3
1
3
lu<saj
lu<sasa
lu?san
Nom.
lu<santoj
lusa<shj
lu<santoj
Gen.
First Aorist Middle Participles
2
1
lusa<
m
enoj
lusame<nh
Nom.
lusame<nou
lusame<nhj
Gen.

2
lusa<menon
lusame<nou

First Aorist Passive Participles


3
1
luqei<j
luqei?sa
Nom.
luqe<ntoj
luqei<shj
Gen.

3
luqe<n
luqe<ntoj

240

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Aorist Participle

Active
Middle
Passive

Adverbial participle Adjectival attributive has


has no Art.
Art. before noun it
modifies.
after loosing
(the girl) who loosed
after loosing
(the girl) who loosed
himself
herself
after being loosed
(the girl) who was loosed

241

Adjectival substantive has


Art. but no noun to
modify.
the one who loosed
the ones who loosed
themselves
the one who was loosed

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

242

Chapter 21 Summary: Perfect Participles


Introduction
Perfect participles are used when the action being described an existing state of affairs.
Perfect participles can be translated by using the helping verb having (e.g., having
spoken). When used adverbially, the temporal preposition after may be used (e.g., after
having driven).

Perfect Participle Forms


le + lu + k + ot + oj = leluko<toj
le + lu + men + oj = lelume<noj
Perfect Active Participles (be able to recognize)
3
1
3
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
lelukw<j
lelukui?a
leluko<j
Nom.
leluko<toj
lelukui<aj
leluko<toj
Gen.
leluko<ti
lelukui<%
leluko<ti
Dat.
leluko<ta
lelukui?an
leluko<j
Acc.
Plural
leluko<tej
lelukui?ai
leluko<ta
Nom.
leluko<twn
lelukuiw?n
leluko<twn
Gen.
leluko<si(n)
lelukui<aij
leluko<si(n)
Dat.
leluko<taj
lelukui<aj
leluko<ta
Acc.
Perfect Middle/Passive Participles
2
1
Singular Masculine
Feminine
lelume<noj
lelume<nh
Nom.
lelume<nou
lelume<nhj
Gen.
lelume<n&
lelume<n^
Dat.
lelume<non
lelume<nhn
Acc.
Plural
lelume<noi
lelume<nai
Nom.
lelume<nwn
lelume<nwn
Gen.
lelume<
n
oij
lelume<
naij
Dat.
lelume<nouj
lelume<naj
Acc.

2
Neuter
lelume<non
lelume<nou
lelume<n&
lelume<non
lelume<na
lelume<nwn
lelume<noij
lelume<na

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Perfect Active Participles (know these by heart)


3
1
3
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
lelukw<j
lelukui?a
leluko<j
Nom.
leluko<toj
lelukui<aj
leluko<toj
Gen.
Perfect Middle/Passives Participles
2
1
2
Singular Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
lelume<noj
lelume<nh
lelume<non
Nom.
lelume<nou
lelume<nhj
lelume<nou
Gen.
Participle Translation Charts (DA = definite article)
Active
Adverbial has no
Adjectival
Adjectival substantive
Participle Art..
attributive has Art. has Art. but no noun.
before noun it
modifies.
While loosing
(The boy) who is
The one loosing
Present
loosing
After loosing
(The girl) who
The one who was
Aorist
was loosing
loosing
(The girl) who
The one who loosed
loosed
After having
(The crowd)
The ones having
Perfect
loosed
having loosed
loosed
Middle
Participle

Adverbial has no
Art..

Present

While loosing
himself
After loosing
herself

Aorist

Perfect

After having
loosed themselves

Adjectival
attributive has Art.
before noun it
modifies.
(The boy) who is
loosing
(The girl) who
was loosing
(The girl) who
loosed
(The crowd)
having loosed
themselves

Adjectival substantive
has Art. but no noun.

The one loosing


The one who was
loosing
The one who loosed
The ones having
loosed themselves

As usual, the deponents may look middle/passive but are translated as active.

243

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Passive
Participle

Adverbial has no
Art..

Present

While being
loosed
After being loosed

Aorist
Perfect

After having been


loosed

Adjectival
attributive has Art.
before noun it
modifies.
(The boy) who is
being loosed
(The girl) who
was being loosed
(The crowd)
having been
loosed

244

Adjectival substantive
has Art. but no noun.

The one being loosed


The one who was
being loosed
The ones having been
loosed

Introduction to Periphrastics
ei]mi< + participle is a periphrastic construction. Translate the periphrastic form as the
normal tense of the verb. Mounces chart is helpful at this point (Basics, 277):
Translated Tense
Present
Imperfect
Future
Perfect
Pluperfect
Future Perfect

Periphrastic Construction
+ Present participle
Present ei]mi<
Imperfect ei]mi< + Present participle
+ Present participle
Future ei]mi<
+ Perfect participle
Present ei]mi<
Imperfect ei]mi<< + Perfect participle
+ Perfect participle
Future ei]mi<<

Genitive Absolutes
A genitive absolute links a participle and a noun or pronoun in the genitive case and is
only loosely connected to the rest of the sentence. The subject of the sentence is not the
subject of this participial construction.
Participle (gen.) + noun/pronoun (gen.)
o[ ga>r ]Ihsou?j e]ce<neusen o@xlou o@ntoj e]n t&? to<p&.
For Jesus had withdrawn, a crowd being in the place (Jn. 5:13).

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

245

Chapter 22 Summary: Infinitives


Introduction
Infinitives are verbal nouns usually indicated in English by a to + verb (e.g., He went
inside to call a friend.). While in English an infinitive does not take a subject, it may take
an object or be modified by some qualifier. For example: He came to put the ball in the
box uses the ball as the object and in the box, which describes location, to modify
the infinitive to put. With Greek infinitives, the tense indicates aspect rather than time
of action:
Present represents progress/immediacy foregrounding action.
Aorist indicates complete/whole background action.
Perfect represents state of affairs frontground/dwelt upon action.
As a noun, an infinitive can be the subject of a sentence or the object of a finite verb.
In Greek an infinitive may go with a noun in the accusative that functions as its subject.

Translations
Present = to continue to call (to call)
Past = to call
Perfect = to have called
Infinitive Forms
Active
Middle
Passive
Present Infinitive
lu<ein
lu<esqai
lu<esqai
First Aorist Infinitive
lu?sai
lu<sasqai
luqh?nai
Second Aorist Infinitive (lei<pw, to leave)
lipei?n
lipe<sqai
leifqh?nai
Perfect Infinitive
leluke<nai
lelu<sqai
lelu<sqai
Present Infinitive of ei]mi<
ei#nai

Articular Infinitive
A Greek infinitive may also function adverbially by telling when a verbal action took
place. Greek expresses this function by using a preposition + an article + infinitive.
dia<
ei]j
e]n
meta<
pri<n

+ article
+ article
+ article
+ article
+ article

+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive

= because
= in order that
= when, while
= after
= before

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

pro<
pro<j

+ article
+ article

+ infinitive
+ infinitive

246

= before
= in order that

Complementary Infintives
dei?
e@cesti(n)
du<namai
me<llw

+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive
+ infinitive

= It is necessary to
= It is permitted to
= I am able to
= I am about to

Infinitives for Indirect Discourse


Indirect discourse can be expressed with the infinitive + an accusative or with o!ti as
an introductory word.

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

247

Chapter 23 Summary: Subjunctive Verbs


Introduction
There are three Greek moods of potential:
1. Subjunctive is the realm of the possible. May or might is often used in
translation (e.g., Zach may wash the car.)
2. Imperative indicates expected action. The imperative usually expresses a
command (e.g., Zach, wash the car!)
3. Optative indicates a hoped-for circumstance that is often a remote possibility. In
Greek it is often used in prayer. (e.g., Oh, that Zach would wash the car.)
Present represents progress/immediacy foregrounding action.
Aorist indicates complete/whole background action.
Perfect is used for state of affairs frontground/dwelt upon action.

Introduction to the Subjunctive


The subjunctive mood is the mood of potential or possibility. May and might are
the two key words often used in translating subjunctives.

Form
The subjunctive present (continuous action) is built from the present verb stem as
follows:
lu + w + men = lu<wmen

We may continue loosing

The subjunctive aorist (complete, whole) is built from the aorist verb stem with a
sigma and the same endings as the present. There is no initial augment.
lu + s + w + men = lu<swmen

We may loose

Present/Unfolding, In progress Action Subjunctive


of lu<w (chant Present & First Aorist)
Active
Singular
Plural
lu<wmen
1. lu<w
lu<hte
2. lu<^j
lu<wsi(n)
3. lu<^
Middle/ Singular
Plural
Passive
luw<meqa
1. lu<wmai
lu<hsqe
2. lu<^
lu<wntai
3. lu<htai

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

248

Aorist Action Subjunctive of lu<w


Active
Singular
Plural
lu<swmen
1. lu<sw
lu<shte
2. lu<s^j
lu<swsi(n)
3. lu<s^
Middle Singular
Plural
1. lu<swmai lusw<meqa
lu<shsqe
2. lu<s^
lu<swntai
3. lu<shtai
Passive Singular
Plural
luqw?men
1. luqw?
luqh?te
2. luq^?j
luqw?si(n)
3. luq^?
Second Aorist Subjunctive Forms of lei<pw
(to leave, fall short) (no sigma)
Singular
Plural
li<
pwmen
1. li<pw
li<phte
2. li<p^j
li<pwsi(n)
3. li<p^
Subjunctive of ei]mi<
Singular Plural
w#men
1. w#
h#te
2. ^#j
w#si(n)
3. ^#

Subjunctive Triggers
i!na
e]an
<
o!j a@n
e!wj

in order that (used most often)


if
whoever
until

Four Types of Conditionals


Conditions have two parts: the protasis (if) and the apodosis (then). The protasis
presents the condition and the apodosis tells the consequence.
1. First class condition: Reality (e.g., If you are led by the Spirit, you are not under
the law.)
Form: ei] + indicative verb (protasis) + any apodosis.
Function: Affirms the reality of the condition (protasis).
2. Second class condition: Impossibility (contrary to fact) (e.g., If you had been here,
my brother would not have died.)

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

249

Form: ei] + secondary indicative verb (protasis) + a@n + secondary indicative verb
(apodosis)
Function: The condition is contrary to fact.
3. Third class condition: Possibility (e.g., If you release him, you are not Caesars
friend.)
Form: e]a<n + subjunctive (protasis) + any apodosis
Function: Possible condition.
4. Fourth class condition: Possibility (rare) (e.g., If you should suffer, . . .)
Form: ei] + optative mood (protasis) + optative (apodosis) rare
Context will often indicate the level of probability.

Various Subjunctive Functions


1. Hortatory subjunctive urges the speaker and listeners to a certain behavior or
mind-set. This use requires the first person.
Die<lqwmen, . . . kai> i@dwmen. Let us go . . . and let us see (cf. Lk. 2:15).
2. Subordinate purpose clause is often introduced by i!na + subjunctive.
i!na marturh<s^ peri> tou? fwto<j, in order that he might witness concerning the
light (Jn. 1:7).
3. Prohibitive subjunctive uses the aorist with a negative and prohibits an action.
mn> ei]sene<gk^j h[ma?j ei]j peirasmo<n, Lead us not into temptation (Mat. 6:13).
4. Deliberative subjunctive often is a rhetorical device not calling for an answer.
ti< ei@pw u[mi?n; What shall I say to you? (1 Cor. 11:22).

Negative Questions
When a question begins with ou], the expected answer is yes.
When a question begins with mh<, the expected answer is no.
One way to remember this is, May (mh<) means nay.

Optatives
There are only sixty-seven optatives in the New Testament. We will not learn a
paradigm, but you should be aware that they exist, express a wish, and that their form
is characterized by the connective oi, ai, or ei (Oh that . . .):
ge<noito, aorist dep. third sing., from gi<nomai, Oh may it be

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

250

Chapter 24 Summary: Imperative Verbs


Introduction
The imperative mood is used to express a command, entreaty, or prohibition. In
English the imperative is used only with the second person (e.g., [You] get in the car!).
The Greek imperative occurs in the present and aorist tenses. Both second and third
person (Let him/her/it) forms may be used.
Present represents progress/immediacy foregrounding action.
Aorist indicates complete/whole background action.
Perfect is used for state of affairs frontground/dwelt upon action.

Form
Learn the little rhythm:
Present Active
Present Mid/Pass
First Aorist Active
First Aorist Middle
First Aorist Passive

2 sg
e
ou
n
ai
ti

3 sg
tw
sqw
tw
sqw
tw

2 pl
te
sqe
te
sqe
te

3 pl
twsan
sqwsan
twsan
sqwsan
twsan

Present Action Imperative of lu<w


Active
Singular
Plural
lu<ete
You loose!
2. lu?e
lue<twsan
Let him loose!
3. lue<tw

You loose!
Let them loose!

Middle/Passive
Singular
Plural
lu<esqe
You be loosed!
2. lu<ou
3. lue<sqw Let him be loosed! lue<sqwsan

You be loosed!
Let them be loosed!

First Aorist Action Imperative of lu<w


Active
Passive
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
lu<sate
lu<qhti
lu<qhte
2. lu?son
lusa<twsan
luqh<tw
luqh<twsan
3. lusa<tw
Middle
Singular
Plural
lu<sasqe
2. lu?sai
lusa<sqwsan
3. lusa<sqw

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Second Aorist Action Imperative of lei<pw (I leave)


Active
Passive
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
li<pete
lei<fqhti
lei<fqhte
2. li<pe
lipe<twsan
leifqh<tw
leifqh<twsan
3. lipe<tw

Singular
2. lipou?
3. lipe<sqw

Middle
Plural
li<pesqe
lipe<sqwsan

Imperative of ei]mi<
Singular
Plural
e@ste
2. i@sqi
e@stwsan
3. e@stw

Various Functions
1. As a command:
a]gapa?te tou>j e]xqrou>j u[mw?n.
Love your enemies! (Mat. 5:44).
2. As a prohibition:
Mh> fobou?, to> mikro>n poi<mnion
fear not, little flock! (Lk. 12:32).
3. As an entreaty, especially when speaking to a superior:
Pa<ter a!gie, th<rhson au]tou>j e]n t&? o]no<mati< sou.
Holy Father, keep them in your name (Jn. 17:11).

251

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

252

Chapter 25 Summary: The -mi Verbs


Introduction
There are four types of -mi verbs:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Omicron class (di<dwmi, I give), with the root do-.


Alpha class (i!sthmi, I set, stand), with the root sta-.
Epsilon class (ti<qhmi, I put), with the root qe-.
Upsilon (dei<knumi, I show, explain), with the root deiknu-.

Formation Rules
1. In the present and imperfect, the initial consonant is reduplicated and connected
with an iota (cf. perfect). do (the root of di<dwmi) becomes dido.
2. -mi verbs do not take a connecting vowel before the pronominal endings. Rather,
the roots final vowel may be retained, lengthened, or omitted. dido becomes
didw.
3. The present form takes the following pronominal endings:
Singular
-mi
-j
-si

Plural
-men
-te
-asi

4. Most of the -mi verbs use the tense suffix ka rather than the normal sa (e.g.,
e@dwka). Dont confuse this with the perfects.

di<dwmi Paradigms (I give [root do])


Active Indicatives
Present
Imperfect
1. di<dwmi
2. di<dwj
3. di<dwsi(n)

e]di<doun
e]di<douj
e]di<dou

1. di<domen
2. di<dote
3. dido<asi(n)

e]di<domen
e]di<dote
e]di<dosan

Future
Singular
dw<sw
dw<seij
dw<sei
Plural
dw<somen
dw<sete
dw<sousi(n)

Aorist

Perfect

e@dwka
e@dwkaj
e@dwke(n)

de<dwka
de<dwkaj
de<dwke(n)

e]dw<kamen
e]dw<kate
e@dwkan

dedw<kamen
dedw<kate
de<dwkan

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Other Moods
Present
Subjunctive
1. didw?
2. did&?j
3. did&?
1. didw?men
2. didw?te
3. didw?si(n)

Active
Aorist
Present
Subjunctive Imperative
Singular
dw?

d&?j
di<dou
d&?
dido<tw
Plural
dw?men

dw?te
di<dote
dw?si(n)
dido<twsan

Infinitives
Present Infinitive
dido<nai
Active
di<dosqai
Middle
Passive di<dosqai

Aorist
Imperative

do<j
do<tw

do<te
do<twsan

Aorist Infinitive
dou?nai
do<sqai
doqh?nai

Present Middle/Passive (note how regular)


Singular
Plural
dido<meqa
1. di<domai
di<dosqe
2. di<dosai
di<dontai
3. di<dotai

Present Paradigms of Other -mi Verbs


1. i!sthmi
2. i!sthj
3. i!sthsi(n)
1. i!stamen
2. i!state
3. i[sta?si(n)

Singular
ti<qhmi
ti<qhj
ti<qhsi(n)
Plural
ti<qemen
ti<qete
tiqe<asi(n)

Present Participles
Active
Masc.
didou<
j
Nom.
dido<ntoj
Gen.
Mid/Pass
dido<menoj
Nom.
didome<nou
Gen.

dei<knumi
dei<knuj/deiknu<eij
dei<knusi(n)
dei<knumen
dei<knute
deiknu<asi(n)

Fem.
didou?sa
didou<shj

Neut.
dido<n
dido<ntoj

didome<nh
didome<nhj

dido<menon
didome<nou

253

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Aorist Participles (just pop the di off the present ptc.)


Active
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
dou<j
dou?sa
do<n
Nom.
do<ntoj
dou<shj
do<ntoj
Gen.
Middle
do<menoj
dome<nh
do<menon
Nom.
dome<nou
dome<nhj
dome<nou
Gen.
Passive
doqei<j
doqei?sa
doqe<n
Nom.
doqe<ntoj
doqei<shj
doqe<ntoj
Gen.
Perfect Participles (shift the di to de + perf. kot/kui )
Active
Masc.
Fem.
Neut.
dedwkw<j
dedwkui?a
dedwko<j
Nom.
dedwko<
t
oj
dedwkui<
a
j
dedwko<toj
Gen.
Mid/Pass no perf. k
dedo<menoj
dedome<nh
dedo<menon
Nom.
didome<nou
dedome<nhj
dedome<nou
Gen.

254

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

255

Chapter 26 Summary: Numbers and Interrogatives


Introduction
Thus far we have looked at personal (e.g., e]gw<), relative (e.g., o!j), demonstrative (e.g.,
ou$toj), reflexive pronouns (myself, yourself, him/her/itself), and reciprocal (e.g.,
a]llh<lwn) pronouns. In this section we will examine indefinite pronouns
(someone/something) and reflexive pronouns (myself, yourself, him/her/itself).

Indefinite Pronouns (tij/ti, someone, anything)


This form is an enclitic and often combined with o!j (o!stij).

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Acc.

Singular
Masc./Fem. Neut.
tij
ti
tino<j
tino<j
tini<
tini<
tina<
ti

Plural
Masc./Fem. Neut.
tine<j
tina<
tinw?n
tinw?n
tisi<(n)
tisi<(n)
tina<j
tina<

Note that the word is an enclitic, with no accent or with an accent on the second
syllable. The interrogative ti<j/ti< (who? which? what?) has the accent on the first syllable
and is not an enclitic.
Interrogative Pronoun (ti<j/ti< who? which? what?)
Singular
Plural
Masc.
Neut.
Masc.
Neut.
and Fem.
and Fem.
ti<
ti<nej
ti<na
Nom. ti<j
ti<noj
ti<noj
ti<nwn
ti<nwn
Gen.
ti<ni
ti<ni
ti<si(n)
ti<si(n)
Dat.
ti<na
ti<
ti<naj
ti<na
Acc.
Note that the acute accent on ti<j and ti< never changes to a grave accent.

Interrogatives
po<te
pou?
pw?j
ti<j, ti<
dia> ti<
ti<

when?
where?
how?
who? which? what?
why?
why?

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Greek Numbers
There are two types of numbers:
1. Cardinal numbers (1, 2, 3, and counting)
2. Ordinal numbers (first, second, and third, telling order in a list)
In Greek ordinal numbers are expressed as shown:
prw?toj, -h, -on
deu<teroj, -a, -on
tri<toj, -h, -on

first
second
third

Cardinal Numbers
Cardinal numbers function like adjectives:
ei$j, mi<a, e!n
du<o
trei?j, trei?j, tri<a
te<ssarej, -wn
pe<nte

1
2
3
4
5

e!c
e[pta<
o]ktw<
e]nne<a
de<ka

dw<deka
e[kato<n
xi<lioi, -ai, -a

12
100
1,000

6
7
8
9
10

Teens
e!ndeka
11

dw<deka
12

triskai<deka
13

dekate<ssarej
14

dekape<nte ...
15

Tens
ei@kosi
20

tria<konta tessara<konta penth<konta


30
40
50

Number One
Masc.
Fem.
ei$
j
mi<a
Nom.
e[no<j
mia?j
Gen.
e[ni<
mi%?
Dat.
e!na
mi<an
Acc.

Neut.
e!n
e[no<j
e[ni<
e!n

e[ch<konta...
60

256

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Chapter 27 Summary: Comparatives, Adverbs, Conjunctions, and


Clause Types
Comparative Adjectives
Greek uses either the endings -iwn or -teroj, -a, -on, or the particle h@ (than) to
indicate a comparative. For example:
me<gaj (great)
mikro<j (small)

mei<zwn (greater)
mikro<teroj (smaller)

Superlative Adjectives
Adjective
mikro<j (little)
me<gaj (great)

Comparative
e]la<sswn (less)
mei<zwn (greater)

Superlative
e]la<xistoj (least)
meizo<teroj (greatest)

Conjunctions: Structural Markers


Temporal
a@xri
until
e]pei<
when
e]peidh<
when
e!wj
until

o!te
pri<n
w[j

when
before
when, as

Causal (retrospective, explanation why)


ga<r
o!ti
for
because
dio<ti
w[j
because
since
e]pei<
e]peidh<
since
since
Purpose (prospective, goal, intention)
i!na
in order that
o!pwj
in order that
w[j
in order that
Result
w!ste
so that
i!na
(may also sometimes mean) so that
w[j
so as
o!ti
so that

257

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

de<
i!na
kai<

Continuative
and, now
that
and

Adversative
a]lla<
but
de<
but
kai<
but

o!ti
ou#n
te<

that
then, now
and

me<ntoi
ou#n

however
however

258

Particles
a]mh<n
so be it, truly, amen
a@n
(untranslated; occurs with the various moods and often with
relative pronouns)
a@ra
therefore, then
ge<
indeed (emphasizes the word it goes with)
i@de
look! notice, behold
i]dou<
look! notice, behold
me<n
indeed (often with the relative pronoun), on the one hand
nai<
yes, indeed
Adverbs
In Greek we are familiar with several ways the verb may be modified in time, manner
and place already.
1) One may use a participle in an adverbial manner (After leaving the store, he
went home;
2) The articular infinitive is also used in an adverbial manner (before Phillip
called you, I saw you....;).
3) Many prepositional phrases have an adverbial verb modifying function and
indeed some adverbs actually became more prepositional in their function and are classed
as adverbial prepositions (i.e. e@cw outside). Indeed, some words are classified as both
improper preposition and adverb and some are marked by the qen ending (o]pi<sw (prep.
+ genitive=after; o@pisqen adv. from behind).
4) As in English where an adjective can be converted into an adverb by changing
the ending (articulate/articulately) so in Greek using the genitive plural form an adverb
may be form shifting the wn ending to an wj (e.g. kalw?n [good] becomes kalw?j
[well].
5) There are explicit adverbs which help develop the meaning of the verb in time,
manner, and location.
Time: au@rion (tomorrow), sh<meron (today), e]xqe<j (yesterday), nu?n (now) and
to<te (then), pw<pote (ever, at any time)
Manner: ou!twj (thus/in this manner), taxe<wj (quickly)
Location: a@nw (above), a@nwqen (from above), ka<tw (below), e]kei? (there),
e]kei?qen (from there), w$de (here), e]nteu?qen (from there);

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

Clause Type Introduction


1. Substantive
I do not have what I need (functions as the object).
2. Adjective
He bought the ball that Coach Kessler had signed (restrictive clause).
3. Adverb
I will come when I have finished playing with Elliott (modifies the verb).

Purpose Clauses
1. With an infinitive.
2. With i!na or o!pwj + subjunctive.
3. With ei]j or pro<j followed by an articular infinitive.

Result Clauses
1. The most common is w!ste or w[j + infinitive.
2. w!ste or o!ti + indicative.

Temporal Clauses are formed


1. With an indicative verb introduced by various prepositions and particles:
o!te, e]peidh<, w[j
o!tan
e!wj, a@xri, ou$
e!wj, a@xri
w[j, ou$

when
whenever
while
until
since

2. With the subjunctive with various prepositions or particles:


o!tan, e]pa<n
e!wj, a@xri, me<xri

whenever
until

3. With pri<n + infinitive indicating before


4. With a participle meaning while or after

259

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

260

Chapter 28 Summary: Case Revisited [TP ROADS]


Genitive Introduction
Until now, we have seen the genitive as a case used for possession, translated of.

Possessive Genitive
The possessive genitive may be translated of or with a possessive noun or pronoun
(his/her).
th>n koili<an th?j mhtro<j
the mothers womb (Jn. 3:4)

Relational Genitive
The relational genitive specifies a family relationship (son, parent, wife).
Si<mwn ]Iwa<nnou
Simon, [son] of John (Jn. 21:15)

Descriptive Genitive
The descriptive genitive qualifies the noun, describing it in more detail.
[O zh?loj tou? oi@kou sou
the zeal of your house (Jn. 2:17) (specifies the type of zeal)

Subjective Genitive
The word in the genitive functions as the subject or produces the action of the verbal
idea implied in the noun it describes.
h[ e]piqumi<a th?j sarko<j
the lust of the flesh (1 Jn. 2:16) (the flesh lusts)

Objective Genitive
The word in the genitive receives the action. It acts like an object to the action of the
word it modifies. These categories are not mutually exclusive. Sometimes a genitive may
be both objective and descriptive.
h[ de> tou? pneu<matoj blasfhmi<a
the blasphemy against the Spirit (Mat. 12:31)

Time Genitive
The genitive of time functions like an adverb. It expresses time within which
something happens.
h#lqen pro>j au]to>n nukto<j
He came to him during the night (Jn. 3:2).

Agency Genitive
The agency genitive identifies the agent that has been involved in an action.
e@sontai pa<ntej didaktoi> qeou?.
They shall all be taught by God (Jn. 6:45).

Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries

261

Deeper into the Dative [II LIST]


In chapter 4, the dative was given as the indirect object case (He hit the ball to Elliott).
It is also used to express self-interest, means, location, and point of time.

Indirect Object
ei#pen au]toi?j Lu<sate
He said to them, Destroy (Jn. 2:19).
The dative often accompanies the preposition e]n.

Dative of Interest
The dative of interest may express advantage or disadvantage. When expressing
advantage, it may be translated to or for. When expressing disadvantage, against
may be used (Wallace, Beyond the Basics, 142f.).
w!ste marturei?te e[autoi?j
so that you witness against yourselves (Mat. 23:31)

Dative of Location
The dative is often used with the prepositions e]n (in) and pro<j (to, toward) to
reference a particular physical location. However, the dative may also be used alone to
indicate location.
oi[ . . . maqhtai> t&? ploiari<& h#lqon.
the disciples came in a small boat (Jn. 21:8).

Dative of Sphere
The dative of sphere refers to an abstract realm, whereas the dative of location refers to
a specific physical location.
e!kastoj kaqw>j pro^<rhtai t^? kardi<%
Let each one as he has purposed in [his] heart (2 Cor. 9:7)

Instrumental Dative
The dative often indicates the means by which something happens. It can designate the
instrument (impersonal) or agent (personal) that performs the action.
ei]j u[pakoh>n e]qnw?n, lo<g& kai> e@rg&
to the obedience of the Gentiles by word and deed (Rom. 15:18)

Dative of Time
The dative may be used to refer to a particular point in time, in contrast to the genitive
which describes time as time within which or time during which.
Kai> t^? h[me<r% t^? tri<t^ ga<moj e]ge<neto
And on the third day there was a wedding (Jn. 2:1).

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 262

Appendix 4
Verb Principal Parts
Verbs Occurring Nine or More Times in the New Testament
Verbs are listed in their present active indicative first person singular forms. Deponent verbs
appear in the present middle/passive indicative form. Additional principal parts (PP)
appearing in the New Testament are listed below the main entry in the following order:
future active, aorist active, perfect active, perfect middle/passive, aorist passive.
Greek Verb
English Meaning(s)
Times in N.T.
a]gaqopoie<w
I do good
9
PP: ___, h]gaqopoi<hsa, ___, ___, ___
a]gallia<w
I exult, am glad
11
PP: ___, h]galli<asa, ___, ___, h]gallia<qhn
a]gapa<w
I love
143
PP: a]gaph<sw, h]ga<phsa, h]ga<phka, h]ga<phmai, h]gaph<qhn
a[gia<zw
I consecrate, make holy, sanctify
28
PP: ___, h[gi<asa, ___, h[gi<asmai, h[gia<sqhn
a]gnoe<w
I do not know
22
PP: ___, h]gno<hsa, ___, ___, ___
a]gora<zw
I buy
30
PP: ___, h]go<rasa, ___, h]go<rasmai, h]gora<sqhn
a@gw
I lead, bring, arrest
69
PP: a@cw, h@gagon, ___, ___, h@xqhn
a]dike<w
I wrong, do wrong
28
PP: a]dikh<sw, h]di<khsa, h]di<khka, ___, h]dikh<qhn
a]qete<w
I reject, nullify
16
PP: a]qeth<sw, h]qe<thsa, ___, ___, ___
I take up, take away, raise
101
ai@rw
PP: a]rw?, h#ra, h#rka, h#rmai, h@rqhn

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 263

ai]te<w
I ask
PP: ai]th<sw, ^@thsa, ^@thka, ___, ___
a]kolouqe<w
I follow, accompany
PP: a]kolouqh<sw, h]kolou<qhsa, h]kolou<qhka, ___, ___
a]kou<w
I hear, understand, learn
PP: a]kou<sw, h@kousa, a]kh<koa, ___, h]kou<sqhn
a]lei<fw
I anoint
PP: ___, h@leiya, ___, ___, ___
a[marta<nw
I sin
PP: a[marth<sw, h[ma<rthsa, h[ma<rthka, ___, ___
a]nabai<nw
I go up, ascend
PP: a]nabh<somai, a]ne<bhn, a]nabe<bhka, ___, ___
a]nable<pw
I look up, receive sight
PP: ___, a]ne<bleya, ___, ___, ___
a]nagge<llw
I announce, report
PP: a]naggelw?, a]nh<ggeila, ___, ___, a]nhgge<lhn
a]naginw<skw
I read, read aloud
PP: ___, a]ne<gnwn, ___, ___, a]negnw<sqhn
a]nagka<zw
I compel, urge
PP: ___, h]na<gkasa, ___, ___, h]nagka<sqhn
a]na<gw
I lead up; Mid.: set sail
PP: ___, a]nh<gagon, ___, ___, a]nh<xqhn
a]naire<w
I take away, kill
PP: a]nelw?, a]nei?lon, ___, ___, a]n^re<qhn
a]na<keimai
I recline (at table)
a]nakri<nw
I examine, question, judge
PP: ___, a]ne<krina, ___, ___, a]nekri<qhn
a]nalamba<nw
I take up
PP: ___, a]ne<labon, ___, ___, a]nelh<mfqhn
a]napau<w
I refresh; Mid: take rest
PP: a]napau<sw, a]ne<pausa, ___, a]nape<paumai, a]nepau<qhn
a]napi<ptw
I recline
PP: ___, a]ne<peson, ___, ___, ___
a]nastre<fw
I overturn, return
PP: a]nastre<yw, a]ne<streya, ___, ___, a]nestra<fhn
a]nate<llw
I rise
PP: ___, a]ne<teila, a]nate<talka, ___, ___
a]nafe<rw
I bring up, offer
PP: ___, a]nh<negka, ___, ___, ___
a]naxwre<w
I depart
PP: ___, a]nexw<rhsa, ___, ___, ___

70
90
428
9
43
82
25
14
32
9
23
24
14
16
13
12
12
9
9
10
14

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 264

a]ne<xw
I endure
15
PP: a]ne<cw, a]ne<sxon, ___, ___, ___
a]nqi<sthmi
I resist, oppose
14
PP: ___, a]nte<sthn, a]nqe<sthka, ___, ___
a]ni<sthmi
I raise, cause to rise
108
PP: a]nasth<sw, a]ne<sthsa, ___, ___, ___
a]noi<gw
I open
77
PP: a]noi<cw, h]ne<&ca, a]ne<&ga, a]ne<&gmai, h]noi<xqhn
a]ntile<gw
I speak against, oppose
11
PP: ___, a]ntei?pon, ___, ___, ___
a]pagge<llw
I announce, report
45
PP: a]paggelw?, a]ph<ggeila, ___, ___, a]phgge<lhn
a]pa<gw
I lead away
15
PP: ___, a]ph<gagon, ___, ___, a]ph<xqhn
a]parne<omai
I deny
11
PP: a]parnh<somai, a]phrnhsa<mhn, ___, ___, a]phrnh<qhn
a]peiqe<w
I disbelieve, disobey
14
PP: ___, h]pei<qhsa, ___, ___, ___
a]pe<rxomai
I depart
117
PP: a]peleu<somai, a]ph?lqon, a]pelh<luqa, ___, ___
a]pe<xw
I have received, am distant
19
a]podi<dwmi
I give back, pay
48
PP: a]podw<sw, a]pe<dwka, ___, ___, a]pedo<qhn
a]podokima<zw
I reject
9
PP: ___, a]pedoki<masa, ___, a]podedoki<masmai, a]pedokima<sqhn
a]poqn^<skw
I die
111
PP: a]poqanou?mai, a]pe<qanon, ___, ___, ___
a]pokalu<ptw
I reveal, uncover
26
PP: a]pokalu<yw, a]peka<luya, ___, ___, a]pekalu<fqhn
a]pokri<nomai
I answer, reply
230
PP: ___, a]pekrina<mhn, ___, ___, a]pekri<qhn
a]poktei<nw
I kill
74
PP: a]poktenw?, a]pe<kteina, ___, ___, a]pekta<nqhn
a]polamba<nw
I take aside, receive
10
PP: a]polh<myomai, a]pe<labon, ___, ___, ___
a]po<llumi
I destroy, ruin; Mid.: I die
90
PP: a]pole<sw, a]pw<lesa, a]polw<leka, ___, ___
a]pologe<omai
I defend myself
10
PP: ___, a]peloghsa<mhn, ___, ___, a]pelogh<qhn
a]polu<w
I release, divorce
66
PP: a]polu<sw, a]pe<lusa, ___, a]pole<lumai, a]pelu<qhn
a]poste<llw
I send, send out
132

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 265

PP: a]poste<lw?, a]pe<steila, a]pe<stalka, a]pe<stalmai,


a]pesta<lhn
a]postre<fw
I turn away
9
PP: a]postre<yw, a]pe<streya, ___, a]pe<strammai, a]pestra<fhn
a]poti<qhmi
I take off, lay aside
9
PP: ___, a]pe<qhka, ___, ___, ___
a!ptw
I touch
39
PP: ___, h$ya, ___, ___, ___
a]re<skw
I please
17
PP: a]re<sw, h@resa, ___, ___, ___
a]rne<omai
I deny, refuse
33
PP: a]rnh<somai, h]rnhsa<mhn, ___, h@rnhmai, ___
a[rpa<zw
I seize
14
PP: a[rpa<sw, h!rpasa, ___, ___, h[rpa<sqhn
a@rxw
I rule; Mid.: begin
86
PP: a@rcomai, h]rca<mhn, ___, ___, ___
a]sqene<w
I am weak, sick, powerless
33
PP: ___, h]sqe<nhsa, h]sqe<nhka, ___, ___
a]spa<zomai
I greet, salute
59
PP: ___, h]spasa<mhn, ___, ___, ___
a]teni<zw
I look intently, gaze upon
14
PP: ___, h]te<nisa, ___, ___, ___
au]ca<nw
I grow, increase
23
PP: au]ch<sw, hu@chsa, ___, ___, hu]ch<qhn
a]faire<w
I take away, cut off
10
PP: a]felw?, a]fei?lon, ___, ___, a]f^re<qhn
a]fi<hmi
I permit, let go, forgive
143
PP: a]fh<sw, a]fh?ka, ___, a]fe<wmai, a]fe<qhn
a]fi<sthmi
I mislead, withdraw, depart
14
PP: a]posth<somai, a]pe<sthsa, ___, ___, ___
a]fori<zw
I separate
10
PP: a]fori<sw, a]fw<risa, ___, a]fw<rismai, a]fwri<sqhn
ba<llw
I throw, put
122
PP: balw?, e@balon, be<blhka, be<blhmai, e]blh<qhn
bapti<zw
I baptize
77
PP: bapti<sw, e]ba<ptisa, ___, beba<ptismai, e]bapti<sqhn
basani<zw
I torment
12
PP: ___, e]basa<nisa, ___, ___, e]basani<sqhn
basileu<w
I rule, reign
21
PP: basileu<sw, e]basi<leusa, ___, ___, ___
basta<zw
I bear, carry
27
PP: basta<sw, e]ba<stasa, ___, ___, ___

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 266

blasfhme<w
I blaspheme, revile
34
PP: ___, e]blasfh<mhsa, ___, ___, e]blasfhmh<qhn
ble<pw
I see, look at
132
PP: ble<yw, e@bleya, ___, ___, ___
boa<w
I cry aloud
12
PP: boh<sw, e]bo<hsa, ___, ___, ___
bo<skw
I feed, graze
9
bou<lomai
I wish, want, determine
37
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]boulh<qhn
game<w
I marry
28
PP: ___, e]ga<mhsa/e@ghma, gega<mhka, ___, e]gamh<qhn
ge<mw
I fill
11
genna<w
I give birth to, become the father of, produce 97
PP: gennh<sw, e]ge<nnhsa, gege<nnhka, gege<nnhmai, e]gennh<qhn
geu<omai
I taste, eat
15
PP: geu<somai, e]geusa<mhn, ___, ___, ___
gi<nomai
I become, am, happen
669
PP: genh<somai, e]geno<mhn, ge<gona, gege<nhmai, e]genh<qhn
ginw<skw
I know, learn, realize
222
PP: gnw<somai, e@gnwn, e@gnwka, e@gnwsmai, e]gnw<sqhn
gnwri<zw
I make known, reveal
25
PP: gnwri<sw, e]gnw<risa, ___, ___, e]gnwri<sqhn
gra<fw
I write
191
PP: gra<yw, e@graya, ge<grafa, ge<grammai, e]gra<fhn
grhgore<w
I watch, keep awake
22
PP: ___, e]grhgo<rhsa, ___, ___, ___
daimoni<zomai
I am possessed by a demon
13
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]daimoni<sqhn
dei?
it is necessary (impersonal)
101
dei<knumi
I show, explain
33
PP: dei<cw, e@deica, de<deixa, ___, e]dei<xqhn
deo<mai
I ask, beg, pray
22
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]deh<qhn
de<rw
I beat
15
PP: ___, e@deira, ___, ___, e]da<rhn
de<xomai
I take, receive
56
PP: ___, e]deca<mhn, ___, de<degmai, e]de<xqhn
de<w
I tie, bind
43
PP: ___, e@dhsa, de<deka, de<demai, e]de<qhn
dia<kone<w
I serve, minister, wait upon
37
PP: diakonh<sw, dihko<nhsa, ___, ___, dihkonh<qhn

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 267

diakri<nw
I judge, discriminate
19
PP: ___, die<krina, ___, ___, diekri<qhn
diale<gomai
I dispute
13
PP: ___, dieleca<mhn, ___, ___, diele<xqhn
dialogi<zomai
I debate, reason
16
diamartu<romai
I warn, testify solemnly
15
PP: ___, diemartura<mhn, ___, ___, ___
diameri<zw
I divide, distribute
11
PP: ___, dieme<risa, ___, diameme<rismai, diemeri<sqhn
diaskorpi<zw
I scatter
9
PP: ___, diesko<rpisa, ___, diesko<rpismai, dieskorpi<sqhn
diata<ssw
I command, order
16
PP: diata<cw, die<taca, diate<taxa, diate<tagmai, dieta<xqhn
diatri<bw
I stay, remain
9
PP: ___, die<triya, ___, ___, ___
diafe<rw
I differ, carry through
13
PP: ___, dih<negka, ___, ___, ___
dida<skw
I teach
97
PP: dida<cw, e]di<daca, ___, ___, e]dida<xqhn
di<dwmi
I give, entrust, yield
415
PP: dw<sw, e@dwka, de<dwka, de<domai, e]do<qhn
die<rxomai
I pass through
43
PP: dieleu<somai, dih?lqon, dielh<luqa, ___, ___
dikaio<w
I justify, pronounce righteous
39
PP: dikaiw<sw, e]dikai<wsa, ___, dedikai<wmai, e]dikaiw<qhn
diya<w
I thirst
16
PP: diyh<sw, e]di<yhsa, ___, ___, ___
diw<kw
I pursue, persecute
45
PP: diw<cw, e]di<wca, ___, dedi<wgmai, e]diw<xqhn
doke<w
I think, suppose, seem
62
PP: do<cw, e@doca, ___, ___, ___
dokima<zw
I prove by testing, approve
22
PP: dokima<sw, e]doki<masa, ___, dedoki<masmai, ___
doca<zw
I glorify, honor, praise
61
PP: doca<sw, e]do<casa, ___, dedo<casmai, e]doca<sqhn
douleu<w
I serve, obey
25
PP: douleu<sw, e]dou<leusa, dedou<leuka, ___, ___
du<namai
I am powerful, am able
210
PP: dunh<somai, ___, ___, ___, h]dunh<qhn
e]a<w
I permit, let go
11
PP: ea<sw, ei@asa, ___, ___, ___
e]ggi<zw
I come near
42

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 268

PP: e]ggiw?, h@ggisa, h@ggika, ___, ___


e]gei<rw
I raise up, restore, wake
PP: e]gerw?, h@geira, ___, e]gh<germai, h]ge<rqhn
e]gkatalei<pw
I leave behind, forsake
PP: e]gkatalei<yw, e]gkate<lipon, ___, ___, e]gkatelei<fqhn
ei#don (aorist; see o[ra<w) I saw, perceived
ei]mi<
I am, occur, live
PP: e@somai, ___, ___, ___, ___
ei#pon (aorist; see le<gw) I said
ei]sa<gw
I lead in
PP: ___, ei]sh<gagon, ___, ___, ___
ei]se<rxomai
I come in, go in, enter
PP: ei]seleu<somai, ei]sh?lqon, ei]selh<luqa, ___, ___
ei]sporeu<omai
I enter, go in
e]kba<llw
I cast out
PP: e]kbalw?, e]ce<balon, ___, ___, e]ceblh<qhn
e]kko<ptw
I cut out, cut off
PP: e]kko<yw, e]ce<koya, ___, ___, e]ceko<phn
e]kle<gomai
I pick out, choose
PP: ___, e]celeca<mhn, ___, e]kle<legmai, ___
e]kpi<ptw
I fall away, fail
PP: ___, e]ce<peson, e]kpe<ptwka, ___, ___
e]kplh<ssomai
I am astonished, amazed
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]cepla<ghn
e]kporeu<omai
I go out
PP: e]kporeu<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___
e]ktei<nw
I stretch out
PP: e]ktenw?, e]ce<teina, ___, ___, ___
e]kxe<w
I pour out
PP: e]kxew?, e]ce<xea, ___, ___, e]cexu<qhn
e]kxu<nnomai (cf. e]kxe<w) I pour out
PP: ___, ___, ___, e]kke<xumai, ___
e]le<gxw
I convict, reprove, expose
PP: e]le<gcw, h@legca, ___, ___, h]le<gxqhn
e]lee<w
I have mercy
PP: e]leh<sw, h]le<hsa, ___, h]le<hmai, h]leh<qhn
e]lpi<zw
I hope
PP: e]lpiw?, h@lpisa, h@lpika, ___, ___
e]mbai<nw
I embark, step in
PP: ___, e]ne<bhn, ___, ___, ___
e]mble<pw
I look at, consider

144
10
341
2462
1024
11
194
18
81
10
22
10
13
33
16
16
11
17
29
31
16
12

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 269

PP: ___, e]ne<bleya, ___, ___, ___


e]mpai<zw
I mock
PP: e]mpai<cw, e]ne<paica, ___, ___, e]nepai<xqhn
e]mfani<zw
I manifest, reveal
PP: e]mfani<sw, e]nefa<nisa, ___, ___, e]nefani<sqhn
e]ndei<knumi
I show forth, demonstrate
PP: ___, e]nedeica<mhn, ___, ___, ___
e]ndu<w
I put on, clothe, wear
PP: ___, e]ne<dusa, ___, e]nde<dumai, ___
e]nerge<w
I work, produce
PP: ___, e]nh<rghsa, e]nh<rghka, ___, ___
e]nte<llomai
I command
PP: e]ntelou?mai, e]neteila<mhn, ___, e]nte<talmai, ___
e]ntre<pw
I make ashamed
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]netra<phn
e]ca<gw
I lead out, bring out
PP: ___, e]ch<gagon, ___, ___, ___
e]caposte<llw
I send forth
PP: e]capostelw?, e]cape<steila, ___, ___, e]capesta<lhn
e]ce<rxomai
I go out
PP: e]celeu<somai, e]ch?lqon, e]celh<luqa, ___, ___
e@cesti
it is lawful (impersonal)
e]ci<sthmi
I amaze, am amazed, confuse
PP: ___, e]ce<sthsa, e]ce<sthka, ___, ___
e]comologe<w
I confess, promise, admit
PP: e]comologh<sw, e]cwmolo<ghsa, ___, ___, ___
e]couqene<w
I despise
PP: ___, e]couqe<nhsa, ___, e]couqe<nhmai, e]couqenh<qhn
e]pagge<llomai
I promise, announce
PP: ___, e]phggeila<mhn, ___, e]ph<ggelmai, ___
e]pai<rw
I lift up
PP: ___, e]ph?ra, e]ph?rka, ___, e]ph<rqhn
e]paisxu<nomai
I am ashamed
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]paisxu<nqhn
e]pe<rxomai
I come upon, appear, attack
PP: e]peleu<somai, e]ph?lqon, ___, ___, ___
e]perwta<w
I ask, question
PP: e]perwth<sw, e]hrw<thsa, ___, ___, e]phrwth<qhn
e]piba<llw
I lay on, put on
PP: e]pibalw?, e]pe<balon, ___, ___, ___
e]piginw<skw
I come to know, recognize
PP: e]pignw<somai, e]pe<gnwn, e]pe<gnwka, ___, e]pegnw<sqhn

13
10
11
27
22
15
9
12
13
218
31
17
10
11
15
19
11
9
56
18
44

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 270

e]pidi<dwmi
I hand over, deliver, surrender
9
PP: e]pidw<sw, e]pe<dwka, e]pede<dwka, ___, e]pedo<qhn
e]pizhte<w
I search for
13
PP: ___, e]pezh<thsa, ___, ___, ___
e]piqume<w
I desire
16
PP: e]piqumh<sw, e]pequ<mhsa, ___, ___, ___
e]pikale<w
I call, name; Mid: invoke
30
PP: ___, e]peka<lesa, ___, e]pike<klhmai, e]peklh<qhn
e]pilamba<nomai
I take hold of, catch, arrest
19
PP: ___, e]pelabo<mhn, ___, ___, ___
e]pime<nw
I continue, persist
16
PP: e]pimenw?, e]pe<meina, ___, ___, ___
e]pipi<ptw
I fall, upon, come upon
11
PP: ___, e]pe<peson, e]pipe<ptwka, ___, ___
e]pipoqe<w
I desire
9
PP: ___, e]pepo<qhsa, ___, ___, ___
e]piske<ptomai
I visit, care for
11
PP: e]piske<yomai, e]peskeya<mhn, ___, ___, ___
e]pi<stamai
I understand
14
e]pistre<fw
I turn to, return
36
PP: e]pistre<yw, e]pe<streya, ___, ___, e]pestra<fhn
e]pita<ssw
I order, command
10
PP: ___, e]pe<taca, ___, ___, ___
e]pitele<w
I complete, finish, perform
10
PP: e]pitele<sw, e]pete<lesa, ___, ___, ___
e]piti<qhmi
I lay upon, inflict upon
39
PP: e]piqh<sw, e]pe<qhka/e]pe<qhn, ___, ___, ___
e]pitima<w
I rebuke, warn
29
PP: ___, e]]peti<mhsa, ___, ___, ___
e]pitre<pw
I permit
18
PP: ___, e]pe<treya, ___, ___, e]petra<phn
e]rga<zomai
I work
41
PP: ___, h]rgasa<mhn, ___, ei@rgasmai, ___
e@rxomai
I come, go
632
PP: e]leu<somai, h#lqon, e]lh<luqa, ___, ___
e]rwta<w
I ask, request
63
PP: e]rwth<sw, h]rw<thsa, ___, ___, ___
e]sqi<w
I eat
158
PP: fa<gomai, e@fagon, ___, ___, ___
e[toima<zw
I prepare
40
PP: e[toima<sw, h[toi<masa, h[toi<maka, h[toi<masmai, h[toima<sqhn
eu]aggeli<zw
I proclaim, preach good news
54

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 271

PP: ___, eu]hgge<lisa, ___, eu]hgge<lismai, eu]hggeli<sqhn


eu]doke<w
I am pleased with
21
PP: ___, eu]do<khsa, ___, ___, ___
eu]loge<w
I bless
41
PP: eu]logh<sw, eu]lo<ghsa, eu]lo<ghka, eu]lo<ghmai, eu]logh<qhn
eu[ri<skw
I find
176
PP: eu[rh<sw, eu$ron, eu!rhka, ___, eu[re<qhn
eu]frai<nw
I rejoice
14
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, hu]fra<nqhn
eu]xariste<w
I give thanks
38
PP: ___, eu]xari<sthsa, ___, ___, eu]xaristh<qhn
e]fi<sthmi
I stand over, come upon, attack
21
PP: ___, e]pe<sthn, e]fe<sthka, ___, ___
e@xw
I have, keep
708
PP: e!cw, e@sxon, e@sxhka, ___, ___
za<w
I live
140
PP: zh<sw, e@zhsa, ___, ___, ___
zhlo<w
I am zealous
11
PP: ___, e]zh<lwsa, ___, ___, ___
zhte<w
I seek, desire, request
117
PP: zhth<sw, e]zh<thsa, ___, ___, e]zhth<qhn
z&opoie<w
I make alive
11
PP: z&opoih<sw, e]z&opoi<hsa, ___, ___, e]z&opoih<qhn
h[ge<omai
I lead, guide, think, regard
28
PP: ___, h[ghsa<mhn, ___, h!ghmai, ___
h!kw
I have come
26
PP: h!cw, h$ca, h!ka, ___, ___
qanato<w
I put to death, kill
11
PP: qanatw<sw, e]qana<twsa, ___, ___, e]qanatw<qhn
qa<ptw
I bury
11
PP: ___, e@qaya, ___, ___, e]ta<fhn
qauma<zw
I marvel, wonder (at)
43
PP: qauma<somai, e]qau<masa, ___, ___, e]qauma<sqhn
qea<omai
I see, look at
22
PP: ___, e]qeasa<mhn, ___, teqe<amai, e]qea<qhn
qe<lw
I will, wish, desire
208
PP: qelh<sw, h]qe<lhsa, ___, ___, h]qelh<qhn
qerapeu<w
I heal
43
PP: qerapeu<sw, e]qera<peusa, ___, teqera<peumai, e]qerapeu<qhn
qeri<zw
I reap, harvest
21
PP: qeri<sw, e]qe<risa, ___, ____, e]qeri<sqhn
qewre<w
I look at, see
58

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 272

PP: ___, e]qew<rhsa, ___, ___, ___


qli<bw
I press, oppress
PP: ___, ___, ___, te<qlimmai, e]qli<bhn
qn^<skw
I die
PP: ___, ___, te<qnhka, ___, ___
qu<w
I sacrifice, kill
PP: ___, e@qusa, ___, te<qumai, e]tu<qhn
i]a<omai
I heal
PP: i]a<somai, i]asa<mhn, ___, i@amai, i]a<qhn
i!sthmi
I stand, set
PP: sth<sw, e@sthsa, e!sthka/e@sthn, e!stamai, e]sta<qhn
i]sxu<w
I am strong, able, healthy
PP: i]sxu<sw, i@sxusa, ___, ___, ___
kaqaire<w
I tear down, conquer, destroy
PP: kaqelw?, kaqei?lon, ___, ___, ___
kaqari<zw
I cleanse, purify
PP: kaqariw?, e]kaqa<risa, ___, kekaqa<rismai, e]kaqari<sqhn
kaqeu<dw
I sleep
ka<qhmai
I sit, live
PP: kaqh<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___
kaqi<zw
I seat, sit
PP: kaqi<sw, e]ka<qisa, keka<qika, ___, ___
kaqi<sthmi/kaqista<nw I set, appoint
PP: katasth<sw, kate<sthsa, ___, ___, katesta<qhn
kai<w
I burn
PP: ___, e@kausa, ___, kekau<mai, e]kau<qhn
kale<w
I call, invite
PP: kale<sw, e]ka<lesa, ke<klhka, ke<klhmai, e]klh<qhn
katabai<nw
I go down, descend
PP: katabh<somai, kate<bhn, katabe<bhka, ___, ___
I proclaim
katagge<llw
PP: ___, kath<ggeila, ___, ___, kathgge<lhn
kata<gw
I bring down
PP: ___, kath<gagon, ___, ___, kath<xqhn
kataisxu<nw
I put to shame
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, kat^sxu<nqhn
katakai<w
I burn down, consume
PP: katakau<sw, kate<kausa, ___, ___, katekau<qhn
kata<keimai
I lie down, dine
katakri<nw
I condemn
PP: katakrinw?, kate<krina, ___, katake<krimai, katekri<qhn

10
9
14
26
153
28
9
31
22
91
46
21
12
148
81
18
9
13
12
12
18

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 273

katalamba<nw
I overtake, catch, seize
15
PP: ___, kate<labon, katei<lhfa, katei<lhmmai, katelh<mfqhn
katalei<pw
I leave, abandon
24
PP: katakei<yw, kate<lipon, ___, katale<leimmai, katelei<fqhn
katalu<w
I destroy, I lodge
17
PP: katalu<sw, kate<lusa, ___, ___, katelu<qhn
katanoe<w
I observe, notice, consider
14
PP: ___, kateno<hsa, ___, ___, ___
katanta<w
I come to, arrive
13
PP: ___, kath<nthsa, kath<nthka, ___, ___
katarge<w
I abolish, bring to naught
27
PP: katargh<sw, kath<rghsa, kath<rghka, kath<rghmai,
kathrgh<qhn
katarti<zw
I mend, fit, perfect
13
PP: katarti<sw, kath<rtisa, ___, kath<rtismai, ___
kataskeua<zw
I prepare
11
PP: kataskeua<sw, kateskeu<asa, ___, kateskeu<asmai, kateskeua<sqhn
katafrone<w
I despise, look down on
9
PP: katafronh<sw, kategro<nhsa, ___, ___, ___
katerga<zomai
I work out, achieve
22
PP: ___, kateirgasa<mhn, ___, katei<rgasmai, kateirga<sqhn
kate<rxomai
I come down, go down
16
PP: ___, kath?lqon, ___, ___, ___
katesqi<w
I eat up, devour
14
PP: katafa<gomai, kate<fagon, ___, ___, ___
kate<xw
I hold back, suppress, hold fast
17
PP: ___, kate<sxon, ___, ___, ___
kathgore<w
I accuse
23
PP: kathgorh<sw, kathgo<rhsa, ___, ___, ___
katoike<w
I live, dwell, inhabit
44
PP: ____, kat&?khsa, ___, ___, ___
kauxa<omai
I boast
37
PP: kauxh<somai, e]kauxhsa<mhn, ___, kekau<xhmai, ___
kei?mai
I lie, recline, am laid
24
keleu<w
I order, command
25
PP: ___, e]ke<leusa, ___, ___, ___
kerdai<nw
I gain, profit
17
PP: kerdh<sw, e]ke<rdhsa, ___, ___, e]kerdh<qhn
khru<ssw
I proclaim, preach
61
PP: khru<cw, e]kh<ruca, ___, ___, e]khru<xqhn
klai<w
I weep
40
PP: klau<sw, e@klausa, ___, ___, ___

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 274

kla<w
I break
PP: ___, e@klasa, ___, ___, ___
klei<w
I shut, lock
PP: klei<sw, e@kleisa, ___, ke<kleismai, e]klei<sqhn
kle<ptw
I steal
PP: kle<yw, e@kleya, ___, ___, ___
klhronome<w
I inherit
PP: klhronomh<sw, e]klhrono<mhsa, keklhrono<mhka, ___, ___
koima<omai
I sleep
PP: ___, ___, ___, kekoi<mhmai, e]koimh<qhn
koino<w
I make common, defile
PP: ___, e]koi<nwsa, kekoi<nwka, kekoi<nwmai, ___
kolla<w
I unite, join
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]kollh<qhn
komi<zw
I bring; Mid.: receive
PP: komi<somai, e]ko<misa, ___, ___, ___
kopia<w
I labor, work hard
PP: ___, e]kopi<asa, kekopi<aka, ___, ___
kosme<w
I adorn, put in order
PP: ___, e]ko<smhsa, ___, keko<smhmai, ___
kra<zw
I cry out
PP: kra<cw, e@kraca, ke<kraga, ___, ___
krate<w
I grasp, attain
PP: krath<sw, e]kra<thsa, kekra<thka, kekra<thmai, ___
kri<nw
I judge, decide
PP: krinw?, e@krina, ke<krika, ke<krimai, e]kri<qhn
krou<w
I knock
PP: ___, e@krousa, ___, ___, ___
kru<ptw
I conceal, hide
PP: ___, e@kruya, ___, ke<krummai, e]kru<bhn
kti<zw
I create, make
PP: ____, e@ktisa, ___, e@ktismai, e]kti<sqhn
kwlu<w
I forbid, hinder
PP: ___, e]kw<lusa, ___, ___, e]kwlu<qhn
lale<w
I speak, say
PP: lalh<sw, e]la<lhsa, lela<lhka, lela<lhmai, e]lalh<qhn
lamba<nw
I take, receive, seize
PP: lh<myomai, e@labon, ei@lhfa, ei@lhmmai, e]lh<mfqhn
latreu<w
I serve, worship
PP: latreu<sw, e]la<treusa, ___, ___, ___
le<gw
I say, tell, declare
PP: e]rw?, ei#pon, ei@rhka, ei@rhmai, e]rre<qhn

14
16
13
18
18
14
12
10
23
10
55
47
114
9
18
15
23
296
258
21
1329

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 275

liqa<zw
I stone
9
PP: ___, e]li<qasa, ___, ___, e]liqa<sqhn
logi<zomai
I calculate, account, reckon
40
PP: ___, e]logisa<mhn, ___, ___, e]logi<sqhn
lupe<w
I grieve
26
PP: ___, e]lu<phsa, lelu<phka, ___, e]luph<qhn
lu<w
I loose, destroy
42
PP: lu<sw, e@lusa, ___, le<lumai, e]lu<qhn
makroqume<w
I am patient
10
PP: ___, e]makroqu<mhsa, ___, ___, ___
manqa<nw
I learn
25
PP: ___, e@maqon, mema<qhka, ___, ___
marture<w
I testify, bear witness
76
PP: maturh<sw, e]martu<rhsa, memartu<rhka, memartu<rhmai, e]marturh<qhn
me<lei
it is a care
10
me<llw
I am about to
109
PP: mellh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___
me<nw
I remain, stay, live
118
PP: menw?, e@meina, meme<nhka, ___, ___
meri<zw
I divide, separate
14
PP: ___, e]me<risa, meme<rika, meme<rismai, e]meri<sqhn
merimna<w
I am anxious, distracted
19
PP: merimhn<sw, e]meri<mnhsa, ___, ___, ___
metabai<nw
I depart, pass over
12
PP: metabh<somai, mete<bhn, metabe<bhka, ___, ___
metanoe<w
I repent, change my mind
34
PP: metanoh<sw, meteno<hsa, ___, ___, ___
metape<mpw
I send for
9
PP: ___, mete<pemya, ___, ___, metepe<mfqhn
metre<w
I measure, apportion
11
PP: ___, e]me<trhsa, ___, ___, e]metrh<qhn
mimn^<skomai
I remember
23
PP: ___, ___, ___, me<mnhmai, e]mnh<sqhn
mise<w
I hate
40
PP: mish<sw, e]]mi<shsa, memi<shka, memi<shmai, ___
mnhmoneu<w
I remember
21
PP: ___, e]mvhmo<neusa, ___, ___, ___
moixeu<w
I commit adultery
15
PP: moixeu<sw, e]moi<xeusa, ___, ___, e]moixeu<qhn
nhsteu<w
I fast
20
PP: nhsteu<sw, e]nh<steusa, ___, ___, ___
nika<w
I conquer
28

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 276

PP: nikh<sw, e]ni<khsa, neni<khka, ___, e]nikh<qhn


ni<ptw
I wash
17
PP: ___, e@niya, ___, ___, ___
noe<w
I understand
14
PP: ___, e]no<hsa, neno<hka, ___, ____
nomi<zw
I suppose, think
15
PP: ___, e]no<misa, ___, ___, ___
ceni<zw
I entertain, startle
10
PP: ___, e]ce<nisa, ___, ___, e]ceni<sqhn
chrai<nw
I dry up, wither
15
PP: ___, e]ch<rana, ___, e]ch<rammai, e]chra<nqhn
oi@da (= perf. of stem ei]d-) I know, understand
318
PP: ei]dh<sw, ___, oi#da, ___, ___
oi]ke<w
I live
9
oi]kodome<w
I build, edify, erect
40
PP: oi]kodomh<sw, &]kodo<mhsa, ___, ___, oi]kodomh<qhn
o]mnu<w/o@mnumi
I swear
26
PP: ___, w@mosa, ___, ___, ___
o[moio<w
I make like, liken, compare
15
PP: o[moiw<sw, w[moi<wsa, ___, ___, w[moiw<qhn
o[mologe<w
I confess, promise
26
PP: o[mologh<sw, w[molo<ghsa, ___, ___, ___
o]neidi<zw
I reproach, insult
9
PP: ___, w]nei<disa, ___, ___, ___
o]noma<zw
I name
10
PP: ___, w]no<masa, ___, ___, w]noma<sqhn
o[ra<w
I see
113
PP: o@yomai, ei#don, e[w<raka/e[o<raka, ___, w@fqhn
o]fei<lw
I owe, ought
35
paideu<w
I teach, train, educate
13
PP: ___, e]pai<deusa, ___, pepai<deumai, e]paideu<qhn
paragge<llw
I command, order, charge
32
PP: ___, parh<ggeila, ___, parh<ggelmai, ___
paragi<nomai
I come, arrive
37
PP: ___, paregeno<mhn, ___, ___, ___
para<gw
I pass by
10
paradi<dwmi
I hand over, betray, entrust
119
PP: paradw<sw, pare<dwka, parade<dwka, parade<domai, paredo<qhn
paraite<omai
I make excuse, refuse, reject
12
PP: ___, par^thsa<mhn, ___, par^<thmai, ___
parakale<w
I call, urge, exhort, console
109

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 277

PP: ___, pareka<lesa, ___, parake<klhmai, pareklh<qhn


paralamba<nw
I take, receive, accept
PP: paralh<myomai, pare<labon, ___, ___, parelh<mfqhn
parati<qhmi
I set before
PP: paraqh<sw, pare<qhka, ___, ___, parete<qhn
pa<reimi
I have arrived, am present
PP: pare<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___
pare<rxomai
I pass by, pass away, arrive
PP: pareleu<somai, parh?lqon, parelh<luqa, ___, ___
pare<xw
I offer, afford
PP: pare<cw, pare<sxon, ___, ___, ___
pari<sthmi
I am present, approach, stand by
PP: parasth<sw, pare<sthsa, pare<sthka, ___, paresta<qhn
parrhsia<zomai
I speak freely
PP: ___, e]parrhsiasa<mhn, ___, ___, ___
pa<sxw
I suffer, endure
PP: ___, e@paqon, pe<ponqa, ___, ___
pata<ssw
I strike, hit
PP: pata<cw, e]pa<taca, ___, ___, ___
pau<w
I cease, stop
PP: pau<somai, e@pausa, ___, pe<paumai, ___
pei<qw
I persuade, convince
PP: pei<sw, e@peisa, pe<poiqa, pe<peismai, e]pei<sqhn
peina<w
I hunger
PP: peina<sw, e]pei<nasa, ___, ___, ___
peira<zw
I test, tempt
PP: ___, e]pei<rasa, ___, pepei<rasmai, e]peira<sqhn
pe<mpw
I send
PP: pe<myw, e@pemya, ___, ___, e]pe<mfqhn
penqe<w
I grieve
PP: penqh<sw, e]pe<nqhsa, ___, ___, ___
periba<llw
I clothe, put around
PP: peribalw?, perie<balon, ___, peribe<blhmai, ___
peripate<w
I walk, live
PP: peripath<sw, periepa<thsa, ___, ___, ___

49
19
24
29
16
41
9
42
10
15
52
23
38
79
10
23
95

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 278

perisseu<w
I abound, am rich
39
PP: ___, e]peri<sseusa, ___, ___, e]perisseu<qhn
perite<<mnw
I circumcise
17
PP: ___, perie<temon, ___, perite<tmhmai, perietmh<qhn
pia<zw
I take, seize
12
PP: ___, e]pi<asa, ___, ___, e]pia<sqhn
pi<mplhmi
I fill
24
PP: ___, e@plhsa, ___, ___, e]plh<sqhn
pi<nw
I drink
73
PP: pi<omai, e@pion, pe<pwka, ___, ___
pipra<skw
I sell
9
PP: ___, ___, pe<praka, pe<pramai, e]pra<qhn
pi<ptw
I fall
90
PP: pesou?mai, e@peson, pe<ptwka, ___, ___
pisteu<w
I believe (in), have faith (in)
241
PP: pisteu<sw, e]pi<steusa, pepi<steuka, pepi<steumai, e]pisteu<qhn
plana<w
I lead astray, misguide
39
PP: planh<sw, e]pla<nhsa, ___, pepla<nhmai, e]planh<qhn
pleona<zw
I grow, increase
9
PP: ___, e]pleo<nasa, ___, ___, ___
plhqu<nw
I multiply, increase
12
PP: plhqunw?, e]plh<quna, ___, ___, e]plhqu<nqhn
plhro<w
I fill, finish, fulfill
86
PP: plhrw<sw, e]plh<rwsa, peplh<rwka, peplh<rwmai, e]plhrw<qhn
ploute<w
I am rich, generous
12
PP: ___, e]plou<thsa, peplou<thka, ___, ___
poie<w
I do, make
568
PP: poih<sw, e]poi<hsa, pepoi<hka, pepoi<hmai, ___
poimai<nw
I shepherd, protect, rule
11
PP: poimanw?, e]poi<mana, ___, ___, ___
poreu<omai
I go, live
153
PP: poreu<somai, ___, ___, pepo<reumai, e]poreu<qhn
poti<zw
I give to drink, water
15
PP: ___, e]po<tisa, pepo<tika, ___, e]poti<sqhn
pra<ssw
I do, perform
39
PP: par<cw, e@praca, pe<praxa, pe<pragmai, ___
proa<gw
I lead forth, go before
20
PP: pro<acw, proh<gagon, ___, ___, ___
proei?pon (cf. prole<gw,
le<gw, ei#pon)
I foretell
12
proe<rxomai
I proceed
9
PP: proeleu<somai, proh?lqon, ___, ___, ___

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 279

prope<mpw
I accompany, help on ones journey
PP: ___, proe<pemya, ___, ___, proepe<mfqhn
prosde<xomai
I receive, wait for
PP: ___, prosedeca<mhn, ___, ___, ___
prosdoka<w
I wait for, expect
prose<rxomai
I come to, go to
PP: ___, prosh?lqon, proselh<luqa, ___, ___
proseu<xomai
I pray
PP: proseu<comai, proshuca<mhn, ___, ___, ___
prose<xw
I attend to, pay attention to
PP: ___, ___, prose<sxhka, ___, ___
proskale<omai
I summon, invite, call
PP: ___, prosekalesa<mhn, ___, proske<lhmai, ___
proskartere<w
I continue in/with
PP: proskarterh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___
proskune<w
I worship
PP: proskunh<sw, proseku<nhsa, ___, ___, ___
proslamba<nw
I receive, accept
PP: ___, prose<labon, prosei<lhfa, ___, ___
prosti<qhmi
I add to, increase
PP: ___, prose<qhka, ___, ___, prosete<qhn
prosfe<rw
I bring to, offer
PP: ___, prosh<negka, prosenh<noxa, ___, proshne<xqhn
profhteu<w
I prophesy, preach
PP: profhreu<sw, e]profh<teusa, ___, ___, ___
punqa<nomai
I inquire, ask
PP: ___, e]puqo<mhn, ___, ___, ___
pwle<w
I sell
PP: ____, e]pw<lhsa, ___, ___, ___
r[u<omai
I rescue, deliver
PP: r[u<somai, e]rrusa<mhn, ___, ___, e]rru<sqhn
saleu<w
I shake
PP: ___, e]sa<leusa, ___, sesa<leumai, e]saleu<qhn
salpi<zw
I sound the trumpet
PP: salpi<sw, e]sa<lpisa, ___, ___, ___
se<bomai
I worship
siga<w
I am silent
PP: ___, e]si<ghsa, ___, sesi<mhmai, ___
siwpa<w
I am silent
PP: siwph<sw, e]siw<phsa, ___, ___, ___
skandali<zw
I cause to stumble, cause to sin
PP: ___, e]skanda<lisa, ___, ___, e]skandali<sqhn

9
14
16
86
85
24
29
10
60
12
18
47
28
12
22
17
15
12
10
10
10
29

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 280

spei<rw
I sow (seed)
52
PP: ___, e@speira, ___, e@sparmai, e]spa<rhn
splagxni<zomai
I have compassion, pity
12
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]splagxni<sqhn
spouda<zw
I hasten, am eager
11
PP: spouda<sw, e]spou<dasa, ___, ___, ___
stauro<w
I crucify
46
PP: staurw<sw, e]stau<rwsa, ___, e]stau<rwmai, e]staurw<qhn
sth<kw (cf. i!sthmi)
I stand, stand fast
10
PP: ___, ___, e!sthka, ___, ___
sthri<zw
I establish, support
13
PP: sthri<cw, e]sth<rica, ___, e]sth<rigmai, e]sthri<xqhn
stre<fw
I turn, change
21
PP: ___, e@streya, ___, ___, e]stra<fhn
suzhte<w
I discuss, dispute
10
sullamba<nw
I seize, conceive, arrest
16
PP: sullh<myomai, sune<labon, sunei<lhfa, ___, sunelh<mfqhn
sumfe<rw
I bring together
15
PP: ___, sunh<negka, ___, ___, ___
suna<gw
I gather together, invite
59
PP: suna<cw, sunh<gagon, ___, sunh?gmai, sunh<xqhn
sune<rxomai
I come together
30
PP: ___, sunh?lqon, sunelh<luqa, ___, ___
sune<xw
I oppress, hold fast, urge on
12
PP: sune<cw, sune<sxon, ___, ___, ___
suni<hmi
I understand
26
PP: sunh<sw, sunh?ka, ___, ___, ___
suni<sthmi
I commend; Intrans: stand with
16
PP: ___, sune<sthsa, sune<sthka, ___, ___
sfa<zw
I slay, murder
10
PP: sfa<cw, e@sfaca, ___, e@sfagmai, e]sfa<ghn
sfragi<zw
I seal, mark
15
PP: ___, e]sfra<gisa, ___, e]sfra<gismai, e]sfragi<sqhn
sxi<zw
I split, divide, tear
11
PP: sxi<sw, e@sxisa, ___, ___, e]sxi<sqhn
s&<zw
I save, rescue
106
PP: sw<sw, e@swsa, se<swka, se<s&smai, e]sw<qhn
tapeino<w
I humble
14
PP: tapeinw<sw, e]tapei<nwsa, ___, ___, e]tapeinw<qhn
tara<ssw
I trouble, disturb
17
PP: ___, e]ta<raca, ___, teta<ragmai, e]tara<xqhn
teleio<w
I fulfill, make perfect
23

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 281

PP: ___, e]telei<wsa, tetelei<wka, tetelei<wmai, e]teleiw<qhn


teleuta<w
I die
11
PP: ___, e]teleu<thsa, teteleu<thka, ___, ____
tele<w
I finish, complete, fulfill
28
PP: tele<sw, e]te<lesa, tete<leka, tete<leka, tete<lesmai, e]tele<sqhn
thre<w
I keep, guard
70
PP: thrh<sw, e]th<rhsa, teteh<rhka, teth<rhmai, e]thrh<qhn
ti<qhmi
I put, place, set
100
PP: qh<sw, e@qhka, te<qeika, te<qeimai, e]te<qhn
ti<ktw
I give birth to, bear
18
PP: te<comai, e@tekon, ___, ___, e]te<xqhn
tima<w
I honor
21
PP: timh<sw, e]ti<mhsa, ___, teti<mhmai, ___
tolma<w
I dare
16
PP: tolmh<sw, e]to<lmhsa, ___, ___, ___
tre<fw
I feed, nourish, train
9
PP: ___, e@qreya, ___, te<qrammai, ___
tre<xw
I run
20
PP: ___, e@dramon, ___, ___, ___
tugxa<nw
I obtain, happen
12
PP: teu<comai, e@tuxon, te<teuxa, ___, ___
tu<ptw
I smite, hit
13
u[giai<nw
I am healthy
12
u[pa<gw
I go away, go depart
79
u[pakou<w
I obey, follow
21
PP: ___, u[ph<kousa, ___, ___, ___
u[panta<w
I meet, go to meet
10
PP: ___, u[ph<nthsa, ___, ___, ___
u[pa<rxw
I am, exist
60
u[pome<nw
I remain, endure
17
PP: u[pomenw?, u[pe<meina, u[pomeme<nhka, ___, ___
u[postre<fw
I return, turn back
35
PP: u[postre<yw, u[pe<streya, ___, ___, ___
u[pota<ssw
I subject, subordinate
38
PP: ___, u[pe<taca, ___, u[pote<tagmai, u[peta<ghn
u[stere<w
I lack, miss
16
PP: ___, u[ste<rhsa, u[ste<rhka, ___, u[sterh<qhn
u[yo<w
I lift up, exalt
20
PP: u[yw<sw, u!ywsa, ___, ___, u[yw<qhn
fai<nw
I shine, appear
31
PP: fanh<somai, e@fana, ___, ___, e]fa<nhn

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 282

fanero<w
I reveal, make known
49
PP: fanerw<sw, e]fane<rwsa, ___, pefane<rwmai, e]fanerw<qhn
fei<domai
I spare, refrain
10
PP: fei<somai, e]feisa<mhn, ___, ___, ___
fe<rw
I bear, carry, endure
66
PP: oi@sw, h@negka, ___, ___, h]ne<xqhn
feu<gw
I flee, escape
29
PP: feu<comai, e@fugon, ___, ___, ___
fhmi<
I say
66
PP: ___, e@fh, ___, ___, ___
fqei<rw
I ruin, corrupt, destroy
9
PP: ___, e@fqeira, ___, ___, e]fqa<rhn
file<w
I love, like
25
PP: ___, e]fi<lhsa, pefi<lhka, ___, ___
fobe<omai
I fear
95
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]fobh<qhn
foneu<w
I kill, murder
12
PP: foneu<sw, e]fo<neusa, ___, ___, ___
frone<w
I think
26
PP: fronh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___
fula<ssw
I guard, protect
31
PP: fula<cw, e]fu<laca, ___, ___, ___
futeu<w
I plant
11
PP: ___, e]fu<teusa, ___, pefu<teumai, e]futeu<qhn
fwne<w
I call
43
PP: fwnh<sw, e]fw<nhsa, ___, ___, e]fwnh<qhn
fwti<zw
I give light, enlighten
11
PP: fwti<sw, e]fw<tisa, ___, pefw<tismai, e]fwti<sqhn
xai<rw
I rejoice
74
PP: xarh<somai, ___, ___, ___, e]xa<rhn
xari<zomai
I forgive, give freely
23
PP: xari<somai, e]xarisa<mhn, ___, kexa<rismai, e]xari<sqhn
xorta<zw
I eat to the full, am satisfied
16
PP: ___, e]xo<rtasa, ___, ___, e]xorta<sqhn
xra<omai
I use, employ
11
PP: ___, e]xrhsa<mhn, ___, ke<xrhmai, ___
xrhmati<zw
I warn
9
PP: xrhmati<sw, e]xrhma<tisa, ___, kexrhma<tismai, e]xrhmati<sqhn
xwre<w
I make room, give way
10
PP: xwrh<sw, e]xw<rhsa, ___, ___, ___
xwri<zw
I separate, depart
13
PP: xwri<sw, e]xwrisa, ___, kexw<rismai, e]xwri<sqhn

Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 283

yeu<domai
I lie
PP: yeu<somai, e]yeusa<mhn ___, ___, ___
w]fele<w
I profit, benefit
PP: w]felh<sw, w]fe<lhsa, ___, ___, w]felh<qhn

12
15

Appendix 5: Total Review 284

Appendix 5
Total Review Quick Starters
Six Principal parts: lu<w (PAI); lu<sw (FAI); e@lusa (AAI); le<luka (RAI);
le<lu mai (R M/PI); e]lu<qhn (API)

Present Active
I loose/am loosing
lu< w
lu< eij
lu< ei
lu< omen
lu< ete
lu< ousi(n)

Future Active
I will loose (+ s)
lu< sw
lu< seij
lu< sei
lu< somen
lu< sete
lu< sousi(n)

Present Mid/Pass
I am loosed
lu< omai
lu< ^
lu< etai
lu o<meqa
lu< esqe
lu< ontai

Future Middle
I will loose myself
lu< somai
lu< s^
lu< setai
lu so<meqa
lu< sesqe
lu< sontai
Remember LeMoNeRs
Future Passive
I will be loosed
luqh<s omai
luqh<s ^
luqh<s etai
luqhs o<meqa
luqh<s esqe
luqh<s ontai

Contract Verbs
a]gapa<w
poie<w
plhro<w

Primary Active Endings:


w, eij, ei,
omen, ete, ousi(n)
Primary Mid/Pass Endings:
omai, ^, etai, omeqa, esqe, ontai

Appendix 5: Total Review 285

Six Principal parts: lu<w (PAI); lu<sw (FAI); e@lusa (AAI);

le<luka (RAI); le<lu mai (R M/PI); e]lu<qhn (API)


Secondary Endings
Imperfect Act
I was loosing (Aug)
e@lu on
e@lu ej
e@lu e(n)
e]lu< omen
e]lu< ete
e@lu on

1st Aorist Act


I loosed (Aug+ sa)
e@lusa
e@lusa j
e@lus e(n)
e]lu<sa men
e]lu<sa te
e]lu<sa n

2nd Aorist Act


I took (Aug+Root)
e@labo n
e@labe j
e@labe (n)
e]la<bo men
e]la<be te
e@labo n

Perfect Active
I have loosed
le<luka
le<luka j
le<luke (n)
lelu<ka men
lelu<ka te
lelu<ka si(n)

Impf Mid/Pass
I was being loosed
e]lu o<mhn
e]lu< ou
e]lu< eto
e]lu o<meqa
e]lu< esqe
e]lu< onto

1st Aorist Mid


I loosed myself
e]lusa< mhn
e]lu<s w
e]lu<sa to
e]lusa< meqa
e]lusa sqe
e]lu<sa nto

2nd Aorist Mid


I became
e]geno< mhn
e]ge<n ou
e]ge<ne to
e]geno< meqa
e]ge<ne sqe
e]ge<no nto

1st Aorist Pass


I was loosed
e]lu<qh n
e]lu<qh j
e]lu<qh
e]lu<qh men
e]lu<qh te
e]lu<qh san

2nd Aor Pass


I was raised
h]ge<rqh n
h]ge<rqh j
h]ge<rqh
h]ge<rqh men
h]ge<rqh te
h]]ge<rqh san

Perfect Mid/Pass
I have been loosed
le<lu mai
le<lu sai
le<lu tai
le<lu meqa
le<lu sqe
le<lu ntai
(Redup + ka)
Pluperfect
I had loosed
e]lelu<kei n
e]lelu<kei j
e]lelu<kei
e]lelu<kei men
e]lelu<kei te
e]lelu<kei san

ei]mi<: I am, I was, I will be


ei]mi<, ei#, e]sti<n, e]sme<n e]ste<, ei]si<(n)
Secondary Active Endings: (Aug. or Redupl.)
h@mhn, h#j, h#n
h#men, h#te, h#san
n, j, e, men, te, n
e@somai, e@s^, e@stai,
Secondary Mid. Endings :
e]so<meqa, e@sesqe, e@sontai
omhn, ou, eto, omeqa, esqe, onto

Appendix 5: Total Review 286

Nouns
Nom. = Subject; Gen. = of a word; Dat. = to/by/for/at a word; Acc. = Object

Nom. Sg.
Gen. Sg.
Dat. Sg.
Acc. Sg.

2
word (m.)
lo<goj
lo<gou
lo<g&
lo<gon

1
writing (f.)
grafh<
grafh?j
graf^?
grafh<n

2
temple (n.)
i[ero<n
i[erou?
i[er&?
i[ero<n

the (m.)
o[
tou?
t&?
to<n

Nom. Pl.
Gen. Pl.
Dat. Pl.
Acc. Pl.

lo<goi
lo<gwn
lo<goij
lo<gouj

grafai<
grafw?n
grafai?j
grafa<j

i[era<
i[erw?n
i[eroi?j
i[era<

oi[
tw?n
toi?j
tou<j

Nom. Sg.
Gen. Sg.
Dat. Sg.
Acc. Sg.

3
grace (f.)
xa<rij
xa<ritoj
xa<riti
xa<rita

3
faith (f.)
pi<stij
pi<stewj
pi<stei
pi<stin

3
name (n.)
o@noma
o]no<matoj
o]no<mati
o@noma

Nom. Pl.
Gen. Pl.
Dat. Pl.
Acc. Pl.

xa<ritej
xari<twn
xa<risi(n)
xa<ritaj

pi<steij
pi<stewn
pi<stesi(n)
pi<steij

o]no<mata
o]noma<twn
o]no<masi(n)
o]no<mata

All-ways remember: pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n

Article
the (f.)
h[
th?j
t^?
th<n

the (n.)
to<
tou?
t&?
to<

ai[
tw?n
tai?j
ta<j

ta<
tw?n
toi?j
ta<

Appendix 5: Total Review 287

Pronouns

Nom. Sg.
Gen. Sg.
Dat. Sg.
Acc. Sg.

I
e]gw<
mou
moi
me

Nom. Pl.
Gen. Pl.
Dat. Pl.
Acc. Pl.

h[mei?j
h[mw?n
h[mi?n
h[ma<j

Personal Pronouns
you
su<
sou
soi
se

he
au]to<j
au]tou?
au]t&?
au]to<n

she
au]th<
au]th?j
au]t^?
au]th<n

it
au]to<
au]tou?
au]t&?
au]to<

u[mei?j
u[mw?n
u[mi?n
u[ma?j

au]toi<
au]tw?n
au]toi<j
au]tou<j

au]tai<
au]tw?n
au]tai?j
au]ta<j

au]ta<
au]tw?n
au]toi?j
au]ta<

Demonstrative Pronouns
This: ou$toj , tou<tou, tou<t&, tou<ton
au!th, tau<thj , tau<t^, tau<thn
tou?to , tou<tou, tou<t&, tou<to
That:

e]kei?noj, e]kei<nh,
e]kei<nou e]kei<nhj,

ou$toi, tou<twn, tou<toij , tou<touj


au$tai, tou<twn, tau<taij , tau<taj
tau?ta tou<twn, tou<toij , tau?ta

e]kei?no (2-1-2 regular)


e]kei<nou etc.

Reciprocal Pronoun
a]llh<lwn one another

who (m.)
Nom. Sg.
o!j
Gen. Sg.
ou$
Dat. Sg.
&$
Acc. Sg.
o!n
Nom. Pl.
Gen. Pl.
Dat. Pl.
Acc. Pl.

oi!
w$n
oi$j
ou!j

Relative Pronouns
who (f.)
which (n.)
h!
o!
h$j
ou$
^$
&$
h!n
o!
ai!
w$n
ai$j
a!j

a!
w$n
oi$j
a!

Reflexive Pronouns
e]mautou?, e]maut&? ... e]mauth?j, e]maut^? ... myself
seautou?, seaut&? ... seauth?j, seaut^? ... yourself
e[autou?, e[auth?j, e[autou? himself, herself, itself

Appendix 5: Total Review 288

Participle Paradise
Present Active Participles (while loosing(-Art), one loosing(Subst. -Noun), the soldier
loosing(+Art)
3
1
3
Nom.
lu<wn
lu<ousa
lu?on
Gen.
lu<ontoj
luou<shj
lu<ontoj
Present Middle/Passive Participles (while being loosed, one being loosed...)
2
1
2
Nom.
luo<menoj
luome<nh
luo<menon
Gen.
luome<nou
luome<nhj
luome<nou
Present Active Participle of ei]mi (while being, one being, the soldier being)
3
1
3
Nom.
w@n
ou#sa
o@n
Gen.
o@ntoj
ou@shj
o@ntoj
First Aorist Active Participles (after loosing, one loosed, the soldier who loosed)
3
1
3
Nom.
lu<saj
lu<sasa
lu?san
Gen.
lu<santoj
lusa<shj
lu<santoj
First Aorist Middle Participles (after loosing herself, one who loosed herself, ...)
2
1
2
Nom.
lusa<menoj
lusame<nh
lusa<menon
Gen.
lusame<nou
lusame<nhj
lusame<nou
First Aorist Passive Participles (after being loosed, one being loosed...)
3
1
3
Nom.
luqei<j
luqei?sa
luqe<n
Gen.
luqe<ntoj
luqei<shj
luqe<ntoj
Second Aorists Ptc. (after seeing, after coming, after saying)...present Ptc. endings
i]dwn, i]do<ntoj, i]do<nti ... (ei]do<n I saw)
e]lqw<n, e]lqo<ntoj, e]lqo<nti ... (h]lqon I came)
ei]pw<n, ei]po<ntoj, ei]po<nti . . . (ei]pon I said)
Perfect Active Participles (after having loosed, one who has loosed...)
3
1
3
Nom.
lelukw<j
lelukui?a
leluko<j
Gen.
leluko<toj
lelukui<aj
leluko<toj
Perfect Middle/Passive Participles (after having been loosed, one who has been
loosed)
2
1
2
Nom.
lelume<noj
lelume<nh
lelume<non
Gen.
lelume<nou
lelume<nhj
lelume<nou

Appendix 5: Total Review 289

Verb Principle Parts


5 verbal bad boys (cf. Appendix #4)
Present Form
e@rxomai
ble<pw/o[ra<w
le<gw
fe<rw
e]sqi<w

Future
e]leu<somai
o@yomai
e]rw?
oi@sw
fa<gomai

2nd Aorist
h#lqon
ei#don
ei#pon
h@negka
e@fagon

Periphrastics:
Translated tense
Present
Imperfect
Future
Perfect
Pluperfect
Future Perfect

Periphrastic Construction
Present ei]mi< + Present Ptc
Imperfect ei]mi + Present Ptc
Future ei]mi + Present Ptc
Present ei]mi< + Perf Ptc
Imperfect ei]mi< + Perf Ptc
Future ei]mi< + Perf Ptc

Perfect
e]lh<luqa
e[w<raka
ei@rhka
e]nh<noxa
---

Aor. Pass.
--w@fqhn
e]rre<qhn
h]ne<xqhn
---

Greek Tricky Little Buggers


h[ = Art. Nom. Sg. Fem (the)
o[ = Art. Masc. Sg. Nom. (the)
h#j = 2rd Sg. IAI ei]mi< you were
h! = Relative Pron. Fem. (who)
o! = Rel. Pron. Masc. (who)
h!j = Rel. Pron. Fem. Gen. Sg.
h@ = Conjunction = or, than, either
h#n = 3rd Sg. IAI ei]mi< s/he was
h# = 3rd Sg. PASubjunctive from ei]mi< (may s/he)
h!n = Rel. Pron. Fem. Acc. Sg. (who)
au]th< = 3rd Sg. Fem. Nom. she (au[to<j)
au!th = Dem. Pron. Fem. Nom. Sg.this (ou$toj)

ou] = Neg. Adv. no


ou$ = Rel. Pron. Gen. Sg. who

Adjectives:
Attributive: The good person (2 forms) -- adj has Article
o[ a]gaqo<j a@nqrwpoj
or
o[ a@nqrwpoj o[ a]gaqo<j
Predicate: The person is good. (2 forms) -- no Article on adj
o[ a@nqrwpoj a]gaqo<j
or
a]gaqo<j o[ a@nqrwpoj
Substantive: the good one: Adjective plays noun when no noun modified found:
Adjective Paradigm: 2-1-2 a]gaqo<j, a]gaqh<, a]gaqo<n

Appendix 5: Total Review 290

Prepositions Chart
peri<
around,
about

pro<j
to

meta< -- with
su<n - - with

on,
e]pi< -- upon

e]n
in

ei]j
into

a]po<
from
e]k
out of

dia< --

through

kata<
against, down

Appendix 5: Total Review 291

Moody Review Charts: Infinitives, Imperatives, Subjunctives


Infinitives
Present - to continue to loose
lu<ein lu<esqai
First Aorist - to loose
lu?sai lu<sasqai luqh?nai
Second Aorist
labei?n labe<sqai labh?nai
Perfect -- to have loosed
leluke<nai lelu<sqai
Endings
ei?n esqai
ei?n esqai
ai asqai
nai sqai

Imperatives
Present
2 lu?e
3 lue<tw
2 luete
3 lue<twsan
Middle/Pass
2 lu<ou
3 lue<sqw
2 lu<esqe
3 lue<sqwsan

(Present)
h?nai (2nd Aorist)
h?nai (1st Aorist)
(Perfect)

Endings - rap
e
-tw -te
ou
-sqw -sqe
n
-tw -te
ai
-sqw -sqe
ti
-tw -te

Aorist
lu?son
lusa<tw
lu?sate
lusa<twsan
Middle
lu?sai
lusa<sqw
lu<sasqe
lusa<sqwsan
Passive
lu<qhti
luqh<tw
lu<qhte
luqh<twsan

-twsan
-qwsan
-twsan
-qwsan
-twsan

Mi Verbs -- didwmi (do); i!sthmi (sta); ti<qhmi (qe); dei<knumi (deikn)


Present: di<dwmi, di<dwj, di<dwsi, di<domen, di<dote,
di<doasi
Spanish endings: -mi, -a, -si, -men, -te, -asi
Present & Imperfect take di
Perfect: add d redup to the Aorist
Imperf: e]di<doun, e]di<douj, e]di<dou, e]di<domen, e]di<dote, e]di<dosan
Future: dw<sw, dw<seij, dw<sei, dw<somen, dw<sete, dw<sousi
Aorist: e@dwka, e@dwkaj, e@dwke, e]dw<kamen, e]dw<kate, e@dwkan
Subjunctive: Present di<dw?, did&?j, did&?, didw?men...
Aorist: dw?, d&?j, d&?, dw?men ... Pres Imper: di<dou, dido<tw... Aor: do<j, do<tw...
Present tense: immediacy, process, foreground
Aorist tense: complete, wholistic, it happened (simply), background
Perfect tense: frontground, more distant, overviewish, reflective

Appendix 5: Total Review 292

Moody Review Charts: Subjunctives


Subjunctives (I may/might, let us)
Present
Aorist
lu<w
lu<sw
lu<^j
lu<s^j
lu<^
lu<s^
lu<wmen
lu<swmen
lu<hte
lu<shte
lu<wsi
lu<swsi
Mid/Pass
Middle
lu<wmai
lu<swmai
lu<^
lu<s^
lu<htai
lu<htai
luw<meqa
lusw<meqa
lu<hsqe
lu<shsqe
lu<wntai
lu<swntai
Passive
luqw?
luq^?j
luq^?
luqw?men
luqh?te
luqw?si
Endings
-w, -^j, -^,
-wmen, -hte, -wsi (Active)
-mai, -^, -htai, -wmeqa, -hsqe, -wntai (M/P and Aor Mid)
-w?, -^?j, -^?,
-w?men, -h?te, -w?si (Aor Pass)
tij/ti [someone/anything]; ti<j/ti< [who/which/what?];
ei$j/mi<a/e!n, du<o, trei?j, te<ssarej, pe<nte, e!c, e[pta<, o]ktw<, e]nne<a, de<ka, dw<deka,
e[kato<n, xi<lioi
Genitive: R TOP ADS: Relational [wife of], Time [during], Objective [blasphemy of God],
Possessive [of], Agency [by], Descriptive, Subjective [lust of flesh]
Dative: II LIST: Indirect Object [spoke to him]; Interest [for]; Location [in],
Instrumental [by]; Sphere [in]; Time [on/at]; Comparative/Superlatives/Elative:...

Appendix 6: 27 Greek Chants 293

Appendix 6
27 Greek Chants
Chant #1: Present Active Indicative (PAI) Verb
lu<w
lu<eij
lu<ei

(I loose/am loosing)
(you loose/are loosing)
(s/he/it looses/is loosing)

lu<omen
lu<ete
lu<ousi(n)

(we loose/are loosing)


(you loose/are loosing)
(they loose/are loosing)

Chant #2: 2-1-2 Nouns


2

lo<goj
lo<gou
lo<g&
lo<gon

1
(word: Subject)
(of a word)
(to/by/for a word)
(word: Object)

lo<goi (words: Subject)


lo<gwn (of words)
lo<goij (to/by/for words)
lo<gouj (words: Object)

grafh< (writing: Subject)


grafh?j (of a writing)
graf^? (to/by/for a writing)
grafh<n (writing: Object)

i[ero<n
i[erou?
i[er&?
i[ero<n

grafai< (writings: Subject)


grafw?n (of writings)
grafai?j (to/by/for writings)
grafa<j (writings: Object)

i[era< (temples: Subject)


i[erw?n (of temples)
i[eroi?j (to/by/for temples)
i[era< (temples: Object)

(temple: Subject)
(of a temple)
(to/by/for a temple)
(temple: Object)

Chant #3: 11 Prepositional Moves


e]pi<
(hands pat on head)
peri< (right hand pointing finger circle head)
pro<j (finger point to heart)
ei]j
(hands into heartcollapse chest)
dia<
e]n
e]]k
a]po<

(finger pushing again through the back)


(arms in hugging self)
(finger push out from heart; close)
(arms extend out fingers pointing out front)

kata< (hands push against each other in front)


su<n (one arm wave around shoulder of invisible buddy--with)
meta< (two arms around shoulders of invisible buddy both sides--with)

Appendix 6: 27 Greek Chants 294

Chant #4: Present Act Indicative (PAI) ei]mi< Verb


ei]mi<
ei#
e]sti<n

(I am)
(you are)
(s/he/it is)

e]sme<n
e]ste<
ei]si<(n)

(we are)
(you are)
(they are)

Chant #5: Personal PronounCow call


1st Person Sg.

e]gw< (I: Sujbect)


mou (my)
moi (to/for/at me)
me (me: Object)

2nd Person Sg.

1st Person Pl.

su<
sou
soi
se

h[mei?j
h[mw?n
h[mi?n
h[ma?j

au]to<j
au]th<
au]to<

(you: Subject)
(your)
(to/for/at you)
(you: Object)

(we: Subject)
(our)
(to/for/at us)
(us: Object)

(he)
(she)
(it)

Chant #6: Present Middle/Passive Indicative (PM/PI) Verb


lu<omai
(I am loosed/loose myself)
-^, -etai,
-o<meqa, -esqe, -ontai
Chant #7: Future Active Indicative (FAI) Verb
lu<sw
lu<seij
lu<sei

(I will loose)
(you will loose)
(s/he/it will loose)

lu<somen
lu<sete
lu<sousi(n)

(we will loose)


(you will loose)
(they will loose)

Chant #8: Future Middle Indicative (FMI) Verb


lu<somai (I will loose myself)
-^, -etai,
-omeqa, -esqe, -ontai
Chant #9: Imperfect Active Indicative (IAI) Verb
e@luon (I was loosing)
-n, -j, -e, -men, -te, -n

Appendix 6: 27 Greek Chants 295

Chant #10: Imperfect Middle/Passive Indicative (IM/PI) Verb


e]luo<mhn (I was being loosed)
-ou, -eto,
-omeqa, -esqe, -onto
Chant #11: Imperfect Act Indicative (IAI) ei]mi< Verb
h@mhn
h#j
h#n

h#men
h#te
h#san

(I was)
(you were)
(s/he/it was)

(we were)
(you were)
(they were)

Chant #12: 3-3-3 Nouns


3

xa<rij (grace: Subject)


xa<ritoj (of grace)
xa<riti (to/for/at grace)
xa<rita (grace: Object)

pi<stij (faith: Subject)


pi<stewj (of a writing)
pi<stei (to/for/at a writing)
pi<stin (writing: Object)

xa<ritej (words: Subject)


xari<twn (of words)
xa<risi(n) (to/for/at grace)
xa<ritaj (words: Object)

pi<steij (writings: Subject)


pi<stewn (of writings)
pi<stesi(n) (to/for/at writings)
pi<steij (writings: Object)

o@noma (name: Subject)


o]no<matoj (of a name)
o]no<mati (to/for/at a name)
o@noma (name: Object)
o]no<mata (names: Subject)
o]noma<twn (of names)
o]no<masi(n) (to/for names)
o]no<mata (temples: Object)

Chant #13: First Aorist Active Indicative (AAI) Verb


e@lusa
(I loosed)
--, -j, -e,

(-- pronounce noise sound aahh)

-men, -te, -n

Chant #14: First Aorist Middle Indicative (AMI) Verb


e]lusa<mhn (I loosed myself)
-w, -ato,
-a<meqa, -asqe, -anto
Chant #15: First Aorist Passive Indicative (API) Verb
e]lu<qhn
(I was loosed)
(-- pronounce noise sound aahh)
-n, -j, --,
-men, -te, -san
Chant #16: Future Passive Indicative (FPI) Verb
lu<qhsomai
(I will be loosed) (-- pronounce noise sound aahh)
-^, -etai, -omeqa, -esqe, -ontai

Appendix 6: 27 Greek Chants 296

Chant #17: Perfect Active Indicative (RAI) Verb


le<luka
(I have loosed) (-- pronounce noise sound aahh)
--, -j, -e,
-men, -te, -si
Chant #18: Perfect Middle/Passive Indicative (RM/PI) Verb
le<lumai (I have been loosed)
-sai, -tai, -meqa, -sqe, -ntai
Chant #19: 5 Verbal Bad Boys (chant)to be developed
Present Form
e@rxomai
o[ra<w
le<gw
fe<rw
e]sqi<w

Future
e]leu<somai
o@yomai
e]rw?
oi@sw
fa<gomai

2nd Aorist
h#lqon
ei#don
ei#pon
h@negka
e@fagon

Perfect
e]lh<luqa
e[w<raka
ei@rhka
e]nh<noxa
---

Aor. Pass.
--w@fqhn
e]rre<qhn
h]ne<xqhn
---

Chant #20: Present Active Participles (PAPtc)


Present Active Participles (while loosing(-DA), one loosing(Subst. -Noun), the soldier
loosing(+DA))
3
1
3
Nom.
lu<wn
lu<ousa
lu?on
Gen.
lu<ontoj
luou<shj
lu<ontoj

Chant #21: Aorist Active Participles (AAPtc)


First Aorist Active Participles (after loosing, one loosed, the soldier who loosed)
3
1
3
Nom.
lu<saj
lu<sasa
lu?san
Gen.
lu<santoj
lusa<shj
lu<santoj
First Aorist Passive Participles (after being loosed, one being loosed...)
3
1
3
Nom.
luqei<j
luqei?sa
luqe<n
Gen.
luqe<ntoj
luqei<shj
luqe<ntoj

Appendix 6: 27 Greek Chants 297

Chant #22: Perfect Active Participles (RAPtc)


Perfect Active Participles (after having loosed, one who has loosed...)
3
1
3
Nom.
lelukw<j
lelukui?a
leluko<j
Gen.
leluko<toj
lelukui<aj
leluko<toj

Chant #23: Infinitive Endings (to loose)


Present
Second Aor.
First Aor.
Perfect

ei?n
ei?n
ai
nai

esqai
esqai h?nai
asqai h?nai
sqai

Chant: #24: Subjunctive (I may loose)


lu<w, -lu^j, lu^, lu<wmen, lu<hte, lu<wsi(n) Present Active Subj.
lu<wmai, -^, htai, -wmeqa, -hsqe, -wntai Present Mid./Pass. Subj.
Chant #25: Imperative Endings Chantyou loose
Present (e toe-te-toesan, etc.)
-e, -tw, -te, -twsan (Active)
-ou, -sqw, -sqe, -sqwsan (M/Pass)
First Aorist
-n,
-tw,
-te,
-twsan (Active)
-ai, -sqw, -sqe, -sqwsan (Mid)
-ti, -tw, -te,
-twsan (Pass)

Chant #26: -mi Verb endings (Spanish endings)di<dwmi (I give)


di<dwmi: -mi, -j, -si,

-men, -te, -asi

Chant #27: Counting to ten


ei$j
du<o
trei?j
te<ssarej
pe<nte

1
2
3
4
5

e!c
e[pta<
o]ktw<
e]nne<a
de<ka

6
7
8
9
10

Chant #28 : Genitive = TP ROADS: time [--], possession, relational, objective,


agency, descriptive, subjective
Dative = II LIST: indirect obj., interest, location, instrumental, sphere, time [*]

Appendix 7: Lords Prayer 298

Appendix 7
Lords Prayer (Mat. 6:9b-13)
Pa<ter h[mw?n o[ e]n toi?j ou]ranoi?j:
a[giasqh<tw to> o@noma< sou:
e]lqe<tw h[ basilei<a sou:
genhqh<tw to> qe<lhma< sou,
w[j e]n ou]ran&? kai> e]pi> gh?j:
to>n a@rton h[mw?n to>n e]piou<sion
do>j h[mi?n sh<meron:
kai> a@fej h[mi?n ta> o]feilh<mata h[mw?n,
w[j kai> h[mei?j a]fh<kamen
toi?j o]feile<taij h[mw?n:
kai> mh> ei]sene<gk^j h[ma?j ei]j
peirasmo>n,
a]lla> r[u?sai h[ma?j a]po> tou? ponhrou?.

English-Greek Glossary

English-Greek Glossary
Words Occurring Nine or More Times in the New
Testament
abandon, I abandon
able
able, I am able
able, I am able
abolish, I abolish
abound, I abound
about
about
about
about
about to, I am about to
above
above
above
above
above
above all
Abraham
abyss
accept, I accept
accept, I accept
accompany, I accompany
accompany, I accompany
according to

katalei<pw
i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n
du<namai
i]sxu<w
katarge<w
perisseu<w
peri< (+ gen.)
peri< (+ acc.)
w[j
w[sei<
me<llw
a@nw
e]pa<nw
e]pa<nw (+ gen.)
e]pi< (+ dat.)
u[pe<r (+ acc.)
ma<lista
]Abraa<m, o[
a@bussoj, -ou, h[
paralamba<nw
proslamba<nw
a]kolouqe<w
prope<mpw
kata< (+ acc.)

299

English-Greek Glossary

account, I account
accurately
accusation
accuse, I accuse
accuser (devil)
Achaia
achieve, I achieve
Adam
add to, I add to
admit, I admit
adorn, I adorn
adultery, I commit
adultery
afar
afford, I afford
after
after
afterward
again
again
against
against
against
age
Agrippa
akin to
alas
alien
alive, I make alive
all
all
Almighty
alms
alone
alongside of
already

logi<zomai
a]kribw?j
ai]ti<a, -aj, h[
kathgore<w
satana?j, -a?, o[
]Axai~a, -aj, h[
katerga<zomai
]Ada<m, o[
prosti<qhmi
e]comologe<w
kosme<w
moixeu<w
makro<qen
pare<xw
meta< ( + acc.)
o]pi<sw
u!steroj, -a, -on
a@nwqen
pa<lin
kata< (+ gen.)
meta< ( + gen.)
pro<j (+ acc.)
ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[
]Agri<ppaj, -a, o[
suggenh<j, -ej
ou]ai<
ce<noj, -h, -on
z&opoie<w
a!paj, -asa, -an
pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n
pantokra<twr, -oroj, o[
e]lehmosu<nh, -hj, h[
mo<noj, -h, -on
para< (+ acc.)
h@dh

300

English-Greek Glossary

also
altar
always
am amazed, I am amazed
am, I am
am, I am
am, I am
amaze, I amaze
amazed, I am amazed
amen
among
Ananias
ancestor
ancient
and
and
and
and from there
and I
and if
and not
and not
and not
and that one
and then
and there
Andrew
angel
anger
anger
animal
announce, I announce
announce, I announce
announce, I announce
anoint, I anoint
Anointed one

kai<
qusiasth<rion, -ou, to<
pa<ntote
e]ci<sthmi
gi<nomai
ei]mi<
u[pa<rxw
e]ci<sthmi
e]kplh<ssomai
a]mh<n
e]n (+ dat.)
[Anani<aj, -ou, o[
path<r, patro<j, o[
a]rxai?oj, -ai<a, ai?on
de<
kai<
te<
ka]kei?qen
ka]gw<
ka@n
mh<te
ou]de<
ou@te
ka]kei?noj, -h, -o
ka]kei?qen
ka]kei?
]Andre<aj, -ou, o[
a@ggeloj, -ou, o[
qumo<j, -ou?, o[
o]rgh<, -h?j, h[
z&?on, -ou, to<
a]nagge<llw
a]pagge<llw
e]pagge<llomai
a]lei<fw
Xristo<j, -ou?, o[

301

English-Greek Glossary

another
another
anothers
answer, I answer
Antioch
anxious, I am anxious
any
anyone
apart from
Apollos
apostle
appear, I appear
appear, I appear
appearance
appoint, I appoint
apportion, I apportion
apprentice
approach, I approach
approve, I approve
archetype
arm
army
around
arrest, I arrest
arrest, I arrest
arrest, I arrest
arrival
arrive, I arrive
arrive, I arrive
arrive, I arrive
arrived, I have arrived
as
as
as
as
as

a@lloj, -h, -on


e!teroj, -a, -on
a]llo<trioj, -a, -on
a]pokri<nomai
]Antio<xeia, -aj, h[
merimna<w
pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n
ti>j, ti>
xwri<j (+ gen.)
]Apollw?j, -w?, o[
a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[
e]pe<rxomai
fai<nw
pro<swpon, -ou, to<
kaqi<sthmi/kaqista<nw
metre<w
maqhth<j, -ou?, o[
pari<sthmi
dokima<zw
tu<poj, -ou, o[
xei<r, xeiro<j, h[
parembolh<, -h?j, h[
peri< (+ acc.)
a@gw
e]pilamba<nomai
sullamba<nw
parousi<a, -aj, h[
katanta<w
pare<rxomai
paragi<nomai
pa<reimi
kaqa<per
kaqw<j
oi$oj, -a, -on
w[j
w[sei<

302

English-Greek Glossary

as a gift
as far as
as far as
as far as
as great as
as many as
ascend, I ascend
ashamed, I am ashamed
Asia
ask, I ask
ask, I ask
ask, I ask
ask, I ask
ask, I ask
assembly
assistant
astonished, I am
astonished
astray, I lead astray
at
at
at
at all
at all times
at some time
at that time
at the same time
attack, I attack
attack, I attack
attain, I attain
attend to, I attend to
authority
away

dwre<an
a@xri, a@xrij (+ gen.)
e!wj (+ gen.)
me<xri ( + gen.)
o!soj, -h, -on
o!soj, -h, -on
a]nabai<nw
e]paisxu<nomai
]Asi<a, -aj, h[
ai]te<w
deo<mai
e]perwta<w
e]rwta<w
punqa<nomai
e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[
u[phre<thj, -ou, o[

Babylon
bad

Babulw<n, -w?noj, h[
kako<j, -h<, -o<n

e]kplh<ssomai
plana<w
e]pi< (+ dat.)
para< (+ acc.)
pro<j (+ dat.)
pw<j
pa<ntote
pote<
to<te
a!ma
e]pe<rxomai
e]fi<sthmi
krate<w
prose<xw
e]cousi<a, -aj, h[
e@cw

303

English-Greek Glossary

bad
badly
baptism
Baptist (John the Baptist)
baptize, I baptize
Barabbas
Barnabas
barracks
basis
bear witness,
I bear witness
bear, I bear
bear, I bear
bear, I bear
beat, I beat
beautiful
beautifully
because of
because
because
because
because
because of
become, I become
bed
bed
before
before
before
before
before
beg, I beg
begin, I begin
(in middle voice)
beginning
behavior

ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n


kakw?j
ba<ptisma, -atoj, to<
baptisth<j, -ou?, o[
bapti<zw
Barabba?j, -a?, o[
Barnaba?j, -a?, o[
parembolh<, -h?j, h[
qemelion, -ou, to<
marture<w
basta<zw
ti<ktw
fe<rw
de<rw
kalo<j, -h<, -o<n
kalw?j
dia< (+ acc.)
dio<ti
e]pei<
e]peidh<
o!ti
xa<rin (+ gen.)
gi<nomai
kli<nh, -hj, h[
kra<battoj, -ou, o[
e@mprosqen
e]nw<pion (+ gen.)
pri<n (+ gen.)
pro< (+ gen.)
pro<teroj, -a, -on
deo<mai
a@rxw
a]rxh<, -h?j, h[
a]nastrofh<, -h?j, h[

304

English-Greek Glossary

behind
behind
behold! (you) behold!
behold, (you) behold
belief
believe (in), I believe (in)
believer (subst.)
belly
belly
belong to one
beloved
beloved
below
below
benefit, I benefit
beside
Bethany
betray, I betray
better
between
between
beyond
bind, I bind
bird
birth to, I give birth to
birth to, I give birth to
blaspheme, I blaspheme
blasphemy
bless, I bless
blessed
blessing
blind (person)
blood
blow
boast, I boast
boasting

meta< ( + acc.)
o]pi<sw
i]dou< (see ei#don)
i@de
pi<stij, -ewj, h[
pisteu<w
pisto<j, -h<, -o<n
gasth<r, -tro<j, h[
koili<a, -aj, h[
i@dioj, -a, -on
a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n
fi<loj, -h, -on
ka<tw
u[poka<tw
w]fele<w
para< (+ dat.)
Bhqani<a, -aj, h[
paradi<dwmi
krei<sswn/kreittwn, -on
metacu<
metacu< ( + gen.)
pe<ran (+ gen.)
de<w
peteino<n, -ou?, to<
genna<w
ti<ktw
blasfhme<w
blasfhmi<a, -aj, h[
eu]loge<w
maka<rioj, -a, -on
eu]logi<a, -aj, h[
tuflo<j, -h<, -o<n
ai$ma, -atoj, to<
plhgh<, -h?j, h[
kauxa<omai
kau<xhma, -atoj, to<

305

English-Greek Glossary

boasting
boat
body
boldness
bond
book
book
both
boundary
bowels
bowl
boy
branch
bread
break, I break
breath
bridegroom
bright
bright
bring down, I bring down
bring out, I bring out
bring to naught, I bring
to naught
bring to, I bring to
bring together, I bring
together
bring up, I bring up
bring, I bring
bring, I bring
brother
build, I build
building
burn down, I burn down
burn, I burn
bury, I bury
but

kau<xhsij, -ewj, h[
ploi?on, -ou, to<
sa<rc, sarko<j, h[
parrhsi<a, -aj, h[
desmo<j, -ou?, o[
bibli<on, -ou, to<
bi<bloj, -ou, h[
a]mfo<teroi, -ai, -a
o!rion, -ou, to<
spla<gnon, -ou, to<
fia<lh, -hj, h[
pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[
kla<doj, -ou, o[
a@rtoj, -ou, o[
kla<w
pneu?ma, -atoj, to<
numfi<oj, -ou, o[
lampro<j, -a<, -o<n
leuko<j, -h<, -o<n
kata<gw
e]ca<gw
katarge<w
prosfe<rw
sumfe<rw
a]nafe<rw
a@gw
komi<zw
a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[
oi]kodome<w
oi]kodomh<, -h?j, h[
katakai<w
kai<w
qa<ptw
a]lla<

306

English-Greek Glossary

but
but
but not
buy, I buy
by
by
by
by
by
by
by

de<
plh<n
mhde<
a]gora<zw
a]po< (+ gen.)
dia< (+ gen.)
e]n (+ dat.)
meta< ( + gen.)
para< (+ gen.)
pro<j (+ dat.)
u[po< (+ gen.)

Caesar
Caesarea
Caiaphas
calculate, I calculate
call
call, I call
call, I call
call, I call
call, I call
call, I call
called
calling
camp
Capernaum
captain
captain
care for, I care for
carefully
carry through, I carry
through
carry, I carry
carry, I carry
cast out, I cast out
catch, I catch

Kai?sar, -aroj, o[
Kaisa<reia, -aj, h[
Kai*a<faj, -a, o[
logi<zomai
klh?sij, -ewj, h[
e]pikale<w
kale<w
parakale<w
proskale<omai
fwne<w
klhto<j, -h< -o<n
klh?sij, -ewj, h[
parembolh<, -h?j, h[
Kafarnaou<m, h[
e[katonta<rxhj, -ou, o[
strathgo<j, -ou, o[
e]piske<ptomai
a]kribw?j
diafe<rw
basta<zw
fe<rw
e]kba<llw
e]pilamba<nomai

307

English-Greek Glossary

catch, I catch
cause
cause of stumbling
cause to rise, I cause
to rise
cause to sin, I cause
to sin
cause to stumble, I cause
to stumble
cease, I cease
centurion
Cephas
chain
change my mind,
I change my mind
change, I change
charge, I charge
chaste
chief priest
child
child
child
child
choose, I choose
chosen
Christ
church
church (unified)
circumcise, I circumcise
circumcision
city
clean
cleanse, I cleanse
clothe, I clothe
clothe, I clothe
cloud
cock

katalamba<nw
ai]ti<a, -aj, h[
ska<ndalon, -ou, to<
a]ni<sthmi
skandali<zw
skandali<zw
pau<w
e[katonta<rxhj, -ou, o[
Khfa?j, -a?, o[
a!lusij, -ewj, h[
metanoe<w
stre<fw
paragge<llw
parqe<noj, -ou, h[/o[
a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[
nh<pioj, -a, -on
paidi<on, -ou, to<
pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[
te<knon, -ou, to<
e]kle<gomai
e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n
Xristo<j, -ou?, o[
e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[
sw?ma, -atoj, to<
perite<<mnw
peritomh<, -h?j, h[
po<lij, -ewj, h[
kaqaro<j, -a<, -o<n
kaqari<zw
e]ndu<w
periba<llw
nefe<lh, -hj, h[
a]le<ktwr, -oroj, o[

308

English-Greek Glossary

colt
come down, I come
down
come in, I come in
come near, I come near
come to know, I come
to know
come to, I come to
come to, I come to
come together, I come
together
come upon, I come upon
come upon, I come upon
come upon, I come upon
come!
come, I come
come, I come
come, I have come
coming
command, I command
command, I command
command, I command
command, I command
command, I command
commander
commandment
commend, I commend
commit adultery,
I commit adultery
common
communion
comparable
compare, I compare
compassion
compassion, I have
compassion
compel, I compel

pw?loj, -ou, o[
kate<rxomai
ei]se<rxomai
e]ggi<zw
e]piginw<skw
katanta<w
prose<rxomai
sune<rxomai
e]pe<rxomai
e]pipi<ptw
e]fi<sthmi
deu?te
e@rxomai
paragi<nomai
h!kw
parousi<a, -aj, h[
diata<ssw
e]nte<llomai
e]pita<ssw
keleu<w
paragge<llw
strathgo<j, -ou, o[
e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[
suni<sthmi
moixeu<w
koino<j, -h<, -o<n
koinwni<a, -aj, h[
a@cioj, -a, -on
o[moio<w
spla<gnon, -ou, to<
splagxni<zomai
a]nagka<zw

309

English-Greek Glossary

complete
complete, I complete
complete, I complete
conceal, I conceal
conceive, I conceive
concerning
condemn, I condemn
condemnation
confess, I confess
confess, I confess
confidence
conflict
confuse, I confuse
congregation
conquer, I conquer
conquer, I conquer
conscience
consecrate, I consecrate
consecrated
consider! (you) consider
consider, I consider
consider, I consider
considerable
consolation
console, I console
consume, I consume
continue in/with,
I continue in/with
continue, I continue
convict, I convict
convince, I convince
corner
corpse
corrupt, I corrupt
costly
couch

te<leioj, -a, -on


e]pitele<w
tele<w
kru<ptw
sullamba<nw
peri< (+ gen.)
katakri<nw
kri<sij, -ewj, h[
e]comologe<w
o[mologe<w
parrhsi<a, -aj, h[
po<lemoj, -ou, o[
e]ci<sthmi
e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[
kaqaire<w
nika<w
sunei<dhsij, -ewj, h[
a[gia<zw
a!gioj, -ia, -on
i]dou< (see ei#don)
e]mble<pw
katanoe<w
i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n
para<klhsij, -ewj, h[
parakale<w
katakai<w
proskartere<w
e]pime<nw
e]le<gxw
pei<qw
gwni<a, -aj, h[
sw?ma, -atoj, to<
fqei<rw
ti<mioj, -a, -on
kli<nh, -hj, h[

310

English-Greek Glossary

council
counsel
country
country (open)
courtyard
covenant
covetousness
create, I create
crippled
crop
cross
crowd
crowd
crown
crucify, I crucify
crumb
cry aloud, I cry aloud
cry out, I cry out
crying
cup
cup
custom
cut off, I cut off
cut off, I cut off
cut out, I cut out

sune<drion, -ou, to<


boulh<, -h?j, h[
a]gro<j, -ou?, o[
xw<ra, -aj, h[
au]lh<, -h?j, h[
diaqh<kh, -hj, h[
pleoneci<a, -aj, h[
kti<zw
xwlo<j, -h<, -o<n
karpo<j, -ou?, o[
stauro<j, -ou?, o[
lao<j, -ou?, o[
o@xloj, -ou, o[
ste<fanoj, -ou, o[
stauro<w
kla<sma, -atoj, to<
boa<w
kra<zw
klauqmo<j, -ou?, o[
poth<rion, -ou, to<
fia<lh, -hj, h[
e@qoj, -ouj, to<
a]faire<w
e]kko<ptw
e]kko<ptw

Damascus
danger
dare, I dare
darkness
darkness
daughter
David
dawn
day
daylight

Damasko<j, -ou?, h[
ki<ndunoj, -ou, o[
tolma<w
skoti<a, -aj, h[
sko<toj, -ouj, to<
quga<thr, -tro<j, h[
Daui<d, o[
a]natolh<, -h?j, h[
h[me<ra, -aj, h[
h[me<ra, -aj, h[

311

English-Greek Glossary

deacon
dead
dead person (subst.)
deaf
death
debate, I debate
deceit
decide, I decide
decision
declare, I declare
decree
deed
deed
defend myself, I defend
myself
defile, I defile
delight
deliver, I deliver
deliver, I deliver
deliverance
delusion
demon
demonstrate,
I demonstrate
denarius (silver coin)
deny, I deny
deny, I deny
depart, I depart
depart, I depart
depart, I depart
depart, I depart
depart, I depart
depart, I depart
descend, I descend
descendant
descendant

dia<konoj, -ou, o[, h[


nekro<j, -a<, -o<n
nekro<j, -a<, -o<n
kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n
qa<natoj, -ou, o[
dialogi<zomai
do<loj, -ou, o[
kri<nw
kri<ma, -atoj, to<
le<gw
diaqh<kh, -hj, h[
e@rgon, -ou, to<
pra?gma, -atoj, to<
a]pologe<omai
koino<w
xara<, -a?j, h[
e]pidi<dwmi
r[u<omai
swthri<a, -aj, h[
pla<nh, -hj, h[
daimo<nion, -ou, to<
e]ndei<knumi
dhna<rion, -ou, to<
a]parne<omai
a]rne<omai
a]naxwre<w
a]pe<rxomai
a]fi<sthmi
metabai<nw
u[pa<gw
xwri<zw
katabai<nw
te<knon, -ou, to<
ui[o>j, -ou?, o[

312

English-Greek Glossary

descendants
desert
deserted
desire
desire
desire, I desire
desire, I desire
desire, I desire
desire, I desire
despise, I despise
despise, I despise
destroy, I destroy
destroy, I destroy
destroy, I destroy
destroy, I destroy
destroy, I destroy
destruction
determine, I determine
devil
devour, I devour
die, I die
die, I die
die, I die (in middle
voice)
differ, I differ
diligence
dine, I dine
disbelieve, I disbelieve
disciple
discriminate,
I discriminate
discuss, I discuss
disease
dishonest
disobey, I disobey
dispute

spe<rma, -atoj, to<


e@rhmoj, -ou, h[
e@rhmoj, -on
e]piqumi<a, -aj, h[
qe<lhma, -atoj, to<
e]piqume<w
e]pipoqe<w
zhte<w
qe<lw
e]couqene<w
katafrone<w
a]po<llumi
kaqaire<w
katalu<w
lu<w
fqei<rw
a]pw<leia, -aj, h[
bou<lomai
dia<boloj, -on
katesqi<w
a]poqn^<skw
qn^<skw
a]po<llumi
diafe<rw
spoudh<, -h?j, h[
kata<keimai
a]peiqe<w
maqhth<j, -ou?, o[
diakri<nw
suzhte<w
no<soj, -ou, h[
a@dikoj, -on
a]peiqe<w
sta<sij, -ewj, h[

313

English-Greek Glossary

dispute, I dispute
dispute, I dispute
distant, I am distant
distracted, I am
distracted
distribute, I distribute
disturb, I disturb
diverse
divide, I divide
divide, I divide
divide, I divide
divorce, I divorce
do good, I do good
do wrong, I do wrong
do, I do
do, I do
donkey, young donkey
door
door
dove
down
down from
dragon
drink, I drink
drink, I give to drink
dry up, I dry up
dumb/mute
during
during
dwell, I dwell

diale<gomai
suzhte<w
a]pe<xw

each
each
eager, I am eager
eagerness
ear

a]na< (+ acc.)
e!kastoj, -h, -on
spouda<zw
spoudh<, -h?j, h[
ou#j, w]to<j, to<

merimna<w
diameri<zw
tara<ssw
poiki<loj, -h, -on
sxi<zw
diameri<zw
meri<zw
a]polu<w
a]gaqopoie<w
a]dike<w
poie<w
pra<ssw
pw?loj, -ou, o[
qu<ra, -aj, h[
pu<lh, -hj, h[
peristera<, -a?j, h[
ka<tw
kata< (+ gen.)
dra<kwn, -ontoj, o[
pi<nw
poti<zw
chrai<nw
kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n
dia< (+ gen.)
kata< (+ acc.)
katoike<w

314

English-Greek Glossary

earlier
early
early in the morning
earth
earthquake
east
eat to the full, I eat
to the full
eat up, I eat up
eat, I eat
eat, I eat
eating
edification
edify, I edify
educate, I educate
Egypt
either/or
elder
elect
Elijah
Elizabeth
embark, I embark
employ, I employ
empty
end
end
endurance
endure, I endure
endure, I endure
endure, I endure
endure, I endure
enemy
enlighten, I enlighten
enter, I enter
enter, I enter
entertain, I entertain

prw?toj, -h, -on


prwi~
prwi~
gh?, gh?j, h[
seismo<j, -ou?, o[
a]natolh<, -h?j, h[
xorta<zw
katesqi<w
geu<omai
e]sqi<w
brw?sij, -ewj, h[
oi]kodomh<, -h?j, h[
oi]kodome<w
paideu<w
Ai@guptoj, -ou, h[
h@
presbu<teroj, -a, -on
e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n
]Hli<aj, -ou, o[
]Elisa<bet, h[
e]mbai<nw
xra<omai
keno<j, -h<, -o<n
e@sxatoj, -h, -on
te<loj, -ouj, to<
u[pomonh<, -h?j, h[
a]ne<xw
pa<sxw
u[pome<nw
fe<rw
e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n
fwti<zw
ei]se<rxomai
ei]sporeu<omai
ceni<zw

315

English-Greek Glossary

entirely
entrance
entreaty
entrust, I entrust
entrust, I entrust
envy
Ephesus
epistle
erect, I erect
error
escape, I escape
especially
establish, I establish
eternal
eternity
even
even
even
even as
even as
even as
evening
ever
every
every
evil
evil
evil
evil spirit
exalt, I exalt
exalted
examine, I examine
example
exceedingly
exceedingly
except

o!loj, -h, -on


pulw<n, -w?noj, o[
de<hsij, -ewj, h[
di<dwmi
paradi<dwmi
fqo<noj, -ou, o[
@Efesoj, -ou, h[
e]pistolh<, -h?j, h[
oi]kodome<w
pla<nh, -hj, h[
feu<gw
ma<lista
sthri<zw
ai]w<nioj, -a, -on
ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[
ge<
e@ti
kai<
kaqa<per
kaqw<j
w!sper
o@yioj, -a, -on
pote<
e!kastoj, -h, -on
pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n
kaki<a, -aj, h[
kako<j, -h<, -o<n
ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n
daimo<nion, -ou, to<
u[yo<w
u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n
a]nakri<nw
tu<poj, -ou, o[
li<an
sfo<dra
a]lla<

316

English-Greek Glossary

except
excuse, I make excuse
exhort, I exhort
exhortation
exist, I exist
expect, I expect
explain, I explain
expose, I expose
exult, I exult
eye

plh<n (+ gen.)
paraite<omai
parakale<w
para<klhsij, -ewj, h[
u[pa<rxw
prosdoka<w
dei<knumi
e]le<gxw
a]gallia<w
o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[

face
faction
fail, I fail
faith
faithful
faithless
fall asleep, I fall asleep
fall away, I fall away
fall upon, I fall upon
fall, I fall
false prophet
falsehood
family
family
famine
far away (from)
farmer
fast, I fast
father
father, I become
the father of
favor
favor
favor
fear

pro<swpon, -ou, to<


ai!resij, -ewj, h[
e]kpi<ptw
pi<stij, -ewj, h[
pisto<j, -h<, -o<n
a@pistoj, -on
koima<omai
e]kpi<ptw
e]pipi<ptw
pi<ptw
yeudoprofh<thj, -ou, o[
yeu<doj, -ouj, to<
genea< , -a?j, h[
ge<noj, -ouj, to<
limo<j, -ou?, o[,
makra<n
gewrgo<j, -ou?, o[
nhsteu<w
path<r, patro<j, o[
genna<w
eu]doki<a, -aj, h[
xa<rij, -itoj, h[
xa<risma, -atoj, to<
fo<boj, -ou, o[

317

English-Greek Glossary

fear, I fear
feast
feed, I feed
feed, I feed
Felix
fellow slave
fellow worker
fellow countryperson
fellowship
Festus
fetter
few
field
field
field
fig tree
fill, I fill
fill, I fill
fill, I fill
find, I find
finish, I finish
finish, I finish
finish, I finish
fire
first
first
first fruits
fish
fish net
fit, I fit
five
flee, I flee
flesh
follow, I follow
follow, I follow
food

fobe<omai
e[orth<, -h?j, h[
bo<skw
tre<fw
Fh?lic, -ikoj, o[
su<ndouloj, -ou, o[
sunergo<j, -o<n
suggenh<j, -e<j
koinwni<a, -aj, h[
Fh?stoj, -ou, o[
desmo<j, -ou?, o[
o]li<goj, -h, -on
a]gro<j, -ou?, o[
xw<ra, -aj, h[
xwri<on, -ou, to<
sukh?, -h?j, h[
ge<mw
pi<mplhmi
plhro<w
eu[ri<skw
e]pitele<w
plhro<w
tele<w
pu?r, -o<j, to<
a]parxh<, -h?j, h[
prw?toj, -h, -on
a]parxh<, -h?j, h[
i]xqu<j, -u<oj, o[
di<ktuon, -ou, to<
katarti<zw
pe<nte
feu<gw
sa<rc, sarko<j, h[
a]kolouqe<w
u[pakou<w
a@rtoj, -ou, o[

318

English-Greek Glossary

food
food
food
fool (subst.)
foolish
foolish
foot
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for the sake of
for this reason
forbid, I forbid
foreign
foretell, I foretell
forgive, I forgive
forgive, I forgive
former
fornication
fornicator
forsake, I forsake
fortress
fortunate
forty
foundation
foundation
foundation
fountain
four
fourth (part)
free
freedom

brw?ma, -atoj, to<


brw?sij, -ewj, h[
trofh<, -h?j, h[
mwro<j, -a<, -o<n
a@frwn, -on
mwro<j, -a<, -o<n
pou<j, podo<j, o[
a]nti< (+ gen.)
ga<r
e]pei<
e]pi< (+ acc.)
o!ti
pro<j (+ gen.)
u[pe<r (+ gen.)
xa<rin (+ gen.)
dio<
kwlu<w
ce<noj, -h, -on
proei?pon (cf. prole<gw)
a]fi<hmi
xari<zomai
pro<teroj, -a, -on
pornei<a, -aj, h[
po<rnoj, -ou, o[
e]gkatalei<pw
parembolh<, -h?j, h[
maka<rioj, -a, -on
tessara<konta
qemelion, -ou, to<
qeme<lioj, -ou, o[
katabolh<, -h?j, h[
phgh<, -h?j, h[
te<ssarej, -a
te<tartoj, -h, -on
e]leu<qeroj, -a, -on
e]leuqeri<a, -aj, h[

319

English-Greek Glossary

frequently
friend
from
from
from
from afar
from above
from here
from Nazareth
from that place
from this
from where
from where?
from within
from without
fruit
fulfill, I fulfill
fulfill, I fulfill
fulfill, I fulfill
full
full
fullness

polla<kij
fi<loj, -h, -on
a]po< (+ gen.)
e]k (+ gen.)
para< (+ gen.)
makro<qen
a@nwqen
e]nteu?qen
Nazwrai?oj, -ou, o[
e]kei?qen
e]nteu?qen
o!qen
po<qen
e@swqen
e@cwqen
karpo<j, -ou?, o[
plhro<w
teleio<w
tele<w
mesto<j, -h<, -o<n
plh<rhj, -ej
plh<rwma, -atoj, to<

gain, I gain
Galilean
Galilee
garment
gate
gateway
gather together, I gather
together
gaze upon, I gaze upon
Gehenna
generation
generous, I am generous
Gentile

kerdai<nw
Galilai?oj, -a, -on
Galilai<a, -aj, h[
i[ma<tion, -ou, to<
pu<lh, -hj, h[
pulw<n, -w?noj, o[
suna<gw
a]teni<zw
ge<enna, -hj, h[
genea< , -a?j, h[
ploute<w
!Ellhn, -hnoj, o[

320

English-Greek Glossary

Gentiles
Gentiles
gentleness
gift
gift
gift
girl
girl
give back, I give back
give freely, I give freely
give thanks, I give
thanks
give way, I give way
give, I give
glad, I am glad
glorify, I glorify
glory
go away, I go away
go before, I go before
go down, I go down
go down, I go down
go in, I go in
go in, I go in
go out, I go out
go out, I go out
go to meet, I go to meet
go to, I go to
go up, I go up
go, I go
go, I go
go, I go
goal
God
god
God
goddess

a]krobusti<a, -aj, h[
e@qnoj, -ouj, to<
prau~thj, -htoj, h[
dwre<a, -a?j, h[
dw?ron, -ou, to<
xa<risma, -atoj, to<
quga<thr, -tro<j, h[
pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[
a]podi<dwmi
xari<zomai
eu]xariste<w
xwre<w
di<dwmi
a]gallia<w
doca<zw
do<ca, -hj, h[
u[pa<gw
proa<gw
katabai<nw
kate<rxomai
ei]se<rxomai
ei]sporeu<omai
e]kporeu<omai
e]ce<rxomai
u[panta<w
prose<rxomai
a]nabai<nw
poreu<omai
e@rxomai
u[pa<gw
te<loj, -ouj, to<
qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[
qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[
ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[
qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[

321

English-Greek Glossary

godless
godliness
gold
gold
golden
good
good
good news
good will
goodness
goods (pl)
gospel
governor
grace (divine)
grain
grasp, I grasp
grass
grave
graze, I graze
great
great
greater
greatly
greatly
greediness
Greek
greet, I greet
greeting
grief
grieve, I grieve
grieve, I grieve
grow, I grow
grow, I grow
guard (a guard)
guard, I guard
guard, I guard

a]sebh<j, -e<j
eu]se<beia, -aj, h[
xrusi<on, -ou, to<
xruso<j, -ou?, o[
xrusou?j, -h?, -ou?n
a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n
kalo<j, -h<, -o<n
eu]agge<lion, -ou, to<
eu]doki<a, -aj, h[
xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[
skeu?oj, -ouj, to<
eu]agge<lion, -ou, to<
h[gemw<n, -o<noj, o[
xa<rij, -itoj, h[
si?toj, -ou, o[
krate<w
xo<rtoj, -ou, o[
mnhmei?on, -ou, to<
bo<skw
me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga
polu<j, pollh<, polu<
perisso<teroj, -a, -on,
li<an
sfo<dra
pleoneci<a, -aj, h[
!Ellhn, -hnoj, o[
a]spa<zomai
a]spasmo<j, -ou?, o[
lu<ph, -hj, h[
lupe<w
penqe<w
au]ca<nw
pleona<zw
fulakh<, -h?j, h[
thre<w
fula<ssw

322

English-Greek Glossary

guide, I guide
guile
guilty

h[ge<omai
do<loj, -ou, o[
e@noxoj, -on

Hades (hell)
hair
hand
hand over, I hand over
hand over, I hand over
happen, I happen
happen, I happen
happy
harvest
harvest, I harvest
haste
hasten, I hasten
hate, I hate
have faith (in), I have
faith (in)
have, I have
hay
he
he
head
heal, I heal
heal, I heal
healthy
healthy, I am healthy
healthy, I am healthy
hear, I hear
hearing
heart
heart
heathen
heathen/Gentiles
heaven

%!dhj, -ou, o[
qri<c, trixo<j, h[
xei<r, xeiro<j, h[
e]pidi<dwmi
paradi<dwmi
gi<nomai
tugxa<nw
maka<rioj, -a, -on
qerismo<j, -ou?, o[
qeri<zw
spoudh<, -h?j, h[
spouda<zw
mise<w
pisteu<w
e@xw
xo<rtoj, -ou, o[
au]to<j, -h<, -o<
ou$toj, au!th, tou?to
kefalh<, -h?j, h[
qerapeu<w
i]a<omai
u[gih<j, -e<j
i]sxu<w
u[giai<nw
a]kou<w
a]koh<, -h?j, h[
kardi<a, -aj, h[
spla<gnon, -ou, to<
!Ellhn, -hnoj, o[
e@qnoj, -ouj, to<
ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[

323

English-Greek Glossary

heavenly
heavenly
heir
hell
hell (Hades)
help on ones journey, I
help on ones journey
helper
here
Herod
hidden
hide, I hide
high
high priest
highest
hill
hinder, I hinder
Hinnom Valley
hit, I hit
hit, I hit
hither
hold back, I hold back
hold fast, I hold fast
hold fast, I hold fast
holiness
holy
holy, I make holy
honest
honor
honor, I honor
honor, I honor
hope
hope, I hope
horn
horse
hostile

e]poura<nioj, -ion
ou]ra<nioj, -on
klhrono<moj, -ou, o[
ge<enna, -hj, h[
%!dhj, -ou, o[
prope<mpw
sunergo<j, -o<n
w$de
[Hr&<dhj, -ou, o[
krupto<j, -h<, -o<n
kru<ptw
u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n
a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[
u!yistoj, -h, -on
o@roj, -ouj, to<
kwlu<w
ge<enna, -hj, h[
pata<ssw
tu<ptw
w$de
kate<xw
kate<xw
sune<xw
a[giasmo<j, -ou, o[
a!gioj, -ia, -on
a[gia<zw
a]lhqh<j, -e<j
timh<, -h?j, h[
doca<zw
tima<w
e]lpi<j, -i<doj, h[
e]lpi<zw
ke<raj, -atoj, to<
i!ppoj, -ou, o[
e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n

324

English-Greek Glossary

hour
house
house
house master
householder
how
how great?
how much?
how?
however
human
humankind
humble, I humble
humility
hunger
hunger, I hunger
husband
husband
hypocrite

w!ra, -aj, h[
oi]ki<a, -aj, h[
oi#koj, -ou, o[
oi]kodespo<thj, -ou, o[
oi]kodespo<thj, -ou, o[
o!pwj
po<soj, -h, -on
po<soj, -h, -on
pw?j
plh<n
a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[
ko<smoj, -ou, o[
tapeino<w
prau~thj, -htoj, h[
limo<j, -ou?, o[,
peina<w
a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[
a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[
u[pokrith<j, -ou?, o[

I
I also
I die
I manifest
I proclaim
I sleep
I stand
idol
if
if
if
ignorant
image
image
image
immediately

e]gw<, e]mou?; h[mei?j, h[mw?n


ka]gw<
teleuta<w
e]mfani<zw
khru<ssw
kaqeu<dw
i!sthmi
ei@dwlon, -ou, to<
e]an
<
ei]
ei@te
a@frwn, -on
ei@dwlon, -ou, to<
ei]kw<n, -o<noj, h[
tu<poj, -ou, o[
a@rti

325

English-Greek Glossary

immediately
immediately
immediately
immorality
impious
impossible
impure
impurity
in
in
in
in behalf of, for
in front of
in order that
in order that
in order that
in order that
in presence of
in this manner
in vain
incapable
increase, I increase
increase, I increase
increase, I increase
increase, I increase
indeed
indeed
indeed
infant
infant
inflict upon, I inflict
upon
inhabit, I inhabit
inherit, I inherit
inheritance
injustice

eu]qe<wj
eu]qu<j
paraxrh?ma
pornei<a, -aj, h[
a]sebh<j, -e<j
a]du<natoj, -on
a]ka<qartoj, -on
a]kaqarsi<a, -aj, h[
e]n (+ dat.)
e]pi< (+ dat.)
e@sw
u[pe<r (+ gen.)
e@mprosqen
e]pi< (+ acc.)
i!na
o!pwj
w!ste
para< (+ dat.)
ou!twj , ou!tw
keno<j, -h<, -o<n
a]du<natoj, -on
au]ca<nw
pleona<zw
plhqu<nw
prosti<qhmi
ge<
me<n
mh<n
nh<pioj, -a, -on
paidi<on, -ou, to<
e]piti<qhmi
katoike<w
klhronome<w
klhronomi<a, -aj, h[
a]diki<a, -aj, h[

326

English-Greek Glossary

inquire, I inquire
inside
inside
instead of
instruction
insult, I insult
intellect
into
invite, I invite
invite, I invite
invite, I invite
invoke, I invoke
(in middle voice)
involved in
Isaac
Isaiah
Iscariot
island
Israel
Israelite
it
it is a concern
it is lawful
it is necessary
it, this one

punqa<nomai
e@sw
e@swqen
a]nti< (+ gen.)
didaskali<a, -aj, h[
o]neidi<zw
nou?j, noo<j, o[
ei]j (+ acc.)
kale<w
proskale<omai
suna<gw
e]pikale<w
e@noxoj, -on
]Isaa<k, o[
]Hsai~aj, -ou, o[
]Iskariw<q, ]Iskariw<thj, o[
nh?soj, -ou, h[
]Israh<l, o[
]Israhli<thj, -ou, o[
au]to<j, -h<, -o<
me<lei
e@cesti
dei?
ou$toj, au!th, tou?to

Jacob
James
jealousy
jealousy
Jerusalem
Jerusalem
Jesus
Jew
Jewish
John

I] akw<b, o[
]Ia<kwboj, -ou, o[
zh?loj, -ou, o[
fqo<noj, -ou, o[
]Ieroso<luma, ta</h[
]Ierousalh<m, h[
]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[
]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on
]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on
]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[

327

English-Greek Glossary

join, I join
Jonah
Joppa
Jordan (river)
Joseph
Joshua
journey
joy
Judea
Judah
Judas
judge
judge
judge, I judge
judge, I judge
judge, I judge
judgment
judgment
judgment
judgment seat
jurisdiction
just
just as
just as
just now
justice
justify, I justify

kolla<w
]Iwna?j, -a?, o[
]Io<pph, -hj, h[
]Iorda<nhj, -ou, o[
]Iwsh<f, o[
]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[
o[do<j, -ou?, h[
xara<, -a?j, h[
]Ioudai<a, -aj, h[
]Iou<daj, -a, o[
]Iou<daj, -a, o[
krith<j, -ou?, o[
kti<sij, -ewj, h[
a]nakri<nw
diakri<nw
kri<nw
kri<ma, -atoj, to<
kri<sij, -ewj, h[
o]rgh<, -h?j, h[
bh?ma, -atoj, to<
e]cousi<a, -aj, h[
di<kaioj, -a, -on
kaqa<per
w!sper
a@rti
dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[
dikaio<w

keep awake, I keep


awake
keep, I keep
keep, I keep
kill, I kill
kill, I kill
kill, I kill
kill, I kill

grhgore<w
e@xw
thre<w
a]naire<w
a]poktei<nw
qanato<w
qu<w

328

English-Greek Glossary

kill, I kill
kind deed
kindness
king
kingdom
knee
knock, I knock
know (not), I do not
know
know, I know
know, I know
knowledge
knowledge
known
known, I make known

foneu<w
e]lehmosu<nh, -hj, h[
xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[
basileu<j, -e<wj, o[
basilei<a, -aj, h[
go<nu, -atoj, to<
krou<w
a]gnoe<w
ginw<skw
oi@da (perfect from ei]d-)
gnw?sij, -ewj, h[
e]pi<gnwsij, -ewj, h[
gnwsto<j, -h<, -o<n
fanero<w

labor
labor, I labor
lack, I lack
laid, I am laid
lake
lamb
lame
lame
lamp
lamp
lampstand
land
land
language
large
last
late
later
law
Law

ko<poj, -ou, o[
kopia<w
u[stere<w
kei?mai
li<mnh, -hj, h[
a]rni<on, -ou, to<
paralutiko<j, -h<, -o<n
xwlo<j, -h<, -o<n
lampa<j, -a<doj, h[
lu<xnoj, -ou, o[
luxni<a, -aj, h[
gh?, gh?j, h[
xw<ra, -aj, h[
glw?ssa, -h?j, h[
me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga
e@sxatoj, -h, -on
o@yioj, -a, -on
u!steroj, -a, -on
no<moj, -ou, o[
no<moj, -ou, o[

329

English-Greek Glossary

law, pertaining to the law


lawless
lawlessness
lawyer (subst.)
lay aside, I lay aside
lay on, I lay on
lay upon, I lay upon
Lazarus
lead away, I lead away
lead forth, I lead forth
lead in, I lead in
lead out, I lead out
lead up, I lead up
lead, I lead
lead, I lead
leader
learn, I learn
learn, I learn
learn, I learn
least
leather bottle
leave behind, I leave
behind
leave, I leave
leaven
left (as opposed to right)
leper
leprous
lest
let go, I let go
let go, I let go
let it be so
letter
letter (of the alphabet)
liable
liar

nomiko<j, -h<, -o<n


a@nomoj, -on
a]nomi<a, -aj, h[
nomiko<j, -h<, -o<n
a]poti<qhmi
e]piba<llw
e]piti<qhmi
La<zaroj, -ou, o[
a]pa<gw
proa<gw
ei]sa<gw
e]ca<gw
a]na<gw
a@gw
h[ge<omai
h[gemw<n, -o<noj, o[
a]kou<w
ginw<skw
manqa<nw
e]la<xistoj, -h, -on
a]sko<j, -ou?, o[
e]gkatalei<pw
katalei<pw
zu<mh, -hj, h[
eu]w<numoj, -on
lepro<j, -a<, -o<n
lepro<j, -a<, -o<n
mh<pote
a]fi<hmi
e]a<w
a]mh<n
e]pistolh<, -h?j, h[
gra<mma, -atoj, to<
e@noxoj, -on
yeu<sthj, -ou, o[

330

English-Greek Glossary

liberty
licentiousness
lie
lie down, I lie down
lie, I lie
lie, I lie (recline)
life
life
lift up, I lift up
lift up, I lift up
light
light, I give light
lightning
like
like
like
like, I like
like, I make like
liken, I liken
likeness
likewise
likewise
lion
little
live, I live
live, I live
live, I live
live, I live
live, I live
live, I live
live, I live
live, I live
living body
living thing
lock, I lock
lodge, I lodge

e]leuqeri<a, -aj, h[
a]se<lgeia, -aj, h[
yeu<doj, -ouj, to<
kata<keimai
yeu<domai
kei?mai
bi<oj, -ou, o[
zwh<, -h?j, h[
e]pai<rw
u[yo<w
fw?j, fwto<j, to<
fwti<zw
a]straph<, -h?j, h[
o!moioj, -a, -on
toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton
w[sei<
file<w
o[moio<w
o[moio<w
ei]kw<n, -o<noj, h[
o[moi<wj
w[sau<twj
le<wn, -ontoj, o[
mikro<j, -a<, -o<n
ei]mi<
za<w
ka<qhmai
katoike<w
me<nw
oi]ke<w
peripate<w
poreu<omai
sw?ma, -atoj, to<
z&?on, -ou, to<
klei<w
katalu<w

331

English-Greek Glossary

look at, I look at


look at, I look at
look at, I look at
look at, I look at
look down on, I look
down on
look intently, I look
intently
look up, I look up
look, (you) look
loose, I loose
lord
Lord
lot
love
love, I love
love, I love
Macedonia
Magdalene
maid servant
majesty
make ashamed, I make
ashamed
make common, I make
common
make known, I make
known
make, I make
make, I make
male
malice
man
man
management
manager
manifest

ble<pw
e]mble<pw
qea<omai
qewre<w
katafrone<w
a]teni<zw
a]nable<pw
i@de (see ei#don)
lu<w
despo<thj, -ou, o[
ku<rioj, -ou, o[
klh?roj, -ou, o[
a]ga<ph, -hj, h[
a]gapa<w
file<w
Makedoni<a, -aj, h[
Magdalhnh<, -h?j, h[
paidi<skh, -hj, h[
do<ca, -hj, h[
e]ntre<pw
koino<w
gnwri<zw
kti<zw
poie<w
a@rshn, -en
kaki<a, -aj, h[
a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[
a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[
oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[
oi]kono<moj, -ou, o[
fanero<j, -a<, -o<n

332

English-Greek Glossary

manner
many
mark
mark, I mark
marketplace
marriage
marry, I marry
Martha
martyr
marvel, I marvel
Mary
master
master
master
matter
mattress
measure
measure, I measure
measuring rod
meat offered to an idol
meet, I meet
member
member
mend, I mend
mercy
mercy, I have mercy
messenger
messenger
Messiah
middle
might
mighty
mina (large monetary
unit)
mind
mind

tro<poj, -ou, o[
polu<j, pollh<, polu<
tu<poj, -ou, o[
sfragi<zw
a]gora<, -a?j, h[
ga<moj, -ou, o[
game<w
Ma<rqa, -aj, h[
ma<rtuj, -uroj, o[
qauma<zw
Mari<a, -aj, h[
despo<thj, -ou, o[
ku<rioj, -ou, o[
r[abbi<, o[
pra?gma, -atoj, to<
kra<battoj, -ou, o[
me<tron, -ou, to<
metre<w
ka<lamoj, -ou, o[
ei]dwlo<qutoj, -on
u[panta<w
a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[
me<loj, -ouj, to<
katarti<zw
e@leoj, -ouj, to<
e]lee<w
a@ggeloj, -ou, o[
a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[
Xristo<j, -ou?, o[
me<soj, -h, -on
kra<toj, -ouj, to<
i]sxuro<j, -a<, -o<n
mna?, mna?j, h[
kardi<a, -aj, h[
nou?j, noo<j, o[

333

English-Greek Glossary

mind,
mine
minister, I minister
ministry
miracle
miracle
Miriam
misguide, I misguide
mislead, I mislead
miss, I miss
mock, I mock
money
month
monument
monument
moon
more
more
more abundantly
more severe
more than
more than
Moses
mother
mountain
mouth
much
multiply, I multiply
multitude
multitude
murder
murder, I murder
murder, I murder
mute/dumb
my
mystery

dia<noia, -aj, h[
e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n
dia<kone<w
diakoni<a, -aj, h[
du<namij, -ewj, o[
shmei?on, -ou, to<
Maria<m, h[
plana<w
a]fi<sthmi
u[stere<w
e]mpai<zw
a]rgu<rion, -ou, to<
mh<n, mhno<j, o[
mnh?ma, -atoj, to<
mnhmei?on, -ou, to<
selh<nh, -hj, h[
ma?llon
perisso<teroj, -a, -on,
perissote<rwj
xei<rwn, -on
e]pa<nw
para< (+ acc.)
Mwu*sh?j, -e<wj, o[
mh<thr, mhtro<j, h[
o@roj, -ouj, to<
sto<ma, -atoj, to<
polu<j, pollh<, polu<
plhqu<nw
o@xloj, -ou, o[
plh?qoj, -ouj, to<
fo<noj, -ou, o[
sfa<zw
foneu<w
kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n
e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n
musth<rion, -ou, to<

334

English-Greek Glossary

naked
name
name, I name
name, I name
nation
nation
nature
Nazarene
Nazareth
near
near
near
near
necessity
need
need (a)
neighbor (subst. use
of adverb)
neighboring
neither
neither
neither
never
new
new
next
night
ninth
no longer
no longer
no one
no one
nobody
noise
none

gumno<j, -h<, -o<n


o@noma, -atoj, to<
e]pikale<w
o]noma<zw
e@qnoj, -ouj, to<
fulh<, -h?j, h[
fu<sij, -ewj, h[
Nazwrai?oj, -ou, o[
Nazare<q, Nazare<t
e]ggu<j
e]pi< (+ gen.)
plhsi<on (+ gen.)
pro<j (+ dat.)
a]na<gkh, -hj, h[
u[ste<rhma, -atoj, to<
xrei<a, -aj, h[
plhsi<on, o[
peri<xwroj, -on
mh<te
ou]de<
ou@te
ou]de<pote
kaino<j, -h<, -o<n
ne<oj, -a, -on
ei#ta
nuc, nukto<j, h[
e@natoj, -h, -on
mhke<ti
ou]ke<ti
mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n
ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n
mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n
fwnh<, -h?j, h[
ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n

335

English-Greek Glossary

nor
nor
nor
nor
not (question implies
yes)
not (question implies
no)
not even
not even
not know, I do not know
not yet
nothing
nothing
notice, I notice
nourish, I nourish
now
now
now
now
nullify, I nullify
number

mhde<
mh<te
ou]de<
ou@te

mh<<
mhde<
ou]de<
a]gnoe<w
ou@pw
mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n
ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n
katanoe<w
tre<fw
a@rti
h@dh
nu?n
nuni<
a]qete<w
a]riqmo<j, -ou?, o[

O!
oath, an oath
obedience
obey, I obey
obey, I obey
object
observe, I observe
obtain, I obtain
occasion
occur, I occur
of
of
of herself

w#
o!rkoj, -ou, o[
u[pakoh<, -h?j, h[
douleu<w
u[pakou<w
skeu?oj, -ouj, to<
katanoe<w
tugxa<nw
w!ra, -aj, h[
ei]mi<
a]po< (+ gen.)
para< (+ gen.)
e[autou?, -h?j,

ou], ou]k, ou]x, ou]xi<

336

English-Greek Glossary

of himself
of itself
of myself
of what sort
of what sort?
offer, I offer
offer, I offer
offer, I offer
offering
offering, act of offering
office
often
ointment
old
old
older one
olive oil
olive tree
omen
on
on
on
on
on account of
on account of
on the one hand
on the other side, (land)
once
once
once for all
one
one another
one hundred
ones own
only
only

e[autou?, -h?j,
e[autou?, -h?j,
e]mautou?, -h?j
oi$oj, -a, -on
poi?oj, -a, -on
a]nafe<rw
pare<xw
prosfe<rw
qusi<a, -aj, h[
prosfora<, -a?j, h[
oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[
polla<kij
mu<ron, -ou, to<
a]rxai?oj, -ai<a, ai?on
palaio<j, -a< -o<n
presbu<teroj, -a, -on
e@laion, -ou, to<
e]lai<a, -aj, h[
te<raj, -atoj, to<
e]pi< (+ gen.)
e]pi< (+ dat.)
e]pi< (+ acc.)
pro<j (+ dat.)
dia< (+ acc.)
e!neka (+ gen.)
me<n
pe<ran
a!pac
pote<
a!pac
ei$j, mi<a, e!n
a]llh<lwn
e[kato<n
i@dioj, -a, -on
monogenh<j, -e<j
mo<noj, -h, -on

337

English-Greek Glossary

only
open, I open
opinion
oppose, I oppose
oppose, I oppose
oppress, I oppress
oppress, I oppress
oppression
or
order
order
order, I order
order, I order
order, I order
order, I order
other
other
other
other(s)
ought, I ought
out
out of
outside
outside
outside
over
over
over
overtake, I overtake
overturn, I overturn
owe, I owe

plh<n
a]noi<gw
gnw<mh, -hj, h[
a]nqi<sthmi
a]ntile<gw
qli<bw
sune<xw
qli?yij, -ewj, h[
h@
e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[
ta<cij, -ewj, h[
diata<ssw
e]pita<ssw
keleu<w
paragge<llw
a@lloj, -h, -on
e!teroj, -a, -on
loipo<j, -h<, -o<n
loipo<j, -ou, o[
o]fei<lw
e@cw
e]k (+ gen.)
e@cw
e@cw (+ gen.)
e@cwqen
e]pa<nw
e]pa<nw (+ gen.)
e]pi< (+ gen.)
katalamba<nw
a]nastre<fw
o]fei<lw

pain
palace
parable
paralytic

lu<ph, -hj, h[
au]lh<, -h?j, h[
parabolh<, -h?j, h[
paralutiko<j, -h<, -o<n

338

English-Greek Glossary

pardon
parent
part
part
partner
party
pass away, I pass away
pass by, I pass by
pass by, I pass by
pass over, I pass over
pass through, I pass
through
passion
passion
Passover
patience
patience
patient, I am
Paul
pay attention to, I pay
attention to
pay, I pay
peace
pearl
people
people
perceived, I perceived
perfect
perfect, I make perfect
perfect, I perfect
perform, I perform
perform, I perform
perfume
perhaps
permit, I permit
permit, I permit

a@fesij, -ewj, h[
goneu<j, -e<wj, o[
me<loj, -ouj, to<
me<roj, -ouj, to<
koinwno<j, -ou?, o[,
ai!resij, -ewj, h[
pare<rxomai
para<gw
pare<rxomai
metabai<nw
die<rxomai
e]piqumi<a, -aj, h[
qumo<j, -ou?, o[
pa<sxa, to<
makroqumi<a, -aj, -h[
u[pomonh<, -h?j, h[
makroqume<w
Pau?loj, -ou, o[
prose<xw
a]podi<dwmi
ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[
margari<thj, -ou, o[
lao<j, -ou?, o[
fulh<, -h?j, h[
ei#don
te<leioj, -a, -on
teleio<w
katarti<zw
e]pitele<w
pra<ssw
mu<ron, -ou, to<
mh<pote
a]fi<hmi
e]a<w

339

English-Greek Glossary

permit, I permit
persecute, I persecute
persecution
persist, I persist
person
person
persuade, I persuade
Peter
petition
Pharisee
Philip
pick out, I pick out
piety
pig
pigeon
Pilate
pity, I pity
place
place
place, I place
plague
plan
plan
plant, I plant
please, I please
pleased with, I am
pleased with
pleasing
poor
portion
position
possessed by a demon,
I am possessed
pour out, I pour out
pour out, I pour out
power

e]pitre<pw
diw<kw
diwgmo<j, -ou?, o[
e]pime<nw
pro<swpon, -ou, to<
yuxh<, -h?j, h[
pei<qw
Pe<troj, -ou, o[
de<hsij, -ewj, h[
Farisai?oj, -ou, o[
Fi<lippoj, -ou, o[
e]kle<gomai
eu]se<beia, -aj, h[
xoi?roj, -ou, o[
peristera<, -a?j, h[
Pila?toj, -ou, o[
splagxni<zomai
to<poj, -ou, o[
xwri<on, -ou, to<
ti<qhmi
plhgh<, -h?j, h[
oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[
pro<qesij, -ewj, h[
futeu<w
a]re<skw
eu]doke<w
eu]a<restoj, -on
ptwxo<j, -h<, -o<n
klh?roj, -ou, o[
ta<cij, -ewj, h[
daimoni<zomai
e]kxe<w
e]kxu<nnomai
du<namij, -ewj, o[

340

English-Greek Glossary

power
power
power
power
powerful
powerful, I am powerful
powerless
powerless
powerless, I am
powerless
praise
praise
praise, I praise
pray, I pray
pray, I pray
prayer
preach
preach good news,
I preach good news
preach, I preach
preaching
precious
prepare, I prepare
prepare, I prepare
prepared
presence
present, I am present
present, I am present
press, I press
price
pride
pride
priest
principle
prison
prisoner

e]cousi<a, -aj, h[
i]sxu<j, -u<oj, h[
kra<toj, -ouj, to<
xei<r, xeiro<j, h[
dunato<j, -h<, -o<n
du<namai
a]du<natoj, -on
a]sqenh<j, -e<j
a]sqene<w
e@painoj, -ou, o[
eu]logi<a, -aj, h[
doca<zw
deo<mai
proseu<xomai
proseuxh<, -h?j, h[
khru<ssw
eu]aggeli<zw
profhteu<w
kh<rugma, -atoj, to<
ti<mioj, -a, -on
e[toima<zw
kataskeua<zw
e!toimoj, -h, -on
parousi<a, -aj, h[
pa<reimi
pari<sthmi
qli<bw
timh<, -h?j, h[
kau<xhma, -atoj, to<
kau<xhsij, -ewj, h[
i[ereu<j, -e<wj, o[
no<moj, -ou, o[
fulakh<, -h?j, h[
de<smioj, -ou, o[

341

English-Greek Glossary

proceed, I proceed
proclaim, I proclaim
proclaim, I proclaim
proclamation
produce, I produce
produce, I produce
profit, I profit
profit, I profit
promise
promise, I promise
promise, I promise
promise, I promise
pronounce righteous,
I pronounce righteous
proof
prophecy
prophesy, I prophesy
prophet
prostitute
protect, I protect
protect, I protect
proud
prove by testing,
I prove by testing
prudent
punishment
pure
purify, I purify
purpose
purpose
purpose
pursue, I pursue
put around, I put around
put in order, I put
in order
put on, I put on
put on, I put on

proe<rxomai
eu]aggeli<zw
katagge<llw
kh<rugma, -atoj, to<
genna<w
e]nerge<w
kerdai<nw
w]fele<w
e]paggeli<a, -aj, h[
e]comologe<w
e]pagge<llomai
o[mologe<w
dikaio<w
martu<rion, -ou, to<
profhtei<a, -aj, h[
profhteu<w
profh<thj, -ou, o[
po<rnh, -hj, h[
poimai<nw
fula<ssw
u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n
dokima<zw
fro<nimoj, -on
e]kdi<khsij, -ewj, h[
kaqaro<j, -a<, -o<n
kaqari<zw
boulh<, -h?j, h[
gnw<mh, -hj, h[
pro<qesij, -ewj, h[
diw<kw
periba<llw
kosme<w
e]ndu<w
e]piba<llw

342

English-Greek Glossary

put to death, I put


to death
put, I put
put, I put

qanato<w
ba<llw
ti<qhmi

quantity
question, I question
question, I question
questioning
(questions with negative
answers)
quickly
quickly

me<tron, -ou, to<


a]nakri<nw
e]perwta<w
dialogismo<j, -ou?, o[

rabbi
race
race
raise up, I raise up
raise, I raise
raise, I raise
rather
rather
read aloud, I read aloud
read, I read
ready
real
realize, I realize
really
really
reap, I reap
reason, I reason
reasoning
rebellion
rebuke, I rebuke
receive, I receive (in
middle voice)

r[abbi<, o[
genea< , -a?j, h[
ge<noj, -ouj, to<
e]gei<rw
ai@rw
a]ni<sthmi
a]lla<
ma?llon
a]naginw<skw
a]naginw<skw
e!toimoj, -h, -on
o@ntwj
ginw<skw
ge<
o@ntwj
qeri<zw
dialogi<zomai
dialogismo<j, -ou?, o[
sta<sij, -ewj, h[
e]pitima<w

mh<ti
taxe<wj
taxu< (from taxu<j)

komi<zw

343

English-Greek Glossary

receive sight, I receive


sight
receive, I receive
receive, I receive
receive, I receive
receive, I receive
receive, I receive
receive, I receive
received, I have received
reckon, I reckon
recline, I recline
recline, I recline
recline, I recline (at
table)
recognize, I recognize
redemption
reed
refrain, I refrain (from)
refresh, I refresh
refuse, I refuse
refuse, I refuse
regard, I regard
regarding
region
region
region
regulation
reign, I reign
reject, I reject
reject, I reject
reject, I reject
rejoice, I rejoice
rejoice, I rejoice
related
relative
release

a]nable<pw
a]polamba<nw
de<xomai
lamba<nw
paralamba<nw
prosde<xomai
proslamba<nw
a]pe<xw
logi<zomai
a]napi<ptw
kei?mai
a]na<keimai
e]piginw<skw
a]polu<trwsij, -ewj, h[
ka<lamoj, -ou, o[
fei<domai
a]napau<w
a]rne<omai
paraite<omai
h[ge<omai
peri< (+ acc.)
gh?, gh?j, h[
o!rion, -ou, to<
xw<ra, -aj, h[
dikai<wma, -atoj, to<
basileu<w
a]qete<w
a]podokima<zw
paraite<omai
eu]frai<nw
xai<rw
suggenh<j, -ej
suggenh<j, -ej
a]polu<trwsij, -ewj, h[

344

English-Greek Glossary

release, I release
remain, I remain
remain, I remain
remain, I remain
remaining
remember, I remember
remember, I remember
remission
repent, I repent
repentance
reply, I reply
report
report, I report
report, I report
reproach, I reproach
reprove, I reprove
reputation
reputation
request, I request
request, I request
request, I request
rescue, I rescue
rescue, I rescue
resist, I resist
respected
rest
rest (the others)
restore, I restore
resurrection
return, I return
return, I return
return, I return
reveal, I reveal
reveal, I reveal
reveal, I reveal
reveal, I reveal

a]polu<w
diatri<bw
me<nw
u[pome<nw
loipo<j, -h<, -o<n
mimn^<skomai
mnhmoneu<w
a@fesij, -ewj, h[
metanoe<w
meta<noia, -aj, h[
a]pokri<nomai
a]koh<, -h?j, h[
a]nagge<llw
a]pagge<llw
o]neidi<zw
e]le<gxw
marturi<a, aj, h[
o@noma, -atoj, to<
e]rwta<w
zhte<w
paraite<omai
r[u<omai
s&<zw
a]nqi<sthmi
ti<mioj, -a, -on
kata<pausij, -ewj, h[
loipo<j, -ou, o[
e]gei<rw
a]na<stasij, -ewj, h[
a]nastre<fw
e]pistre<fw
u[postre<fw
a]pokalu<ptw
gnwri<zw
e]mfani<zw
fanero<w

345

English-Greek Glossary

revelation
revile, I revile
reward
rich
rich, I am rich
rich, I am rich
right (hand)
righteous
righteous deed
righteousness
rise, I rise
risk
river
road
robber
robe
rock
rod
Roman
Roman; a Roman
(subst.)
room, I make room
rooster
root
ruin, I ruin
ruin, I ruin
rule
rule, I rule
rule, I rule
rule, I rule
ruler
ruler
ruler of all
run, I run
rust

a]poka<luyij, -ewj, h[
blasfhme<w
misqo<j, -ou?, o[
plou<sioj, -a, -on
perisseu<w
ploute<w
decio<j, -a<, -o<n
di<kaioj, -a, -on
dikai<wma, -atoj, to<
dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[
a]nate<llw
ki<ndunoj, -ou, o[
potamo<j, -ou?, o[
o[do<j, -ou?, h[
l^sth<j, -ou?, o[
stolh<, -h?j, h[
pe<tra, -aj, h[
r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[
[Rwmai?oj, -a, -on
[Rwmai?oj, -a, -on
xwre<w
a]le<ktwr, -oroj, o[
r[i<za, -hj, h[
a]po<llumi
fqei<rw
kra<toj, -ouj, to<
a@rxw
basileu<w
poimai<nw
a]rxh<, -h?j, h[
a@rxwn, -ontoj, o[
pantokra<twr, -oroj, o[
tre<xw
brw?sij, -ewj, h[

346

English-Greek Glossary

Sabbath
sacrifice
sacrifice, I sacrifice
Sadducee
said, I said
saints (pl.)
salute, I salute
salvation
Samaria
Samaritan
same
sanctification
sanctify, I sanctify
sandal
Sanhedrin
Satan
satisfied, I am satisfied
Saul
Saul
save, I save
Savior
saw, I saw
say, I say
say, I say
say, I say
saying
scatter, I scatter
scepter
scribe
Scripture
scroll
sea
seal
seal, I seal
search for, I search for
season

sa<bbaton, -ou, to<


qusi<a, -aj, h[
qu<w
Saddoukai?oj, -ou, o[
ei]po<n
a!gioj, -ia, -on
a]spa<zomai
swthri<a, -aj, h[
Sama<reia, -aj, h[
Samari<thj, -ou, o[
au]to<j, -h<, -o<
a[giasmo<j, -ou, o[
a[gia<zw
u[po<dhma, -atoj, to<
sune<drion, -ou, to<
satana?j, -a?, o[
xorta<zw
Saou<l, o[
Sau?loj, -ou, o[
s&<zw
swth<r, -h?roj, o[
ei#don
lale<w
le<gw
fhmi<
r[hma, -atoj, to<
diaskorpi<zw
r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[
grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[
grafh<, -h?j, h[
bibli<on, -ou, to<
qa<lassa, -hj, h[
sfragi<j, -i?doj, h[
sfragi<zw
e]pizhte<w
kairo<j, -ou?, o[

347

English-Greek Glossary

seat, I seat
second
secret
sect
see! (you) see!
see, I see
see, I see
see, I see
see, I see
seed
seek, I seek
seem, I seem
seize, I seize
seize, I seize
seize, I seize
seize, I seize
seize, I seize
select
self
self
sell, I sell
sell, I sell
send for, I send for
send forth, I send forth
send out, I send out
send, I send
send, I send
sensuality
separate, I separate
separate, I separate
separate, I separate
serpent
servant
servant
servant
serve, I serve

kaqi<zw
deu<teroj, -a, -on
musth<rion, -ou, to<
ai!resij, -ewj, h[
i]dou< (see ei#don)
ble<pw
qea<omai
qewre<w
o[ra<w
spe<rma, -atoj, to<
zhte<w
doke<w
a[rpa<zw
katalamba<nw
lamba<nw
pia<zw
sullamba<nw
e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n
au]to<j, -h<, -o<
yuxh<, -h?j, h[
pipra<skw
pwle<w
metape<mpw
e]caposte<llw
a]poste<llw
a]poste<llw
pe<mpw
a]se<lgeia, -aj, h[
a]fori<zw
meri<zw
xwri<zw
dra<kwn, -ontoj, o[
dia<konoj, -ou, o[, h[
dou?loj, -ou, o[
u[phre<thj, -ou, o[
dia<kone<w

348

English-Greek Glossary

serve, I serve
serve, I serve
service
set
set before, I set before
set sail, I set sail
(in middle voice)
set, I set
set, I set
setting forth
seven
seventh
sexually immoral person
shake, I shake
shame, I put to shame
sharer
she
she,
sheep
shepherd
shepherd, I shepherd
shine, I shine
shining
shirt
show forth, I show forth
show, I show
shut, I shut
sick
sick
sick, I am sick
sickness
Sidon
sight
sign
Silas
silent, I am silent

douleu<w
latreu<w
diakoni<a, -aj, h[
i!sthmi
parati<qhmi
a]na<gw
kaqi<sthmi/kaqista<nw
ti<qhmi
pro<qesij, -ewj, h[
e[pta<
e!bdomoj, -h, -on
po<rnoj, -ou, o[
saleu<w
kataisxu<nw
koinwno<j, -ou?, o[,
au]to<j, -h<, -o<
ou$toj, au!th, tou?to
pro<baton, -ou, to<
poimh<n, -e<noj, o[
poimai<nw
fai<nw
lampro<j, -a<, -o<n
xitw<n, -w?noj, o[
e]ndei<knumi
dei<knumi
klei<w
a]sqenh<j, -e<j
ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n
a]sqene<w
a]sqe<neia, -aj, h[
Sidw<n, -w?noj, h[
o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[
shmei?on, -ou, to<
Sila?j, -a?, o[
siga<w

349

English-Greek Glossary

silent, I am silent
silver
similar
similarly
Simon
sin
sin
sin, I sin
since
since
since
sinful
single
sinner
sir
sister
sit, I sit
sit, I sit
six
sixth
sixty
sky
slander
slanderous
slave
slay, I slay
sleep, I sleep
small
small
smallest
smite, I smite
smoke
snake
so
so
so

siwpa<w
a]rgu<rion, -ou, to<
o!moioj, -a, -on
w[sau<twj
Si<mwn, -wnoj, o[
a[marti<a, -aj, h[
para<ptwma, -atoj, to<
a[marta<nw
e]pei<
e]peidh<
o!pou
a[martwlo<j, -o<n
ei$j, mi<a, e!n
a[martwlo<j, -o<n
ku<rioj, -ou, o[
a]delfh<, -h?j, h[
ka<qhmai
kaqi<zw
e!c
e!ktoj, -h, -on
e[ch<konta
ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[
blasfhmi<a, -aj, h[
dia<boloj, -on
dou?loj, -ou, o[
sfa<zw
koima<omai
mikro<j, -a<, -o<n
o]li<goj, -h, -on
e]la<xistoj, -h, -on
tu<ptw
kapno<j, -ou?, o[
o@fij, -ewj, o[
a@ra
ga<r
o[moi<wj

350

English-Greek Glossary

so
so
so great
so much
so that
so that
Sodom
soldier
Solomon
somehow
someone
someone
someone
something
son
soul
sound
source
sow (seed), I sow (seed)
spare, I spare
speak against, I speak
against
speak freely, I speak
freely
speak, I speak
spirit
Spirit
spiritual
split, I split
spring
staff
stand by, I stand by
stand fast, I stand fast
stand over, I stand over
stand with, I stand with
(intrans.)
stand, I stand

ou!twj , ou!tw
te<
tosou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton
tosou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton
i!na
w!ste
So<doma, -wn, ta<
stratiw<thj, -ou, o[
Solomw<n, -w?noj, o[
pw<j
a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[
ei$j, mi<a, e!n
ti>j, ti>
ti>j, ti>
ui[o>j, -ou?, o[
yuxh<, -h?j, h[
fwnh<, -h?j, h[
r[i<za, -hj, h[
spei<rw
fei<domai
a]ntile<gw
parrhsia<zomai
lale<w
pneu?ma, -atoj, to<
pneu?ma, -atoj, to<
pneumatiko<j, -h<, -o<n
sxi<zw
phgh<, -h?j, h[
r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[
pari<sthmi
sth<kw (cf. i!sthmi)
e]fi<sthmi
suni<sthmi
sth<kw (cf. i!sthmi)

351

English-Greek Glossary

star
startle, I startle
statement
stay, I stay
stay, I stay
steadfastness
steal, I steal
step in, I step in
steward (house)
stick
still
stomach
stone
stone, I stone
stop, I stop
storehouse
strange
strange
street
strength
stretch out, I stretch out
strife
strife
strike, I strike
strong
strong
strong, I am strong
subject, I subject
subordinate,
I subordinate
such
such as
such as this
suffer, I suffer
suffering
sufficient

a]sth<r, -e<roj, o[
ceni<zw
lo<goj, -ou?, o[
diatri<bw
me<nw
makroqumi<a, -aj, -h[
kle<ptw
e]mbai<nw
oi]kono<moj, -ou, o[
r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[
e@ti
sto<ma, -atoj, to<
li<qoj, -ou, o[
liqa<zw
pau<w
qhsauro<j, -ou?, o[
a]llo<trioj, -a, -on
ce<noj, -h, -on
platei?a, -aj, h[
i]sxu<j, -u<oj, h[
e]ktei<nw
e@rij, -idoj, h[
sta<sij, -ewj, h[
pata<ssw
dunato<j, -h<, -o<n
i]sxuro<j, -a<, -o<n
i]sxu<w
u[pota<ssw
u[pota<ssw
toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton
oi$oj, -a, -on
toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton
pa<sxw
pa<qhma, -atoj, to<
i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n

352

English-Greek Glossary

summon, I summon
sun
supper
support, I support
suppose, I suppose
suppose, I suppose
suppress, I suppress
surrender, I surrender
swear, I swear
swine
sword
synagogue
synagogue leader

proskale<omai
h!lioj, -ou, o[
dei?pnon, -ou, to<
sthri<zw
doke<w
nomi<zw
kate<xw
e]pidi<dwmi
o@mnumi
xoi?roj, -ou, o[
ma<xaira, -hj, h[
sunagwgh<, -h?j, h[
a]rxisuna<gwgoj, -ou, o[

tabernacle
table
take aside, I take aside
take away, I take away
take away, I take away
take away, I take away
take hold of, I take
hold of
take off, I take off
take rest, I take rest
(in middle voice)
take up, I take up
take up, I take up
take, I take
take, I take
take, I take
take, I take
talent (large unit
of money)
taste, I taste
tax collector
teach, I teach
teach, I teach

skhnh<, -h?j, h[
tra<peza, -hj, h[
a]polamba<nw
ai@rw
a]naire<w
a]faire<w
e]pilamba<nomai
a]poti<qhmi
a]napau<w
ai@rw
a]nalamba<nw
de<xomai
lamba<nw
paralamba<nw
pia<zw
ta<lanton, -ou, to<
geu<omai
telw<nhj, -ou, o[
dida<skw
paideu<w

353

English-Greek Glossary

teacher
teacher
teaching
teaching
tear
tear down, I tear down
tear, I tear
tell, I tell
temple
temple (precinct)
tempt, I tempt
temptation
temptation
ten
tent
terror
test
test, I test
testify solemnly,
I testify solemnly
testify, I testify
testimony
testimony, a testimony
than
thanks
thanksgiving
that
that
that
that
that
that (one)
that not
the
then
then

dida<skaloj, -ou, o[
r[abbi<, o[
didaskali<a, -aj, h[
didaxh<, -h?j, h[
da<kruon, -ou, to<
kaqaire<w
sxi<zw
le<gw
nao<j, -ou?, o[
i[ero<n, -ou?, to<
peira<zw
peirasmo<j, -ou?, o[
ska<ndalon, -ou, to<
de<ka
skhnh<, -h?j, h[
fo<boj, -ou, o[
peirasmo<j, -ou?, o[
peira<zw
diamartu<romai
marture<w
marturi<a, aj, h[
martu<rion, -ou, to<
h@
xa<rij, -itoj, h[
eu]xaristi<a, -aj, h[
e]pi< (+ acc.)
i!na
o!pwj
o!ti
w[j
e]kei?noj, -h, -o
mh<pote
o[, h[, to<
a@ra
ga<r

354

English-Greek Glossary

then
then
then
then
then, so, therefore
there
therefore
therefore
therefore
therefore,
thief
thing
think, I think
think, I think
think, I think
think, I think
third (part)
thirst, I thirst
thirty
this
this (here)
this one
Thomas
thorn
thorn bush
thousand
thousand, a
three
three times
throne
through
throw, I throw
thunder
thus
tie, I tie
time

de<
ei#ta
e@peita
to<te
ou#n
e]kei?
a@ra
dio<ti
w!ste
dio<
kle<pthj, -ou, o[
r[hma, -atoj, to<
doke<w
h[ge<omai
nomi<zw
frone<w
tri<toj, -h, -on
diya<w
tria<konta
ou$toj, au!th, tou?to
o!de, h!de, to<de
ou$toj, au!th, tou?to
Qwma?j, -a?, o[
a@kanqa, -hj, h[
a@kanqa, -hj, h[
xi<lioi, -ai, -a
xilia<j, -a<doj, h[
trei?j, tri<a
tri<j
qro<noj, -ou, o[
dia< (+ gen.)
ba<llw
bronth<, -h?j, h[
ou!twj , ou!tw
de<w
h[me<ra, -aj, h[

355

English-Greek Glossary

time
time (appointed)
Timothy
title
Titus
to
to
to
to which
today
together
together
tomb
tomb
tomorrow
tomorrow
tone
tongue
tooth
torment, I torment
touch, I touch
toward
toward
tradition
train, I train
train, I train
trap
treasure
tree
tree
trespass
tribe
tribune (military)
commanding 1,000
trouble
trouble

xro<noj, -ou, o[
kairo<j, -ou?, o[
Timo<qeoj, -ou, o[
o@noma, -atoj, to<
Ti<toj, -ou, o[
ei]j (+ acc.)
e]pi< (+ acc.)
pro<j (+ acc.)
ou$
sh<meron
a!ma
o[moqumado<n
mnh?ma, -atoj, to<
mnhmei?on, -ou, to<
au@rion
e]pau<rion
fwnh<, -h?j, h[
glw?ssa, -h?j, h[
o]dou<j, -o<ntoj, o[
basani<zw
a!ptw
ei]j (+ acc.)
pro<j (+ acc.)
para<dosij, -ewj, h[
paideu<w
tre<fw
ska<ndalon, -ou, to<
qhsauro<j, -ou?, o[
de<ndron, -ou, to<
cu<lon, -ou, to<
para<ptwma, -atoj, to<
fulh<, -h?j, h[
xili<arxoj, -ou, o[
qli?yij, -ewj, h[
ko<poj, -ou, o[

356

English-Greek Glossary

trouble, I trouble
true
true
truly
truly
truly
trumpet
trumpet, I sound
the trumpet
trust
trusting
trustworthy
truth
tunic
turn away, I turn away
turn back, I turn back
turn to, I turn to
turn, I turn
twelve
twenty
two
Tyre

tara<ssw
a]lhqh<j, -e<j
a]lhqino<j, -h<, -o<n
a]lhqw?j
a]mh<n
nai<
sa<lpigc, -iggoj, h[

unbelief
unbelieving
unchastity
uncircumcision
unclean
unclean
uncleanness
uncover, I uncover
under
under
understand, I understand
understand, I understand
understand, I understand

a]pisti<a, -aj, h[
a@pistoj, -on
pornei<a, -aj, h[
a]krobusti<a, -aj, h[
a]ka<qartoj, -on
koino<j, -h<, -o<n
a]kaqarsi<a, -aj, h[
a]pokalu<ptw
u[po< (+ gen.)
u[poka<tw
a]kou<w
e]pi<stamai
noe<w

salpi<zw
pi<stij, -ewj, h[
pisto<j, -h<, -o<n
pisto<j, -h<, -o<n
a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[
xitw<n, -w?noj, o[
a]postre<fw
u[postre<fw
e]pistre<fw
stre<fw
dw<deka
ei@kosi
du<o
Tu<roj, -ou, h[

357

English-Greek Glossary

understand, I understand
understand, I understand
understanding
understanding
undertaking
underworld
undeservedly
unique
unite, I unite
universe
unjust
unleavened
unrighteousness
until
until
until
until
up
upright
upward
upward
urge on, I urge on
urge, I urge
urge, I urge
use, I use

oi@da (perfect from ei]d-)


suni<hmi
dia<noia, -aj, h[
nou?j, noo<j, o[
pra?gma, -atoj, to<
a@bussoj, -ou, h[
dwre<an
monogenh<j, -e<j
kolla<w
ko<smoj, -ou, o[
a@dikoj, -on
a@zumoj, -on
a]diki<a, -aj, h[
a@xri, a@xrij
e!wj
e!wj (+ gen.)
me<xri
a]na< (+ acc.)
di<kaioj, -a, -on
a]na< (+ acc.)
a@nw
sune<xw
a]nagka<zw
parakale<w
xra<omai

varied
vengeance
verily
very
vessel
vestibule
village
vine
vineyard
virgin

poiki<loj, -h, -on


e]kdi<khsij, -ewj, h[
a]mh<n
li<an
skeu?oj, -ouj, to<
pulw<n, -w?noj, o[
kw<mh, -hj, h[
a@mpeloj, -ou, h[
a]mpelw<n, -w?noj, o[
parqe<noj, -ou, h[/o[

358

English-Greek Glossary

visible
vision
visit, I visit
voice

fanero<j, -a<, -o<n


o!rama, -atoj, to<
e]piske<ptomai
fwnh<, -h?j, h[

wages
wait for, I wait for
wait for, I wait for
wait upon, I wait upon
wake, I wake
walk, I walk
wall (city wall)
wandering
want, I want
war
warn, I warn
warn, I warn
warn, I warn
wash, I wash
watch (of the night)
watch, I watch
water
water, I water
way
way (of life)
Way, the Way
we
we
weak
weak, I am weak
weakness
wealth
wear, I wear
wedding
weep, I weep
weeping

misqo<j, -ou?, o[
prosde<xomai
prosdoka<w
dia<kone<w
e]gei<rw
peripate<w
tei?xoj, -ouj, to<
pla<nh, -hj, h[
bou<lomai
po<lemoj, -ou, o[
diamartu<romai
e]pitima<w
xrhmati<zw
ni<ptw
fulakh<, -h?j, h[
grhgore<w
u!dwr, -atoj, to<
poti<zw
o[do<j, -ou?, h[
tro<poj, -ou, o[
o[do<j, -ou?, h[
e]gw<, e]mou?; h[mei?j, h[mw?n
h[mei?j
a]sqenh<j, -e<j
a]sqene<w
a]sqe<neia, -aj, h[
plou?toj, -ou, o[
e]ndu<w
ga<moj, -ou, o[
klai<w
da<kruon, -ou, to<

359

English-Greek Glossary

well
what
what is right
what?
what?
whatever
wheat
when
when
when
when?
whence
whenever
where
where
where?
whether
whether
which
which?
which?
whichever
while
white
whither?
who
who?
whoever
whole
whole
why?
widow
wife
wild beast
wilderness
will

kalw?j
o!j, h!, o!
xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[
poi?oj, -a, -on
ti<j, ti<
o!stij, h!tij, o!ti
si?toj, -ou, o[
e]peidh<
e]pi< (+ gen.)
o!te
pote<
o!qen
o!tan
o!pou
ou$
pou?
ei]
ei@te
o!j, h!, o!
poi?oj, -a, -on
ti<j, ti<
o!stij, h!tij, o!ti
o!te
leuko<j, -h<, -o<n
pou?
o!j, h!, o!
ti<j, ti<
o!stij, h!tij, o!ti
o!loj, -h, -on
u[gih<j, -e<j
ti<j, ti<
xh<ra, -aj, h[
gunh<, -aiko<j, h[
qhri<on, -ou, to<
e@rhmoj, -ou, h[
qe<lhma, -atoj, to<

360

English-Greek Glossary

will, I will
wind
wind
wine
wineskin
wisdom
wisdom
wise
wise
wish
wish, I wish
wish, I wish
with
with
with
with
with
with
with one mind
withdraw, I withdraw
wither, I wither
without
witness
witness
witness
woe
woman
womb
womb
wonder
wonder, I wonder
wood
word
Word
word
work

qe<lw
a@nemoj, -ou, o[
pneu?ma, -atoj, to<
oi#noj, -ou, o[
a]sko<j, -ou?, o[
gnw?sij, -ewj, h[
sofi<a, -aj, h[
sofo<j, -h<, -o<n
fro<nimoj, -on
qe<lhma, -atoj, to<
bou<lomai
qe<lw
meta< ( + gen.)
para< (+ gen.)
para< (+ dat.)
peri< (+ acc.)
pro<j (+ acc.)
su<n (+ dat.)
o[moqumado<n
a]fi<sthmi
chrai<nw
xwri<j (+ gen.)
marturi<a, aj, h[
martu<rion, -ou, to<
ma<rtuj, -uroj, o[
ou]ai<
gunh<, -aiko<j, h[
gasth<r, -tro<j, h[
koili<a, -aj, h[
te<raj, -atoj, to<
qauma<zw
cu<lon, -ou, to<
lo<goj, -ou?, o[
lo<goj, -ou?, o[
r[hma, -atoj, to<
e@rgon, -ou, to<

361

English-Greek Glossary

work hard, I work hard


work out, I work out
work, I work
work, I work
workman
world
world (inhabited)
worse
worship, I worship
worship, I worship
worship, I worship
worthy
wound
wrath
wrath (of God)
wreath
write, I write
writing
writings
wrong, I wrong

kopia<w
katerga<zomai
e]nerge<w
e]rga<zomai
e]rga<thj, -ou, o[
ko<smoj, -ou, o[
oi]koume<nh, -hj, h[
xei<rwn, -on
latreu<w
proskune<w
se<bomai
a@cioj, -a, -on
plhgh<, -h?j, h[
qumo<j, -ou?, o[
o]rgh<, -h?j, h[
ste<fanoj, -ou, o[
gra<fw
grafh<, -h?j, h[
gra<mma, -atoj, to<
a]dike<w

year
year
yeast
yes
yet
yield, I yield
you
you-all
young
young person
your
your
yours
yourself,
of yourself (reflexive)

e]niauto<j, -ou?, o[
e@toj, -ouj, to<
zu<mh, -hj, h[
nai<
e@ti
di<dwmi
su<, sou<; u[mei?j, u[mw?n
u[mei<j, u[mw?n
ne<oj, -a, -on
neani<skoj, -ou, o[
so<j, sh<, so<n
u[me<teroj, -a, -on
so<j, sh<, so<n
seautou?, -h?j

362

English-Greek Glossary

youth

neani<skoj, -ou, o[

zeal
zealous, I am zealous
Zebedee
Zechariah

zh?loj, -ou, o[
zhlo<w
Zebedai?oj, -ou, o[
Zaxari<aj, -ou, o[

363

Greek-English Glossary
Words Occurring Nine or More Times in the New
Testament
Verbs are listed in their present active indicative first person singular forms. Deponent
verbs appear in the present middle/passive indicative form. Additional principal parts
(PP) appearing in the New Testament are listed below the main entry in the following
order: future active, aorist active, perfect active, perfect middle/passive, aorist passive.
Greek Word

English Meaning(s)

Part of Times in N.T.


Speech (all uses)

]Abraa<m, o[
Abraham
Verb
a@bussoj, -ou, h[
abyss, underworld
Noun
a]gaqopoie<w
I do good
Verb
PP: ___, h]gaqopoi<hsa, ___, ___, ___
a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n
good
Adj
a]gallia<w
I exult, am glad
Verb
PP: ___, h]galli<asa, ___, ___, h]gallia<qhn
a]gapa<w
I love
Verb
PP: a]gaph<sw, h]ga<phsa, h]ga<phka, h]ga<phmai, h]gaph<qhn
a]ga<ph, -hj, h[
love
Noun
a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n
beloved
Adj
a@ggeloj, -ou, o[
angel, messenger
Noun
a[gia<zw
I consecrate, make holy, sanctify
Verb
PP: ___, h[gi<asa, ___, h[gi<asmai, h[gia<sqhn
a[giasmo<j, -ou, o[
sanctification, holiness
Noun
a!gioj, -ia, -on
holy, consecrated; Pl.: saints
Adj
a]gnoe<w
I do not know
Verb
PP: ___, h]gno<hsa, ___, ___, ___
a]gora<, -a?j, h[
marketplace
Noun
a]gora<zw
I buy
Verb
PP: ___, h]go<rasa, ___, h]go<rasmai, h]gora<sqhn
]Agri<ppaj, -a, o[
Agrippa
Noun
a]gro<j, -ou?, o[
field, country
Noun

73
9
9
102
11
143
116
61
175
28
10
233
22
11
30
11
36

Greek-English Glossary

a@gw

I lead, bring, arrest


PP: a@cw, h@gagon, ___, ___, h@xqhn
]Ada<m, o[
Adam
a]delfh<, -h?j, h[
sister
a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[
brother, member
%!dhj, -ou, o[
Hades (hell)
a]dike<w
I wrong, do wrong
PP: a]dikh<sw, h]di<khsa, h]di<khka, ___, h]dikh<qhn
a]diki<a, -aj, h[
unrighteousness, injustice
a@dikoj, -on
unjust, dishonest
a]du<natoj, -on
powerless, incapable, impossible
a@zumoj, -on
unleavened
a]qete<w
I reject, nullify
PP: a]qeth<sw, h]qe<thsa, ___, ___, ___
Ai@guptoj, -ou, h[
Egypt
ai$ma, -atoj, to<
blood
ai!resij, -ewj, h[
sect, faction, party
ai@rw
I take up, take away, raise
PP: a]rw?, h#ra, h#rka, h#rmai, h@rqhn
ai]te<w
I ask
PP: ai]th<sw, ^@thsa, ^@thka, ___, ___
ai]ti<a, -aj, h[
cause, accusation
ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[
age, eternity
ai]w<nioj, -a, -on
eternal
a]kaqarsi<a, -aj, h[
uncleanness, impurity
unclean, impure
a]ka<qartoj, -on
a@kanqa, -hj, h[
thorn, thorn bush
a]koh<, -h?j, h[
report, hearing
a]kolouqe<w
I follow, accompany
PP: a]kolouqh<sw, h]kolou<qhsa, h]kolou<qhka, ___, ___
a]kou<w
I hear, understand, learn
PP: a]kou<sw, h@kousa, a]kh<koa, ___, h]kou<sqhn
a]kribw?j
accurately, carefully
a]krobusti<a, -aj, h[
uncircumcision, Gentiles
a]lei<fw
I anoint
PP: ___, h@leiya, ___, ___, ___
a]le<ktwr, -oroj, o[
rooster, cock
a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[
truth
a]lhqh<j, -e<j
true, honest
a]lhqino<j, -h<, -o<n
true
a]lhqw?j
truly
a]lla<
but, except, rather
a]llh<lwn
one another

Verb

69

Noun
Noun
Noun
Noun
Verb

9
26
343
10
28

Noun
Adj
Adj
Adj
Verb

25
12
10
9
16

Noun
Noun
Noun
Verb

25
97
9
101

Verb

70

Noun
Noun
Adj
Noun
Adj
Noun
Noun
Verb

20
122
71
10
32
14
24
90

Verb

428

Adv
Noun
Verb

9
20
9

Noun
Noun
Adj
Adj
Adv
Conj
Adj

12
109
26
28
18
637
100

365

Greek-English Glossary

a@lloj, -h, -on


other, another
Adj
a]llo<trioj, -a, -on
anothers, strange
Adj
a!lusij, -ewj, h[
chain
Noun
a!ma
at the same time, together
Adv
a[marta<nw
I sin
Verb
PP: a[marth<sw, h[ma<rthsa, h[ma<rthka, ___, ___
a[marti<a, -aj, h[
sin
Noun
a[martwlo<j, -o<n
sinful
Adj
a[martwlo<j, -o<n
sinner
Noun
a]mh<n
truly, amen, let it be so
Particle
a@mpeloj, -ou, h[
vine
Noun
a]mpelw<n, -w?noj, o[
vineyard
Noun
a]mfo<teroi, -ai, -a
both
Adj
a@n
(untranslated contingency)
Particle
a]na< (+ acc.)
upward, up, each
Prep
a]nabai<nw
I go up, ascend
Verb
PP: a]nabh<somai, a]ne<bhn, a]nabe<bhka, ___, ___
a]nable<pw
I look up, receive sight
Verb
PP: ___, a]ne<bleya, ___, ___, ___
a]nagge<llw
I announce, report
Verb
PP: a]naggelw?, a]nh<ggeila, ___, ___, a]nhgge<lhn
a]naginw<skw
I read, read aloud
Verb
PP: ___, a]ne<gnwn, ___, ___, a]negnw<sqhn
a]na<gkh, -hj, h[
necessity
Noun
a]nagka<zw
I compel, urge
Verb
PP: ___, h]na<gkasa, ___, ___, h]nagka<sqhn
I lead up; Mid.: set sail
Verb
a]na<gw
PP: ___, a]nh<gagon, ___, ___, a]nh<xqhn
a]naire<w
I take away, kill
Verb
PP: a]nelw?, a]nei?lon, ___, ___, a]n^re<qhn
a]na<keimai
I recline (at table)
Verb
a]nakri<nw
I examine, question, judge
Verb
PP: ___, a]ne<krina, ___, ___, a]nekri<qhn
a]nalamba<nw
I take up
Verb
PP: ___, a]ne<labon, ___, ___, a]nelh<mfqhn
[Anani<aj, -ou, o[
Ananias
Noun
a]napau<w
I refresh; Mid.: take rest
Verb
PP: a]napau<sw, a]ne<pausa, ___, a]nape<paumai, a]nepau<qhn
a]napi<ptw
I recline
Verb
PP: ___, a]ne<peson, ___, ___, ___
a]na<stasij, -ewj, h[
resurrection
Noun
a]nastre<fw
I overturn, return
Verb
PP: a]nastre<yw, a]ne<streya, ___, ___, a]nestra<fhn

154
14
11
10
43
173
47
47
129
9
23
14
166
13
82
25
14
32
17
9
23
24
14
16
13
11
12
12
42
9

366

Greek-English Glossary

a]nastrofh<, -h?j, h[
conduct, behavior
Noun
a]nate<llw
I rise
Verb
PP: ___, a]ne<teila, a]nate<talka, ___, ___
a]natolh<, -h?j, h[
east, dawn
Noun
a]nafe<rw
I bring up, offer
Verb
PP: ___, a]nh<negka, ___, ___, ___
a]naxwre<w
I depart
Verb
PP: ___, a]nexw<rhsa, ___, ___, ___
]Andre<aj, -ou, o[
Andrew
Noun
a@nemoj, -ou, o[
wind
Noun
a]ne<xw
I endure
Verb
PP: a]ne<cw, a]ne<sxon, ___, ___, ___
a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[
man, husband, someone
Noun
a]nqi<sthmi
I resist, oppose
Verb
PP: ___, a]nte<sthn, a]nqe<sthka, ___, ___
a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[
man, human, husband
Noun
a]ni<sthmi
I raise, cause to rise
Verb
PP: a]nasth<sw, a]ne<sthsa, ___, ___, ___
a]noi<gw
I open
Verb
PP: a]noi<cw, h]ne<&ca, a]ne<&ga, a]ne<&gmai, h]noi<xqhn
a]nomi<a, -aj, h[
lawlessness
Noun
a@nomoj, -on
lawless
Adj
a]nti< (+ gen.)
instead of, for
Prep
a]ntile<gw
I speak against, oppose
Verb
PP: ___, a]ntei?pon, ___, ___, ___
]Antio<xeia, -aj, h[
Antioch
Noun
a@nw
above, upward
Adv
a@nwqen
from above, again
Adv
a@cioj, -a, -on
worthy, comparable
Adj
a]pagge<llw
I announce, report
Verb
PP: a]paggelw?, a]ph<ggeila, ___, ___, a]phgge<lhn
a]pa<gw
I lead away
Verb
PP: ___, a]ph<gagon, ___, ___, a]ph<xqhn
a!pac
once, once for all
Adv
a]parne<omai
I deny
PP: a]parnh<somai, a]phrnhsa<mhn, ___, ___, a]phrnh<qhn
a]parxh<, -h?j, h[
firstfruits, first
Noun
a!paj, -asa, -an
all
Adj
a]peiqe<w
I disbelieve, disobey
Verb
PP: ___, h]pei<qhsa, ___, ___, ___
a]pe<rxomai
I depart
Verb
PP: a]peleu<somai, a]ph?lqon, a]pelh<luqa, ___, ___
a]pe<xw
I have received, am distant
Verb

13
9
11
10
14
13
31
15
216
14
550
108
77
15
9
22
11
18
9
13
41
45
15
14
11
9
34
14
117
19

367

Greek-English Glossary

a]pisti<a, -aj, h[
unbelief
Noun
a@pistoj, -on
unbelieving, faithless
Adj
a]po< (+ gen.)
from, of, by
Prep
a]podi<dwmi
I give back, pay
Verb
PP: a]podw<sw, a]pe<dwka, ___, ___, a]pedo<qhn
a]podokima<zw
I reject
Verb
PP: ___, a]pedoki<masa, ___, a]podedoki<masmai, a]pedokima<sqhn
a]poqn^<skw
I die
Verb
PP: a]poqanou?mai, a]pe<qanon, ___, ___, ___
a]pokalu<ptw
I reveal, uncover
Verb
PP: a]pokalu<yw, a]peka<luya, ___, ___, a]pekalu<fqhn
a]poka<luyij, -ewj, h[
revelation
Noun
a]pokri<nomai
I answer, reply
Verb
PP: ___, a]pekrina<mhn, ___, ___, a]pekri<qhn
a]poktei<nw
I kill
Verb
PP: a]poktenw?, a]pe<kteina, ___, ___, a]pekta<nqhn
a]polamba<nw
I take aside, receive
Verb
PP: a]polh<myomai, a]pe<labon, ___, ___, ___
a]po<llumi
I destroy, ruin; Mid.: I die
Verb
PP: a]pole<sw, a]pw<lesa, a]polw<leka, ___, ___
]Apollw?j, -w?, o[
Apollos
Noun
a]pologe<omai
I defend myself
Verb
PP: ___, a]peloghsa<mhn, ___, ___, a]pelogh<qhn
a]polu<trwsij, -ewj, h[ redemption, release
Noun
a]polu<w
I release, divorce
Verb
PP: a]polu<sw, a]pe<lusa, ___, a]pole<lumai, a]pelu<qhn
a]poste<llw
I send, send out
Verb
PP: a]poste<lw?, a]pe<steila, a]pe<stalka, a]pe<stalmai,
a]pesta<lhn
a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[
apostle, messenger
Noun
a]postre<fw
I turn away
Verb
PP: a]postre<yw, a]pe<streya, ___, a]pe<strammai, a]pestra<fhn
a]poti<qhmi
I take off, lay aside
Verb
PP: ___, a]pe<qhka, ___, ___, ___
a!ptw
I touch
Verb
PP: ___, h$ya, ___, ___, ___
a]pw<leia, -aj, h[
destruction
Noun
a@ra
so, then, therefore
Particle
a]rgu<rion, -ou, to<
silver, money
Noun
a]re<skw
I please
Verb
PP: a]re<sw, h@resa, ___, ___, ___
a]riqmo<j, -ou?, o[
number
Noun

11
23
646
48
9
111
26
18
230
74
10
90
10
10
10
66
132

80
9
9
39
18
49
20
17
18

368

Greek-English Glossary

a]rne<omai
I deny, refuse
PP: a]rnh<somai, h]rnhsa<mhn, ___, h@rnhmai, ___
a]rni<on, -ou, to<
lamb
a[rpa<zw
I seize
PP: a[rpa<sw, h!rpasa, ___, ___, h[rpa<sqhn
a@rshn, -en
male
a@rti
now, just now, immediately
a@rtoj, -ou, o[
bread, food
a]rxai?oj, -ai<a, ai?on
old, ancient
a]rxh<, -h?j, h[
beginning, ruler
a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[
high priest, chief priest
a]rxisuna<gwgoj, -ou, o[ synagogue leader
a@rxw
I rule; Mid.: begin
PP: a@rcomai, h]rca<mhn, ___, ___, ___
a@rxwn, -ontoj, o[
ruler
a]sebh<j, -e<j
godless, impious
a]se<lgeia, -aj, h[
sensuality, licentiousness
a]sqe<neia, -aj, h[
weakness, sickness
a]sqene<w
I am weak, sick, powerless
PP: ___, h]sqe<nhsa, h]sqe<nhka, ___, ___
a]sqenh<j, -e<j
weak, sick, powerless
]Asi<a, -aj, h[
Asia
a]sko<j, -ou?, o[
wineskin, leather bottle
a]spa<zomai
I greet, salute
PP: ___, h]spasa<mhn, ___, ___, ___
a]spasmo<j, -ou?, o[
greeting
star
a]sth<r, -e<roj, o[
a]teni<zw
I look intently, gaze upon
PP: ___, h]te<nisa, ___, ___, ___
a]straph<, -h?j, h[
lightning
au]lh<, -h?j, h[
courtyard, palace
au]ca<nw
I grow, increase
PP: au]ch<sw, hu@chsa, ___, ___, hu]ch<qhn
au@rion
tomorrow
au]to<j, -h<, -o<
he, she, it
au]to<j, -h<, -o<
self, same
a]faire<w
I take away, cut off
PP: a]felw?, a]fei?lon, ___, ___, a]f^re<qhn
a@fesij, -ewj, h[
pardon, remission
a]fi<hmi
I permit, let go, forgive
PP: a]fh<sw, a]fh?ka, ___, a]fe<wmai, a]fe<qhn
a]fi<sthmi
I mislead, withdraw, depart
PP: a]posth<somai, a]pe<sthsa, ___, ___, ___

Verb

33

Noun
Verb

30
14

Adj
Adv
Noun
Adj
Noun
Noun
Noun
Verb

9
36
97
11
55
122
9
86

Noun
Adj
Noun
Noun
Verb

37
9
10
24
33

Noun
Noun
Noun
Verb

26
18
12
59

Noun
Noun
Verb

10
24
14

Noun
Noun
Verb

9
12
23

Adv
Pron
Pron
Adj

14
5596
5596
10

Noun
Verb

17
143

Verb

14

369

Greek-English Glossary

a]fori<zw
I separate
PP: a]fori<sw, a]fw<risa, ___, a]fw<rismai, a]fwri<sqhn
a@frwn, -on
foolish, ignorant
]Axai~a, -aj, h[
Achaia
a@xri, a@xrij (+ gen.)
as far as
a@xri, a@xrij
until

Verb

10

Adj
Noun
Prep
Conj

11
10
49
49

Babulw<n, -w?noj, h[
Babylon
Noun
ba<llw
I throw, put
Verb
PP: balw?, e@balon, be<blhka, be<blhmai, e]blh<qhn
bapti<zw
I baptize
Verb
PP: bapti<sw, e]ba<ptisa, ___, beba<ptismai, e]bapti<sqhn
ba<ptisma, -atoj, to<
baptism
Noun
baptisth<j, -ou?, o[
Baptist (John the Baptist)
Noun
Barabba?j, -a?, o[
Barabbas (son of Abba)
Noun
Barnaba?j, -a?, o[
Barnabas
Noun
basani<zw
I torment
Verb
PP: ___, e]basa<nisa, ___, ___, e]basani<sqhn
basilei<a, -aj, h[
kingdom
Noun
basileu<j, -e<wj, o[
king
Noun
basileu<w
I rule, reign
Verb
PP: basileu<sw, e]basi<leusa, ___, ___, ___
basta<zw
I bear, carry
Verb
PP: basta<sw, e]ba<stasa, ___, ___, ___
Bhqani<a, -aj, h[
Bethany
Noun
bh?ma, -atoj, to<
judgment seat
Noun
bibli<on, -ou, to<
book, scroll
Noun
bi<bloj, -ou, h[
book
Noun
bi<oj, -ou, o[
life
Noun
blasfhme<w
I blaspheme, revile
Verb
PP: ___, e]blasfh<mhsa, ___, ___, e]blasfhmh<qhn
blasfhmi<a, -aj, h[
blasphemy, slander
Noun
ble<pw
I see, look at
Verb
PP: ble<yw, e@bleya, ___, ___, ___
boa<w
I cry aloud
Verb
PP: boh<sw, e]bo<hsa, ___, ___, ___
bo<skw
I feed, graze
Verb
boulh<, -h?j, h[
counsel, purpose
Noun
bou<lomai
I wish, want, determine
Verb
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]boulh<qhn
bronth<, -h?j, h[
thunder
Noun
brw?ma, -atoj, to<
food
Noun
brw?sij, -ewj, h[
eating, food, rust
Noun

12
122
77
19
12
11
28
12
162
115
21
27
12
12
34
10
10
34
18
132
12
9
12
37
12
17
11

370

Greek-English Glossary

Galilai<a, -aj, h[
Galilee
Noun
61
Galilai?oj, -a, -on
Galilean
Adj
11
game<w
I marry
Verb
28
PP: ___, e]ga<mhsa/e@ghma, gega<mhka, ___, e]gamh<qhn
ga<moj, -ou, o[
marriage, wedding
Noun
16
ga<r
for, so, then
Conj 1041
gasth<r, -tro<j, h[
belly, womb
Noun
9
ge<
indeed, really, even
Particle 25
ge<enna, -hj, h[
Gehenna, hell, Hinnom Valley
Noun
12
ge<mw
I fill
Verb
11
genea< , -a?j, h[
generation, family, race
Noun
43
genna<w
I give birth to, become the
father of, produce
Verb
97
PP: gennh<sw, e]ge<nnhsa, gege<nnhka, gege<nnhmai, e]gennh<qhn
ge<noj, -ouj, to<
race, family
Noun
20
geu<omai
I taste, eat
Verb
15
PP: geu<somai, e]geusa<mhn, ___, ___, ___
gewrgo<j, -ou?, o[
farmer
Noun
19
gh?, gh?j, h[
earth, land, region
Noun 250
gi<nomai
I become, am, happen
Verb
669
PP: genh<somai, e]geno<mhn, ge<gona, gege<nhmai, e]genh<qhn
ginw<skw
I know, learn, realize
Verb
222
PP: gnw<somai, e@gnwn, e@gnwka, e@gnwsmai, e]gnw<sqhn
glw?ssa, -hj, h[
language, tongue
Noun
50
gnw<mh, -hj, h[
purpose, opinion
Noun
9
gnwri<zw
I make known, reveal
Verb
25
PP: gnwri<sw, e]gnw<risa, ___, ___, e]gnwri<sqhn
gnw?sij, -ewj, h[
knowledge, wisdom
Noun
29
gnwsto<j, -h<, -o<n
known
Adj
15
goneu<j, -e<wj, o[
parent
Noun
20
go<nu, -atoj, to<
knee
Noun
12
gra<mma, -atoj, to<
letter (of the alphabet), writings
Noun
14
grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[
scribe
Noun
63
grafh<, -h?j, h[
writing, Scripture
Noun
50
gra<fw
I write
Verb
191
PP: gra<yw, e@graya, ye<grafa, ge<grammai, e]gra<fhn
grhgore<w
I watch, keep awake
Verb
22
PP: ___, e]grhgo<rhsa, ___, ___, ___
gumno<j, -h<, -o<n
naked
Adj
15
gunh<, -aiko<j, h[
woman, wife
Noun 215
gwni<a, -aj, h[
corner
Noun
9

371

Greek-English Glossary

daimoni<zomai
I am possessed by a demon
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]daimoni<sqhn
daimo<nion, -ou, to<
demon, evil spirit
da<kruon, -ou, to<
tear, weeping
Damasko<j, -ou?, h[
Damascus
Daui<d, o[
David
de<
but, and, then
de<hsij, -ewj, h[
entreaty, petition
dei?
it is necessary (impersonal)
dei<knumi
I show, explain
PP: dei<cw, e@deica, de<deixa, ___, e]dei<xqhn
dei?pnon, -ou, to<
supper
de<ka
ten
de<ndron, -ou, to<
tree
decio<j, -a<, -o<n
right (hand)
deo<mai
I ask, beg, pray
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]deh<qhn
de<rw
I beat
PP: ___, e@deira, ___, ___, e]da<rhn
de<smioj, -ou, o[
prisoner
desmo<j, -ou?, o[
fetter, bond
despo<thj, -ou, o[
master, lord
deu?te
come!
deu<teroj, -a, -on
second
de<xomai
I take, receive
PP: ___, e]deca<mhn, ___, de<degmai, e]de<xqhn
de<w
I tie, bind
PP: ___, e@dhsa, de<deka, de<demai, e]de<qhn
dhna<rion, -ou, to<
denarius (silver coin)
dia< (+ gen.)
through, during, by
dia< (+ acc.)
on account of, because of
dia<boloj, -on
slanderous
dia<boloj, -on
devil
diaqh<kh, -hj, h[
covenant, decree
dia<kone<w
I serve, minister, wait upon
PP: diakonh<sw, dihko<nhsa, ___, ___, dihkonh<qhn
diakoni<a, -aj, h[
service, ministry
dia<konoj, -ou, o[, h[
servant, deacon
diakri<nw
I judge, discriminate
PP: ___, die<krina, ___, ___, diekri<qhn
diale<gomai
I dispute
PP: ___, dieleca<mhn, ___, ___, diele<xqhn

Verb

13

Noun
63
Noun
10
Noun
15
Noun
59
Conj/
Particle 2792
Noun
18
Verb
101
Verb
33
Noun
Adj
Noun
Adj
Verb

16
25
25
54
22

Verb

15

Noun
Noun
Noun
Adv
Adj
Verb

16
18
10
12
43
56

Verb

43

Noun
Prep
Prep
Adj
Noun
Noun
Verb

16
667
667
37
37
33
37

Noun
Noun
Verb

34
29
19

Verb

13

372

Greek-English Glossary

dialogi<zomai
I debate, reason
Verb
dialogismo<j, -ou?, o[
reasoning, questioning
Noun
diamartu<romai
I warn, testify solemnly
Verb
PP: ___, diemartura<mhn, ___, ___, ___
diameri<zw
I divide, distribute
Verb
PP: ___, dieme<risa, ___, diameme<rismai, diemeri<sqhn
dia<noia, -aj, h[
the mind, understanding
Noun
diaskorpi<zw
I scatter
Verb
PP: ___, diesko<rpisa, ___, diesko<rpismai, dieskorpi<sqhn
diata<ssw
I command, order
Verb
PP: diata<cw, die<taca, diate<taxa, diate<tagmai, dieta<xqhn
diatri<bw
I stay, remain
Verb
PP: ___, die<triya, ___, ___, ___
diafe<rw
I differ, carry through
Verb
PP: ___, dih<negka, ___, ___, ___
didaskali<a, -aj, h[
teaching, instruction
Noun
dida<skaloj, -ou, o[
teacher
Noun
dida<skw
I teach
Verb
PP: dida<cw, e]di<daca, ___, ___, e]dida<xqhn
didaxh<, -h?j, h[
teaching
Noun
di<dwmi
I give, entrust, yield
Verb
PP: dw<sw, e@dwka, de<dwka, de<domai, e]do<qhn
die<rxomai
I pass through
Verb
PP: dieleu<somai, dih?lqon, dielh<luqa, ___, ___
di<kaioj, -a, -on
righteous, just, upright
Noun
dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[
righteousness, justice
Noun
dikaio<w
I justify, pronounce righteous
39
PP: dikaiw<sw, e]dikai<wsa, ___, dedikai<wmai, e]dikaiw<qhn
dikai<wma, -atoj, to<
regulation, righteous deed
Verb
di<ktuon, -ou, to<
fish net
Noun
dio<
therefore, for this reason
Conj
dio<ti
because, therefore
Conj
diya<w
I thirst
Verb
PP: diyh<sw, e]di<yhsa, ___, ___, ___
diwgmo<j, -ou?, o[
persecution
Noun
diw<kw
I pursue, persecute
Verb
PP: diw<cw, e]di<wca, ___, dedi<wgmai, e]diw<xqhn
doke<w
I think, suppose, seem
Verb
PP: do<cw, e@doca, ___, ___, ___
dokima<zw
I prove by testing, approve
Verb
PP: dokima<sw, e]doki<masa, ___, dedoki<masmai, ___
do<loj, -ou, o[
guile, deceit
Noun
do<ca, -hj, h[
glory, majesty
Noun

16
14
15
11
12
9
16
9
13
21
59
97
30
415
43
79
92

10
12
53
23
16
10
45
62
22
11
166

373

Greek-English Glossary

doca<zw
I glorify, honor, praise
PP: doca<sw, e]do<casa, ___, dedo<casmai, e]doca<sqhn
douleu<w
I serve, obey
PP: douleu<sw, e]dou<leusa, dedou<leuka, ___, ___
dou?loj, -ou, o[
servant, slave
dra<kwn, -ontoj, o[
dragon, serpent
du<namai
I am powerful, am able
PP: dunh<somai, ___, ___, ___, h]dunh<qhn
du<namij, -ewj, o[
power, miracle
dunato<j, -h<, -o<n
powerful, strong
du<o
two
dw<deka
twelve
dwre<a, -a?j, h[
gift
dwre<an
as a gift, undeservedly
dw?ron, -ou, to<
gift

Verb

61

Verb

25

Noun
Noun
Verb

124
13
210

Noun
Adj
Adj
Adj
Noun
Adv
Noun

119
32
135
75
11
9
19

e]a<n
if
Conj
333
e[autou?, -h?j,
of himself, of herself, of itself
Pron
319
e]a<w
I permit, let go
Verb
11
PP: ea<sw, ei@asa, ___, ___, ___
e!bdomoj, -h, -on
seventh
Adj
9
e]ggi<zw
I come near
Verb
42
PP: e]ggiw?, h@ggisa, h@ggika, ___, ___
e]ggu<j
near
Adv
31
e]gei<rw
I raise up, restore, wake
Verb
144
PP: e]gerw?, h@geira, ___, e]gh<germai, h]ge<rqhn
e]gkatalei<pw
I leave behind, forsake
Verb
10
PP: e]gkatalei<yw, e]gkate<lipon, ___, ___, e]gkatelei<fqhn
e]gw<, e]mou?; h[mei?j, h[mw?n I; we
Pron 2582
e@qnoj, -ouj, to<
nation, heathen/Gentiles
162
custom
Noun
12
e@qoj, -ouj, to<
ei]
if, whether
Particle 568
ei#don (aorist; see o[ra<w) I saw, perceived
Verb
341
ei]dwlo<qutoj, -on
meat offered to an idol
Adj
9
ei@dwlon, -ou, to<
image, idol
Noun
11
ei@kosi
twenty
Adj
11
ei]kw<n, -o<noj, h[
image, likeness
Noun
23
ei]mi<
I am, occur, live
Verb 2462
PP: e@somai, ___, ___, ___, ___
ei#pon (aorist; see le<gw) I said
Verb 1024
ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[
peace
Noun
92
ei]j (+ acc.)
into, toward, to
Prep 1767
ei$j, mi<a, e!n
one, single, someone
Adj
345

374

Greek-English Glossary

ei]sa<gw
I lead in
PP: ___, ei]sh<gagon, ___, ___, ___
ei]se<rxomai
I come in, go in, enter
PP: ei]seleu<somai, ei]sh?lqon, ei]selh<luqa, ___, ___
ei]sporeu<omai
I enter, go in
ei#ta
then, next
ei@te . . . ei@te
if/if, whether/or
e]k (+ gen.)
from, out of
e!kastoj, -h, -on
each, every
e[kato<n
one hundred
e[katonta<rxhj, -ou, o[
centurion, captain
e]kba<llw
I cast out
PP: e]kbalw?, e]ce<balon, ___, ___, e]ceblh<qhn
e]kdi<khsij, -ewj, h[
vengeance, punishmentq
e]kei?
there
e]kei?qen
from that place
e]kei?noj, -h, -o
that (one)
e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[
church, congregation, assembly
e]kko<ptw
I cut out, cut off
PP: e]kko<yw, e]ce<koya, ___, ___, e]ceko<phn
e]kle<gomai
I pick out, choose
PP: ___, e]celeca<mhn, ___, e]kle<legmai, ___
e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n
chosen, elect, select
e]kpi<ptw
I fall away, fail
PP: ___, e]ce<peson, e]kpe<ptwka, ___, ___
e]kplh<ssomai
I am astonished, amazed
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]cepla<ghn
e]kporeu<omai
I go out
PP: e]kporeu<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___
e]ktei<nw
I stretch out
PP: e]ktenw?, e]ce<teina, ___, ___, ___
e!ktoj, -h, -on
sixth
e]kxe<w
I pour out
PP: e]kxew?, e]ce<xea, ___, ___, e]cexu<qhn
e]kxu<nnomai (cf. e]kxe<w I pour out
PP: ___, ___, ___, e]kke<xumai, ___
e]lai<a, -aj, h[
olive tree
e@laion, -ou, to<
olive oil
e]la<xistoj, -h, -on
least, smallest
e]le<gxw
I convict, reprove, expose
PP: e]le<gcw, h@legca, ___, ___, h]le<gxqhn
e]lee<w
I have mercy
PP: e]leh<sw, h]le<hsa, ___, h]le<hmai, h]leh<qhn

Verb

11

Verb

194

Verb
Adv
Particle
Prep
Adj
Adj
Noun
Verb

18
15
65
914
82
17
20
81

Noun
Adv
Adv
Pron
Noun
Verb

9
95
27
243
114
10

Verb

22

Adj
Verb

22
10

Verb

13

Verb

33

Verb

16

Adj
Verb

14
16

Verb

11

Noun
Noun
Adj
Verb

15
11
14
17

Verb

29

375

Greek-English Glossary

e]lehmosu<nh, -hj, h[
alms, kind deed
e@leoj, -ouj, to<
mercy
e]leuqeri<a, -aj, h[
liberty, freedom
e]leu<qeroj, -a, -on
free
]Elisa<bet, h[
Elizabeth
!Ellhn, -hnoj, o[
Greek, Gentile, heathen
e]lpi<zw
I hope
PP: e]lpiw?, h@lpisa, h@lpika, ___, ___
e]lpi<j, -i<doj, h[
hope
e]mautou?, -h?j
of myself
e]mbai<nw
I embark, step in
PP: ___, e]ne<bhn, ___, ___, ___
e]mble<pw
I look at, consider
PP: ___, e]ne<bleya, ___, ___, ___
e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n
my, mine
e]mpai<zw
I mock
PP: e]mpai<cw, e]ne<paica, ___, ___, e]nepai<xqhn
e@mprosqen
in front of, before
e]mfani<zw
I manifest, reveal
PP: e]mfani<sw, e]nefa<nisa, ___, ___, e]nefani<sqhn
e]n (+ dat.)
in, by, among
e@natoj, -h, -on
ninth
e]ndei<knumi
I show forth, demonstrate
PP: ___, e]nedeica<mhn, ___, ___, ___
e]ndu<w
I put on, clothe, wear
PP: ___, e]ne<dusa, ___, e]nde<dumai, ___
on account of
e!neka (+ gen.)
e]nerge<w
I work, produce
PP: ___, e]nh<rghsa, e]nh<rghka, ___, ___
e]niauto<j, -ou?, o[
year
e@noxoj, -on
involved in, liable, guilty
e]nte<llomai
I command
PP: e]ntelou?mai, e]neteila<mhn, ___, e]nte<talmai, ___
e]nteu?qen
from here, from this
e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[
commandment, order
e]ntre<pw
I make ashamed
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]netra<phn
e]nw<pion (+ gen.)
before
e!c
six
e]ca<gw
I lead out, bring out
PP: ___, e]ch<gagon, ___, ___, ___
e]caposte<llw
I send forth
PP: e]capostelw?, e]cape<steila, ___, ___, e]capesta<lhn

Noun
Noun
Noun
Adj
Noun
Noun
Verb

13
27
11
23
9
25
31

Noun
Adj
Verb

53
37
16

Verb

12

Adj
Verb

76
13

Adv
Verb

48
10

Prep 2752
Adj
10
Verb
11
Verb

27

Prep
Verb

26
22

Noun
Adj
Verb

14
10
15

Adv
Noun
Verb

10
67
9

Prep
Adj
Verb

94
10
12

Verb

13

376

Greek-English Glossary

e]ce<rxomai
I go out
Verb
PP: e]celeu<somai, e]ch?lqon, e]celh<luqa, ___, ___
e@cesti
it is lawful (impersonal)
Verb
e[ch<konta
sixty
Adj
e]ci<sthmi
I amaze, am amazed, confuse
Verb
PP: ___, e]ce<sthsa, e]ce<sthka, ___, ___
e]comologe<w
I confess, promise, admit
Verb
PP: e]comologh<sw, e]cwmolo<ghsa, ___, ___, ___
e]couqene<w
I despise
Verb
PP: ___, e]couqe<nhsa, ___, e]couqe<nhmai, e]couqenh<qhn
e]cousi<a, -aj, h[
authority, power, jurisdiction
Noun
e@cw
outside, out, away
Adv
e@cw (+ gen.)
outside, out of
Prep
e@cwqen
from without, outside
Adv
e[orth<, -h?j, h[
feast
Noun
e]paggeli<a, -aj, h[
promise
Noun
e]pagge<llomai
I promise, announce
Verb
PP: ___, e]phggeila<mhn, ___, e]ph<ggelmai, ___
e@painoj, -ou, o[
praise
Noun
e]pai<rw
I lift up
Verb
PP: ___, e]ph?ra, e]ph<rhka, ___, e]ph<rqhn
e]paisxu<nomai
I am ashamed
Verb
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]paisxu<nqhn
e]pa<nw
above, over, more than
Adv
e]pa<nw (+ gen.)
over, above
Prep
tomorrow
Adv
e]pau<rion
e]pei<
because, since, for
Conj
e]peidh<
since, because, when
Conj
e@peita
then
Adv
e]pe<rxomai
I come upon, appear, attack
Verb
PP: e]peleu<somai, e]ph?lqon, ___, ___, ___
e]perwta<w
I ask, question
Verb
PP: e]perwth<sw, e]hrw<thsa, ___, ___, e]phrwth<qhn
e]pi< (+ gen.)
on, over, when, near
Prep
e]pi< (+ dat.)
on, in, above, at
Prep
e]pi< (+ acc.)
in order that, that, on, to, for
Prep
e]piba<llw
I lay on, put on
Verb
PP: e]pibalw?, e]pe<balon, ___, ___, ___
e]piginw<skw
I come to know, recognize
Verb
PP: e]pignw<somai, e]pe<gnwn, e]pe<gnwka, ___, e]pegnw<sqhn
e]pi<gnwsij, -ewj, h[
knowledge
Noun
e]pidi<dwmi
I hand over, deliver, surrender
Verb
PP: e]pidw<sw, e]pe<dwka, e]pede<dwka, ___, e]pedo<qhn

218
31
9
17
10
11
102
63
63
13
25
52
15
11
19
11
19
19
17
26
10
16
9
56
890
890
890
18
44
20
9

377

Greek-English Glossary

e]pizhte<w
I search for
PP: ___, e]pezh<thsa, ___, ___, ___
e]piqume<w
I desire
PP: e]piqumh<sw, e]pequ<mhsa, ___, ___, ___
e]piqumi<a, -aj, h[
desire, passion
e]pikale<w
I call, name; Mid.: invoke
PP: ___, e]peka<lesa, ___, e]pike<klhmai, e]peklh<qhn
e]pilamba<nomai
I take hold of, catch, arrest
PP: ___, e]pelabo<mhn, ___, ___, ___
e]pime<nw
I continue, persist
PP: e]pimenw?, e]pe<meina, ___, ___, ___
e]pipi<ptw
I fall, upon, come upon
PP: ___, e]pe<peson, e]pipe<ptwka, ___, ___
e]pipoqe<w
I desire
PP: ___, e]pepo<qhsa, ___, ___, ___
e]piske<ptomai
I visit, care for
PP: e]piske<yomai, e]peskeya<mhn, ___, ___, ___
e]pi<stamai
I understand
e]pistolh<, -h?j, h[
letter, epistle
e]pistre<fw
I turn to, return
PP: e]pistre<yw, e]pe<streya, ___, ___, e]pestra<fhn
e]pita<ssw
I order, command
PP: ___, e]pe<taca, ___, ___, ___
e]pitele<w
I complete, finish, perform
PP: e]pitele<sw, e]pete<lesa, ___, ___, ___
e]piti<qhmi
I lay upon, inflict upon
PP: e]piqh<sw, e]pe<qhka/e]pe<qhn, ___, ___, ___
e]pitima<w
I rebuke, warn
PP: ___, e]]peti<mhsa, ___, ___, ___
e]pitre<pw
I permit
PP: ___, e]pe<treya, ___, ___, e]petra<phn
e]poura<nioj, -ion
heavenly
e[pta<
seven
e]rga<zomai
I work
PP: ___, h]rgasa<mhn, ___, ei@rgasmai, ___
e]rga<thj, -ou, o[
workman
e@rgon, -ou, to<
work, deed
e@rhmoj, -on
deserted, empty
e@rhmoj, -ou, h[
desert, wilderness
e@rij, -idoj, h[
strife
e@rxomai
I come, go
PP: e]leu<somai, h#lqon, e]lh<luqa, ___, ___

Verb

13

Verb

16

Noun
Verb

38
30

Verb

19

Verb

16

Verb

11

Verb

Verb

11

Verb
Noun
Verb

14
24
36

Verb

10

Verb

10

Verb

39

Verb

29

Verb

18

Adj
Adj
Verb

19
88
41

Noun
Noun
Adj
Noun
Noun
Verb

16
169
48
48
9
632

378

Greek-English Glossary

e]rwta<w
I ask, request
Verb
PP: e]rwth<sw, h]rw<thsa, ___, ___, ___
e]sqi<w
I eat
Verb
PP: fa<gomai, e@fagon, ___, ___, ___
e@sxatoj, -h, -on
last, end
Adj
e@sw
in, inside
Adv
e@swqen
from within, inside
Adv
e!teroj, -a, -on
other, another
Adj
e@ti
still, yet, even
Adv
e[toima<zw
I prepare
Verb
PP: e[toima<sw, h[toi<masa, h[toi<maka, h[toi<masmai, h[toima<sqhn
e!toimoj, -h, -on
ready, prepared
Adj
e@toj, -ouj, to<
year
Noun
eu]aggeli<zw
I proclaim, preach good news
Verb
PP: ___, eu]hgge<lisa, ___, eu]hgge<lismai, eu]hggeli<sqhn
eu]agge<lion, -ou, to<
good news, gospel
Noun
eu]a<restoj, -on
pleasing
Adj
eu]doke<w
I am pleased with
Verb
PP: ___, eu]do<khsa, ___, ___, ___
eu]doki<a, -aj, h[
favor, good will
Noun
eu]qe<wj
immediately
Adv
eu]qu<j
immediately
Adv
eu]loge<w
I bless
Verb
PP: eu]logh<sw, eu]lo<ghsa, eu]lo<ghka, eu]lo<ghmai, eu]logh<qhn
eu]logi<a, -aj, h[
blessing, praise
Noun
eu[ri<skw
I find
Verb
PP: eu[rh<sw, eu$ron, eu!rhka, ___, eu[re<qhn
eu]se<beia, -aj, h[
piety, godliness
Noun
eu]frai<nw
I rejoice
Verb
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, hu]fra<nqhn
eu]xariste<w
I give thanks
Verb
PP: ___, eu]xari<sthsa, ___, ___, eu]xaristh<qhn
eu]xaristi<a, -aj, h[
thanksgiving
Noun
eu]w<numoj, -on
left (as opposed to right)
Adj
@Efesoj, -ou, h[
Ephesus
Noun
e]fi<sthmi
I stand over, come upon, attack
Verb
PP: ___, e]pe<sthn, e]fe<sthka, ___, ___
e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n
hostile
Adj
e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n
enemy
Noun
e@xw
I have, keep
Verb
PP: e!cw, e@sxon, e@sxhka, ___, ___
e!wj
until
Conj
e!wj (+ gen.)
until, as far as
Prep

63
158
52
9
12
98
93
40
17
49
54
76
9
21
9
36
59
41
16
176
15
14
38
15
9
16
21
32
32
708
146
146

379

Greek-English Glossary

Zaxari<aj, -ou, o[
Zechariah
za<w
I live
PP: zh<sw, e@zhsa, ___, ___, ___
Zebedai?oj, -ou, o[
Zebedee
zh?loj, -ou, o[
zeal, jealousy
zhlo<w
I am zealous
PP: ___, e]zh<lwsa, ___, ___, ___
zhte<w
I seek, desire, request
PP: zhth<sw, e]zh<thsa, ___, ___, e]zhth<qhn
zu<mh, -hj, h[
yeast, leaven
zwh<, -h?j, h[
life
z&?on, -ou, to<
animal, living thing
z&opoie<w
I make alive
PP: z&opoih<sw, e]z&opoi<hsa, ___, ___, e]z&opoih<qhn
h@, h@ . . . h@
or, than, either/or
h[gemw<n, -o<noj, o[
governor, leader
h[ge<omai
I lead, guide, think, regard
PP: ___, h[ghsa<mhn, ___, h!ghmai, ___
h@dh
now, already
h!kw
I have come
PP: h!cw, h$ca, h!ka, ___, ___
]Hli<aj, -ou, o[
Elijah
h[mei?j, h[mw?n (see e]gw<) we
h!lioj, -ou, o[
sun
h[me<ra, -aj, h[
day, daylight, time
[Hr&<dhj, -ou, o[
Herod
Isaiah
]Hsai~aj, -ou, o[
qa<lassa, -hj, h[
sea
qa<natoj, -ou, o[
death
qanato<w
I put to death, kill
PP: qanatw<sw, e]qana<twsa, ___, ___, e]qanatw<qhn
qa<ptw
I bury
PP: ___, e@qaya, ___, ___, e]ta<fhn
qauma<zw
I marvel, wonder (at)
PP: qauma<somai, e]qau<masa, ___, ___, e]qauma<sqhn
qea<omai
I see, look at
PP: ___, e]qeasa<mhn, ___, teqe<amai, e]qea<qhn
qe<lhma, -atoj, to<
will, wish, desire
qe<lw
I will, wish, desire
PP: qelh<sw, h]qe<lhsa, ___, ___, h]qelh<qhn

Noun
Verb

11
140

Noun
Noun
Verb

12
16
11

Verb

117

Noun
Noun
Noun
Verb

13
135
23
11

Particle 343
Noun
20
Verb
28
Adv
Verb

61
26

Noun
Pron
Noun
Noun
Noun
Noun

29
864
32
389
43
22

Noun
Noun
Verb

91
120
11

Verb

11

Verb

43

Verb

22

Noun
Verb

62
208

380

Greek-English Glossary

qemelion, -ou, to<


foundation, basis
Noun
11
qeme<lioj, -ou, o[
foundation
Noun
12
qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[
God, god, goddess
Noun 1317
qerapeu<w
I heal
Verb
43
PP: qerapeu<sw, e]qera<peusa, ___, teqera<peumai, e]qerapeu<qhn
qeri<zw
I reap, harvest
Verb
21
PP: qeri<sw, e]qe<risa, ___, ____, e]qeri<sqhn
qerismo<j, -ou?, o[
harvest
Noun
13
qewre<w
I look at, see
Verb
58
PP: ___, e]qew<rhsa, ___, ___, ___
qhri<on, -ou, to<
wild beast
Noun
46
qhsauro<j, -ou?, o[
treasure, storehouse
Noun
17
qli<bw
I press, oppress
Verb
10
PP: ___, ___, ___, te<qlimmai, e]qli<bhn
qli?yij, -ewj, h[
trouble, oppression
Noun
45
qn^<skw
I die
Verb
9
PP: ___, ___, te<qnhka, ___, ___
qri<c, trixo<j, h[
hair
Noun
15
qro<noj, -ou, o[
throne
Noun
62
quga<thr, -tro<j, h[
daughter, girl
Noun
28
qumo<j, -ou?, o[
wrath, anger, passion
Noun
18
qu<ra, -aj, h[
door
Noun
39
qusi<a, -aj, h[
sacrifice, offering
Noun
28
qusiasth<rion, -ou, to< altar
Noun
23
qu<w
I sacrifice, kill
Verb
14
PP: ___, e@qusa, ___, te<qumai, e]tu<qhn
Qwma?j, -a?, o[
Thomas
Noun
11
]Iakw<b, o[
Jacob
]Ia<kwboj, -ou, o[
James
i]a<omai
I heal
PP: i]a<somai, i]asa<mhn, ___, i@amai, i]a<qhn
(you) look, behold
i@de (see ei#don)
i@dioj, -a, -on
i]dou< (see ei#don)
i[ereu<j, -e<wj, o[
i[ero<n, -ou?, to<
[Ieroso<luma, ta</h[
]Ierousalh<m, h[
]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[
i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n
i[ma<tion, -ou, to<

ones own, belong to one


(you) behold! see! consider!
priest
temple (precinct)
Jerusalem
Jerusalem
Jesus, Joshua
sufficient, able, considerable
garment

Noun
Noun
Verb

27
42
26

Particle/
Interj
29
Adj
114
Particle 200
Noun
31
Noun
71
Noun 139
Noun
77
Noun 917
Adj
39
Noun
60

381

Greek-English Glossary

i!na
in order that, that, so that
]Io<pph, -hj, h[
Joppa
]Iorda<nhj, -ou, o[
Jordan (river)
]Ioudai<a, -aj, h[
Judea
]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on
Jew
]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on
Jewish
]Iou<daj, -a, o[
Judas, Judah
i!ppoj, -ou, o[
horse
]Isaa<k, o[
Isaac
]Iskariw<q,
]Iskariw<thj, o[
Iscariot
]Israh<l, o[
Israel
]Israhli<thj, -ou, o[
Israelite
i!sthmi
I stand, set
PP: sth<sw, e@sthsa/e@sthn, e!sthka, e!stamai, e]sta<qhn
i]sxuro<j, -a<, -o<n
strong, mighty
i]sxu<j, -u<oj, h[
strength, power
i]sxu<w
I am strong, able, healthy
PP: i]sxu<sw, i@sxusa, ___, ___, ___
i]xqu<j, -u<oj, o[
fish
]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[
John
]Iwna?j, -a?, o[
Jonah
]Iwsh<f, o[
Joseph

Conj
Noun
Noun
Noun
Noun
Adj
Noun
Noun
Noun

779
10
15
43
195
195
44
17
20

Noun
Noun
Noun
Verb

11
68
9
153

Adj
Noun
Verb

29
10
28

Noun
Noun
Noun
Noun

20
135
9
35

ka]gw< (= kai> e]gw<)


and I, I also
Particle 84
kaqaire<w
I tear down, conquer, destroy
Verb
9
PP: kaqelw?, kaqei?lon, ___, ___, ___
kaqa<per
even as, as, just as
Adv
13
kaqari<zw
I cleanse, purify
Verb
31
PP: kaqariw?, e]kaqa<risa, ___, kekaqa<rismai, e]kaqari<sqhn
kaqaro<j, -a<, -o<n
clean, pure
Adj
27
kaqeu<dw
I sleep
Verb
22
ka<qhmai
I sit, live
Verb
91
PP: kaqh<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___
kaqi<zw
I seat, sit
Verb
46
PP: kaqi<sw, e]ka<qisa, keka<qika, ___, ___
kaqi<sthmi/kaqista<nw I set, appoint
Verb
21
PP: katasth<sw, kate<sthsa, ___, ___, katesta<qhn
kaqw<j
as, even as
Adv
182
kai<
and, even, also
Conj 9018
Kai*a<faj, -a, o[
Caiaphas
Noun
9
kaino<j, -h<, -o<n
new
Adj
42
kairo<j, -ou?, o[
time (appointed), season
Noun
85

382

Greek-English Glossary

Kai?sar, -aroj, o[
Caesar
Noun
Kaisa<reia, -aj, h[
Caesarea
Noun
kai<w
I burn
Verb
PP: ___, e@kausa, ___, kekau<mai, e]kau<qhn
ka]kei?
and there
Adv
ka]kei?qen
and from there, and then
Adv
ka]kei?noj, -h, -o
and that one
Adj
kaki<a, -aj, h[
malice, evil
Noun
kako<j, -h<, -o<n
bad, evil
Adj
kakw?j
badly
Adv
ka<lamoj, -ou, o[
reed, measuring rod
Noun
kale<w
I call, invite
Verb
PP: kale<sw, e]ka<lesa, ke<klhka, ke<klhmai, e]klh<qhn
kalo<j, -h<, -o<n
good, beautiful
Adj
kalw?j
well, beautifully
Adv
ka@n
and if
Particle
kapno<j, -ou?, o[
smoke
Noun
kardi<a, -aj, h[
heart, mind
Noun
karpo<j, -ou?, o[
fruit, crop
Noun
kata< (+ gen.)
down from, against
Prep
kata< (+ acc.)
according to, during
Prep
katabai<nw
I go down, descend
Verb
PP: katabh<somai, kate<bhn, katabe<bhka, ___, ___
katabolh<, -h?j, h[
foundation
Noun
katagge<llw
I proclaim
Verb
PP: ___, kath<ggeila, ___, ___, kathgge<lhn
kata<gw
I bring down
Verb
PP: ___, kath<gagon, ___, ___, kath<xqhn
kataisxu<nw
I put to shame
Verb
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, kat^sxu<nqhn
katakai<w
I burn down, consume
Verb
PP: katakau<sw, kate<kausa, ___, ___, katekau<qhn
kata<keimai
I lie down, dine
Verb
katakri<nw
I condemn
Verb
PP: katakrinw?, kate<krina, ___, katake<krimai, katekri<qhn
katalamba<nw
I overtake, catch, seize
Verb
PP: ___, kate<labon, katei<lhfa, katei<lhmmai, katelh<mfqhn
katalei<pw
I leave, abandon
Verb
PP: katakei<yw, kate<lipon, ___, katale<leimmai, katelei<fqhn
katalu<w
I destroy, I lodge
Verb
PP: katalu<sw, kate<lusa, ___, ___, katelu<qhn
katanoe<w
I observe, notice, consider
Verb
PP: ___, kateno<hsa, ___, ___, ___

29
17
12
10
10
22
11
50
16
12
148
109
36
17
13
156
66
469
469
81
11
18
9
13
12
12
18
15
24
17
14

383

Greek-English Glossary

katanta<w
I come to, arrive
Verb
13
PP: ___, kath<nthsa, kath<nthka, ___, ___
kata<pausij, -ewj, h[
rest
Noun
9
katarge<w
I abolish, bring to naught
Verb
27
PP: katargh<sw, kath<rghsa, kath<rghka, kath<rghmai, kathrgh<qhn
katarti<zw
I mend, fit, perfect
Verb
13
PP: katarti<sw, kath<rtisa, ___, kath<rtismai, ___
kataskeua<zw
I prepare
Verb
11
PP: kataskeua<sw, kateskeu<asa, ___, kateskeu<asmai, kateskeua<sqhn
katafrone<w
I despise, look down on
Verb
9
PP: katafronh<sw, kategro<nhsa, ___, ___, ___
katerga<zomai
I work out, achieve
Verb
22
PP: ___, kateirgasa<mhn, ___, katei<rgasmai, kateirga<sqhn
kate<rxomai
I come down, go down
Verb
16
PP: ___, kath?lqon, ___, ___, ___
katesqi<w
I eat up, devour
Verb
14
PP: katafa<gomai, kate<fagon, ___, ___, ___
kate<xw
I hold back, suppress, hold fast
Verb
17
PP: ___, kate<sxon, ___, ___, ___
kathgore<w
I accuse
Verb
23
PP: kathgorh<sw, kathgo<rhsa, ___, ___, ___
katoike<w
I live, dwell, inhabit
Verb
44
PP: ____, kat&?khsa, ___, ___, ___
ka<tw
below, down
Adv
9
kauxa<omai
I boast
Verb
37
PP: kauxh<somai, e]kauxhsa<mhn, ___, kekau<xhmai, ___
kau<xhma, -atoj, to<
boasting, pride
Noun
11
kau<xhsij, -ewj, h[
boasting, pride
Noun
11
Kafarnaou<m, h[
Capernaum
Noun
16
kei?mai
I lie, recline, am laid
Verb
24
keleu<w
I order, command
Verb
25
PP: ___, e]ke<leusa, ___, ___, ___
keno<j, -h<, -o<n
empty, in vain
Noun
18
ke<raj, -atoj, to<
horn
Noun
11
kerdai<nw
I gain, profit
Verb
17
PP: kerdh<sw, e]ke<rdhsa, ___, ___, e]kerdh<qhn
kefalh<, -h?j, h[
head
Noun
75
kh<rugma, -atoj, to<
proclamation, preaching
Noun
9
khru<ssw
I proclaim, preach
Verb
61
PP: khru<cw, e]kh<ruca, ___, ___, e]khru<xqhn
Khfa?j, -a?, o[
Cephas
Noun
9
ki<ndunoj, -ou, o[
danger, risk
Noun
9
kla<doj, -ou, o[
branch
Noun
11

384

Greek-English Glossary

klai<w
I weep
Verb
PP: klau<sw, e@klausa, ___, ___, ___
kla<sma, -atoj, to<
crumb
Noun
klauqmo<j, -ou?, o[
crying
Noun
kla<w
I break
Verb
PP: ___, e@klasa, ___, ___, ___
klei<w
I shut, lock
Verb
PP: klei<sw, e@kleisa, ___, ke<kleismai, e]klei<sqhn
kle<pthj, -ou, o[
thief
Noun
kle<ptw
I steal
Verb
PP: kle<yw, e@kleya, ___, ___, ___
klhronome<w
I inherit
Verb
PP: klhronomh<sw, e]klhrono<mhsa, keklhrono<mhka, ___, ___
klhronomi<a, -aj, h[
inheritance
Noun
klhrono<moj, -ou, o[
heir
Noun
klh?roj, -ou, o[
lot, portion
Noun
klh?sij, -ewj, h[
call, calling
Noun
klhto<j, -h< -o<n
called
Adj
kli<nh, -hj, h[
bed, couch
Noun
koili<a, -aj, h[
belly, womb
Noun
koima<omai
I sleep, fall asleep
Verb
PP: ___, ___, ___, kekoi<mhmai, e]koimh<qhn
koino<j, -h<, -o<n
(in) common, unclean
Adj
koino<w
I make common, defile
Verb
PP: ___, e]koi<nwsa, kekoi<nwka, kekoi<nwmai, ___
koinwni<a, -aj, h[
fellowship, communion, participation Noun
koinwno<j, -ou?, o[,
partner, sharer
Noun
kolla<w
I unite, join
Verb
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]kollh<qhn
komi<zw
I bring; Mid.: receive
Verb
PP: komi<somai, e]ko<misa, ___, ___, ___
kopia<w
I labor, work hard
Verb
PP: ___, e]kopi<asa, kekopi<aka, ___, ___
ko<poj, -ou, o[
labor, trouble
Noun
kosme<w
I adorn, put in order
Verb
PP: ___, e]ko<smhsa, ___, keko<smhmai, ___
ko<smoj, -ou, o[
world, universe, humankind
Noun
kra<battoj, -ou, o[
mattress, bed
Noun
kra<zw
I cry out
Verb
PP: kra<cw, e@kraca, ke<kraga, ___, ___
krate<w
I grasp, attain
Verb
PP: krath<sw, e]kra<thsa, kekra<thka, kekra<thmai, ___
kra<toj, -ouj, to<
power, might, rule
Noun

40
9
9
14
16
16
13
18
14
15
11
11
10
9
22
18
14
14
19
10
12
10
23
18
10
186
11
55
47
12

385

Greek-English Glossary

krei<sswn/krei<ttwn, -on better


kri<ma, -atoj, to<
judgment, decision
kri<nw
I judge, decide
PP: krinw?, e@krina, ke<krika, ke<krimai, e]kri<qhn
kri<sij, -ewj, h[
judgment, condemnation
krith<j, -ou?, o[
judge
krou<w
I knock
PP: ___, e@krousa, ___, ___, ___
krupto<j, -h<, -o<n
hidden
kru<ptw
I conceal, hide
PP: ___, e@kruya, ___, ke<krummai, e]kru<bhn
kti<zw
I create, make
PP: ____, e@ktisa, ___, e@ktismai, e]kti<sqhn
kti<sij, -ewj, h[
judge
ku<rioj, -ou, o[
Lord, master, sir
kwlu<w
I forbid, hinder
PP: ___, e]kw<lusa, ___, ___, e]kwlu<qhn
kw<mh, -hj, h[
village
kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n
deaf, dumb/mute

Adj
Noun
Verb

19
27
114

Noun
Noun
Verb

47
19
9

Adj
Verb

17
18

Verb

15

Noun
Noun
Verb

19
717
23

Noun
Noun

27
14

La<zaroj, -ou, o[
Lazarus
Name
15
lale<w
I speak, say
Verb
296
PP: lalh<sw, e]la<lhsa, lela<lhka, lela<lhmai, e]lalh<qhn
lamba<nw
I take, receive, seize
Verb
258
PP: lh<myomai, e@labon, ei@lhfa, ei@lhmmai, e]lh<mfqhn
lao<j, -ou?, o[
people, crowd
Noun 142
lampa<j, -a<doj, h[
lamp
Noun
9
lampro<j, -a<, -o<n
bright, shining
Adj
9
latreu<w
I serve, worship
Verb
21
PP: latreu<sw, e]la<treusa, ___, ___, ___
le<gw
I say, tell, declare
Verb 1329
PP: e]rw?, ei#pon, ei@rhka, ei@rhmai, e]rre<qhn
lepro<j, -a<, -o<n
leprous, (the) leper
Adj
9
leuko<j, -h<, -o<n
white, bright
Adj
25
le<wn, -ontoj, o[
lion
Noun
9
l^sth<j, -ou?, o[
robber
Noun
15
li<an
greatly, exceedingly, very
Adv
12
liqa<zw
I stone
Verb
9
PP: ___, e]li<qasa, ___, ___, e]liqa<sqhn
li<qoj, -ou, o[
stone
Noun
59
li<mnh, -hj, h[
lake
Noun
11
limo<j, -ou?, o[,
hunger, famine
Noun
12

386

Greek-English Glossary

logi<zomai
I calculate, account, reckon
PP: ___, e]logisa<mhn, ___, ___, e]logi<sqhn
lo<goj, -ou, o[
word, Word, statement
loipo<j, -h<, -o<n
remaining, other
loipo<j, -ou, o[
the other(s), rest
lupe<w
I grieve
PP: ___, e]lu<phsa, lelu<phka, ___, e]luph<qhn
lu<ph, -hj, h[
grief, pain
luxni<a, -aj, h[
lampstand
lu<xnoj, -ou, o[
lamp
lu<w
I loose, destroy
PP: lu<sw, e@lusa, ___, le<lumai, e]lu<qhn

Verb

40

Noun
Adj
Noun
Verb

330
55
55
26

Noun
Noun
Noun
Verb

16
12
14
42

387

Magdalhnh<, -h?j, h[
Magdalene
Noun
12
maqhth<j, -ou?, o[
disciple, apprentice
Noun 261
maka<rioj, -a, -on
blessed, happy, fortunate
Adj
50
Makedoni<a, -aj, h[
Macedonia
Noun
22
makra<n
far away (from)
Adv
9
makro<qen
from afar, afar
Adv
14
makroqume<w
I am patient
Verb
10
PP: ___, e]makroqu<mhsa, ___, ___, ___
makroqumi<a, -aj, -h[
patience, steadfastness
Noun
14
ma<lista
especially, above all
Adv
12
ma?llon
more, rather
Adv
81
manqa<nw
I learn
Verb
25
PP: ___, e@maqon, mema<qhka, ___, ___
margari<thj, -ou, o[
pearl
Noun
9
Ma<rqa, -aj, h[
Martha
Noun
13
Mari<a, -aj, h[
Mary
Noun
27
Maria<m, h[
Miriam
Noun
27
marture<w
I testify, bear witness
Verb
76
PP: maturh<sw, e]martu<rhsa, memartu<rhka, memartu<rhmai, e]marturh<qhn
marturi<a, -aj, h[
witness, testimony, reputation
Noun
37
martu<rion, -ou, to<
a testimony, witness, proof
Noun
19
ma<rtuj, -uroj, o[
witness, martyr
Noun
35
ma<xaira, -hj, h[
sword
Noun
29
me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga large, great
Adj
243
me<lei
it is a concern
Verbal 10
me<llw
I am about to
Verb
109
PP: mellh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___
me<loj, -ouj, to<
member, part
Noun
34
me<n
indeed, on the one hand
Particle 178

Greek-English Glossary

me<nw
I remain, stay, live
PP: menw?, e@meina, meme<nhka, ___, ___
meri<zw
I divide, separate
PP: ___, e]me<risa, meme<rika, meme<rismai, e]meri<sqhn
merimna<w
I am anxious, distracted
PP: merimhn<sw, e]meri<mnhsa, ___, ___, ___
me<roj, -ouj, to<
part
me<soj, -h, -on
middle
mesto<j, -h<, -o<n
full
meta< (+ gen.)
with, by, against
meta< (+ acc.)
after, behind
metabai<nw
I depart, pass over
PP: metabh<somai, mete<bhn, metabe<bhka, ___, ___
metanoe<w
I repent, change my mind
PP: metanoh<sw, meteno<hsa, ___, ___, ___
meta<noia, -aj, h[
repentance
metacu<
between
metacu< (+ gen.)
between
metape<mpw
I send for
PP: ___, mete<pemya, ___, ___, metepe<mfqhn
metre<w
I measure, apportion
PP: ___, e]me<trhsa, ___, ___, e]metrh<qhn
me<tron, -ou, to<
measure, quantity
me<xri
until
me<xri (+ gen.)
as far as
mh<<
not (question implies no)
mhde<
but not, nor, not even
mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n no one, nobody, nothing
mhke<ti
no longer
mh<n
indeed, surely
mh<n, mhno<j, o[
month
mh<pote
lest, that . . . not, perhaps
mh<te
neither, and not, nor
mh<thr, mhtro<j, h[
mother
mh<ti
questions with negative answers
mikro<j, -a<, -o<n
small, little
mimn^<skomai
I remember
PP: ___, ___, ___, me<mnhmai, e]mnh<sqhn
mise<w
I hate
PP: mish<sw, e]]mi<shsa, memi<shka, memi<shmai, ___
misqo<j, -ou?, o[
wages, reward
mna?, mna?j, h[
mina (large monetary unit)

Verb

118

Verb

14

Verb

19

Noun
Adj
Adj
Prep
Prep
Verb

42
58
9
469
469
12

Verb

34

Noun
Adv
Prep
Verb

22
9
9
9

Verb

11

Noun
14
Conj
17
Prep
17
Adv 1042
Particle 56
Adj
90
Adv
22
Particle 18
Noun
18
Particle/
Conj
25
Conj
34
Noun
83
Particle 17
Adj
46
Verb
23
Verb

40

Noun
Noun

29
9

388

Greek-English Glossary

mnh?ma, -atoj, to<


tomb, monument
mnhmei?on, -ou, to<
tomb, monument, grave
mnhmoneu<w
I remember
PP: ___, e]mvhmo<neusa, ___, ___, ___
moixeu<w
I commit adultery
PP: moixeu<sw, e]moi<xeusa, ___, ___, e]moixeu<qhn
monogenh<j, -e<j
only, unique
mo<noj, -h, -on
only, alone
mu<ron, -ou, to<
ointment, perfume
musth<rion, -ou, to<
mystery, secret
mwro<j, -a<, -o<n
foolish; fool (subst.)
Mwu*sh?j, -e<wj, o[
Moses
Nazare<q, Nazare<t
Nazareth
Nazwrai?oj, -ou, o[
Nazarene, from Nazareth
nai<
yes, truly
nao<j, -ou?, o[
temple
neani<skoj, -ou, o[
youth, young person
nekro<j, -a<, -o<n
dead; dead person (subst)
ne<oj, -a, -on
new, young
nefe<lh, -hj, h[
cloud
nh<pioj, -a, -on
infant, child
nh?soj, -ou, h[
island
nhsteu<w
I fast
PP: nhsteu<sw, e]nh<steusa, ___, ___, ___
nika<w
I conquer
PP: nikh<sw, e]ni<khsa, neni<khka, ___, e]nikh<qhn
ni<ptw
I wash
PP: ___, e@niya, ___, ___, ___
noe<w
I understand
PP: ___, e]no<hsa, neno<hka, ___, ____
nomi<zw
I suppose, think
PP: ___, e]no<misa, ___, ___, ___
nomiko<j, -h<, -o<n
pertaining to the law; lawyer (subst.)
no<moj, -ou, o[
law, Law, principle
no<soj, -ou, h[
disease
nou?j, noo<j, o[
mind, intellect, understanding
bridegroom
numfi<oj, -ou, o[
nu?n
now
nuni<
now
nuc, nukto<j, h[
night

Noun
Noun
Verb

10
40
21

Verb

15

Adj
Adj
Noun
Noun
Adj
Noun

9
114
14
28
12
80

Noun
Noun
Particle
Noun
Noun
Adj
Adj
Noun
Noun
Noun
Verb

12
13
33
45
11
128
23
25
15
9
20

Verb

28

Verb

17

Verb

14

Verb

15

Adj
9
Noun 194
Noun
11
Noun
24
Nounn 16
Adv
147
Adv
20
Noun
61

389

Greek-English Glossary

ceni<zw
I entertain, startle
PP: ___, e]ce<nisa, ___, ___, e]ceni<sqhn
ce<noj, -h, -on
strange, foreign, alien
chrai<nw
I dry up, wither
PP: ___, e]ch<rana, ___, e]ch<rammai, e]chra<nqhn
cu<lon, -ou, to<
wood, tree
o[, h[, to<

the

o!de, h!de, to<de


this (here)
o[do<j, -ou?, h[
way, road, journey, (the) Way
o]dou<j, -o<ntoj, o[
tooth
o!qen
whence, from where
oi@da (= perf. from ei]d-) I know, understand
PP: ei]dh<sw, ___, oi#da, ___, ___
oi]ke<w
I live
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, ___
oi]ki<a, -aj, h[
house
oi]kodespo<thj, -ou, o[
householder, house master
oi]kodome<w
I build, edify, erect
PP: oi]kodomh<sw, &]kodo<mhsa, ___, ___, oi]kodomh<qhn
oi]kodomh<, -h?j, h[
building, edification
oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[
management, office, plan
oi]kono<moj, -ou, o[
(house) steward, manager
oi#koj, -ou, o[
house
oi]koume<nh, -hj, h[
(inhabited) world
oi#noj, -ou, o[
wine
oi$oj, -a, -on
of what sort, such as, as
small, few
o]li<goj, -h, -on
o!loj, -h, -on
whole
o!loj, -h, -on
entirely
o]mnu<w, o@mnumi
I swear
PP: ___, w@mosa, ___, ___, ___
o[moqumado<n
with one mind, together
o!moioj, -a, -on
like, similar
o[moio<w
I make like, liken, compare
PP: o[moiw<sw, w[moi<wsa, ___, ___, w[moiw<qhn
o[moi<wj
likewise, so
o[mologe<w
I confess, promise
PP: o[mologh<sw, w[molo<ghsa, ___, ___, ___
o]neidi<zw
I reproach, insult
PP: ___, w]nei<disa, ___, ___, ___
o@noma, -atoj, to<
name, title, reputation

Verb

10

Adj
Verb

14
15

Noun

20

Def
Art 19,869
Adj
10
Noun 101
Noun
12
Adv
15
Verb
318
Verb

Noun
Noun
Verb

93
12
40

Noun
18
Noun
9
Noun
10
Noun 114
Noun
15
Noun
34
Rel Pron 14
Adj
40
Adj
109
Adv
109
Verb
26
Adv
Adj
Verb

11
45
15

Adv
Verb

30
26

Verb

Noun

230

390

Greek-English Glossary

o]noma<zw
I name
PP: ___, w]no<masa, ___, ___, w]noma<sqhn
o@ntwj
really, real
o]pi<sw
behind, after
o!pou
where, since
o!pwj
how, that, in order that
o!rama, -atoj, to<
vision
o[ra<w
I see
PP: o@yomai, ei#don, e[w<raka/e[o<raka, ___, w@fqhn
o]rgh<, -h?j, h[
anger, wrath (of God), judgment
o!rion, -ou, to<
boundary, region
o!rkoj, -ou, o[
an oath
o@roj, -ouj, to<
mountain, hill
o!j, h!, o!
who, which, what
o!soj, -h, -on
o!stij, h!tij, o! ti
o!tan
o!te

as great as, as many as


whoever, whatever, whichever
whenever
when, while

o!ti
ou$
ou], ou]k, ou]x, ou]xi<
ou]ai<
ou]de<
ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n
ou]de<pote
ou]ke<ti
ou#n
ou@pw
ou]ra<nioj, -on
ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[
ou#j, w]to<j, to<
ou@te
ou$toj, au!th, tou?to
ou$toj, au!th, tou?to
ou!twj, ou!tw
ou]xi< (see ou])
o]fei<lw
o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[
o@fij, -ewj, o[
o@xloj, -ou, o[

that, because, for


where, to which
not (question implies yes)
woe, alas
and not, not even, neither, nor
no one, none, nothing
never
no longer
then, so, therefore
not yet
heavenly
heaven, sky, God
ear
and not, neither, nor
this
he, she, it, this one
thus, so, in this manner
not, no (question implies yes)
I owe, ought
eye, sight, understanding
snake
crowd, multitude

Verb

10

Adv/Adj 10
Adv
35
Particle 82
Adv/
Conj
53
Noun
12
Verb
113
Noun
36
Noun
12
Noun
10
Noun
63
Rel
Pron 1418
Adj
110
Adj
144
Particle 123
Particle/
Conj
103
Conj 1293
Adv
24
Adv 1623
Interj
46
Conj
143
Adj
234
Adv
16
Adv
47
Particle 498
Adv
26
Adj
9
Noun 273
Noun
36
Adv
87
Pron 1387
Subst 1387
Adv
208
Adv
54
Verb
35
Noun 100
Noun
14
Noun 175

391

Greek-English Glossary

o@yioj, -a, -on

late, evening

Adj

15

pa<qhma, -atoj, to<


suffering
Noun
16
paideu<w
I teach, train, educate
Verb
13
PP: ___, e]pai<deusa, ___, pepai<deumai, e]paideu<qhn
paidi<on, -ou, to<
child, infant
Noun
52
paidi<skh, -hj, h[
maidservant
Noun
13
pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[
child, boy, girl
Noun
24
palaio<j, -a< -o<n
old
Adj
19
pa<lin
again
Adv
141
pantokra<twr, -oroj, o[ ruler of all, Almighty
Noun
10
pa<ntote
always, at all times
Adv
41
para< (+ gen.)
from, of, by, with
Prep
194
para< (+ dat.)
beside, with, in presence of
Prep
194
para< (+ acc.)
alongside of, at, more than
Prep
194
parabolh<, -h?j, h[
parable
Noun
50
paragge<llw
I command, order, charge
Verb
32
PP: ___, parh<ggeila, ___, parh<ggelmai, ___
paragi<nomai
I come, arrive
Verb
37
PP: ___, paregeno<mhn, ___, ___, ___
para<gw
I pass by
Verb
10
paradi<dwmi
I hand over, betray, entrust
Verb
119
PP: paradw<sw, pare<dwka, parade<dwka, parade<domai, paredo<qhn
para<dosij, -ewj, h[
tradition
Noun
13
paraite<omai
I make excuse, refuse, reject, request Verb
12
PP: ___, par^thsa<mhn, ___, par^<thmai, ___
parakale<w
I call, urge, exhort, console
Verb
109
PP: ___, pareka<lesa, ___, parake<klhmai, pareklh<qhn
para<klhsij, -ewj, h[
exhortation, consolation
Noun
29
paralamba<nw
I take, receive, accept
Verb
49
PP: paralh<myomai, pare<labon, ___, ___, parelh<mfqhn
paralutiko<j, -h<, -o<n
lame, paralytic
Adj
10
para<ptwma, -atoj, to< trespass, sin
Noun
19
parati<qhmi
I set before
Verb
19
PP: paraqh<sw, pare<qhka, ___, ___, parate<qhn
paraxrh?ma
immediately
Adv
18
pa<reimi
I have arrived, am present
Verb
24
PP: pare<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___
camp, army, fortress, barracks
Noun
10
parembolh<, -h?j, h[
pare<rxomai
I pass by, pass away, arrive
Noun
29
PP: pareleu<somai, parh?lqon, parelh<luqa, ___, ___
pare<xw
I offer, afford
Verb
16
PP: pare<cw, pare<sxon, ___, ___, ___

392

Greek-English Glossary

parqe<noj, -ou, h[ (o[)


virgin (chaste)
Noun
15
pari<sthmi
I am present, approach, stand by
Verb
41
PP: parasth<sw, pare<sthsa, pare<sthka, ___, paresta<qhn
parousi<a, -aj, h[
presence, arrival, coming
Noun
24
parrhsi<a, -aj, h[
boldness, confidence
Noun
31
parrhsia<zomai
I speak freely
Verb
9
PP: ___, e]parrhsiasa<mhn, ___, ___, ___
pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n
all, every, any
Adj
1243
pa<sxa, to<
Passover
Noun
29
pa<sxw
I suffer, endure
Verb
42
PP: ___, e@paqon, pe<ponqa, ___, ___
pata<ssw
I strike, hit
Verb
10
PP: pata<cw, e]pa<taca, ___, ___, ___
path<r, patro<j, o[
father, ancestor
Noun 413
Pau?loj, -ou, o[
Paul
Noun 158
pau<w
I cease, stop
Verb
15
PP: pau<somai, e@pausa, ___, pe<paumai, ___
pei<qw
I persuade, convince
Verb
52
PP: pei<sw, e@peisa, pe<poiqa, pe<peismai, e]pei<sqhn
peina<w
I hunger
Verb
23
PP: peina<sw, e]pei<nasa, ___, ___, ___
peira<zw
I test, tempt
Verb
38
PP: ___, e]pei<rasa, ___, pepei<rasmai, e]peira<sqhn
peirasmo<j, -ou?, o[
temptation, test
Noun
21
pe<mpw
I send
Verb
79
PP: pe<myw, e@pemya, ___, ___, e]pe<mfqhn
penqe<w
I grieve
Verb
10
PP: penqh<sw, e]pe<nqhsa, ___, ___, ___
pe<nte
five
Adj
38
pe<ran (+ gen.)
beyond
Prep
23
pe<ran
(land) on the other side
Adv
23
peri< (+ gen.)
concerning, about
Prep
333
peri< (+ acc.)
around, about, regarding, with
Prep
333
periba<llw
I clothe, put around
Verb
23
PP: peribalw?, perie<balon, ___, peribe<blhmai, ___
peripate<w
I walk, live
Verb
95
PP: peripath<sw, periepa<thsa, ___, ___, ___
perisseu<w
I abound, am rich
Verb
39
PP: ___, e]peri<sseusa, ___, ___, e]perisseu<qhn
perisso<teroj, -a, -on, greater, more
Adv
16
perissote<rwj
more abundantly
Adv
12
peristera<, -a?j, h[
pigeon, dove
Noun
10

393

Greek-English Glossary

perite<<mnw
I circumcise
Verb
17
PP: ___, perie<temon, ___, perite<tmhmai, perietmh<qhn
peritomh<, -h?j, h[
circumcision
Noun
36
peri<xwroj, -on
neighboring
Adj
9
peteino<n, -ou?, to<
bird
Noun
14
pe<tra, -aj, h[
rock
Noun
15
Pe<troj, -ou, o[
Peter
Noun 156
phgh<, -h?j, h[
spring, fountain
Noun
11
pia<zw
I take, seize
Verb
12
PP: ___, e]pi<asa, ___, ___, e]pia<sqhn
Pila?toj, -ou, o[
Pilate
Noun
55
pi<mplhmi
I fill
Verb
24
PP: ___, e@plhsa, ___, ___, e]plh<sqhn
pi<nw
I drink
Verb
73
PP: pi<omai, e@pion, pe<pwka, ___, ___
pipra<skw
I sell
Verb
9
PP: ___, ___, pe<praka, pe<pramai, e]pra<qhn
pi<ptw
I fall
Verb
90
PP: pesou?mai, e@peson, pe<ptwka, ___, ___
pisteu<w
I believe (in), have faith (in)
Verb
241
PP: pisteu<sw, e]pi<steusa, pepi<steuka, pepi<steumai, e]pisteu<qhn
pi<stij, -ewj, h[
faith, belief, trust
Noun 243
pisto<j, -h<, -o<n
faithful, trustworthy, trusting;
believer (subst.)
Adj
67
plana<w
I lead astray, misguide
Verb
39
PP: planh<sw, e]pla<nhsa, ___, pepla<nhmai, e]planh<qhn
pla<nh, -hj, h[
wandering, error, delusion
Noun
10
platei?a, -aj, h[
street
Noun
10
pleona<zw
I grow, increase
Verb
9
PP: ___, e]pleo<nasa, ___, ___, ___
pleoneci<a, -aj, h[
greediness, covetousness
Noun
10
plhgh<, -h?j, h[
plague, blow, wound
Noun
22
plh?qoj, -ouj, to<
multitude
Noun
31
plhqu<nw
I multiply, increase
Verb
12
PP: plhqunw?, e]plh<quna, ___, ___, e]plhqu<nqhn
plh<n
but, however, only
Adv
31
plh<n (+ gen.)
except
Prep
31
plh<rhj, -ej
full
Adj
16
plhro<w
I fill, finish, fulfill
Verb
86
PP: plhrw<sw, e]plh<rwsa, peplh<rwka, peplh<rwmai, e]plhrw<qhn
plh<rwma, -atoj, to<
fullness
Noun
17
plhsi<on, o[
neighbor (subst. use of Adv)
Noun
17
plhsi<on (+ gen.)
near
Prep
17

394

Greek-English Glossary

ploi?on, -ou, to<


boat
plou<sioj, -a, -on
rich
ploute<w
I am rich, generous
PP: ___, e]plou<thsa, peplou<thka, ___, ___
plou?toj, -ou, o[
wealth
pneu?ma, -atoj, to<
spirit, Spirit, wind, breath
pneumatiko<j, -h<, -o<n
spiritual
po<qen
from where?
poie<w
I do, make
PP: poih<sw, e]poi<hsa, pepoi<hka, pepoi<hmai, ___
poiki<loj, -h, -on
varied, diverse
poimai<nw
I shepherd, protect, rule
PP: poimanw?, e]poi<mana, ___, ___, ___
poimh<n, -e<noj, o[
shepherd
poi?oj, -a, -on
of what sort? what? which?
po<lemoj, -ou, o[
war, conflict
po<lij, -ewj, h[
city
polla<kij
often, frequently
polu<j, pollh<, polu<
many, much, great
ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n
evil, bad, sick
poreu<omai
I go, live
PP: poreu<somai, ___, ___, pepo<reumai, e]poreu<qhn
pornei<a, -aj, h[
immorality, unchastity, fornication
po<rnh, -hj, h[
prostitute
po<rnoj, -ou, o[
fornicator, (sexually) immoral person
po<soj, -h, -on
how great? how much?
potamo<j, -ou?, o[
river
pote<
at some time, once, ever
pote<
when?
poth<rion, -ou, to<
cup
poti<zw
I give to drink, water
PP: ___, e]po<tisa, pepo<tika, ___, e]poti<sqhn
pou?
where? whither?
pou<j, podo<j, o[
foot
pra?gma, -atoj, to<
deed, undertaking, matter
pra<ssw
I do, perform
PP: par<cw, e@praca, pe<praxa, pe<pragmai, ___
prau~thj, -htoj, h[
gentleness, humility
presbu<teroj, -a, -on
elder, older one
pri<n (+ gen.)
before
pro< (+ gen.)
before
proa<gw
I lead forth, go before
PP: pro<acw, proh<gagon, ___, ___, ___

Noun
Adj
Verb

67
28
12

Noun
Noun
Adj
Adv
Verb

22
379
26
29
568

Adj
Verb

10
11

Noun
Pron
Noun
Noun
Adv
Adj
Adj
Verb

18
33
18
163
18
416
78
153

Noun
Noun
Noun
Pron
Noun
Particle
Adv
Noun
Verb

25
12
10
27
17
19
29
31
15

Adv
Nounn
Noun
Verb

48
93
11
39

Noun
Adj
Prep
Prep
Verb

11
66
13
47
20

395

Greek-English Glossary

pro<baton, -ou, to<


sheep
Noun
39
proei?pon (cf. prole<gw,
le<gw, ei#pon)
I foretell
Verb
12
proe<rxomai
I proceed
Verb
9
PP: proeleu<somai, proh?lqon, ___, ___, ___
pro<qesij, -ewj, h[
setting forth, plan, purpose
Noun
12
prope<mpw
I accompany, help on ones journey
Verb
9
PP: ___, proe<pemya, ___, ___, proepe<mfqhn
pro<j (+ gen.)
for
Prep
700
pro<j (+ dat.)
at, by, on, near
Prep
700
pro<j (+ acc.)
toward, to, against, with
Prep
700
prosde<xomai
I receive, wait for
Verb
14
PP: ___, prosedeca<mhn, ___, ___, ___
prosdoka<w
I wait for, expect
Verb
16
prose<rxomai
I come to, go to
Verb
86
PP: ___, prosh?lqon, proselh<luqa, ___, ___
proseuxh<, -h?j, h[
prayer
Noun
36
proseu<xomai
I pray
Verb
85
PP: proseu<comai, proshuca<mhn, ___, ___, ___
prose<xw
I attend to, pay attention to
Verb
24
PP: ___, ___, prose<sxhka, ___, ___
proskale<omai
I summon, invite, call
Verb
29
PP: ___, prosekalesa<mhn, ___, proske<lhmai, ___
proskartere<w
I continue in/with
Verb
10
PP: proskarterh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___
proskune<w
I worship
Verb
60
PP: proskunh<sw, proseku<nhsa, ___, ___, ___
proslamba<nw
I receive, accept
Verb
12
PP: ___, prose<labon, prosei<lhfa, ___, ___
prosti<qhmi
I add to, increase
Verb
18
PP: ___, prose<qhka, ___, ___, prosete<qhn
prosfe<rw
I bring to, offer
Verb
47
PP: ___, prosh<negka, prosenh<noxa, ___, proshne<xqhn
prosfora<, -a?j, h[
act of offering
Noun
9
pro<swpon, -ou, to<
face, appearance, person
Noun
76
pro<teroj, -a, -on
former, before
Adj/Adv 11
profhtei<a, -aj, h[
prophecy
Noun
19
profhteu<w
I prophesy, preach
Verb
28
PP: profhreu<sw, e]profh<teusa, ___, ___, ___
profh<thj, -ou, o[
prophet
Noun 144
prwi~
early, early in the morning
Adv
12
prw?toj, -h, -on
first, earlier
Adj
155
ptwxo<j, -h<, -o<n
poor
Adj
34

396

Greek-English Glossary

pu<lh, -hj, h[
gate, door
pulw<n, -w?noj, o[
gateway, entrance, vestibule
punqa<nomai
I inquire, ask
PP: ___, e]puqo<mhn, ___, ___, ___
pu?r, -o<j, to<
fire
pwle<w
I sell
PP: ____, e]pw<lhsa, ___, ___, ___
pw?loj, -ou, o[
colt, young donkey
pw?j
how?
pw<j
at all, somehow

Noun
Noun
Verb

10
18
12

Noun
Verb

71
22

Noun
12
Particle 102
Particle 15

r[abbi<, o[
master, rabbi, teacher
r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[
rod, scepter, staff, stick
r[hma, -atoj, to<
word, saying, thing
r[i<za, -hj, h[
root, source
r[u<omai
I rescue, deliver
PP: r[u<somai, e]rrusa<mhn, ___, ___, e]rru<sqhn
[Rwmai?oj, -a, -on
Roman; (a) Roman (subst.)

Noun
Noun
Noun
Noun
Verb

15
12
68
17
17

Adj

12

sa<bbaton, -ou, to<


Sabbath
Saddoukai?oj, -ou, o[
Sadducee
saleu<w
I shake
PP: ___, e]sa<leusa, ___, sesa<leumai, e]saleu<qhn
sa<lpigc, -iggoj, h[
trumpet
salpi<zw
I sound the trumpet
PP: salpi<sw, e]sa<lpisa, ___, ___, ___
Sama<reia, -aj, h[
Samaria
Samari<thj, -ou, o[
Samaritan
sa<rc, sarko<j, h[
flesh, body
satana?j, -a?, o[
Satan, accuser (= devil)
Saou<l, o[
Saul
Sau?loj, -ou, o[
Saul
seautou?, -h?j
of yourself (reflexive)
se<bomai
I worship
seismo<j, -ou?, o[
earthquake
selh<nh, -hj, h[
moon
shmei?on, -ou, to<
sign, miracle
sh<meron
today
siga<w
I am silent
PP: ___, e]si<ghsa, ___, sesi<mhmai, ___
Sidw<n, -w?noj, h[
Sidon
Sila?j, -a?, o[
Silas
Si<mwn, -wnoj, o[
Simon

Noun
Noun
Verb

68
14
15

Noun
Verb

11
12

Noun
Noun
Noun
Noun
Noun
Noun
Pron
Verb
Noun
Noun
Noun
Adv
Verb

11
9
147
36
9
15
43
10
14
9
77
41
10

Noun
Noun
Noun

9
12
75

397

Greek-English Glossary

si?toj, -ou, o[
wheat, grain
Noun
14
siwpa<w
I am silent
Verb
10
PP: siwph<sw, e]siw<phsa, ___, ___, ___
skandali<zw
I cause to stumble, cause to sin
Verb
29
PP: ___, e]skanda<lisa, ___, ___, e]skandali<sqhn
ska<ndalon, -ou, to<
cause of stumbling, trap, temptation
Noun
15
skeu?oj, -ouj, to<
vessel, object; goods (pl)
Noun
23
skhnh<, -h?j, h[
tent, tabernacle
Noun
20
skoti<a, -aj, h[
darkness
Noun
16
sko<toj, -ouj, to<
darkness
Noun
31
So<doma, -wn, ta<
Sodom
Noun
9
Solomw<n, -w?noj, o[
Solomon
Noun
12
so<j, sh<, so<n
your, yours
Adj
27
sofi<a, -aj, h[
wisdom
Noun
51
sofo<j, -h<, -o<n
wise
Adj
20
spei<rw
I sow (seed)
Verb
52
PP: ___, e@speira, ___, e@sparmai, e]spa<rhn
spe<rma, -atoj, to<
seed, descendants
Noun
43
spla<gnon, -ou, to<
bowels, heart, compassion
Noun
11
splagxni<zomai
I have compassion, pity
Verb
12
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]splagxni<sqhn
spouda<zw
I hasten, am eager
Verb
11
PP: spouda<sw, e]spou<dasa, ___, ___, ___
spoudh<, -h?j, h[
haste, diligence, eagerness
Noun
12
sta<sij, -ewj, h[
strife, rebellion, dispute
Noun
9
stauro<j, -ou?, o[
cross
Noun
27
stauro<w
I crucify
Verb
46
PP: staurw<sw, e]stau<rwsa, ___, e]stau<rwmai, e]staurw<qhn
ste<fanoj, -ou, o[
crown, wreath
Noun
18
sth<kw (cf. i!sthmi)
I stand, stand fast
Verb
10
PP: ___, ___, e!sthka, ___, ___
sthri<zw
I establish, support
Verb
13
PP: sthri<cw, e]sth<rica, ___, e]sth<rigmai, e]sthri<xqhn
stolh<, -h?j, h[
robe
Noun
9
sto<ma, -atoj, to<
mouth, stomach
Noun
78
strathgo<j, -ou, o[
commander, captain
Noun
10
stratiw<thj, -ou, o[
soldier
Noun
26
stre<fw
I turn, change
Verb
21
PP: ___, e@streya, ___, ___, e]stra<fhn
su<, sou<; u[mei?j, u[mw?n
you; you-all
Pron 2905
suggenh<j, -e<j
related, akin to
Adj
11
suggenh<j, -e<j
relative, fellow countryperson
Noun
11
suzhte<w
I discuss, dispute
Verb
10

398

Greek-English Glossary

sukh?, -h?j, h[
fig tree
Noun
16
sullamba<nw
I seize, conceive, arrest
Verb
16
PP: sullh<myomai, sune<labon, sunei<lhfa, ___, sunelh<mfqhn
sumfe<rw
I bring together
Verb
15
PP: ___, sunh<negka, ___, ___, ___
su<n (+ dat.)
with
Prep
128
suna<gw
I gather together, invite
Verb
59
PP: suna<cw, sunh<gagon, ___, sunh?gmai, sunh<xqhn
sunagwgh<, -h?j, h[
synagogue
Noun
56
su<ndouloj, -ou, o[
fellow slave
Noun
10
sune<drion, -ou, to<
Sanhedrin, council
Noun
22
sunei<dhsij, -ewj, h[
conscience
Noun
30
sunergo<j, -o<n
fellow worker, helper
Noun/
Adj
13
sune<rxomai
I come together
Verb
30
PP: ___, sunh?lqon, sunelh<luqa, ___, ___
sune<xw
I oppress, hold fast, urge on
Verb
12
PP: sune<cw, sune<sxon, ___, ___, ___
suni<hmi
I understand
Verb
26
PP: sunh<sw, sunh?ka, ___, ___, ___
suni<sthmi
I commend; Intrans.: stand with
Verb
16
PP: ___, sune<sthsa, sune<sthka, ___, ___
sfa<zw
I slay, murder
Verb
10
PP: sfa<cw, e@sfaca, ___, e@sfagmai, e]sfa<ghn
sfo<dra
exceedingly, greatly
Adv
11
sfragi<zw
I seal, mark
Verb
15
PP: ___, e]sfra<gisa, ___, e]sfra<gismai, e]sfragi<sqhn
sfragi<j, -i?doj, h[
seal
Noun
16
sxi<zw
I split, divide, tear
Verb
11
PP: sxi<sw, e@sxisa, ___, ___, e]sxi<sqhn
s&<zw
I save, rescue
Verb
106
PP: sw<sw, e@swsa, se<swka, se<s&smai, e]sw<qhn
sw?ma, -atoj, to<
living body, corpse, (unified) church Noun 142
swth<r, -h?roj, o[
Savior
Noun
24
swthri<a, -aj, h[
salvation, deliverance
Noun
46
ta<lanton, -ou, to<
talent (large unit of money)
ta<cij, -ewj, h[
order, position
tapeino<w
I humble
PP: tapeinw<sw, e]tapei<nwsa, ___, ___, e]tapeinw<qhn
tara<ssw
I trouble, disturb
PP: ___, e]ta<raca, ___, teta<ragmai, e]tara<xqhn
taxe<wj
quickly

Noun
Noun
Verb

14
9
14

Verb

17

Adv

15

399

Greek-English Glossary

taxu< (from taxu<j)


quickly
Adv
18
te<
and, so
Conj
215
tei?xoj, -ouj, to<
(city) wall
Noun
9
te<knon, -ou, to<
child, descendant
Noun
99
te<leioj, -a, -on
complete, perfect
Adj
19
teleio<w
I fulfill, make perfect
Verb
23
PP: ___, e]telei<wsa, tetelei<wka, tetelei<wmai, e]teleiw<qhn
teleuta<w
I die
Verb
11
PP: ___, e]teleu<thsa, teteleu<thka, ___, ____
tele<w
I finish, complete, fulfill
Verb
28
PP: tele<sw, e]te<lesa, tete<leka, tete<leka, tete<lesmai, e]tele<sqhn
te<loj, -ouj, to<
end, goal
Noun
40
telw<nhj, -ou, o[
tax collector
Noun
21
te<raj, -atoj, to<
wonder, omen
Noun
16
tessara<konta
forty
Adj
22
te<ssarej, -a
four
Adj
41
te<tartoj, -h, -on
fourth (part)
Adj
10
thre<w
I keep, guard
Verb
70
PP: thrh<sw, e]th<rhsa, teteh<rhka, teth<rhmai, e]thrh<qhn
ti<qhmi
I put, place, set
Verb
100
PP: qh<sw, e@qhka, te<qeika, te<qeimai, e]te<qhn
ti<ktw
I give birth to, bear
Verb
18
PP: te<comai, e@tekon, ___, ___, e]te<xqhn
tima<w
I honor
Verb
21
PP: timh<sw, e]ti<mhsa, ___, teti<mhmai, ___
timh<, -h?j, h[
honor, price
Noun
41
ti<mioj, -a, -on
precious, costly, respected
Adj
13
Timo<qeoj, -ou, o[
Timothy
Noun
24
ti<j, ti<
who? which? what? why?
Pron
554
ti>j, ti>
someone, something, anyone
Pron
532
Ti<toj, -ou, o[
Titus
Noun
13
toiou?toj, -au<th,
-ou?ton
such, such as this, like
Adj
57
tolma<w
I dare
Verb
16
PP: tolmh<sw, e]to<lmhsa, ___, ___, ___
place
Noun
94
to<poj, -ou, o[
tosou?toj, -au<th,
-ou?ton
so great, so much
Adj
20
to<te
then, at that time
Adv
160
tra<peza, -hj, h[
table
Noun
15
trei?j, tri<a
three
Adj
69
tre<fw
I feed, nourish, train
Verb
9
PP: ___, e@qreya, ___, te<qrammai, ___

400

Greek-English Glossary

tre<xw
I run
PP: ___, e@dramon, ___, ___, ___
tria<konta
thirty
tri<j
three times
tri<toj, -h, -on
third (part)
tro<poj, -ou, o[
manner, way (of life)
trofh<, -h?j, h[
food
tugxa<nw
I obtain, happen
PP: teu<comai, e@tuxon, te<teuxa, ___, ___
tu<poj, -ou, o[
mark, image, example, (arche)type
tu<ptw
I smite, hit
Tu<roj, -ou, h[
Tyre
tuflo<j, -h<, -o<n
blind (person)
u[giai<nw
I am healthy
u[gih<j, -e<j
healthy, whole
u!dwr, -atoj, to<
water
ui[o>j, -ou?, o[
son, descendant, offspring
u[mei?j (see su<)
you, you-all (pl.)
u[me<teroj, -a, -on
your
u[pa<gw
I go away, go, depart
u[pakoh<, -h?j, h[
obedience
u[pakou<w
I obey, follow
PP: ___, u[ph<kousa, ___, ___, ___
u[panta<w
I meet, go to meet
PP: ___, u[ph<nthsa, ___, ___, ___
u[pa<rxw
I am, exist
u[pe<r (+ gen.)
in behalf of, for (the sake of)
u[pe<r (+ acc.)
above, more than, beyond
u[phre<thj, -ou, o[
servant, assistant
u[po< (+ gen.)
by
u[po< (+ acc.)
under (the authority of)
u[po<dhma, -atoj, to<
sandal
u[poka<tw
under, below
u[pokrith<j, -ou?, o[
hypocrite
u[pome<nw
I remain, endure
PP: u[pomenw?, u[pe<meina, u[pomeme<nhka, ___, ___
u[pomonh<, -h?j, h[
patience, endurance
u[postre<fw
I return, turn back
PP: u[postre<yw, u[pe<streya, ___, ___, ___
u[pota<ssw
I subject, subordinate
PP: ___, u[pe<taca, ___, u[pote<tagmai, u[peta<ghn

Verb

20

Adj
Adv
Adj
Noun
Noun
Verb

11
12
56
13
16
12

Noun
Verb
Noun
Adj

15
13
11
50

Verb
12
Adj
11
Noun
76
Noun 377
Pron 1840
Adj
11
Verb
79
Noun
15
Verb
21
Verb

10

Verb
Prep
Prep
Noun
Prep
Prep
Noun
Adv
Noun
Verb

60
150
150
20
220
220
10
11
17
17

Noun
Verb

32
35

Verb

38

401

Greek-English Glossary

u[stere<w
I lack, miss
PP: ___, u[ste<rhsa, u[ste<rhka, ___, u[sterh<qhn
u[ste<rhma, -atoj, to<
need
u!steroj, -a, -on
later, afterward, at last
u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n
high, exalted, proud
u!yistoj, -h, -on
highest
u[yo<w
I lift up, exalt
PP: u[yw<sw, u!ywsa, ___, ___, u[yw<qhn

Verb

16

Noun
Adj/Adv
Adj
Adj
Verb

9
12
11
13
20

fai<nw
I shine, appear
Verb
PP: fanh<somai, e@fana, ___, ___, e]fa<nhn
fanero<j, -a<, -o<n
manifest, visible
Adj
fanero<w
I reveal, make known
Verb
PP: fanerw<sw, e]fane<rwsa, ___, pefane<rwmai, e]fanerw<qhn
Farisai?oj, -ou, o[
Pharisee
Noun
fei<domai
I spare, refrain (from)
Verb
PP: fei<somai, e]feisa<mhn, ___, ___, ___
fe<rw
I bear, carry, endure
Verb
PP: oi@sw, h@negka, ___, ___, h]ne<xqhn
feu<gw
I flee, escape
Verb
PP: feu<comai, e@fugon, ___, ___, ___
Fh?lic, -ikoj, o[
Felix
Noun
fhmi<
I say
Verb
PP: ___, e@fh, ___, ___, ___
Fh?stoj, -ou, o[
Festus
Noun
fqei<rw
I ruin, corrupt, destroy
Verb
PP: ___, e@fqeira, ___, ___, e]fqa<rhn
fqo<noj, -ou, o[
envy, jealousy
Noun
fia<lh, -hj, h[
cup, bowl
Noun
file<w
I love, like
Verb
PP: ___, e]fi<lhsa, pefi<lhka, ___, ___
Fi<lippoj, -ou, o[
Philip
Noun
fi<loj, -h, -on
beloved, friend
Noun
fobe<omai
I fear
Verb
PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]fobh<qhn
fo<boj, -ou, o[
fear, terror
Noun
foneu<w
I kill, murder
Verb
PP: foneu<sw, e]fo<neusa, ___, ___, ___
fo<noj, -ou, o[
murder
Noun
frone<w
I think
Verb
PP: fronh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___
fro<nimoj, -on
prudent, wise
Adj
fulakh<, -h?j, h[
guard, prison, watch (of the night)
Noun

31
18
49
98
10
66
29
9
66
13
9
9
12
25
36
29
95
47
12
9
26
14
47

402

Greek-English Glossary

fula<ssw
I guard, protect
PP: fula<cw, e]fu<laca, ___, ___, ___
fulh<, -h?j, h[
tribe, nation, people
fu<sij, -ewj, h[
nature
futeu<w
I plant
PP: ___, e]fu<teusa, ___, pefu<teumai, e]futeu<qhn
fwne<w
I call
PP: fwnh<sw, e]fw<nhsa, ___, ___, e]fwnh<qhn
fwnh<, -h?j, h[
sound, tone, voice, noise
fw?j, fwto<j, to<
light
fwti<zw
I give light, enlighten
PP: fwti<sw, e]fw<tisa, ___, pefw<tismai, e]fwti<sqhn

Verb

31

Noun
Noun
Verb

31
14
11

Verb

43

Noun
Noun
Verb

139
73
11

xai<rw
I rejoice
Verb
74
PP: xarh<somai, ___, ___, ___, e]xa<rhn
xara<, -a?j, h[
joy, delight
Noun
59
xari<zomai
I forgive, give freely
Verb
23
PP: xari<somai, e]xarisa<mhn, ___, kexa<rismai, e]xari<sqhn
xa<rin (+ gen.)
for the sake of, because of
Prep
9
xa<rij, -itoj, h[
(divine) grace, favor, thanks
Noun 155
xa<risma, -atoj, to<
gift, favor
Noun
17
xei<r, xeiro<j, h[
hand, arm, power
Noun 177
xei<rwn, -on
worse, more severe
Adj
11
xh<ra, -aj, h[
widow
Noun
26
xili<arxoj, -ou, o[
military tribune commanding 1,000
Noun
21
xilia<j, -a<doj, h[
a thousand
Adj
23
xi<lioi, -ai, -a
thousand
Adj
11
xitw<n, -w?noj, o[
tunic, shirt
Noun
11
xoi?roj, -ou, o[
pig, swine
Noun
12
xorta<zw
I eat to the full, am satisfied
Verb
16
PP: ___, e]xo<rtasa, ___, ___, e]xorta<sqhn
xo<rtoj, -ou, o[
grass, hay
Noun
15
xra<omai
I use, employ
Verb
11
PP: ___, e]xrhsa<mhn, ___, ke<xrhmai, ___
xrei<a, -aj, h[
a need
Noun
49
xrhmati<zw
I warn
Verb
9
PP: xrhmati<sw, e]xrhma<tisa, ___, kexrhma<tismai, e]xrhmati<sqhn
xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[
goodness, kindness, what is right
Noun
10
Xristo<j, -ou?, o[
Christ, Messiah, Anointed One
Noun 637
xro<noj, -ou, o[
time
Noun
54
xrusi<on, -ou, to<
gold
Noun
12
xruso<j, -ou?, o[
gold
Noun
10
xrusou?j, -h?, -ou?n
golden
Adj
18

403

Greek-English Glossary

xwlo<j, -h<, -o<n


lame, crippled
xw<ra, -aj, h[
(open) country, region, land, field
xwre<w
I make room, give way
PP: xwrh<sw, e]xw<rhsa, ___, ___, ___
xwri<zw
I separate, depart
PP: xwri<sw, e]xwrisa, ___, kexw<rismai, e]xwri<sqhn
xwri<on, -ou, to<
place, field
xwri<j (+ gen.)
without, apart from
yeu<domai
I lie
PP: yeu<somai, e]yeusa<mhn ___, ___, ___
yeudoprofh<thj, -ou, o[ false prophet
yeu<doj, -ouj, to<
lie, falsehood
yeu<sthj, -ou, o[
liar
yuxh<, -h?j, h[
soul, person, self
w#
w$de
w!ra, -aj, h[
w[j
w[sau<twj
w[sei<
w!sper
w!ste (w[j + te)

O!
here, hither
hour, occasion
as, that, about
likewise, similarly
as, like, about
just as, even as
therefore, so that, in order that

w]fele<w
I profit, benefit
PP: w]felh<sw, w]fe<lhsa, ___, ___, w]felh<qhn

Adj
Noun
Verb

14
28
10

Verb

13

Noun
Prep

10
41

Verb

12

Noun
Noun
Noun
Noun

11
10
10
109

Interj
17
Adv
61
Noun 106
Adv
504
Adv
17
Particle 21
Particle 36
Particle/
Conj
83
Verb
15

404

Vocabulary Builder

405

Greek Vocabulary Builder


down to 9 times

Ted Hildebrandt

Vocabulary Builder

Word

Meaning

Frequency

Set 1
o[ , h[, to<
kai<
au]to<j, -h<, -o<

the
19863
and, even, also
9018
he, she, it (pron.); self, same (adj.) 5596
auto-matic
su<, sou<; u[mei<j, u[mw?n
you (sg.); you (pl.)
2905
de<
but, and, then
2792
e]n
in, by, among (Dat.)
2752
en-code
e]gw<, e]mou?; h[mei?j, h[mw?n I (sg.); we (pl.)
2582
ego
ei]mi<
I am, occur, live
2462
ei]j
into, toward, to (Acc.)
1767
eis-egesis (read into a text)
ou]
no (question implies "yes") 1623
Set 2
o!j, h!, o!
ou$toj, au!th, tou?to
le<gw
qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[
o!ti
pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n
mh<
ga<r
ei]po<n
]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[

who, which, what


this; he, she, it (subst.)
I say, tell, declare
eu-logy (speak well)
God, god, goddess
"theo-logy"
that, because, for
all, every, any
Pan-American
not (question implies "no")
for, so, then
I said
Jesus, Joshua

1418
1387
1329
1317
1293
1243
1042
1041
1024
917

Set 3
e]k
e]pi<
e]pi<
e]pi<
i!na
ku<rioj, -ou, o[
e]xw<
pro<j
pro<j
pro<j

from, out of
914
ex-pire (breath out)
on, over, when (Gen.)
890
epi-demic (on the people)
on, in, above (Dat.)
890
across, over to, against (Acc.) 890
in order that, that
779
Lord, master, sir
717
I have, wear, keep
708
for
(Gen.)
700
at, by (Dat.)
700
toward, to, against (Acc.)
700

406

Vocabulary Builder

Set 4
gi<nomai
dia<
dia<
a]po<
a]lla<
e@rxomai
poie<w
ti<j, ti<
a@nqrwpoj
ti>j, ti>

I become, am, happen


through, during, by (Gen.)
dia-meter
on account of, because (Acc.)

669
667

from, of, by (Gen.)


apo-calypse (from the hidden)
but, except, rather
I come, go
I do, make
poem (making or creation)
who? which? what? why?
man, human, husband
anthrop-ology (study of humankind)
someone, something, anyone 532

646

667

637
632
568
554
550

Set 5
Xristo<j, -ou?, o[
w[j
ei]
ou#n
kata<
kata<
meta<
meta<
a]kou<w
polu<j, pollh<, polu<

Christ, Messiah, Anointed one


as, that, about
if, whether
then, so, therefore
down from, against (Gen.)
cata-pult
according to, during (Acc.)
with, against (Gen.)
after, behind (Acc.)
meta-phor (to carry beyond)
I hear, understand, learn
acoustics
many, much, great

529
504
502
498
473
473
469
469
428
416

Set 6
di<dwmi
path<r, patro<j, o[
h[me<ra, -aj, h[
pneu?ma, -atoj, to<
ui[o<j, -ou?, o[
ei$j, mi<a, e!n
a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[
h@
ei#don (o[ra<w)
e]a<n

I give, entrust, yield


anti-dote
father, ancestor
patristic (church fathers)
day, daylight, time
spirit, Spirit, wind, breath
pneumonia (problem breathing)
son, descendant
one, single, someone
brother, member
or, than
I saw, perceived
if

415
413
389
379
377
345
343
343
341
333

407

Vocabulary Builder

Set 7
peri<
peri<
lo<goj, -ou, o[
e[autou?, -h?j, -ou?
oi@da
lale<w
ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[
maqhth<j, -ou?, o[
lamba<nw
gh?, gh?j, h[

concerning, about (Gen.)


around (Acc.)
peri-meter
word, Word, statement
logo, logic
of himself, of herself, of itself
I know, understand
I speak, say
glosso-lalia (speak in tongues)
heaven, sky, God
Uranium
disciple, apprentice
I take, receive, seize
earth, land, region
geo-graphy

333
333
330
319
318
296
273
261
258
250

Set 8
e]kei<noj, -h, -o
me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga
pi<stij, -ewj, h[
pisteu<w
ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n
a!gioj, -a, -on
a]pokri<nomai
o@noma, -atoj, to<
ginw<skw
u[po<

that (one)
large, great
mega-byte
faith, belief, trust
I believe (in), have faith (in)
no one, none, nothing
holy, consecrated, saints (pl.)
I answer, reply
name, title, reputation
I know, learn, realize
by (Gen.)

243
243
243
241
234
233
231
230
222
220

Set 9
u[po<
e]ce<rxoma
a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[
gunh<, -aiko<j, h[
te<
du<namai
qe<lw
ou!twj
i]dou<
]Ioudai?oj

under (Acc.)
hypo-dermic (under the skin)
I go out
man, husband, someone
poly-andry (many husbands)
woman, wife
gyne-cology
and, so
I am powerful, am able
dyna-mic
I will, wish, desire
thus, so, in this manner
Behold! See! Consider!
Jewish (Adj.), Jew (Noun)

220
218
216
215
215
210
208
208
200
195

408

Vocabulary Builder

Set 10
ei]se<rxomai
no<moj, -ou, o[
para<
para<
para<
gra<fw
ko<smoj, -ou, o[
kaqw<j
me<n
xei<r, xeiro<j, h[

I come in, go in, enter


law, Law, principle
Gen.: from
Dat.: beside, with
Acc.: alongside of
I write
world, universe, humankind
cosmo-logy, cosmic
as, even as
indeed, on the one hand
hand, arm, power

194
194
194
194
194
191
186
182
178
177

Set 11
eu[ri<skw
a@ggeloj, -ou, o[
o@xloj, -ou, o[
a[marti<a, -aj, h[
e@rgon, -ou, to<
a@n
do<ca, -hj, h[
po<lij, -ewj, h[
basilei<a, -aj, h[
e@qnoj, -ou, to<

I find
176
heuristic
angel, messenger
175
angel
crowd, multitude
175
sin
173
harmarti-ology (study of sin)
work, deed
169
ergo-nomics (study of work equipment design)
untranslated contingency particle
166
glory
166
dox-ology
city
163
Indiana-polis
kingdom
162
basilica
nation, heathen/Gentiles (pl.)
162

Set 12
to<te
e]sqi<w
Pau?loj, -ou, o[
kardi<a, -aj, h[
Pe<troj, -ou, o[
prw<toj, -h, -on
xa<rij, -itoj, h[
a@lloj, -h, -on
poreu<omai
i!sthmi

then, at that time


I eat
Paul
heart, mind
Peter
first, earlier
proto-type
grace, favor
other, another
alle-gory
I go, live
I stand, set

160
158
158
156
156
155
155
154
153
153

409

Vocabulary Builder

Set 13
u[pe<r
u[pe<r
kale<w
nu?n
sa<rc, sarko<j, h[
e!wj
e!wj
e]gei<rw
profh<thj, -ou, o[
o!stij, h!tij, o! ti

in behalf of, for (Gen.)


above (Acc.)
hyper-active
I call, invite
now
flesh
sarco-phagus
until (Conj.)
until, as far as (Impr Prep)
I raise up, restore, wake
prophet
whoever, whatever, whichever

150
150
148
147
147
146
146
144
144
144

Set 14
a]gapa<w
a]fi<hmi
ou]de<
lao<j, -ou?, o[
sw?ma, -atoj, to<
pa<lin
za<w
]Ieroso<luma, ta< / h[
fwnh<, -h?j, h[
du<o

I love
143
I permit, let go, forgive
143
and not, not even, neither, nor
143
people, crowd
142
laity
body
142
somatic
again
141
palimpsest (written again manuscript)
I live
140
Jerusalem
139
sound, voice, noise
139
phono-graph, phon-etics
two
135
dual, dualism

Set 15
zwh<, -h?j, h[
]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[
a]poste<llw
ble<pw
a]mh<n
nekro<j, -a<, -o<n
su<n
dou?loj, -ou, o[
o!tan
ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[

life
zoology
John
I send, send out
I see, look at
truly, amen, let it be so
dead; dead person (subst.)
necro-polis (city of the dead)
with (Dat.)
syn-chronize
servant, slave
whenever
age, eternity
aeon

135
135
132
132
129
128
128
124
123
122

410

Vocabulary Builder

Set 16
a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[
ba<llw
qa<natoj, -ou, o[
du<namij, -ewj, o[
paradi<dwmi
me<nw
a]pe<rxomai
zhte<w
a]ga<ph, -hj, h[
basileu<j, -e<wj, o[

high priest, chief priest


I throw, put
ballistics
death
thanato-logy (study of death)
power, miracle
dynamite
I hand over, betray, entrust
I remain, stay, live
I depart
I seek, desire, request
love
king

122
122

church, congregation, assembly


ecclesi-ology (study of the church)
one's own, belonging to one
idio-syncrasy, idiomatic
I judge, decide
critic
only, alone
monologue, monopoly
house
I see
pan-orama (see all)
I die
as great as, as many as
truth
I am about to

114

120
119
119
118
117
117
116
115

Set 17
e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[
i@dioj, -a, -on
kri<nw
mo<noj, -h, -on
oi#koj, -ou, o[
o[ra<w
a]poqn^<skw
o!soj, -h, -on
a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[
me<llw

114
114
114
114
113
111
110
109
109

Set 18
o!loj, -h, -on
parakale<w
a]ni<sthmi
s&<zw
w!ra, -aj, h[
yuxh<, -h?j, h[
o!te
a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n
e]cousi<a, -aj, h[
kalo<j, -h<, -o<n

Adj.: whole; Adv.: entirely


holo-caust
I call, urge, exhort, console
I raise, cause to rise
I save, rescue
hour, time
soul, person, self
psych-ology
when, while
good
authority, power, jurisdiction
good

109
109
108
106
106
109
103
102
102
102

411

Vocabulary Builder

kaleidoscope (see beautiful)


Set 19
pw?j
ai@rw
dei?
o[do<j, -ou?, h[
a]llh<lwn
o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[
ti<qhmi
te<knon, -ou, to<
e!teroj, -a, -on
farisai?oj, -ou, o[

how?
I take up, take away, raise
it is necessary,
way, road, journey
one another
eye, sight
ophthalmo-logy
I put, place, set
antithesis (set against)
child, descendant
other, another
heterosexual
Pharisee

102
101
101
101
100
100
100
99
98
98

Set 20
ai$ma, -atoj, to<
a@rtoj, -ou, o[
genna<w
dida<skw
e]kei?
peripate<w
fobe<omai
e]nw<pion
to<poj, -ou, o[
e@ti

blood
anaemia
bread, food
I give birth to, produce
generation
I teach
didactic
there
I walk, live
peripatetics
I fear
phobia
Gen.: before
place
topography
still, yet, even

97
97
97
97
95
95
95
94
94
93

Set 21
oi]ki<a, -aj, h[
pou<j, podo<j, o[
dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[
ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[
qa<lassa, -hj, h[
ka<qhmai
a]kolouqe<w
a]po<llumi
mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n
pi<ptw

house
foot
podium, monopod
righteousness, justice
peace
sea
I sit, live
I follow, accompany
I destroy, ruin; I die (Mid.)
no one, nobody, nothing
I fall

93
93
92
92
91
91
90
90
90
90

412

Vocabulary Builder

Set 22
e[pta<

plhro<w
prose<rxomai
kairo<j, -ou?, o[
proseu<xomai
ka]gw<
mh<thr, mhtro<j, h[
w!ste

seven
heptagon (seven sided figure)
and not, neither, nor
I rule; begin (usually Mid.)
archbishop
I fill, finish, fulfill
I come to, I go to
time (appointed), season
I pray
and I, I also
mother
therefore, so that, in order that

86
86
85
85
84
83
83

a]nabai<nw
e!kastoj, -h, -on
o!pou
e]kba<llw
katabai<nw
ma?llon
a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[
Mwu*sh?j, -ewj, o[
di<kaioj, -a, -on
pe<mpw

I go up, ascend
each, every
where, since
I cast out
I go down, descend
more, rather
apostle, messenger
Moses
righteous, just, upright
I send

82
82
82
81
81
81
80
80
79
79

u[pa<gw
ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n
sto<ma, -atoj, to<

I go away, go, depart


evil, bad, sick
mouth
stomach
I open
I baptize
baptize
sign, miracle
my, mine
good news, gospel
Evangelical
I testify, bear witness
martyr
face, appearance, person

79
78
78

ou@te
a@rxw

88
87
86

Set 23

Set 24

a]noi<gw
bapti<zw
shmei?on, -ou, to<
e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n
eu]agge<lion, -ou, to<
marture<w
pro<swpon, -ou, to<

77
77
77
76
76
76
76

413

Vocabulary Builder

Set 25
u!dwr, -atoj, to<
dw<deka
kefalh<, -h?j, h[
Si<mwn, -wnoj, o[
a]poktei<nw
xai<rw
]Abraa<m, o[
pi<nw
fw?j, fwto<j, to<
ai]w<nioj, -a, -on

water
twelve
head
Simon
I kill
I rejoice
Abraham
I drink
light
photo-graphy
eternal
aeon

76
75
75
75
74
74
73
73
73

temple
hierarchy
fire
I ask
I keep, guard
I lead, bring, arrest
three
tri-angle
Israel
word, saying, thing
rhetoric
Sabbath
commandment, order

71

71

Set 26
i[ero<n, -ou?, to<
pu?r, -o<j, to<
ai]te<w
thre<w
a@gw
trei?j, tri<a
]Israh<l, o[
r[h?ma, -atoj, to<
sa<bbaton, -ou, to<
e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[

71
70
70
69
69
68
68
68
67

Set 27
pisto<j, -h<, -o<n
ploi?on, -ou, to<
a]polu<w
karpo<j, -ou?, o[
presbu<teroj, -a, -on
fe<rw
fhmi<
ei@te
grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[
daimo<nion, -ou, to<

faithful, trusting
boat
I release, divorce
fruit, crop
elder
presbyterian
I bear, carry, endure
Christo-pher (bearing Christ)
I say
if, whether
scribe
grammar
demon, evil spirit

67
67
66
66
66
66
66
65
63
63

414

Vocabulary Builder

Set 28
e@cw

h@dh

Adv.: without
63
Prep.: outside
I ask, request
63
mountain, hill
63
I think, suppose, seem
62
Docetism (Christ merely seemed human)
will, wish, desire
62
throne
62
throne
beloved
61
Galilee
61
I praise, glorify
61
doxo-logy
now, already
61

khru<ssw
nuc, nukto<j, h[
w$de
i[ma<tion, -ou, to<
proskune<w
u[pa<rxw
a]spa<zomai
Daui<d, o[
dida<skaloj, -ou, o[
eu]qu<j

I proclaim, preach
night
here, hither
garment
I worship
I am, exist
I greet, salute
David
teacher
immediately

61
61
61
60
60
60
59
59
59
59

li<qoj, -ou, o[
suna<gw

stone
I gather together, invite
synagogue
joy, delight
I look at, see
theory
middle
Meso-potamia (middle of the rivers)
such, such as this
I take, receive
I ask, question
but not, nor, not even
synagogue

59
59

e]rwta<w
o@roj, -ouj, to<
doke<w
qe<lhma, -atoj, to<
qro<noj, -ou, o[
a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n
Galilai<a, -aj, h[
doca<zw

Set 29

Set 30

xara<, -a?j, h[
qewre<w
me<soj, -h, -on
toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton
de<xomai
e]perwta<w
mhde<
sunagwgh<, -h?j, h[

59
58
58
57
56
56
56
56

415

Vocabulary Builder

Set 31
tri<toj, -h, -on
a]rxh<, -h?j, h[
kra<zw
loipo<j, -h<, -o<n
Pila?toj, -ou, o[
decio<j, -a<, -o<n
eu]aggeli<zw
ou]xi<
xro<noj, -ou, o[
dio<

third
beginning, ruler
archaic
I cry out
remaining (Adj.); the rest (Noun)
Pilate
right (hand)
I proclaim, preach good news
evangelize
not, no (question implies "yes")
time
chrono-logy
therefore, for this reason

56
55
55
55
55
54
54
54
54
53

Set 32
e]lpi<j, -i<doj, h[
o!pwj
e]paggeli<a, -aj, h[
e@sxatoj, -h, -on
padi<on, -ou, to<
pei<qw
spei<rw
sofi<a, -aj, h[
glw?ssa, -hj, h[
grafh<, -h?j, h[

hope
53
how, that, in order that
53
promise
52
last, end
52
eschato-logy (study of the end times)
child, infant
52
I persuade, convince
52
I sow (seed)
52
wisdom
51
philo-sophy (love of wisdom)
language, tongue
50
glosso-lalia (speaking in tongues)
writing, Scripture
50
graphics

Set 33
kako<j, -h<, -o<n
maka<rioj, -a, -on
parabolh<, -h?j, h[
tuflo<j, -h<, -o<n
a@ra
a@xri, a@xrij
a@xri, a@xrij
e@toj, -ouj, to<
paralamba<nw
fanero<w

bad, evil
50
caco-phany
blessed, happy, fortunate
50
(macarism is a beatitude or blessing)
parable
50
blind person
50
so, then, therefore
49
Gen.: as far as
49
Conj.: until
49
year
49
I take, receive, accept
49
I reveal, make known
49

416

Vocabulary Builder

Set 34
xrei<a, -aj, h[
a]podi<dwmi
e@mprosqen
e@rhmoj, -on
pou?
a[martwlo<j, -on
krate<w
kri<sij, -ewj, h[
ou]ke<ti
pro<

a need,
I give back, pay
Gen.: in front of, before
Adj.: deserted; Noun: desert
hermit
where? whither?
Adj.: sinful; Noun: sinner
I grasp, attain
judgment, condemnation
crisis
no longer
Gen.: before
pro-gress

49
48
48
48
48
47
47
47
47
47

Set 35
prosfe<rw
fo<boj, -ou, o[
fulakh<, -h?j, h[
qhri<on, -ou, to<
kaqi<zw
mikro<j, -a<, -o<n
ou]ai<
stauro<w
swthri<a, -aj, h[
a]pagge<llw

I bring to, offer


fear, terror
phobia
a guard, prison
wild beast
I seat, sit
cathedral
small, little
micro-biology
woe, alas
I crucify
salvation
soteriology (study of salvation)
I announce, report

47
47
47
46
46
46
46
46
46
45

Set 36
diw<kw
qli?yij, -ewj, h[
nao<j, -ou?, o[
o!moioj, -a, -on
e]piginw<skw
]Iou<daj, -a, o[
katoike<w
a[marta<nw
genea<, -a?j, h[
deu<teroj, -a, -on

I pursue, persecute
45
trouble, oppression
45
temple
45
like, similar
45
homonym (sounds the same: their/there)
I come to know, recognize
44
Judas, Judah
44
I live, dwell, inhabit
44
I sin
43
generation, family, race
43
genea-logy
second
43
Deuteronomy (second law)

417

Vocabulary Builder

Set 37
de<w
die<rxomai
[Hr&<dhj, -ou, o[
qauma<zw
qerapeu<w
]Ioudai<a, -aj, h[
seautou?, -h?j
spe<rma, -atoj, to<
fwne<w
a]na<stasij, -ewj, h[

I tie, bind
dia-dem
I pass through
Herod
I wonder, marvel
I heal
therapeutic
Judea
of yourself
seed
sperm
I call
phono-graph
resurrection

43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
42

Set 38
e]ggi<zw
]Ia<kwboj, -ou, o[
kaino<j, -h<, -o<n
lu<w
me<roj, -ouj, to<
pa<sxw
a@cioj, -a, -on
e]rga<zomai
eu]loge<w
pa<ntote

I come near
James
new
I loose, destroy
part
I suffer, endure
worthy, comparable
axiom
I work
energy
I bless
eulogy
always

42
42
42
42
42
42
41
41
41
41

Set 39
pari<sthmi
sh<meron
te<ssarej, -a
timh<, -h?j, h[
xwri<j
e[toima<zw
klai<w
logi<zomai
mise<w
mnhmei?on, -ou, to<

I am present, approach, stand by


today
four
honor, price
Timothy (honoring God)
without, apart from
I prepare
I weep
I calculate, account, reckon
logistics
I hate
misogamy (hatred of marriage)
tomb, monument

41
41
41
41
41
40
40
40
40
40

418

Vocabulary Builder

Set 40
oi]kodome<w
o]li<goj, -h, -on
te<loj, -ouj, to<
a!ptw
dikaio<w
e]piti<qhmi
qu<ra, -aj, h[
i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n
perisseu<w
plana<w

I build, edify, erect


small, few
oligarchy (rule by the few)
end, goal
tele-scope
I touch
haptic
I justify, pronounce righteous
I lay upon, inflict upon
door
sufficient, able, considerable
I abound, am rich
I lead astray, misguide
planet (wandering heavenly body)

40
40
40
39
39
39
39
39
39
39

Set 41
pra<ssw
pro<baton, -ou, to<
e]piqumi<a, -aj, h[
eu]xariste<w
peira<zw
pe<nte
u[pota<ssw
a@rxwn, -ontoj, o[
bou<lomai
dia<boloj, -on

I do, perform
praxis
sheep
desire, passion
I give thanks
Eucharist
I test, tempt
five
penta-gon
I subject, subordinate
ruler
mon-arch
I wish, want, determine
Adj.: slanderous; Noun: Devil

39
39
38
38
38
38
38
37
37
37

Set 42
diakone<w
e]mautou?, -h?j
kauxa<omai
marturi<a, -aj, h[
paragi<nomai
a]gro<j, -ou?, o[
a@rti
e]pistre<fw
eu]qe<wj
kalw?j

I serve, minister, wait upon


deacon
of myself
I boast
witness, testimony
I come, arrive
field, country
now, just now, immediately
I turn to, return
immediately
well, beautifully

37
37
37
37
37
36
36
36
36
36

419

Vocabulary Builder

Set 43
o]rgh<, -h?j, h[
ou#j, w]to<j, to<
peritomh<, -h?j, h[
proseuxh<, -h?j, h[
satana?j, -a?, o[
Fi<lippoj, -ou, o[
w!sper
]Iwsh<f, o[
ma<rtuj, -uroj, o[
o]pi<sw

anger
ear
circumcision
prayer
satan
Philip
just as, even as
Joseph
witness, martyr
behind, after

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
35
35
35

o]fei<lw
u[postre<fw
a!paj, -asa, -an
bibli<on, -ou, to<

35
35
34
34
34
34

me<loj, -ouj, to<


metanoe<w
mh<te
oi#noj, -ou, o[

I owe, ought
I return, turn back
all
book, scroll
Bible
I blaspheme, revile
service, ministry
deacon
member, part
I repent, change my mind
neither, and not, nor
wine

ptwxo<j, -h<, -o<n


a]rne<omai
a]sqene<w
dei<knumi
diaqh<kh, -hj, h[
e]kporeu<omai
nai<
poi?oj, -a, -on
a]ka<qartoj, -on
a]naginw<skw

poor
I deny, refuse
I am weak, sick, powerless
I show, explain
covenant, decree
I go out
yes, truly
of what sort, what? which?
unclean, impure
I read, read aloud

34
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
32
32

Set 44

blasfhme<w
diakoni<a, -aj, h[

34
34
34
34

Set 45

420

Vocabulary Builder

Set 46
dunato<j, -h<, -o<n
e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n
paragge<llw
u[pomonh<, -h?j, h[
h!lioj, -ou, o[
a@nemoj, -ou, o[
e]ggu<j
e]lpi<zw
e@cesti
i[ereu<j, -e<wj, o[

powerful, strong
dynamite
Adj.: hostile, Noun: enemy
I command, order, charge
patience, endurance
sun
wind
near
I hope
it is lawful
priest

32
32
32
32
32
31
31
31
31
31

Set 47
kaqari<zw
parrhsi<a, -aj, h[
plh?qoj, -ouj, to<
plh<n
poth<rion, -ou, to<
sko<toj, -ouj, to<
fai<nw
fula<ssw
fulh<, -h?j, h[
a]gora<zw

I cleanse, purify
catharize
boldness, confidence
multitude
Adv.: but, however; Prep: except
cup
darkness
I shine, appear
I guard, protect
tribe, nation
phylum (large class of animals)
I buy
agora (market)

31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
30

Set 48
a]rni<on, -ou, to<
didaxh<, -h?j, h[
e]pikale<w
o[moi<wj
sunei<dhsij, -ewj, h[
sune<rxomai
gnw?sij, -ewj, h[
dia<konoj, -ou, o[, h[
e]lee<w
e]pitima<w

lamb
teaching
didactic
I call, name; Mid. invoke
likewise, so
conscience
I come together
knowledge, wisdom
gnostics
servant, deacon
I have mercy
I rebuke, warn

30
30
30
30
30
30
29
29
29
29

421

Vocabulary Builder

Set 49
]Hli<aj, -ou, o[
i@de
i]sxuro<j, -a<, -o<n
Kai?sar, -aroj, o[
ma<xaira, -hj, h[
misqo<j, -ou?, o[
para<klhsij, -ewj, h[
pare<rxomai
pa<sxa, to<
po<qen

Elijah
look, behold
strong, mighty
Caesar
sword
wages, reward
exhortation, consolation
I pass by, pass away, arrive
Passover
from where?

29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29

pote<
proskale<omai
skandali<zw

at some time, once, ever


I summon, invite, call
I cause to stumble, cause to sin
scandalize
I flee, escape
fugitive
beloved, friend
biblio-phile (loves books)
I consecrate, make holy, sanctify
I wrong, do wrong
true
Barnabas
I marry
mono-gamy

29
29
29

Set 50

feu<gw
fi<loj, -h, -on
a[gia<zw
a]dike<w
a]lhqino<j, -h<, -o<n
Barnaba?j, -a?, o[
game<w

29
29
28
28
28
28
28

Set 51
h[ge<omai
quga<thr, -tro<j, h[
qusi<a, -aj, h[
i]sxu<w
musth<rion, -ou, to<
nika<w
plou<sioj, -a, -on
profhteu<w
tele<w
xw<ra, -aj, h[

I lead, guide, think, regard


daughter, girl
sacrifice, offering
I am strong, able, healthy
mystery, secret
mystery
I conquer, win
Nicho-las (conquer people)
rich
I prophesy, preach
I finish, complete, fulfill
country, region

28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28

422

Vocabulary Builder

Set 52
basta<zw
e]kei?qen
e]kxe<w
e@leoj, -ouj, to<
e]ndu<w
]Iakw<b, o[
kaqaro<j, -a<, -o<n
katarge<w
kri<ma, -atoj, to<
kw<mh, -hj, h[

I bear, carry
from that place
I pour out, shed
mercy
I put on, clothe, dress
Jacob
clean, pure
catharsis
I abolish, bring to naught
judgment, decision
village

27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27

Set 53
Mari<a, -aj, h[
Maria<m, h[
po<soj, -h, -on
so<j, sh<, so<n
stauro<j, -ou?, o[
a]delfh<, -h?j, h[
a]lhqh<j, -e<j
a]pokalu<ptw

27
27
27
27
27
26
26
26

a]sqenh<j, -e<j
e!neka

Mary
Mariam
how great? how much?
your, yours (singular)
cross
sister
true, honest
I reveal, uncover
apocalypse
weak, sick, powerless
on account of

e]pei<
h!kw
i]a<omai
lupe<w
o]mnu<w
o[mologe<w
ou@pw
pneumatiko<j, -h<, o<n
stratiw<thj, -ou, o[
suni<hmi

because, since, for


I have come
I heal
I grieve
I swear
I confess, promise
not yet
spiritual
soldier
I understand

26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26

26
26

Set 54

423

Vocabulary Builder

Set 55
frone<w
xh<ra, -aj, h[
a]diki<a, -aj, h[
Ai@guptoj, -ou, h[
a]nable<pw
ge<
gnwri<zw
de<ka
de<ndron, -ou, to<
douleu<w

I think
widow
unrighteousness, injustice
Egypt
I look up, receive sight
indeed, really, even
I make known, reveal
ten
deca-polis (ten city region)
tree
rhodo-dendron (rose tree)
I serve, obey

26
26
25
25
25
25
25
25

Greek, Gentile, heathen


feast
I order, command
white
I learn
mathematics
lest, that not, perhaps
cloud
immorality, fornication
pronography
I love, like
report, hearing

25
25
25
25
25

I take away, kill


weakness, sickness
star
asteroid
letter, epistle
I leave, abandon
I lie, recline, am laid
mind, intellect
noetic
where
child, boy, girl
I have arrived, am present

24
24
24

25
25

Set 56
!Ellhn, -hnoj, o[
e[orth<, -h?j, h[
keleu<w
leuko<j, -h<, -o<n
manqa<nw
mh<pote
nefe<lh, -hj, h[
pornei<a, -aj, h[
file<w
a]koh<, -h?j, h[

25
25
25
25
24

Set 57
a]naire<w
a]sqe<neia, -aj, h[
a]sth<r, -e<roj, o[
e]pistolh<, -h?j, h[
katalei<pw
kei?mai
nou?j, noo<j, o[
ou$
pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[
pa<reimi

24
24
24
24
24
24
24

424

Vocabulary Builder

Set 58
parousi<a, -aj, h[
pi<mplhmi
prose<xw
swth<r, -h?roj, o[
Timo<qeoj, -ou, o[
a]pelw<n, -w?noj, o[
a]na<gw
a@pistoj, -on
au]ca<nw
dio<ti

presence, arrival, coming


I fill
I attend to, pay attention to
Savior
soteriology (study of salvation)
Timothy
vineyard
I lead up, Mid.: set sail
unbelieving, faithless
I grow, increase
because, therefore

24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
23

Set 59
ei]kw<n, -o<noj, h[
e]leu<qeroj, -a, -on
z&?on, -ou, to<
qusiasth<rion, -ou, to<
kathgore<w
kopia<w
kwlu<w
mimn^<skw
ne<oj, -a, -on
peina<w

image, likeness
icon
free
animal, living thing
zoology
altar
I accuse
categorize
I labor, work hard
I forbid, hinder
I remember
mnemonics
new, young
I hunger

23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23

Set 60
pe<ran
periba<llw
skeu?oj, -ouj, to<
teleio<w
xari<zomai
xilia<j, -a<doj, h[
a]gnoe<w
a]nti<
grhgore<w
de<omai

Gen.: beyond
I clothe, put around
vessel, object; goods (pl.)
I fulfill, make perfect
I forgive, give freely
a thousand
I do not know
agnostic
Gen.: instead of, for
anti-thesis
I watch, keep awake
I ask, beg, pray

23
23
23
23
23
23
22
22
22
22

425

Vocabulary Builder

Set 61
dokima<zw
e]kle<gomai
e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n
]Hsai~aj, -ou, o[
qea<omai
kaqeu<dw
ka]kei?noj, -h, -o
katerga<zomai
koili<a, -aj, h[
Makedoni<a, -aj, h[

I prove by testing, approve


I pick out, choose
eclectic
chosen, elect, select
Isaiah
I see, look at
theatre
I sleep
and that one
I work out, achieve
belly, womb
Macedonia

22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

Set 62
meta<noia, -aj, h[
mhke<ti
plhgh<, -h?j, h[
plou?toj, -ou, o[
pwle<w
sune<drion, -ou, to<
tessera<konta
basileu<w
didaskali<a, -aj, h[
e]nerge<w

repentance
no longer
plague, blow, wound
wealth
Pluto
I sell
Sanhedrin, council
forty
I rule, reign
teaching, instruction
I work, produce
energy

22
22
22
22
22
22
22
21
21
21

Set 63
eu]doke<w
e]fi<sthmi
qeri<zw
kaqi<sthmi
latreu<w
mnhmoneu<w
peirasmo<j, -ou?, o[
stre<fw
telw<nhj, -ou, o[
tima<w

I am pleased with
I stand over, come upon, attack
I reap, harvest
I set, appoint
I serve, worship
ido-latry
I remember
mnemonics
temptation, test
I turn, change
tax collector
I honor
Timothy (honoring God)

21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

426

Vocabulary Builder

Set 64
u[pakou<w
xili<arxoj, -ou, o[
w[sei<
ai]ti<a, -aj, h[
a]krobusti<a, -aj, h[
a]rgu<rion, -ou, to<
ge<noj, -ouj, to<
goneu<j, -e<wj, o[
e[katonta<rxhj, -ou, o[
e]pi<gnwsij, -ewj, h[

I obey, follow
military tribune over 1000
as, like, about
cause, accusation
uncircumcision, Gentiles
silver, money
race, family
genus
parent
centurion, captain
knowledge

21
21
21
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

Set 65
h[gemw<n, -o<noj, o[

governor, leader
hegemony
]Isaa<k, o[
Isaac
i]xqu<j, -u<oj, o[
fish
nhsteu<w
I fast
nuni<
now
cu<lon, -ou, to<
wood, tree
proa<gw
I lead forth, go before
skhnh<, -h?j, h[
tent, tabernacle
sofo<j, -h<, -o<n
wise
soph-more (wise fool)
tosou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton so great, so much

20

20

tre<xw
u[phre<thj, -ou, o[
u[yo<w
a]pe<xw
ba<ptisma, -atoj, to<
gewrgo<j, -ou?, o[
diakri<nw
dw?ron, -ou, to<

20
20
20
19
19
19
19
19

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

Set 66

e]pai<rw
e]pa<nw

I run
servant, assistant
I lift up, exalt
I have received, am distant
baptism
farmer
I judge, discriminate
gift
Doro-thy (gift of God)
I lift up
Adv.: above, Prep.: over

19
19

427

Vocabulary Builder

Set 67
e]pilamba<nomai
I take hold of, catch, arrest
e]poura<nioj, -ion
heavenly
koinwni<a, -aj, h[
fellowship
krei<sswn / kreittwn, -on better
krith<j, -ou?, o[
judge
critic
kti<sij, -ewj, h[
creation, creature
martu<rion, -ou, to<
testimony, witness, proof
merimna<w
I am anxious, distracted
palaio<j, -a<, -o<n
old
Paleo-lithic (old stone age)
para<ptwma, -atoj, to<
trespass, sin

19
19
19
19
19

19

parati<qhmi
po<te
profhtei<a, -aj, h[
te<leioj, -a, -on
a]lhqw?j
]Antio<xeia, -aj, h[
a]poka<luyij, -ewj, h[

19
19
19
19
18
18
18

19
19
19
19

Set 68

]Asi<a, -aj, h[

I set before
when?
prophecy
complete, perfect
truly
Antioch
revelation
apocalypse
destruction
number
arithmetic
Asia (province in west Turkey)

blasfhmi<a, -aj, h[
de<hsij, -ewj, h[
desmo<j, -ou?, o[
ei]sporeu<omai
e]piba<llw
e]pitre<pw
qumo<j, -ou?, o[
katagge<llw
katakri<nw
keno<j, -h<, -o<n

blasphemy, slander
entreaty, petition
fetter, bond
I enter, go in
I lay on, put on
I permit
wrath, anger
I proclaim
I condemn
empty, vain

a]pw<leia, -aj, h[
a]riqmo<j, -ou?, o[

18
18
18

Set 69
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

428

Vocabulary Builder

Set 70
klhronome<w
koima<omai
ko<poj, -ou, o[
kru<ptw
mh<n, mhno<j, o[
oi]kodomh<, -h?j, h[
paraxrh?ma
poimh<n, -e<noj, o[
po<lemoj, -ou, o[
polla<kij

I inherit
I sleep
labor, trouble
I conceal, hide
cryptic
Particle: indeed; Noun: month
building, edification
immediately
shepherd
war, conflict
polemics
often, frequently

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

Set 71
prosti<qhmi
pulw<n, -w?noj, o[
ste<fanoj, -ou, o[
taxu<
ti<ktw
fanero<j, -a<, -o<n
xrusou?j, -h?, -ou?n
a]na<gkh, -hj, h[
a]re<skw
a@fesij, -ewj, h[

I add to, increase


gateway, entrance, vestibule
crown, wreath
Stephen
quickly, at once, soon
I give birth to, bear
manifest, visible
golden
necessity
I please
pardon, remission

18
18
18

food,
one hundred
I convict, reprove, expose
I amaze, am amazed, confuse
tomorrow
ready, prepared
treasure, storehouse
thesaurus
horse
hippo-potamus (river horse)
Caesarea
and if

17
17
17
17
17
17
17

18
18
18
18
17
17
17

Set 72
brw?ma, -atoj, to<
e[kato<n
e]le<gxw
e]ci<sthmi
e]pau<rion
e!toimoj, -h, -on
qhsauro<j, -ou?, o[
i!ppoj, -ou, o[
Kaisa<reia, -aj, h[
ka@n

17
17
17

429

Vocabulary Builder

Set 73
katalu<w
kate<xw
kerdai<nw
krupto<j, -h<, -o<n
me<xri
mh<ti
ni<ptw
perite<mnw
plh<rwma, -atoj, to<
plhsi<on

I destroy, I lodge
17
I hold back, suppress, hold fast
17
I gain, profit
17
hidden
17
cryptic
Conj.: until; Prep.: as far as
17
(used for questions with negative answer) 17
I wash
17
I circumcize
17
fullness
17
Noun: neighbor; Prep: near
17

Set 74
potamo<j, -ou?, o[
r[i<za, -hj, h[
r[u<omai
tara<ssw
u[pokrith<j, -ou?, o[
u[pome<nw
xa<risma, -atoj, to<
w#
w[sau<twj
a]qete<w

river
hippo-potamus
root, source
I rescue, deliver
I trouble, disturb
hypocrite
I remain, endure
gift, favor
O!
likewise, similarly
I reject, nullify

17

I examine, question, judge


marriage, wedding
mono-gamy
supper
prisoner
denarius, (silver coin)
I debate, reason
dialogue
I command, order
I thirst
I stretch out
extend
I embark, step in

16
16

17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
16

Set 75
a]nakri<nw
ga<moj, -ou, o[
dei?pnon, -ou, to<
de<smioj, -ou, o[
dhna<rion, -ou, to<
dialogi<zomai
diata<ssw
diya<w
e]ktei<nw
e]mbai<nw

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

430

Vocabulary Builder

Set 76
e@peita
e]piqume<w
e]pime<nw
e]rga<thj, -ou, o[
eu]logi<a, -aj, h[

then
I desire
I continue, persist
workman
blessing, praise
eulogy
Ephesus
zeal, jealousy
badly
I come down, go down
Capernaum

16
16
16
16
16

16
16
16
16
16
16

pare<xw
plh<rhj, -ej
prosdoka<w
skoti<a, -aj, h[

I shut, lock
thief
grief, pain
bridegroom
never
suffering
pathological, apathy
I offer, afford
full
I wait for, expect
darkness

sukh?, -h?j, h[
sullamba<nw
suni<sthmi
sfragi<j, -i?doj, h[
te<raj, -atoj, to<
tolma<w
trofh<, -h?j, h[
u[stere<w
xorta<zw
a]ne<xw

fig tree
16
I seize, conceive, arrest
16
Trans.: I commend, Intrans.: stand with 16
seal
16
wonder, omen
16
I dare
16
food
16
I lack, miss
16
I eat to the full, am satisfied
16
I endure
15

@Efesoj, -ou, h[
zh?loj, -ou, o[
kakw?j
kate<rxomai
Kafarnaou<m, h[

16
16
16
16
16

Set 77
klei<w
kle<pthj, -ou, o[
lu<ph, -hj, h[
numfi<oj, -ou, o[
ou]de<pote
pa<qhma, -atoj, to<

16
16
16
16

Set 78

431

Vocabulary Builder

Set 79
a]nomi<a, -aj, h[
a]pa<gw
geu<omai
gnwsto<j, -h<, -o<n
gumno<j, -h<, -o<n
Damasko<j, -ou?, h[
de<rw
diamartu<romai
ei#ta
e]lai<a, -aj, h[

lawlessness
I lead away
I taste, eat
known
naked
gymnasium
Damascus
I beat
I warn, testify solemnly
then, next
olive tree

15
15
15
15
15

I command
I promise, announce
piety, godliness
thanksgiving
Eucharist
hair
Jordan
I overtake, catch, seize
heir
I create, make
Lazarus

15
15
15
15

15
15
15
15
15

Set 80
e]nte<llomai
e]pagge<llomai
eu]se<beia, -aj, h[
eu]xaristi<aj, -aj, h[
qri<c, trixo<j, h[
]Iorda<nhj, -ou, o[
katalamba<nw
klhrono<moj, -ou, o[
kti<zw
La<zaroj, -ou, o[

15
15
15
15
15
15

Set 81
l^sth<j, -ou?, o[
moixeu<w
nh<pioj, -a, -on
nomi<zw
chrai<nw
o!qen
oi]koume<nh, -hj, h[
o[moio<w
o@yioj, -a, -on
parqe<noj, -ou, o,[ h[

robber
I commit adultery
infant, child
I suppose, think
I dry up, wither
whence, from where
world
ecumenical
I make like, liken, compare
late, evening
virgin

15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

432

Vocabulary Builder

Set 82
pau<w
pe<tra, -aj, h[
poti<zw
pw<j
r[abbi<, o[
saleu<w
Sau?loj, -ou, o[
ska<ndalon, -ou, to<
sumfe<rw
sfragi<zw

I cease, stop
rock
I give to drink, water
at all, somehow
master, rabbi
I shake
Saul
cause of stumbling, trap, temptation
I bring together
I seal, mark

15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

taxe<wj
tra<peza, -hj, h[
tu<poj, -ou, o[

quickly
table
mark, image, example
type
obedience
grass, hay
I profit, benefit
thorn
another's, strange
both
I announce, report

15
15
15

Set 83

u[pakoh<, -h?j, h[
xo<rtoj, -ou, o[
w]fele<w
a@kanqa, -hj, h[
a]llo<trioj, -a, -on
a]mfo<teroi, -ai, -a
a]nagge<llw

15
15
15
14
14
14
14

Set 84
a]na<keimai
a]naxwre<w
a]nqi<sthmi
a!pac
a]peiqe<w
a[rpa<zw
a]teni<zw
au@rion
a]fi<sthmi
gra<mma, -atoj, to<

I recline (at table)


14
I depart
14
I resist, oppose
14
once, once for all
14
hapax legomena (word used only once)
I disbelieve, disobey
14
I seize
14
harpoon
I look intently, gaze upon
14
tomorrow
14
I withdraw, depart
14
letter (of the alphabet), writings
14

433

Vocabulary Builder

Set 85
dialogismo<j, -ou?, o[
e]la<xistoj, -h, -on
e]niauto<j, -ou?, o[
e]pi<stamai
eu]frai<nw
qu<w
katanoe<w
katesqi<w
kla<w
klhronomi<a, -aj, h[

reasoning, questioning
dialogue
least, smallest
year
I understand
epistemology
I rejoice
I sacrifice, kill
I observe, notice, consider
I eat up, devour
I break
icono-clast (breaks icons)
inheritance

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

Set 86
koino<j, -h<, -o<n
koino<w
kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n
lu<xnoj, -ou, o[
makro<qen
makroqumi<a, -aj, h[
meri<zw
me<tron, -ou, to<
mu<ron, -ou, to<
noe<w

common, unclean
I make common, defile
deaf, dumb
lamp
from afar, afar
patience, steadfastness
I divide, separate
measure, quantity
meter
ointment, perfume
I understand
noetic

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

strange, foreign, alien


xeno-phobia
such as, as
snake
bird
I receive, wait for
Sadducee
earthquake
seismograph
wheat, grain
talent (Greek large unit of money)
I humble

14

14
14

Set 87
ce<noj, -h, -on
oi$oj, -a, -on
o@fij, -ewj, o[
peteino<n, -ou?, to<
prosde<xomai
Saddoukai?oj, -ou, o[
seismo<j, -ou?, o[
si?toj, -ou, o[
ta<lanton, -ou, to<
tapeino<w

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

434

Vocabulary Builder

Set 88
fro<nimoj, -on
fu<sij, -ewj, h[
xwlo<j, -h<, -o<n
a]na<
a]nalamba<nw
a]nastrofh<, -h?j, h[
]Andre<aj, -ou, o[
a@nwqen
daimoni<zomai
diale<gomai

prudent, wise
nature
physics
lame, crippled
upwards, up; each (with numerals)
I take up
conduct, behavior
Andrew
from above, again
I am possessed by a demon
demonize
I dispute
dialectics

14
14

I differ, carry through


dragon, serpent
I am astonished, amazed
alms, kind deed
I mock
six
hexa-gon
I send forth
from without
I search for
yeast, leaven

13
13
13
13
13
13

14
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

Set 89
diafe<rw
dra<kwn, -ontoj, o[
e]kplh<ssw
e]lehmosu<nh, -hj, h[
e]mpai<zw
e!c
e]caposte<llw
e@cwqen
e]pizhte<w
zu<mh, -hj, h[

13
13
13
13

Set 90
qerismo<j, -ou?, o[
kaqa<per
kapno<j, -ou?, o[
kataisxu<nw
katanta<w
katarti<zw
kle<ptw
Ma<rqa, -aj, h[
Nazwrai?oj, -ou, o[
paideu<w

harvest
even as, as
smoke
I put to shame
I come to, arrive
mend, fit, perfect
I steal
clepto-mania
Martha
Nazarene, from Nazareth
I teach, train, educate
pedagogue

13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

435

Vocabulary Builder

Set 91
paidi<skh, -hj, h[
para<dosij, -ewj, h[
pri<n
sthri<zw
sunergo<j, -o<n
ti<mioj, -a, -on
Ti<toj, -ou, o[
tro<poj, -ou, o[
tu<ptw
u!yistoj, -h, -on

maid servant
tradition
before
I establish, support
fellow worker, helper
precious, costly
Titus
manner, way
trope in rhetoric
I smite, hit
highest

13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

Fh?stoj, -ou, o[
xwri<zw
a@dikoj, -on
a]le<ktwr, -oroj, o[[
a]napau<w
a]napi<ptw
a]sko<j, -ou?, o[
au]lh<, -h?j, h[
Babulw<n, -w?noj, h[
baptisth<j, -ou?, o[

Festus
I separate, depart
unjust, dishonest
rooster, cock
I refresh, Mid.: take rest
I recline
wine-skin, leather bottle
courtyard, palace
Babylon
baptist

13
13
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

basani<zw
Bhqani<a, -aj, h[
bh?ma, -atoj, to<
boa<w
boulh<, -h?j, h[
bronth<, -h?j, h[
ge<enna, -hj, h[
go<nu, -atoj, to<
deu?te
dia<noia, -aj, h[

I torment
Bethany
judgment seat
I cry aloud
counsel, purpose
thunder
Gehenna, hell, Hinnom valley
knee
come!
the mind, understanding

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Set 92

Set 93

436

Vocabulary Builder

Set 94
di<ktuon, -ou, to<
e@qoj, -ouj, to<
e]mble<pw
e]ca<gw
e@swqen
Zebedai?oj, -ou, o[
qeme<lioj, -ou, o[
kai<w
ka<lamoj, -ou, o[
katakai<w

fish net
custom
ethos
I look at, consider
I lead out, bring out
from within, within
Zebedee
foundation
I burn
caustic
reed, measuring rod
I burn down, consume

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Set 95
kata<keimai
kolla<w
kra<toj, -ouj, to<
li<an
limo<j, -ou?, o[, h[
luxni<a, -aj, h[
Magdalhnh<, -h?j, h[
ma<lista
metabai<nw
mwro<j, -a<, -o<n

I lie down, dine


I unite, join
power, might, rule
demo-cracy
greatly, exceedingly, very
hunger, famine
lampstand
Magdalene
especially, above all
I depart, pass over
foolish, fool
moron

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Set 96
Nazare<q, Nazare<t
o]dou<j, o]do<ntoj, o[
oi]kodespo<thj, -ou, o[
o!rama, -atoj, to<
o!rion, -ou, to<
perissote<rwj
paraite<omai
pia<zw
plhqu<nw
ploute<w

Nazareth
tooth
householder, house master
vision
boundary, region
horizon
more abundantly
I make excuse, refuse, reject
I take, seize
I multiply, increase
I am rich, generous
pluto-crat

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

437

Vocabulary Builder

Set 97
po<rnh, -hj, h[
proei?pon
pro<qesij, -ewj, h[
proslamba<nw
prwi~
punqa<nomai
pw?loj, -ou, o[
r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[
[Rwmai?oj, -a, -on
salpi<zw

prostitute
pornography
I foretell
setting forth, plan, purpose
I receive, accept
early, in the morning
I inquire, ask
colt
rod, scepter
Roman
I sound the trumpet

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Set 98
Sila?j, -a?, o[
Solomw<n, -w?noj, o[
splagxni<zomai
spoudh<, -h?j, h[
sune<xw
tri<j

u!steroj, -a, -on


fia<lh, -hj, h[

Silas
Solomon
I have compassion, pity
haste, diligence
I torment
three times
thrice
I obtain, happen
I am healthy
hygiene
later, afterwards
cup, bowl

12
12

foneu<w
xoi?roj, -ou, o[
xrusi<on, -ou, to<
yeu<domai
a]gallia<w
a]gora<, -a?j, h[
]Agri<ppaj, -a, o[
a!lusij, -ewj, h[
[Anani<aj, -ou, o[
a]natolh<, -h?j, h[

I kill, murder
pig
gold
I lie
I exult, am glad
market place
Agrippa
chain
Ananias
east, dawn

12
12
12
12
11
11
11
11
11
11

tugxa<nw
u[giai<nw

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Set 99

438

Vocabulary Builder

Set 100
a]ntile<gw
a]parne<omai
a]pisti<a, -aj, h[
a]rxai?oj, -aj, h[
a@frwn, -on
Barabba?j, -a?, o[
brw?sij, -ewj, h[
Galilai?oj, -a, -on
ge<mw
diameri<zw
Set 101
do<loj, -ou, o[
dwre<a, -a?j, h[
e]a<w
ei@dwlon, -ou, to<
ei@kosi
ei]sa<gw
e@laion, -ou, to<
e]leuqeri<a, -aj, h[
e]ndei<knumi
e]couqene<w
Set 102
e@painoj, -ou, o[
e]paisxu<nomai
e]pipi<ptw
e]piske<ptomai
Zaxari<aj, -ou, o[
zhlo<w
z&opoie<w
qanato<w
qa<ptw
Qwma?j, -a?, o[

I speak against, oppose


I deny
unbelief
old, ancient
archaic
foolish, ignorant
Barabbas
eating, food, rust
Galilean
I fill
I divide, distribute

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

guile, deceit
gift
I permit, let go
image, idol
twenty
I lead in
olive oil
liberty, freedom
I show forth, demonstrate
I despise

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

praise
I am ashamed
I fall upon, come upon
I visit, care for
Zechariah
I am zealous
I make alive
I put to death, kill
thanatology
I bury
epi-taph
Thomas

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

439

Vocabulary Builder

Set 103
]Iskariw<q, ]Iskariw<thj,
kaki<a, -aj, h[
katabolh<, -h?j, h[
kataskeua<zw
kau<xhma, -atoj, to<
kau<xhsij, -ewj, h[
ke<raj, -atoj, to<
kla<doj, -ou, o[
klh?roj, -ou, o[
klh?sij, -ewj, h[
Set 104
kra<battoj, -ou, o[
li<mnh, -hj, h[
metre<w
neani<skoj, -ou, o[
no<soj, -ou, h[
o[moqumado<n
phgh<, -h?j, h[
poimai<nw
pra?gma, -atoj, to<
prau~thj, -htoj, h[
Set 105
pro<teroj, -a, -on
sa<lpigc, -iggoj, h[
Sama<reia, -aj, h[
spla<gnon, -ou, to<
spouda<zw
suggenh<j, -e<j
sfo<dra
sxi<zw
teleuta<w
tria<konta

o[ Iscariot
malice, evil
foundation
I prepare
boasting, pride
boasting, pride
horn
branch
lot, portion
call, calling

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

mattress, bed
lake
I measure, apportion
youth, young person
disease
with one mind, together
spring, fountain
I shepherd, protect, rule
deed, matter
pragmatic
gentleness, humility

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

former, before
trumpet
Samaria
bowels, heart, compassion
I hasten, am eager
Adj.: kindred, Noun: a relative
exceedingly, greatly
I split, divide, tear
schism
I die
thirty

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

11

11
11

440

Vocabulary Builder

Set 106
Tu<roj, -ou, h[
u[gih<j, -e<j
u[me<teroj, -a, -on
u[poka<tw
u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n
futeu<w
fwti<zw
xei<rwn, -on
xi<lioi, -ai, o[
xitw<n, -w?noj, o[
Set 107
xra<omai
yeudoprofh<thj, -ou, o[
a[giasmo<j, -ou?, o[
%!dhj, -ou, o[
a]du<natoj, -on
a]kaqarsi<a, -aj, h[
a!ma
a]nafe<rw
a]polamba<nw
]Apollw?j
Set 108
a]pologe<omai
a]polu<trwsij, -ewj, h[
a]se<lgeia, -aj, h[
a]spasmo<j, -ou?, o[
a]faire<w
a]fori<zw
] xai~a, -aj, h[
A
bi<bloj, -ou, o[
bi<oj, -ou, o[
da<kruon, -ou, to<

Tyre
healthy, whole
your
under, below
high, exalted, proud
I plant
I give light, enlighten
worse, more severe
thousand
chiliasm -- millenarianism
tunic, shirt

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

I use, employ
false prophet
sanctification, holiness
Hades (hell)
powerless, incapable, impossible
uncleanness, impurity
at the same time, together
I bring up, offer
I take aside, receive
Apollos

11
11
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

I defend myself
apology
redemption, release
sensuality, licentiousness
greeting
I take away, cut off
I separate
aphorism (proverb)
Achaia
book
Bible
life
bio-logy
tear, weeping

10

11

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

441

Vocabulary Builder

Set 109
despo<thj, -ou, o[
dikai<wma, -atoj, to<
diwgmo<j, -ou?, o[
e]gkatalei<pw
e]kko<ptw
e]kpi<ptw
e]mfani<zw
e@natoj, -h, -on
e@noxoj, -on
e]nteu?qen
Set 110
e!c
e]comologe<w
e]peidh<
e]pita<ssw
e]pitele<w
qli<bw
]Io<pph, -hj, h[
i]sxu<j, -u<oj, h[
ka]kei?
ka]kei?qen
Set 111
klhto<j, -h<, -o<n
koinwno<j, -ou?, o[, h[
komi<zw
kosme<w
makroqume<w
me<lei
ceni<zw
o!de, h!de, to<de
oi]kono<moj, -ou, o[
o]noma<zw

master, lord
despot
regulation, righteous deed
persecution
I leave behind, forsake
I cut out, cut off
I fall away, fail
I manifest, reveal
ninth
involved in, liable, guilty
from here, from this
six
hexagon
I confess, promise, admit
since, because, when
I order, command
I complete, finish, perform
I press, oppress
Joppa
strength, power
and there
and from there, and then
called
partner, sharer
I receive
I adorn, put in order
I am patient
it is a care
I entertain, startle
this (here)
steward, manager
I name
onomasticon (list of proper names)

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

442

Vocabulary Builder

Set 112
o]ntw<j
o!rkoj, -ou, o[
pantokra<twr, -oroj, o[
para<gw
paralutiko<j, -h<, -o<n
parembolh<, -h?j, h[
pata<ssw
penqe<w
peristera<, -a?j, h[
pla<nh, -hj, h[
Set 113
platei?a, -aj, h[
pleoneci<a, -aj, h[
poiki<loj, -h, -on
po<rnoj, -ou, o[
proskartere<w
pu<lh, -hj, h[
se<bw
siga<w
siwpa<w
sth<kw
Set 114
strathgo<j, -ou, o[
suzhte<w
su<ndouloj, -ou, o[
sfa<zw
taxe<wj
te<tartoj, -h, -on
u[panta<w
u[po<dhma, -atoj, to<
fei<domai
xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[

really
an oath
ruler of all, Almighty
I pass by
lame, paralytic
camp, army, fortress
I strike, hit
I grieve
pigeon, dove
wandering, error
planet

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

street
greediness, covetousness
varied. diverse
fornicator, immoral person
I continue in/with
gate, door
I worship
I am silent
I am silent
I stand, stand fast

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

commander, captain
I discuss, dispute
fellow slave
I slay, murder
quickly
fourth
I meet, go to meet
sandal
I spare, refrain
goodness, kindness

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

443

Vocabulary Builder

Set 115
xruso<j, -ou?, o[
xwre<w
xwri<on, -ou, to<
yeu<doj, -ouj, to<
yeu<sthj, -ou, o[
a@bussoj, -ou, h[
a]gaqopoie<w
]Ada<m, o[
a@zumoj, -on
ai!resij, -ewj, h[
Set 116
a]kribw?j
a]lei<fw
a@mpeloj, -ou, h[
a]nagka<zw
a]nastre<fw
a]nate<llw
a@nomoj, -on
a]ntile<gw
a@nw
a]parxh<, -h?j, h[
Set 117
a]podokima<zw
a]postre<fw
a]poti<qhmi
a@rshn, -en
a]rxisuna<gwgoj, -ou, o[
a]sebh<j, -e<j
a]straph<, -h?j, h[
bo<skw
gasth<r, -tro<j, h[
gnw<mh, -hj, h[

gold
I make room, give way
place, field
lie, falsehood
pseudoliar
abyss, underworld
I do good
Adam
unleavened
sect, faction

10
10
10
10

accurately, carefully
I anoint
vine
I compel, urge
I overturn, behave
I rise
lawless
I oppose, contradict
above, upwards
first fruits, first

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

I reject
I turn away
I take off, lay aside
male
synagogue leader
godless, impious
lightning
I feed, graze
belly, womb
gastric ulcer
purpose, opinion

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

10
10
10
9
9
9

444

Vocabulary Builder

Set 118
gwni<a, -aj, h[
diaskorpi<zw
diatri<bw
dwre<an
e!bdomoj, -h, -on
ei]dwlo<qutoj, -on
e]kdi<khsij, -ewj, h[
]Elisa<bet, h[
e]ntre<pw
e[ch<konta
Set 119
e]pe<rxomai
e]pidi<dwmi
e]pipoqe<w
e@rij, -idoj, h[
e@sw
eu]a<restoj, -on
eu]doki<a, -aj, h[
eu]w<numoj, -on
qn^<skw
]Israhli<thj, -ou, o[
Set 120
]Iwna?j, -a?, o[
kaqaire<w
Kai*a<faj, -a, o[
kata<gw
kata<pausij, -ewj, h[
katafrone<w
ka<tw
kh<rugma, -atoj, to<
Khfa?j, -a?, o[
ki<ndunoj, -ou, o[

corner
I scatter
I stay, remain
as a gift, undeservedly
seventh
idol meat
vengeance, punishment
Elizabeth
I make ashamed
sixty

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

I come upon, appear, attack


I hand over, deliver, surrender
I desire
strife
in, inside
pleasing
favor, good will
left (as opposed to right)
I die
Israelite

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Jonah
I tear down, conquer, destroy
Caiaphas
I bring down
rest
I despise, look down on
below, down
proclamation, preaching
kerygma
Cephas
danger, risk

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

445

Vocabulary Builder

Set 121
kla<sma, -atoj, to<
klauqmo<j, -ou?, o[
kli<nh, -hj, h[
krou<w
lampa<j, -a<doj, h[
lampro<j, -a<, -o<n
lepro<j, -a<, -o<n
le<wn, -ontoj, o[
liqa<zw
makra<n
Set 122
magari<thj, -ou, o[
mesto<j, -h<, -o<n
metacu<
metape<mpw
mna?, mna?j, h[
monogenh<j, -e<j
nh?soj, -ou, h[
nomiko<j, -h<, -o<n
oi]ke<w
oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[
Set 123
o]neidi<zw
ou]ra<nioj, -on
parrhsia<zomai
peri<xwroj, -on
pipra<skw
pleona<zw
proe<rxomai
prope<mpw
prosfora<, -a?j, h[
Samari<thj, -ou, o[

crumb
crying
bed, couch
I knock
lamp
bright, shining
leper
lion
I stone
far away from

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

pearl
full
between
I send for
mina (monetary unit)
only, uniqe
island
lawyer
I live
management, office, plan

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

I reproach, insult
heavenly
I speak freely
neighboring
I sell
I grow, increase
I proceed
I accompany
act of offering
Samaritan

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

446

Vocabulary Builder

Set 124
Saou<l, o[
selh<nh, -hj, h[
Sidw<n, -w?noj, h[
So<doma, -wn, ta<
sta<sij, -ewj, h[
stolh<, -h?j, h[
ta<cij, -ewj, h[
tei?xoj, -ouj, to<
tre<fw
u[ste<rhma, -atoj, to<
Set 125
Fh?lic, -ikoj, o[
fqei<rw
fqo<noj, -ou, o[
fo<noj, -ou, o[
xa<rin
xrhmati<zw
a[gno<j, -h<, -o<n
a]gwni<zomai
a]do<kimoj, -on
ai]ne<w
Set 126
a!laj, -atoj, to<
a@mwmoj, -on
a]nagkai?oj, -a, -on
a]nti<keimai
a]pekde<xomai
a]piste<w
a[plo<thj, -htoj, h[
a]pokaqi<sthmi
a]pologi<a, -aj, h[
a]rgo<j, -h<, -o<n

Saul
moon
Sidon
Sodom
strife, rebellion
robe
order, position
wall
I feed, nourish, train
need

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Felix
I ruin, corrupt, destroy
envy, jealousy
murder
for the sake of, because
I warn
pure, holy
I fight, struggle
unqualified, worthless
I praise

9
9
9
9
9
9
8
8
8
8

salt
blameless
necessary
I am opposed
I await eagerly
I disbelieve
sincerity, frankness
I restore
defense, reply
idle, lazy

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

447

Complete Lexicon 448

Greek-English Lexicon

Ted Hildebrandt

Complete Lexicon 449


2003 by Ted Hildebrandt
Published by Baker Academic
a division of Baker Book House Company
P.O. Box 6287, Grand Rapids, MI 49516-6287
www.bakeracademic.com
All rights reserved. This publication is intended for the personal use of the licensee. It may be stored in a
retrieval system and reproduced for personal use only. It may not be transmitted in any form or by any
meansfor example, electronic, photocopy, recordingwithout the prior written permission of the
publisher. The only exception is brief quotations in printed reviews.

449

Complete Lexicon 450

Contents
ABGDEZHQIKLMNCOPRSTUFXYW
A
%@dw
a]laza]naba]na<ya]ntaa]pela]pom]Arteau]stba<tobuqo<Gw<g
diaddiel-

katakate<kh<rukosmlampMagamemymhtrNe<a
o]duro!rampaidparapez^?
peri-

du<nae]qele]kqae]leee]ne<be]cege]pare]pike]poie[toi<e]fh<mh[me<tqera<i[kankaqo<-

450

pnikprobprosptai<sabbska<pSte<fsumpsuneswth<Timau[giau[posFle<gxeiro<&]dh<

Complete Lexicon

A
] arw<n, o[
A
]Abaddw<n, o[
a]barh<j, -e<j
a]bba<
!Abel, o[
]Abia<, o[
]Abiaqa<r, o[
]Abilhnh<, -h?j, h[
]Abiou<d, o[
]Abraa<m, o[
a@bussoj, -ou, h[
!Agaboj, -ou, o[
a]gaqoerge<w
a]gaqopoie<w
a]gaqopoii~a, -aj, h[
a]gaqopoio<j, -o<n
a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n
a]]gaqourge<w
a]gaqwsu<nh, -hj, h[
a]galli<asij, -ewj, h[
a]gallia<w
a@gamoj, -on
a]ganakte<w
a]gana<kthsij, -ewj, h[
a]gapa<w
a]ga<ph, -hj, h[
a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n
[Aga<r, h[
a]ggareu<w
a]ggei?on, -ou, to<
a]ggeli<a, -aj, h[
a]gge<llw
a@ggeloj, -ou, o[
a@ggoj, -ouj, to<
a@ge
a]ge<lh, -hj, h[
a]genealo<ghtoj, -on
a]genh<j, -e<j,
a[gia<zw
a[giasmo<j, -ou?, o[
a!gion, -ou, to<
a!gioj, -a, -on
a[gio<thj, -htoj, h[
a[giwsu<nh, -hj, h[
a]gka<lh, -hj, h[
a@gkistron, -ou, to<
a@gkura, -aj, h[
a@gnafoj, -on
a[gnei<a, -aj, h[
a[gni<zw
a[gnismo<j, -ou?, o[
a]gnoe<w

Aaron
Abaddon
not burdensome
father
Abel
Abijah
Abiathar
Abilene
Abiud
Abraham
abyss, underworld
Agabus
I do good
I do good
do good, do right
doing good, upright
good
I do good
goodness, generosity
extreme joy
I am overjoyed, exult
ummarried
I am angry, indignant
indignation
I love
love
beloved, dear
Hagar
I compel, carry
flask, container
message, good news
I announce, inform
messenger, angel
vessel, container
come! look!
herd
without genealogy
base, low, inferior
I make holy
consecration
sanctuary
holy, dedicated
holiness
holiness
bent arm
fish hook
anchor
unshrunken, new cloth
purity
I purify
purification
I am ignorant

a]gno<hma, -atoj, to<


a@gnoia, -aj, h[
a[gno<j, -h<, -o<n
a[gno<thj, -htoj, h[
a[gnw?j
a]gnwsi<a, -aj, h[
a@gnwstoj, -on
a]gora<, -a?j, h[
a]gora<zw
a]gorai?oj, -on
a@gra, -aj, h[
a]gra<mmatoj, -on
a]graule<w
a]greu<w
a]grie<laioj, -ou, h[
a@grioj, -a, -on
]Agri<ppaj, -a, o[
a]gro<j, -ou?, o[
a]grupne<w
a]grupni<a, -aj, h[
a@gw
a]gwgh<, -h?j, h[
a]gw<n, -w?noj, o[
a]gwni<a, -aj, h[
a]gwni<zomai
]Ada<m, o[
a]da<panoj, -on
]Addi<, o[
a]delfh<, -h?j, h[
a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[
a]delfo<thj, -htoj, h[
a@dhloj, -on
a]dhlo<thj, -htoj, h[
a]dh<lwj
a]dhmone<w
%!dhj, -ou, o[
a]dia<kritoj, -on
a]dia<leiptoj, -on
a]dialei<ptwj
a]dike<w
a]di<khma, -atoj, to<
a]diki<a, -aj, h[
a@dikoj, -on
a]di<kwj
]Admi<n, o[
a]do<kimoj, -on
a@doloj, -on
]Adramutthno<j, -h<,
-o<n
]Adri<aj, -ou, o[
a[dro<thj, -htoj, h[
a]dunate<w
a]du<natoj, -on

451

sin through ignorance


ignorance
pure, holy
purity
purely, sincerely
ignorance
unknown
market
I buy, purchase
market crowd, rabble
catch
illiterate, uneducated
I live outdoors
I catch in mistake
wild olive tree
wild, fierce
Agrippa
field
I am alert, guard
sleeplessness
I lead, bring, arrest
conduct, behavior
fight, race, contest
agony, anxiety, sorrow
I fight, compete
Adam
free of charge
Addi
sister
brother
brotherhood
indistinct, not evident
uncertainty
uncertainly, aimlessly
I am troubled, upset
Hades, underworld
impartial, unwavering
constant
unwaveringly
I do wrong, hurt
crime, unjust act
unjust deed, misdeed
unjust, dishonest
unjustly
Admin
worthless, unqualified
pure, without deceit
Adramyttium
Adriatic Sea
abundance
I am powerless
impotent, impossible

Complete Lexicon
%@dw
a]ei<
a]eto<j, -ou?, o[
a@zumoj, -on
]Azw<r, o[
@Azwtoj, -ou, h[
a]h<r, a]er
< oj, o[
a]qanasi<a, -aj, h[
a]qe<mitoj, -on
a@qeoj, -on
a@qesmoj, -on
a]qete<w
a]qe<thsij, -ewj, h[
]Aqh?nai, -w?n, ai[
]Aqhnai?oj, -a, -on
a]qle<w
a@qlhsij, -ewj, h[
a]qroi<zw
a]qume<w
a]q&?oj, -on
ai@geioj, -a, -on
ai]gialo<j, -ou?, o[
Ai]gu<ptioj, -a, -on
Ai@guptoj, -ou, h[
a]i~dioj, -on
ai]dw<j, -ou?j, h[
Ai]qi<oy, -opoj, o[
ai$ma, -atoj, to<
ai[matekxusi<a, -aj, h[
ai[morroe<w
Ai]ne<aj, -ou, o[
ai@nesij, -ewj, h[
ai]ne<w
ai@nigma, -atoj, to<
ai#noj, -ou, o[
Ai]nw<n, h[
ai!resij, -ewj, h[
ai[reti<zw
ai[retiko<j, -h<, -o<n
ai[re<w
ai@rw
ai]sqa<nomai
ai@sqhsij, -ewj, h[
ai]sqhth<rion, -ou, to<
ai]sxrokerdh<j, -e<j
ai]sxrokerdw?j
ai]sxrologi<a, -aj, h[
ai]sxro<j, -a<, -o<n
ai]sxro<thj, -htoj, h[
ai]sxu<nh, -hj, h[
ai]sxu<nomai
ai]te<w
ai@thma, -atoj, to<

I sing
always
eagle, vulture
unleavened
Azor
Azotus
air, sky
immortality
lawless, forbidden
without god, godless
lawlessly
I reject, nullify
annulment, removal
Athens
Athenian
I compete
athlete, struggle
I gather
I am discouraged
innocent
from a goat
shore, beach
Egyptian
Egypt
eternal
modesty, respect
an Ethiopian
blood
shed blood
I bleed, hemorrhage
Aeneas
praise
I praise
riddle, enigma
praise
Aenon
sect, school, division
I choose, select
factious, divisive
I take, choose
I carry, remove
I understand
insight, experience
faculty, sense
greedy
greedily
obscene speech
shameful, disgraceful
wickedness, ugliness
shame, disgrace
I am ashamed
I ask for, demand
request

ai]ti<a, -aj, h[
ai@tioj, -a, -on
ai]ti<wma, -atoj, to<
ai]fni<dioj, -on
ai]xmalwsi<a, -aj, h[
ai]xmalwteu<w
ai]xma<lwtoj, -ou, o[
ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[
ai]w<nioj, -a, -on
a]kaqarsi<a, -aj, h[
a]ka<qartoj, -on
a]kaire<omai
a]kai<rwj
a@kakoj, -on
a@kanqa, -hj, h[
a]ka<nqinoj, -h, -on
a@karpoj, -on
a]kata<gnwstoj, -on
a]kataka<luptoj, -on
a]kata<kritoj, -on
a]kata<lutoj, -on
a]kata<paustoj, -on
a]katastasi<a, -aj, h[
a]kata<statoj, -on
[Akeldama<x
a]ke<raioj, -on
a]kh<koa
a]klinh<j, -e<j
a]kma<zw
a]kmh<n
a]koh<, -h?j, h[
a]]kolouqe<w
a]kou<w
a]krasi<a, -aj, h[
a]krath<j, -e<j
a@kratoj, -on
a]kri<beia, -aj, h[
a]kribh<j, -e<j
a]kribo<w
a]kribw?j
a]kri<j, -i<doj, h[
a]kroath<rion, -ou, to<
a]kroath<j, -ou?, o[
a]krobusti<a, -aj, h[
a]krogwniai?oj, -a,
-on
a]kroqi<nion, -ou, to<
a@kron, -ou, to<
]Aku<laj, o[
a]kuro<w
a]kwlu<twj
a@kwn, -ousa, -on
a]la<bastron, -ou, to<

452

reason, accusation, cause


reason, guilt, cause
accusation, charge
immediately, sudden
captivity
I take captive, capture
captive
era, eternity, universe
eternal
immorality, filth
impure, unclean
I lack opportunity
untimely, ill-timed
innocent, without fault
thorn-plant
thorny
fruitless, unfruitful
beyond reproach
uncovered
without trial
endless, indestructible
unceasing
rebellion, riot
unstable, restless
Akeldama
pure, innocent
a]kou<w
firmly
I am ripe
yet, still
hearing, listening
I follow, accompany
I hear, obey
lack of self-control
lacking self-control
pure, unmixed
accurateness
accurate, exact
I learn exactly
accurately, carefully
grasshopper, locust
auditorium
hearer
uncircumcised
cornerstone
spoils, booty
tip, high point, top
Aquila
I make void
freely
unwilling
alabaster jar

Complete Lexicon
a]lazonei<a, -aj, h[
a]lazw<n, -o<noj, o[
a]lala<zw
a]la<lhtoj, -on
a@laloj, -on
a!laj, -atoj, to<
a]lei<fw
a]lektorofwni<a, -aj,
h[
a]le<ktwr, -oroj, o[
]Alecandreu<j, -e<wj, o[
]Alecandri?noj, -h,
-on
]Ale<candroj, -ou, o[
a@leuron, -ou, to<
a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[
a]lhqeu<w
a]lhqh<j, -e<j
a]lhqino<j, -h<, -o<j
a]lh<qw
a]lhqw?j
a[lieu<j, -e<wj, o[
a[lieu<w
a[li<zw
a]li<sghma, -atoj, to<
a]lla<
a]lla<cw
a]lla<ssw
a]llaxo<qen
a]llaxou?
a]llhgore<w
a]llhloui*a<
a]llh<lwn
a]llogenh<j, -e<j
a!llomai
a@lloj, -h, -o
a]llotriepi<skopoj,
-ou, o[
a]llo<trioj, -a, -on
a]llo<fuloj, -on
a@llwj
a]loa<w
a@logoj, -on
a]lo<h, -hj, h[
a!lj, a[lo<j, o[
a[luko<j, -h<, -o<n
a@lupoj, -on
a!lusij, -ewj, h[
a]lusitelh<j, -e<j
@Alfa, to<
[Alfai?oj, -ou, o[
a!lwn, -wnoj, h[

a]lw<phc, -ekoj, h[
a!lwsij, -ewj, h[
a!ma
a]maqh<j, -e<j
a]mara<ntinoj, -h, -on
a]ma<rantoj, -on
a[marta<nw
a[ma<rthma, -atoj, to<
a[marti<a, -aj, h[
a]ma<rturoj, -on
rooster, cock
a[martwlo<j, -o<n
an Alexandrian
a@maxoj, -on
Alexandrian
a]ma<w
a]me<qustoj, -ou, h[
Alexander
a]mele<w
wheat flour
a@memptoj, -on
truth
a]me<mptwj
I am truthful
a]me<rimnoj, -on
truthful, honest
a]meta<qetoj, -on
true, dependable
a]metaki<nhtoj, -on
I grind grain
a]metame<lhtoj, -on
truly, really
a]metano<htoj, -on
fisherman
a@metroj, -on
I fish
a]mh<n
I salt
a]mh<twr, -oroj
ritual pollution
a]mi<antoj, -on
but, and, yet
a]lla<ssw
]Aminada<b, o[
a@mmoj, -ou, h[
I change, alter
a]mno<j, -ou?, o[
from elsewhere
a]moibh<, -h?j, h[
elsewhere
a@mpeloj, -ou, h[
I speak allegorically
a]mpelourgo<j, -ou?, o[
hallelujah, praise
Yahweh
a]mpelw<n, -w?noj, o[
one another
]Amplia?toj, -ou, o[
foreigner
a]mu<nomai
I jump, bubble up
a]mfia<zw
other, different
a]mfiba<llw
busybody, meddler
a]mfi<blhstron, -ou,
to<
belonging to another
a]mfie<zw
heathen, Gentile
a]mfie<nnumi
differently, otherwise
]Amfi<polij, -ewj, h[
I thresh
a@mfodon, -ou, to<
without reason
a]mfo<teroi, -ai, -a
aloes
a]mw<mhtoj, -on
salt
a@mwmon, -ou, to<
salty
a@mwmoj, -on
free from anxiety
]Amw<n, o[
chain
]Amw<j, o[
unprofitable, not helpful a@n
alpha, first
a]na<
Alphaeus
a]nabaqmo<j, -ou?, o[
threshing floor
a]nabai<nw
arrogance
braggart, boaster
I weep loudly, clang
inexpressible
mute, unable to speak
salt
I anoint
at cockcrow, dawn

453

fox, sly
capture
together, at the same time
ignorant
unfading
unfading
I sin
sin
sin, guilt
without witness
sinful, sinner
peaceful
I mow
amethyst
I neglect, disregard
blameless
blamelessly
care free
unchanging
immovable, firm
without regret
unrepentant
immeasurable
truly
without mother
pure, undefiled
Amminadab
sand
lamb
repayment
grapevine, vine
vinedresser, gardener
vineyard
Ampliatus
I help, aid
I clothe
I cast (a net)
casting-net
I clothe, dress
I dress, clothe
Amphipolis
city street
both, all
blameless
spice
unblemished
Amon
Amos
would, ever
up, upwards, each
stairs
I go up, ascend

Complete Lexicon
a]naba<llw
a]nabe<bhka
a]nabh<somai
a]nabiba<zw
a]nable<pw
a]na<bleyij, -ewj, h[
a]naboa<w
a]nabolh<, -h?j, h[
a]na<gaion, -ou, to<
a]nagge<llw
a]nagenna<w
a]naginw<skw
a]nagka<zw
a]nagkai?oj, -a, -on
a]nagkastw?j
a]na<gkh, -hj, h[
a]nagnwri<zw
a]na<gnwsij, -ewj, h[
a]na<gw
a]nadei<knumi
a]na<deicij, -ewj, h[
a]nade<xomai
a]nadi<dwmi
a]naza<w
a]nazhte<w
a]nazw<nnumi
a]nazwpure<w
a]naqa<llw
a]na<qema, -atoj, to<
a]naqemati<zw
a]naqewre<w
a]na<qhma, -atoj, to<
a]nai<deia, -aj, h[
a]nai<resij, -ewj, h[
a]naire<w
a]nai<tioj, -on
a]nakaqi<zw
a]nakaini<zw
a]nakaino<w
a]nakai<nwsij, -ewj, h[
a]nakalu<ptw
a]naka<mptw
a]naka<myw
a]na<keimai
a]nakeka<lummai
a]na<kefalaio<w
a]nakli<nw
a]nakra<zw
a]nakri<nw
a]na<krisij, -ewj, h[
a]naku<ptw
a]nalamba<nw
a]na<lhmyij, -ewj, h[

I adjourn, postpone
a]nabai<nw
a]nabai<nw
I pull up
I look up, gain sight
recovery of sight
I shout, cry out
delay, postponement
upstairs room
I report, announce
I beget again
I read, read aloud
I compel, force
necessary
by compulsion
necessity
I recognize
reading, public reading
I lead, bring up
I make known, reveal
installation, revelation
I accept, receive
I deliver, hand over
I live again
I search
I gird up, bind up
I rekindle, inflame
I grow up again
curse
I bind under a curse
I observe, reflect on
consecrated offering
insolence, impudence
murder
I kill, destroy
innocent
I sit up
I restore
I renew
renewal
I uncover
I return
a]naka<mptw
I lie, recline, eat
a]nakalu<ptw
I sum up, bring together
I cause to lie down
I cry out, shout
I study, examine
investigation
I stand erect
I take up, carry
ascension

a]nali<skw
a]nalogi<a, -aj, h[
a]nalogi<zomai
a@naloj, -on
a]na<lusij, -ewj, h[
a]nalu<w
a]nama<rthtoj, -on
a]name<nw
a]namimn^<skw
a]na<mnhsij, -ewj, h[
a]namnh<sw
a]naneo<w
a]nanh<fw
[Anani<aj, -ou, o[
a]nanti<rrhtoj, -on
a]nantirrh<twj
a]na<cioj, -on
a]naci<wj
a]na<pausij, -ewj, h[
a]napau<w
a]napei<qw
a]na<peiroj, -on
a]nape<mpw
a]naphda<w
a]napi<ptw
a]naplhro<w
a]napolo<ghtoj, -on
a]naptu<ssw
a]na<ptw
a]nari<qmhtoj, -on
a]nasei<w
a]naskeua<zw
a]naspa<w
a]na<stasij, -ewj, h[
a]nastato<w
a]nastauro<w
a]nastena<zw
a]nasth<sw
a]nastre<yw
a]nastre<fw
a]nastrofh<, -h?j, h[
a]nata<ssomai
a]nate<llw
a]nate<talka
a]nati<qhmi
a]natolh<, -h?j, h[
a]natre<pw
a]natre<fw
a]nafai<nw
a]nafe<rw
a]nafwne<w
a]na<xusij, -ewj, h[
a]naxwre<w

454

I consume, destroy
proportion
I consider
without salt
departure, death
I loose, return, die
sinless
I wait for, expect
I remember, remind
reminder
a]namimn^<skw
I renew
I become sober
Ananias
undeniable
undeniably
unworthy
unworthily
stop, rest
I rest, refresh
I persuade
maimed, crippled
I send, send back
I stand up, jump up
I lie down, recline
I fulfill, provide
inexcusable
I unroll (scroll)
I set fire
innumerable
I incite, stir up
I upset, tear down
I pull up
rise, resurrection
I disturb, cause a revolt
I crucify again
I groan, sigh deeply
a]ni<sthmi
a]nastre<fw
I overturn, return
behavior, conduct
I compile
I rise, spring up
a]nate<llw
I attribute, explain
rising, east
I turn over, destroy
I train, rear
I cause to appear
I lead up, offer up
I cry out
excess, overflowing
I go away, withdraw

Complete Lexicon
a]na<yucij, -ewj, h[
a]nayu<xw
a]ndrapodisth<j, -ou?, o[
]Andre<aj, -ou, o[
a]ndri<zomai
]Andro<nikoj, -ou, o[
a]ndrofo<noj, -ou, o[
a]ne<balon
a]ne<bhn
a]nebi<basa
a]ne<bleya
a]ne<gklhtoj, -on
a]ne<deica
a]ne<dwka
a]nedeca<mhn
a]ne<zwsa
a]ne<qalon
a]neqema<tisa
a]ne<qhn
a]nei?lon
a]ne<kamya
a]nekdih<ghtoj, -on
a]nekla<lhtoj, -on
a]ne<kleiptoj, -on
a]ne<kraca
a]nekri<qhn
a]ne<kuya
a]nekto<j, -o<n
a]ne<labon
a]neleh<mwn, -on
a]ne<leoj, -on
a]nelh<mfqhn
a]nelw?
a]nemi<zw
a]nemnh<sqhn
a@nemoj, -ou, o[
a]ne<ndektoj, -on
a]necerau<nhtoj, -on
a]neci<kakoj, -on
a]necixni<astoj, -on
a]ne<cw
a]nepai<sxuntoj, -on
a]nepi<lhmptoj, -on
a]ne<rxomai
a@nesij, -ewj, h[
a]ne<sthsa
a]nestra<fhn
a]ne<sxon
a]neta<zw
a]netaca<mhn
a]ne<teila
a@neu
a]neu<qetoj, -on

relief
I revive, encourage
slave trader
Andrew
I am courageous
Andronicus
murderer
a]naba<llw
a]nabai<nw
a]nabiba<zw
a]nable<pw
blameless
a]nadei<knumi
a]nadi<dwmi
a]nade<xomai
a]nazw<nnumi
a]naqa<llw
a]naqemati<zw
a]ni<hmi
a]naire<w
a]naka<mptw
indescribable
inexpressible
unfailing
a]nakra<zw
a]nakri<nw
a]naku<ptw
endurable
a]nalamba<nw
unmerciful
unmerciful
a]nalamba<nw
a]naire<w
I am driven by wind
a]namimn^<skw
wind
impossible
unfathomable
tolerant, patient
incomprehensible
a]ne<xw
unashamed
above criticism
I go/come up
rest, relaxation, relief
a]ni<sthmi
a]nastre<fw
a]ne<xw
I examine, interrogate
a]nata<ssomai
a]nate<llw
without
unusable, unfavorable

a]neu?ra
a]neuri<skw
a]ne<xw
a]neyio<j, -ou?, o[
a]ne<&ga
a]ne<&gmai
a]nh<gagon
a]nh<ggeila
a]nhgge<lhn
a@nhqon, -ou, to<
a]nh?lqon
a]nh<meroj, -on
a]nh?ka
a]nh<kw
a]nh<lwsa
a]nh<meroj, -on
a]nh<negka
a]nh<r, andro<j, o[
a]n^re<qhn
a]nh<fqhn
a]nh<xqhn
a]nqe<cw
a]nqe<sthka
a]nqi<sthmi
a]nqomologe<omai
a@nqoj, -ouj, to<
a]nqrakia<, -a?j, h[
a@nqrac, -akoj, o[
a]nqrwpa<reskoj, -on
a]nqrw<pinoj, -h, -on
a]nqrwpokto<noj, -ou, o[
a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[
a]nqu<patoj, -ou, o[
a]ni<hmi
a@niptoj, -on
a]ni<sthmi
!Anna, -aj, h[
!Annaj, -a, o[
a]no<htoj, -on
a@noia, -aj, h[
a]noi<gw
a]noikodome<w
a@noicij, -ewj, h[
a]noi<cw
a]nomi<a, -aj, h[
a@nomoj, -on
a]no<mwj
a]norqo<w
a]no<sioj, -on
a]noxh<, -h?j, h[
a]ntagwni<zomai
a]nta<llagma, -atoj,
to<

a]neuri<skw
I look, search
I endure, accept
cousin
a]noi<gw
a]noi<gw
a]na<gw
a]nagge<llw
a]nagge<llw
dill
a]ne<rxomai
savage, fierce
a]ni<hmi
I refer, belong, relate
a]nali<skw
savage, fierce
a]nafe<rw
man, husband
a]naire<w
a]na<ptw
a]na<gw
a]nte<xw
a]nqi<sthmi
I oppose, set against
I give thanks, praise
blossom, flower
charcoal fire
charcoal
pleasing people
human
murderer
human, man
proconsul
I unfasten, loosen
unwashed
I raise, erect
Anna
Annas
foolish, unintelligent
folly
I open
I rebuild
an opening
a]noi<gw
lawlessness
lawless
without the Law
I rebuild, restore
impious, unholy
delay, patience
I struggle against
thing in exchange

455

Complete Lexicon
a]ntanaplhro<w
a]ntapedo<qhn
a]ntape<dwka
a]ntapodi<dwmi
a]ntapo<doma, -atoj, to<
a]ntapo<dosij, -ewj, h[
a]ntapodw<sw
a]ntapokri<nomai
a]ntei?pon
a]nte<labon
a]nte<sthn
a]nte<xw
a]nti<
a]ntiba<llw
a]ntidiati<qhmi
a]nti<dikoj, -ou, o[
a]nti<qesij, -ewj, h[
a]ntikaqi<sthmi
a]ntikale<w
a]nti<keimai
a@ntikruj
a]ntilamba<nw
a]ntile<gw
a]nti<lhmyij, -ewj, h[
a]ntilogi<a, -aj, h[
a]ntiloidore<w
a]nti<lutron, -ou, to<
a]ntimetre<w
a]ntimisqi<a, -aj, h[
]Antio<xeia, -aj, h[
]Antioxeu<j, -e<wj, o[
a]ntipare<rxomai
]Antipa?j, -a?, o[
]Antipatri<j, -i<doj, h[
a]ntipe<ra
a]ntipi<ptw
a]ntistrateu<omai
a]ntita<ssw
a]nti<tupoj, -on
a]nti<xristoj, -ou, o[
a]ntle<w
a@ntlhma, -atoj, to<
a]ntofqalme<w
a@nudroj, -on
a]nupo<kritoj, -on
a]nupo<taktoj, -on
a@nw
a@nwqen
a]nwteriko<j, -h<, -o<n
a]nw<teroj, -a, -on
a]nwfelh<j, -e<j
a]ci<nh, -hj, h[
a@cioj, -a, -on

a]cio<w
I fill up, complete
a]ci<wj
a]ntapodi<dwmi
a]o<ratoj, -on
a]ntapodi<dwmi
a]pagge<llw
I repay, return
a]pa<gxw
repayment
a]pa<gw
repaying, reward
a]pai<deutoj, -on
a]ntapodi<dwmi
a]pai<rw
I answer in return
a]ntile<gw
a]paite<w
a]ntilamba<nw
a]palge<w
a]nqi<sthmi
a]palla<ssw
a]pallotrio<w
I adhere to, cling to
instead, on behalf of
a[palo<j, -h<, -o<n
I discuss, put against
I am opposed, am hostile a]panta<w
a]pa<nthsij, -ewj, h[
opponent, accuser
a!pac
opposition, objection
a]para<batoj, -on
I oppose, resist
a]paraskeu<astoj,
I invite back
-on
I oppose
a]parne<omai
opposite to
I help, devote myself to a]partismo<j, -ou?, o[
I speak against, oppose a]parxh<, -h?j, h[
a!paj, -asa, -an
ability to help
a]paspa<zomai
dispute, contradiction
a]pata<w
I revile in return
a]pa<th, -hj, h[
ransom
a]pa<twr, -oroj
I repay
a]pau<gasma, -atoj, to<
recompense
Antioch (Syria/Pisidia) a]pe<bhn
a]pede<deigmai
Antiochean
a]pe<deica
I pass by
a]pedo<qhn
Antipas
a]pe<dwka
Antipatris (Judea)
a]pe<qanon
opposite, across from
a]pe<qhka
I resist, oppose
a]pei<qeia, -aj, h[
I oppose, am at war
a]peiqe<w
I oppose, resist
a]peiqh<j, -e<j
corresponding
a]peile<w
antichrist
a]peilh<, -h?j, h[
I draw water
a@peimi
bucket
a@peimi
I face into
a]pei?pon
waterless
a]pei<rastoj, -on
genuine, sincere
a@peiroj, -on
independent
a]pekde<xomai
above, upwards
a]pekdu<omai
from above, again
a]pe<kdusij, -ewj, h[
inland, interior
a]pekri<qhn
above, preceding
a]pekta<nqhn
useless, harmful
a]pelau<nw
ax
a]pelegmo<j, -ou?, o[
worthy, comparable

I consider worthy
worthily, properly
invisible
I report, announce
I hang myself
I lead away, deceive
uneducated, stupid
I take away
I ask back, ask for
I become callous
I set free
I am a foreigner,
estranged
tender
I meet
meeting
once
unchanging
unprepared
I deny, reject
completion
first-fruits, first
all, whole
I take leave of
I deceive, cheat
deception
fatherless
radiance
a]pobai<nw
a]podei<knumi
a]podei<knumi
a]podi<dwmi
a]podi<dwmi
a]poqn^<skw
a]poti<qhmi
disobedience
I disobey
disobedient
I threaten, warn
threat
I am absent
I depart, go away
a]pole<gw
untempted, untried
unacquainted
I await eagerly
I undress, take off
stripping, undressing
a]pokri<nomai
a]poktei<nw
I drive away
refutation, criticism

456

Complete Lexicon
a]peleu<qeroj, -ou, o[
a]peleu<somai
a]pelh<luqa
a]pe<lipon
]Apellh?j, -ou?, o[
a]pelpi<zw
a]pe<niya
a]pe<nanti
a]pe<pesa
a]pe<pnica
a]pe<rantoj, -on
a]perispa<stwj
a]peri<tmhtoj, -on
a]pe<riya
a]pe<rxomai
a]peste<rhsa
a]pe<sthsa
a]pe<taca
a]peste<rhmai
a]pe<xw
a]ph<gagon
a]ph<ggeila
a]phgge<lhn
a]ph?gca
a]ph<lghka
a]ph?lqon
a]ph<negka
a]ph<negka
a]phne<xqhn
a]ph<rqhn
a]ph<rnh<qhn
a]ph<rnhsa<mhn
a]ph<spasa<mhn
a]ph<xqhn
a]piste<w
a]pisti<a, -aj, h[
a@pistoj, -on
a[plo<thj, -htoj, h[
a[plou?j, -h?, -ou?n
a[plw?j
a]po<
a]pobai<nw
a]poba<llw
a]pobh<somai
a]poble<pw
a]po<blhtoj, -on
a]pobolh<, -h?j, h[
a]pogi<nomai
a]pografh<, -h?j, h[
a]pogra<fw
a]pode<deigmai
a]podei<knumi
a]po<deicij, -ewj, h[

freed person
a]pe<rxomai
a]pe<rxomai
a]polei<pw
Apelles
I despair
a]poni<ptw
opposite, against
a]popi<ptw
a]popni<gw
endless, limitless
undisturbedly
uncircumcised
a]pori<ptw
I go away, depart
a]postere<w
a]fi<sthmi
a]pota<ssw
a]postere<w
I receive in full
a]pa<gw
a]pagge<llw
a]pagge<llw
a]pa<gxw
a]pale<gw
a]pe<rxomai
a]pofe<rw
a]pofe<rw
a]pofe<rw
a]pai<rw
a]parne<omai
a]parne<omai
a]paspa<zomai
a]pa<gw
I disbelieve
unbelief
faithless, unbelieving
sincerity, generosity
single, simple, sincere
sincerely, generously
from, by (Gen.)
I go away, get out
I throw off, take off
a]pobai<nw
I look, pay attention
rejected
rejection, loss
I cease, die
list, census, inventory
I register, record
a]podei<knumi
I make, demonstrate
proof

a]podekato<w
a]po<dektoj, -on
a]pode<xomai
a]podhme<w
a]po<dhmoj, -on
a]podi<dwmi
a]podiori<zw
a]podokima<zw
a]podoxh<, -h?j, h[
a]podw<sw
a]po<qesij, -ewj, h[
a]poqh<kh, -hj, h[
a]poqhsauri<zw
a]poqli<bw
a]poqn^<skw
a]pokaqi<sthmi
a]pokalu<ptw
a]poka<luyij, -ewj, h[
a]pokaradoki<a, -aj, h[
a]pokatalla<ssw
a]pokata<stasij,
-ewj, h[
a]po<keimai
a]poke<krumai
a]pokefali<zw
a]poklei<w
a]poko<ptw
a]po<krima, -atoj, to<
a]pokri<nomai
a]po<krisij, -ewj, h[
a]pokru<ptw
a]po<krufoj, -on
a]poktei<nw
a]poktenw?
a]pokue<w
a]pokuli<w
a]polamba<nw
a]po<lausij, -ewj, h[
a]pole<gw
a]polei<pw
a]pole<sw
a]polh<myomai
a]po<llumi
]Apollu<wn, -onoj, o[
]Apollwni<a, -aj, h[
]Apollw?j, -w?, o[
a]pologe<omai
a]pologi<a, -aj, h[
a]polou<w
a]polu<trwsij, -ewj, h[
a]polu<w
a]polw<leka
a]poma<ssw

457

I tithe, give one tenth


pleasing
I welcome, accept
I journey
journeying
I give away, pay, return
I divide, separate
I declare useless
acceptance, approval
a]podi<dwmi
removal
storehouse, barn
I store up, treasure up
I crowd against
I die
I restore, send back
I reveal, disclose
revelation, disclosure
eager desire
I reconcile
restoration
I put away, store up
a]pokru<ptw
I behead
I close, shut
I cut off
verdict, decision
I answer, reply
answer
I hide, conceal
secret, hidden
I kill
a]poktei<nw
I give birth to, bear
I roll away
I receive back, recover
enjoyment
I reject, denounce
I abandon
a]po<llumi
a]polamba<nw
I ruin, destroy, lose
Apollyon
Apollonia
Apollos
I defend myself
defense
I wash, make pure
deliverance
I pardon, dismiss
a]po<llumi
I wipe off

Complete Lexicon
a]pone<mw
a]poni<ptw
a]popi<ptw
a]poplana<w
a]pople<w
a]popni<gw
a]pore<w
a]pori<a, -aj, h[
a]pori<ptw
a]porfani<zw
a]poski<asma, -atoj,
to<
a]pospa<w
a]postasi<a, -aj, h[
a]posta<sion, -ou, to<
a]postega<zw
a]poste<llw
a]postere<w
a]posth<somai
a]postolh<, -h?j, h[
a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[
a]postomati<zw
a]postre<fw
a]postuge<w
a]posuna<gwgoj, -on
a]pota<ssw
a]potele<w
a]poti<qhmi
a]potina<ssw
a]poti<nw
a]potolma<w
a]potomi<a, -aj, h[
a]poto<mwj
a]potre<pw
a]pousi<a, -aj, h[
a]pofe<rw
a]pofeu<gw
a]pofqe<ggomai
a]poforti<zomai
a]po<xrhsij, -ewj, h[
a]poxwre<w
a]poxwri<zw
a]poyu<xw
]Appi<ou Fo<ron
a]pro<sitoj, -on
a]pro<skopoj, -on
a]proswpolh<mptwj
a@ptaistoj, -on
a!ptw
]Apfi<a, -aj, h[
a]pwqe<w
a]pw<leia, -aj, h[

a]pw<lesa
a]pw?sa
a]ra<, -a?j, h[
a@ra
a#ra
]Arabi<a, -aj, h[
]Ara<m, o[
a@rafoj, -on
@Aray, -boj, o[
a]rge<w
a]rgo<j, -h<, -o<n
a]rgu<rion, -ou, to<
a]rguroko<poj, -ou, o[
I pull out, lure away
a@rguroj, -ou, o[
rebellion
a]rgurou?j, -a?, -ou?n
divorce paper
@Areioj, Pa<goj, o[
I unroof
]Areopagi<thj, -ou, o[
I send
a]reskei<a, -aj, h[
I steal, rob
a]fi<sthmi
a]re<skw
a]resto<j, -h<, -o<n
apostleship
[Are<taj, -a, o[
apostle, messenger
I question, interrogate a]reth<, -h?j, h[
a]rh<n, a]rno<j, o[
I turn away, mislead
a]riqme<w
hate, abhor
expelled from synagogue a]riqmo<j, -ou?, o[
[Arimaqai<a, -aj, h[
I say goodbye
]Ari<starxoj, -ou, o[
I finish, complete
a]rista<w
I take off, put away
a]ristero<j, -a<, -o<n
I shake off
]Aristo<bouloj, -ou, o[
I pay damages
a@riston, -ou, to<
I am bold
a]rketo<j, -h<, -o<n
harshness, severity
a]rke<w
harshly, severely
a@rkoj, -ou, o[, h[
I avoid
a!rma, -atoj, to<
absence
I carry away, take away [Armagedw<n
a[rmo<zw
I escape
a[rmo<j, -ou?, o[
I declare, speak
a]rne<omai
I unload cargo
]Arni<, o[
consumption
a]rni<on, -ou, to<
I depart, go away
I separate, move away a]rotria<w
a@rotron, -ou, to<
I faint, stop breathing
a[rpagh<, -h?j, h[
Forum of Appius
a[rpagmo<j, -ou?, o[
unapproachable
a[rpa<zw
blameless, without
offense
a!rpac, -agoj, o[
impartially
a]rrabw<n, -w?noj, o[
without stumbling
a@rrhtoj, -on
I touch, hold, kindle
a@rrwstoj, -on
Apphia
a]rsenokoi<thj, -ou, o[
I push away, reject
a@rshn, -en
destruction
]Artema?j, -a?, o[
I cause, show, pay
I wash off
I fall away
I mislead
I sail away
I choke, drown
I am at a loss, in doubt
anxiety, perpexity
I throw away, jump off
I make an orphan
shadow

458

a]po<llumi
a]pwqe<w
curse
so, then, consquently
interrogative particle
Arabia
Aram
seamless
Arab
I am idle
idle, lazy, useless
silver
silversmith
silver
made of silver
the Areopagus
Areopagite member
desire to please
I please, accomodate
pleasing
Aretas
virtue
lamb
I count
number
Arimathaea
Aristarchus
I eat breakfast, eat
left hand
Aristobulus
breakfast, lunch
enough, adequate
I am enough, sufficient
bear
chariot
Armageddon
I join, betroth, fit
joint
I refuse, deny
Arni
sheep, lamb
I plow
a plow
plunder, booty
robbery, plunder
I snatch, seize, plunder
robber, rogue
deposit, down payment
inexpressible
sick, ill
homosexual, sodomite
male
Artemas

Complete Lexicon
@Artemij, -idoj, h[
a]rte<mwn, -wnoj, o[
a@rti
a]rtige<nnhtoj, -on
a@rtioj, -a, -on
a@rtoj, -ou, o[
a]rtu<w
]Arfaca<d, o[
a]rxa<ggeloj, -ou, o[
a]rxai?oj, -a, -on
]Arxe<laoj, -ou, o[
a]rxh<, -h?j, h[
a]rxhgo<j, -ou?, o[
a]rxieratiko<j, -o<n
a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[
a]rxipoi<mhn, -enoj, o[
@Arxippoj, -ou, o[
a]rxisuna<gwgoj,
-ou, o[
a]rxite<ktwn, -onoj, o[
a]rxitelw<nhj, -ou, o[
a]rxitri<klinoj, -ou, o[
a@rxw
a@rxwn, -ontoj, o[
a]rw?
a@rwma, -atoj, to<
a]sa<leutoj, -on
]Asa<f, o[
a@sbestoj, -on
a]se<beia, -aj, h[
a]sebe<w
a]sebh<j, -e<j
a]se<lgeia, -aj, h[
a@shmoj, -on
]Ash<r, o[
a]sqe<neia, -aj, h[
a]sqene<w
a]sqe<nhma, -atoj, to<
a]sqenh<j, -e<j
]Asi<a, -aj, h[
]Asiano<j, -ou?, o[
]Asia<rxhj, -ou, o[
a]siti<a, -aj, h[
a@sitoj, -on
a]ske<w
a]sko<j, -ou?, o[
a]sme<nwj
a@sofoj, -on
a]spa<zomai
a]spasmo<j, -ou?, o[
a@spiloj, -on
a]spi<j, -i<doj, h[
a@spondoj, -on

a]ssa<rion, -ou, to<


a#sson
#Assoj, -ou, h[
a]state<w
a]stei?oj, -a, -on
a]sth<r, e<roj, o[
a]sth<riktoj, -on
a@storgoj, -on
a]stoxe<w
a]straph<, -h?j, h[
a]stra<ptw
a@stron, -ou, to<
]Asu<gkritoj, -ou, o[
a]su<mfwnoj, -on
a]su<netoj, -on
a]su<nqetoj, -on
a]sfa<leia, -aj, h[
a]sfalh<j, -e<j
a]sfali<zw
a]sfalw?j
master builder
a]sxhmone<w
chief tax collector
a]sxhmosu<nh, -hj, h[
head waiter, butler
a]sxh<mwn, -on
I rule, begin
a]swti<a, -aj, h[
ruler, official
ai@rw
a]sw<twj
a]takte<w
perfumed oils
immovable, unshaken a@@taktoj, -on
a]ta<ktwj
Asaph
a@teknoj, -on
inextinguishable
a]teni<zw
impiety, godlessness
a@ter
I act impiously
a]tima<zw
godless, impious
a]timi<a, -aj, h[
sensuality
unintelligible, obscure a@timoj, -on
a]tmi<j, -i<doj, h[
Asher
a@tomoj, -on
weakness, sickness
a@topoj, -on
I am weak, sick
]Atta<leia, -aj, h[
weakness
au]ga<zw
sick, weak, feeble
au]gh<, -h?j, h[
Asia
Au]gou?stoj, -ou, o[
Asian
au]qa<dhj, -ej
provincial authority
au]qai<retoj, -on
without food
au]qente<w
fasting, without food
au]le<w
I practice, engage
leather bag, wine-skin au]lh<, -h?j, h[
au]lhth<j, -ou?, o[
gladly
au]li<zomai
unwise, foolish
au]lo<j, -ou?, o[
I greet
au]ca<nw
greeting
spotless, without blemish au@chsij, -ewj, h[
au@rion
asp, snake
au]sthro<j, -a<, -o<n
irreconcilable
Artemis
sail
now, immediately
newborn
complete, proficient
bread
I season, salt, prepare
Arphaxad
archangel
ancient, old
Archelaus
beginning, ruler
ruler, originator
highpriestly
chief priest, high priest
chief shepherd
Archippus
synagogue leader

459

penny, copper coin


nearer
Assos (city)
I wander, am homeless
beautiful
star, planet
unstable, weak
unloving
I miss, fail, deviate
lightning
I flash, glisten
star, planet
Asyncritus
not harmonious
senseless, foolish
faithless
certainty, safety
secure, safe
I guard, secure
securely, safely
I behave indecently
indecent behavior
shameful, indecent
debauchery
recklessly
I am lazy, idle
disorderly, lazy
lazily, disorderly
childless
I gaze at
without (Gen.)
I treat shamefully
disgrace, shame
dishonored
mist, steam
moment, indivisible
unusual, evil, bad
Attalia
I see, shine forth
dawn
Augustus
arrogant, stubborn
willing
I have authority
I play the flute
courtyard, house
flutist
I spend the night
flute
I grow, increase
growth, increase
next day
severe, strict

Complete Lexicon
au]ta<rkeia, -aj, h[
au]ta<rkhj, -ej
au]tokata<kritoj, -on
au]to<matoj, -h, -on
au]to<pthj, -ou, o[
au]to<j, -h<, o<
au]tou?
au]to<fwroj, -on
au]to<xeir, -roj
au]xe<w
au]xmhro<j, -a<, -o<n
a]faire<w
a]fanh<j, -e<j
a]fani<zw
a]fanismo<j, -ou?, o[
a@fantoj, -on
a]fedrw<n, -w?noj, o[
a]feidi<a, -aj, h[
a]fei?lon
a]felo<thj, -htoj, h[
a]felw?
a@fesij, -ewj, h[
a[fh<, -h?j, h[
a]f^re<qhn
a]fqarsi<a, -aj, h[
a@fqartoj, -on
a]fqori<a, -aj, h[
a]fi<hmi
a]fikne<omai
a]fila<gaqoj, -on
a]fila<rguroj, -on
a@ficij, -ewj, h[
a]fi<sthmi
a@fnw
a]fo<bwj
a]fomoio<w
a]fora<w
a]fori<zw
a]formh<, -h?j, h[
a]fri<zw
a]fro<j, -ou?, o[
a]frosu<nh, -hj, h[
a@frwn, -on
a]fupno<w
a@fwnoj, -on
]Axa<z, o[
]Axai~a, -aj, h[
]Axai*ko<j, -ou?, o[
a]xa<ristoj, -on
a]xeiropoi<htoj, -on
]Axi<m, o[
a]xlu<j, -u<oj, h[
a]xrei?oj, -on

contentment, adequacy
content, self-sufficient
self-condemned
by itself, automatic
eyewitness
he, she, it, same, self
here, there
in the act
ones own hand
I boast
dirty, dark
I take away, rob
invisible, hidden
I disappear
disappearance
invisible
toilet
severe, harden
a]faire<w
simplicity, humbleness
a]faire<w
release, pardon
ligament
a]faire<w
immortality, unceasing
immortal, imperishable
integrity, soundness
I dismiss, cancel, pardon
I reach, become known
not loving the good
not loving money
departure
I mislead, withdraw
immediately
without fear, fearless
I resemble, make like
I look away, see
I separate, appoint
opportunity, occasion
I foam at the mouth
foam
foolishness, ignorance
foolish, ignorant
I fall asleep
silute, mute
Ahaz
Achaia
Achaicus
ungrateful
not man-made
Achim
mistiness
useless, worthless

a]xreio<w
a@xrhstoj, -on
a@xri
a@xri
a@xuron, -ou, to<
a]yeudh<j, -e<j
a@yinqoj, -ou, o[, h[
a@yuxoj, -on

I make useless
useless, worthless
until (Gen.)
until (Conj.)
chaff
truthful, without deceit
wormwood, bitter
lifeless, inanimate

B
Ba<al, o[
Babulw<n, -w?noj, h[
baqmo<j, -ou?, o[
ba<qoj, -ouj, to<
baqu<nw
baqu<j, -ei?a, -u<
ba<i*on, -ou, to<
Balaa<m, o[
Bala<k, o[
balla<ntion, -ou, to<
ba<llw
bapti<zw
ba<ptisma, -atoj, to<
baptisth<j, -ou?, o[
ba<ptw
Barabba?j, -a?, o[
Bara<k, o[
Baraxi<aj, -ou, o[
ba<rbaroj, -on
bare<w
bare<wj
Barqolomai?oj, -ou, o[
Barihsou?j, -ou?, o[
Bariwna?, o[
Barnaba?j, -a?, o[
ba<roj, -ouj, to<
Barsabba?j, -a?, o[
Bartimai?oj, -ou, o[
baru<j, -ei?a, u<
baru<timoj, -on
basani<zw
basanismo<j, -ou?, o[
basanisth<j, -ou?, o[
ba<sanoj, -ou, h[
basilei<a, -aj, h[
basi<leioj, -on
basileu<j, -e<wj, o[
basileu<w
basiliko<j, -h<, -o<n
basi<lissa, -hj, h[
ba<sij, -ewj, h[
baskai<nw
basta<zw
ba<toj, -ou, o[, h[

460

Baal
Babylon
step, rank, status
depth, extreme
I make deep
deep
palm branch
Balaam
Balak
purse, money-bag
I throw, cast
I baptize, dip
baptism
Baptizer
I dip
Barabbas
Barak
Barachiah
barbarian, non-Greek
I am burdened
hard of hearing, dull
Bartholomew
Bar-Jesus
Bar-Jona
Barnabas
weight, burden
Barsabbas
Bartimaeus
heavy, weighty
very expensive
I torture, torment
torture
jailer, torturer
torture, torment
kingdom, royal rule
royal
king
I rule, am king
royal
queen
foot
I bewitch, deceive
I carry, bear, endure
thorn-bush

Complete Lexicon
ba<toj, -ou, o[
ba<traxoj, -ou, o[
battaloge<w
ba<yw
bde<lugma, -atoj, to<
bdelukto<j, -h<, -o<n
bdelu<ssomai
be<baioj, -a, -on
bebaio<w
bebai<wsij, -ewj, h[
be<bammai
be<bhloj, -on
bebhlo<w
be<blhka
be<blhmai
be<brwka
Beelzebou<l, o[
Belia<r, o[
belo<nh, -hj, h[
be<loj, -ouj, to<
belti<wn, -on
Beniami<n, o[
Berni<kh, -hj, h[
Be<roia, -aj, h[
Beroiai?oj, -a, -on
Be<roj, -ou, o[
Bew<r, o[
Bhdsai*da<, h[
Bhzaqa<, h[
Bhqabara<, h[
Bhqani<a, -aj, h[
Bhqesda<, h[
Bhqzaqa<, h[
Bhqle<em, h[
Bhqsai*da<, h[
Bhqfagh<, h[
bh?ma, -atoj, to<
bh<rulloj, -ou, o[, h[
bi<a, -aj, h[
bia<zomai
bi<aioj, -a, -on
biasth<j, -ou?, o[
biblari<dion, -ou, to<
bibli<on, -ou, to<
bi<bloj, -ou, h[
bibrw<skw
Biquni<a, -aj, h[
bi<oj, -ou, o[
bio<w
bi<wsij, -ewj, h[
biwtiko<j, -h<, -o<n
blabero<j, -a<, -o<n
bla<ptw

blasta<nw
bath
Bla<stoj, -ou, o[
frog
blasfhme<w
I babble
blasfhmi<a, -aj, h[
ba<ptw
abomination, detestable bla<sfhmoj, -on
detestable, abominable ble<mma, -atoj, to<
ble<pw
I abhor, detest
blhte<oj, -a, -on
reliable, certain
Boanhrge<j
I confirm, establish
confirmation, certainty boa<w
Bo<ej, o[
ba<ptw
profane, godless, worldly boh<, -h?j, h[
boh<qeia, -aj, h[
I desecrate, profane
bohqe<w
ba<llw
bohqo<j, -o<n
ba<llw
bo<qunoj, -ou, o[
bibrw<skw
bolh<, -h?j, h[
Beelzebub
boli<zw
Belial
Bo<oj, o[
needle
bo<rboroj, -ou, o[
arrow
borra?j, -a?, o[
better, well
bo<skw
Benjamin
Boso<r, o[
Bernice
bota<nh, -hj, h[
Beroea
bo<truj, -uoj, o[
Beroean
bouleuth<j, -ou?, o[
Berus
bouleu<w
Beor
boulh<, -h?j, h[
Bedsaida
bou<lhma, -atoj, to<
Bezatha
bou<lomai
Bethabara
bouno<j, -ou?, o[
Bethany
bou?j, boo<j, o[, h[
Bethesda
brabei?on, -ou, to<
Bethzatha
brabeu<w
Bethlehem
bradu<nw
Bethsaida
braduploe<w
Bethphage
bradu<j, -ei?a, -u<
judgment seat, step
bradu<thj, -htoj, h[
beryl
braxi<wn, -onoj, o[
force, violence
braxu<j, -ei?a, u<
I inflict violence
bre<foj, -ouj, to<
violent, forcible
bre<xw
violent person
bronth<, -h?j, h[
little book
broxh<, -h?j, h[
book, scroll
bro<xoj, -ou, o[
book
brugmo<j, -ou?, o[
I eat, consume
bru<xw
Bithynia
bru<w
life
brw?ma, -atoj, to<
I live
brw<simoj, -on
manner of life
brw?sij, -ewj, h[
of daily life, ordinary
buqi<zw
harmful
buqo<j, -ou?, o[
I harm, injure

I sprout, put forth


Blastus
I blaspheme, slander
blasphemy, slander
blasphemous
glance, look
I see, look
must be put
Boanerges
I shout, cry out
Boaz
shout, cry
help, aid, support
I help, aid
helpful, helper
pit, ditch
a throw
I take soundings
Boaz
mud, slime, filth
north
I feed, tend, graze
Bosor
plant, herb, fodder
grapes
council member
I resolve, deliberate
decision, purpose
intention, desire
I desire, intend, want
hill
cattle
prize, reward
I control, rule, decide
I hesitate, delay
I sail slowly
slow
slowness
arm, power
few, little
unborn, baby
I wet, send rain
thunder
rain
noose, restrain
gnashing of teeth
I gnash
I pour forth
food
eatable
eating, meal, food
I sink
depth, deep sea

461

Complete Lexicon
burseu<j, -e<wj, o[
bu<ssinoj, -h, -on
bu<ssoj, -ou, h[
bwmo<j, -ou, o[

tanner
cloth of fine linen
fine linen
altar

G
Gabbaqa?
Gabrih<l, o[
ga<ggraina, -hj, h[
Ga<d, o[
Gadarhno<j, -h<, -o<n
Ga<za, -hj, h[
ga<za, -hj, h[
gazofula<kion, -ou, to<
Ga<i*oj, -ou, o[
ga<la, -aktoj, to<
Gala<thj, -ou, o[
Galati<a, -aj, h[
Galatiko<j, -h<, -o<n
galh<nh, -hj, h[
Galilai<a, -aj, h[
Galilai?oj, -a, -on
Galli<wn, -wnoj, o[
Gamalih<l, o[
game<w
gami<zw
gami<skw
ga<moj, -ou, o[
ga<r
gasth<r, -tro<j, h[
ge<
gege<nhmai
ge<gona
ge<grammai
Gedew<n, o[
ge<enna, -hj, h[
Geqshmani<
gei<twn, -onoj, o[, h[
gela<w
ge<lwj, -wtoj, o[
gemi<zw
ge<mw
genea<, -a?j, h[
genealoge<w
genealogi<a, -aj, h[
gene<sia, -wn, ta<
ge<nesij, -ewj, h[
geneth<, -h?j, h[
ge<nhma, -atoj, to<
genh<somai
genna<w
ge<nnhma, -atoj, to<
Gennhsare<t, h[
gennhto<j, -h<, o<n

Gabbatha
Gabriel
gangrene, cancer
Gad
Gadarene
Gaza
treasury
treasury
Gaius
milk
Galatian
Galatia
Galatian
calm
Galilee
Galilean
Gallio
Gamaliel
I marry
I marry
I give in marriage
marriage
for, then, because
belly, glutton
indeed, even
gi<nomai
gi<nomai
gra<fw
Gideon
Gehenna, hell
Gethsemane
neighbor
I laugh
laughter
I fill
I am full
family, generation
I am descended from
genealogy
birthday celebration
birth, origin
birth
product, fruit, yield
gi<nomai
I beget
child, offspring
Gennesaret
begotten, born

ge<noj, -ouj, to<


Gerashno<j, -h<, -o<n
gerousi<a, -aj, h[
ge<rwn, -ontoj, o[
geu<omai
gewrge<w
gew<rgion, -ou, to<
gewrgo<j, -ou?, o[
gh?, gh?j, h[
gh?raj, -wj, to<
ghra<skw
gi<nomai
ginw<skw
gleu<koj, -ouj, to<
gluku<j, -ei?a, -u<
glw?ssa, -hj, h[
glwsso<komon, -ou, to<
gnafeu<j, -e<wj, o[
gnh<sioj, -a, -on
gnhsi<wj
gno<foj, -ou, o[
gnw<mh, -hj, h[
gnwri<zw
gnw?sij, -ewj, h[
gnw<somai
gnw<sthj, -ou, o[
gnwsto<j, -h<, -o<n
goggu<zw
goggusmo<j, -ou?, o[
goggusth<j, -ou?, o[
go<hj, -htoj, o[
Golgoqa?, h[
Go<morra, -wn, ta<
go<moj, -ou, o[
goneu<j, -e<wj, o[
go<nu, -atoj, to<
gonupete<w
gra<mma, -atoj, to<
grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[
grapto<j, -h<, -o<n
grafh<, -h?j, h[
gra<fw
graw<dhj, -ej
grhgore<w
gumna<zw
gumnasi<a, -aj, h[
gumniteu<w
gumno<j, -h<, -o<n
gumno<thj, -htoj, h[
gunaika<rion, -ou, to<
gunaikei?oj, -a, -on
gunh<, -aiko<j, h[
Gw<g, o[

462

descendant, nation
from Gerasa
council of elders
old man
I taste, eat
I cultivate
cultivated land, field
farmer
land, ground, earth
old age
I grow old
I become, am created
I know, learn
sweet wine
sweet
tongue, language
money box, container
bleacher, fuller
genuine, legitimate
genuinely, sincerely
darkness
intention, opinion
I know, make known
knowledge
ginw<skw
expert, one who knows
known, acquainted
grumble, murmur
complaint, whispering
grumbler, complainer
impostor, sorcerer
Golgotha
Gomorrah
load, cargo
parent
knee
I kneel
letter, document
scribe, scholar
written
Scripture, writing
I write
of old women
I stay awake, alert
I train, discipline
physical training
I wear rags
naked
nakedness
foolish woman, silly
feminine, female
woman, wife
Gog

Complete Lexicon
gwni<a, -aj, h[

corner

D
daimoni<zomai
daimo<nion, -ou, to<
daimoniw<dhj, -ej
dai<mwn, -onoj, o[
da<knw
da<kruon, -ou, to<
dakru<w
daktu<lioj, -ou, o[
da<ktuloj, -ou, o[
Dalmanouqa<, h[
Dalmati<a, -aj, h[
dama<zw
da<malij, -ewj, h[
Da<marij, -idoj, h[
Damaskhno<j, -h<, -o<n
Damasko<j, -ou?, h[
danei<zw
da<neion, -ou, to<
daneisth<j, -ou?, o[
Danih<l, o[
dapana<w
dapa<nh, -hj, h[
Daui<d, o[
de<
de<degmai
de<deixa
dedi<wgmai
de<domai
de<dwka
de<hsij, -ewj, h[
dei?
dei?gma, -atoj, to<
deigmati<zw
dei<knumi
deili<a, -aj, h[
deilia<w
deilo<j, -h<, -o<n
dei?na, o[, h[, to<
deinw?j
dei<cw
deipne<w
dei?pnon, -ou, to<
deisidaimoni<a, -aj, h[
deisidai<mwn, -on
de<ka
dekaoktw<
dekape<nte
Deka<polij, -ewj, h[
dekate<ssarej
de<katoj, -h, -on
dekato<w

I am demon possessed
demon, evil spirit
demonic
demon, evil spirit
I bite, harm
tear
I weep, cry
ring
finger
Dalmanutha
Dalmatia
I subdue, tame
heifer, young cow
Damaris
Damascuscene
Damascus
I lend, borrow
loan, debt
moneylender, creditor
Daniel
I spend, waste
expense, cost
David
but, and
de<xomai
dei<knumi
diw<kw
di<dwmi
di<dwmi
plea, entreaty
it is necessary, should
example, proof
I disgrace, expose
I show, point out
cowardice
I am timid, cowardly
cowardly, timid
somebody
terribly
dei<knumi
I eat, dine
dinner, supper
religion, revering God
superstitious, religious
ten
eighteen
fifteen
Decapolis
fourteen
tenth
I receive tithes

dekto<j, -h<, -o<n


delea<zw
de<ndron, -ou, to<
deciola<boj, -ou, o[
decio<j, -a<, -o<n
de<omai
de<oj, -ouj, to<
Derbai?oj, -a, -on
De<rbh, -hj, h[
de<rma, -atoj, to<
derma<tinoj, -h, -on
de<rw
desmeu<w
de<smh, -hj, h[
de<smioj, -ou, o[
desmo<j, -ou?, o[
desmofu<lac, -akoj, o[
desmwth<rion, -ou, to<
desmw<thj, -ou, o[
despo<thj, -ou, o[
deu?ro
deu?te
deuterai?oj, -a, -on
deu<teroj, -a, -on
de<xomai
de<w
dh<
dh?loj, -h, -on
dhlo<w
Dhma?j, -a?, o[
dhmhgore<w
Dhmh<trioj, -ou, o[
dhmiourgo<j, -ou?, o[
dh?moj, -ou, o[
dhmo<sioj, -a, -on
dhna<rion, -ou, to<
dh<pou
dia<
dia<
diabai<nw
diaba<llw
diabebaio<omai
diable<pw
dia<boloj, -on
diagge<llw
diagi<nomai
diaginw<skw
dia<gnwsij, -ewj, h[
diagoggu<zw
diagrhgore<w
dia<gw
diade<xomai

463

acceptable, welcome
I lure, entice
tree
bowman
right hand, right side
I ask, plead
fear, awe
from Derbe
Derbe
skin
leather
I whip, strike
I bind, tie up
bundle
prisoner
chain, fetter
jailer, prison guard
prison, jail
prisoner
ruler, owner
here, until now
come! come on!
second day
second
I receive, take
I bind, tie, restrict
then, now
clear, evident, plain
I reveal, make clear
Demas
make a speech
Demetrius
builder, creator
people, crowd
public
denarius, coin
surely, indeed
through, during (Gen.)
on account of, because of
(Acc.)
I go through, cross
I accuse
I insist
I see clearly
slanderer, Devil
I proclaim, give notice
I pass (time), elapse
I decide a case
deciding a case
I grumble, complain
I keep awake
I behave
I receive, succeed to

Complete Lexicon
dia<dhma, -atoj, to<
diadi<dwmi
dia<doxoj, -ou, o[
diazw<nnumi
diaqh<kh, -hj, h[
diaqh<sw
diai<resij, -ewj, h[
diaire<w
diakaqai<rw
diakaqari<zw
diakatele<gxomai
diakone<w
diakoni<a, -aj, h[
dia<konoj, -ou, o[, h[
diako<sioi, -ai, -a
diakou<w
diakri<nw
dia<krisij, -ewj, h[
diakwlu<w
dialale<w
diale<gomai
dialei<pw
dia<lektoj, -ou, h[
dialla<ssomai
dialogi<zomai
dialogismo<j, -ou?, o[
dialu<w
diamartu<romai
diama<xomai
diameme<nhka
diame<nw
diameri<zw
diamerismo<j, -ou?, o[
diane<mw
dianeu<w
diano<hma, -atoj, to<
dia<noia, -aj, h[
dianoi<gw
dianuktereu<w
dianu<w
diaparatribh<, -h?j, h[
diapera<w
diaple<w
diapone<omai
diaporeu<omai
diapore<w
diapragmateu<omai
diapri<w
diarpa<zw
diarpa<sw
diarrh<gnumi
diasafe<w
diasei<w

diadem, crown
I distribute, give
successor
I gird, tie around
testament, covenant
diati<qhmi
division, distribution
I divide, distribute
I clean out
I clean out
I refute
I serve, wait upon
service
servant, deacon
two hundred
I hear a legal case
I judge, differentiate
distinguishing, quarrel
I prevent
I converse, discuss
I discuss, argue
I cease, stop
language
I am reconciled
I reason, consider
thought, reasoning
I scatter, destroy
I testify, warn
I protest
diame<nw
I remain, continue
I divide, distribute
division, dissension
I distribute, spread
I nod, gesture
thought
understanding, mind
I open, explain
I spend the night
I complete, finish
constant irritation
I cross over
I sail across
I am irked, annoyed
I pass through
I am perplexed
I gain, earn
I am furious
I plunder
diarpa<zw
I rip, shatter
I report, explain
I extort

diaskorpi<zw
diaspa<w
diaspei<rw
diaspora<, -a?j, h[
diaste<llw
dia<sthma, -atoj, to<
diastolh<, -h?j, h[
diastre<fw
dias&<zw
diatagh<, -h?j, h[
dia<tagma, -atoj, to<
diata<cw
diatara<ssw
diata<ssw
diatele<w
diate<tagmai
diate<taxa
diathre<w
diati<qhmi
diatri<bw
diatrofh<, -h?j, h[
diauga<zw
diaugh<j, -e<j
diafe<rw
diafeu<gw
diafhmi<zw
diafqei<rw
diafqora<, -a?j, h[
dia<foroj, -on
diafula<ssw
diaxeiri<zw
diaxleua<zw
diaxwri<zw
didaktiko<j, -h<, -o<n
didakto<j, -h<, -o<n
didaskali<a, -aj, h[
dida<skaloj, -ou, o[
dida<skw
didaxh<, -h?j, h[
di<draxmon, -ou, to<
Di<dumoj, -ou, o[
di<dwmi
dieblh<qhn
die<bhn
diegei<rw
diegeno<mhn
diedeca<mhn
die<dwka
die<zwsa
die<zwsmai
die<qhka
diei?lon
dieleca<mhn

464

I scatter, disperse
I tear apart
I scatter
scattered Jews
I order, command
interval
difference, distinction
I pervert, mislead
I rescue, save, heal
ordinance
edict, command
diata<ssw
I confuse, am troubled
I order, command
I remain, continue
diata<ssw
diata<ssw
I keep
I decree, ordain
I stay, remain
support, food
I shine through
transparent, pure
I carry through, spread
I escape
I spread news
I spoil, destroy
corruption, decay
different, varied
I guard, protect
I kill, seize and kill
I mock
I separate, depart
able to teach
instructed, taught
teaching, instruction
teacher
I teach
teaching, instruction
two-drachma coin
Didymus
I give, pay
diaba<llw
diabai<nw
I wake up
diagi<nomai
diade<xomai
diadi<dwmi
diazw<nnumi
diazw<nnumi
diati<qhmi
diaire<w
diale<gomai

Complete Lexicon
dieleu<somai
diele<xqhn
dielh<luqa
die<meina
dienqume<omai
die<codoj, -ou, h[
diermhneuth<j, -ou?, o[
diermhneu<w
die<rrhca
die<rxomai
dierwta<w
diesa<fhsa
die<sthsa
die<strammai
die<taca
dieta<xqhn
dieth<j, -e<j
dieti<a, -aj, h[
dihge<omai
dih<ghsij, -ewj, h[
dih?lqon
dihnekh<j, -e<j
dih<negka
dih<noigma
dih<noica
dihnoi<xqhn
dih<nusa
dih<rpasa
diqa<lassoj, -on
dii*kne<omai
dii~sthmi
dii*sxuri<zomai
dikaiokrisi<a, -aj, h[
di<kaioj, -a, -on
dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[
dikaio<w
dikai<wma, -atoj, to<
dikai<wj
dikai<wsij, -ewj, h[
dikasth<j, -ou?, o[
di<kh, -hj, h[
di<ktuon, -ou, to<
di<logoj, -on
dio<
diodeu<w
Dionu<sioj, -ou, o[
dio<per
diopeth<j, e<j
dio<rqwma, -atoj, to<
dio<rqwsij, -ewj, h[
dioru<ssw
Dio<skouroi, -wn, oi[
dio<ti

Diotre<fhj, -ouj, o[
die<rxomai
diplou?j, -h?, ou?n
diale<gomai
diplo<w
die<rxomai
di<j
diame<nw
dismuria<j, -a<doj, h[
I ponder, think about
dista<zw
street crossing
di<stomoj, -on
translator, interpreter
disxi<lioi, -ai, -a
I translate, interpret
diu*li<zw
diarrh<gnumi
dixa<zw
I go through, cross
dixostasi<a, -aj, h[
I learn by asking
dixotome<w
diasafe<w
diya<w
dii~sthmi
di<yoj, -ouj, to<
diastre<fw
di<yuxoj, -on
diata<ssw
diwgmo<j, -ou?, o[
diata<ssw
diw<kthj, -ou, o[
two years old
diw<kw
two-year period
diw<cw
I tell, relate, describe
do<gma, -atoj, to<
narrative
dogmati<zw
die<rxomai
doke<w
continuous, always
dokima<zw
diafe<rw
dokimasi<a, -aj, h[
dianoi<gw
dokimh<, -h?j, h[
dianoi<gw
doki<mion, -ou, to<
dianoi<gw
do<kimoj, -on
dianu<w
doko<j, -ou?, h[
diarpa<zw
do<lioj, -a, -on
sand bank, reef
dolio<w
I penetrate, pierce
do<loj, -ou, o[
I go away, part
dolo<w
I insist
do<ma, -atoj, to<
righteous judgment
do<ca, -hj, h[
righteous, just
doca<zw
righteousness, justice
I show justice, vindicate Dorka<j, -a<doj, h[
regulation, righteous act do<sij, -ewj, h[
do<thj, -ou, o[
justly, uprightly
doulagwge<w
justification, acquittal
doulei<a, -aj, h[
judge
douleu<w
penalty, Justice
dou<lh, -hj, h[
fishing net
dou?loj, -h, -on
hypocritical
dou?loj, -ou, o[
therefore
doulo<w
I go, travel through
doxh<, -h?j, h[
Dionysius
dra<kwn, -ontoj, o[
therefore
image fallen from heavendra<ssomai
draxmh<, -h?j, h[
reform
dre<panon, -ou, to<
improvement
I break in, dig through dro<moj, -ou, o[
Drou<silla, -hj, h[
Dioscuri
du<namai
because, that

465

Diotrephes
double
I double
twice
double myriad, 20,000
I doubt, hesitate
double-edged
two thousand
I filter out, strain out
I separate
dissension, discord
I cut in two, punish
I am thirsty, thirst
thirst
doubting
persecution
persecutor
I pursue, persecute
diw<kw
decree, doctrine, law
I obey rules
I suppose, consider
I test, examine
testing, examination
test, ordeal
testing, genuine
tested, genuine
wooden beam
deceitful, treacherous
I deceive
deceit, treachery
I falsify
gift
glory, splendor, praise
I praise, honor
Dorcas, gazelle
gift
giver
I enslave, subjugate
slavery
I am enslaved, serve
female slave
slavish, servile
slave, servant
I enslave, subjugate
banquet
dragon, serpent
I catch, trap
drachma coin
sickle
course, race
Drusilla
I can, am able

Complete Lexicon
du<namij, -ewj, h[
dunamo<w
duna<sthj, -ou, o[
dunate<w
dunato<j, -h<, -o<n
du<nw
du<o
dusba<staktoj, -on
dusente<rion, ou, to<
dusermh<neutoj, -on
du<sij, -ewj, h[
du<skoloj, -on
dusko<lwj
dusmh<, -h?j, h[
dusno<htoj, -on
dusfhme<w
dusfhmi<a, -aj, h[
dw<deka
dwde<katoj, -h, -on
dwdeka<fulon, -ou, to<
dw?ma, -atoj, to<
dwrea<, -a?j, h[
dwrea<n
dwre<omai
dw<rhma, -atoj, to<
dw?ron, -ou, to<
dw<sw

power, might, ability


I enable, strengthen
ruler, official
I am strong, able
powerful, strong
I go down
two
difficult
dysentery
hard to explain
west, setting (sun)
hard, difficult
with difficulty
west, setting (sun)
hard to understand
I slander
slander
twelve
twelfth
twelve tribes
roof, housetop
gift, gratis
as a gift, gratis
I give, present
gift, present
gift, present
di<dwmi

E
e@a
e]an
<
e]an
< per
e[autou?, -h?j, -ou?
e]aw
<
e@balon
e]bde<lugmai
e[bdomh<konta
e[bdomhkonta<kij
e!bdomoj, -h, -on
@Eber, o[
e@blaya
e]blh<qhn
[Ebrai*ko<j, -h<, -o<n
[Ebrai?oj, -ou, o[
[Ebrai~j, -i~doj, h[
[Ebai*sti<
e@breca
e]gamh<qhn
e]ga<mhsa
e]genh<qhn
e]geno<mhn
e]ggi<zw
e]ggiw?
e]ggra<fw

ah!, ha!
if, when
if indeed
himself, herself, itself
I allow, permit, let
ba<llw
bdelu<ssomai
seventy
seventy times
seventh
Eber
bla<ptw
ba<llw
Hebrew
Hebrew
Hebrew
Hebrew language
bre<xw
game<w
game<w
gi<nomai
gi<nomai
I come near
e]ggi<zw
I record, write in

e@gguoj, -ou, o[
e]ggu<j
e]gei<rw
e@gersij, -ewj, h[
e]gh<germai
e]gka<qetoj, -on
e]gkai<nia, -wn, ta<
e]gkaini<zw
e]gkake<w
e]gkale<w
e]gkatalei<pw
e]gkatoike<w
e]gkauxa<omai
e]gkentri<zw
e@gklhma, -atoj, to<
e]gkombo<omai
e]gkoph<, -h?j, h[
e]gko<ptw
e]gkra<teia, -aj, h[
e]gkrateu<omai
e]gkrath<j, -e<j
e]gkri<nw
e]gkru<ptw
e@gkuoj, -on
e@gnwn
e]gnw<sqhn
e@gnw<smai
e]gra<fhn
e]gxri<w
e]gw<, e]mou?; h[mei?j,
h[mw?n
eda<rhn
e]dafi<zw
e@dafoj, -ouj, to<
e@deica
e@deira
e]dei<xqhn
e]de<camhn
e@dhsa
e]di<stasa
e]di<wca
e]diw<xqhn
e]do<qhn
e[drai?oj, -a, -on
e[drai<wma, -atoj, to<
e@dramon
e@dwka
[Ezeki<aj, -ou, o[
e@zhsa
e@zwsa
e@qaya
e]qeloqrhski<a, -aj, h[

466

guarantor, guarantee
near, close
I raise, wake, rise
resurrection
e]gei<rw
spy
festival of Rededication
I renew, dedicate
I am tired, despair
I accuse, charge
I forsake, abandon
I live, dwell
I boast
I graft
charge, accusation
I dress, put on
hindrance, obstacle
I hinder, prevent
self-control, chastity
I abstain, have selfcontrol
disciplined
I classify
I put into, hide
pregnant
ginw<skw
ginw<skw
ginw<skw
gra<fw
I rub on
I/we
de<rw
I raze to the ground
ground
dei<knumi
de<rw
dei<knumi
de<xomai
de<w
dista<zw
diw<kw
diw<kw
di<dwmi
firm, steadfast
foundation, support
tre<xw
di<dwmi
Hezekiah
za<w
zw<nnumi
qa<ptw
self-imposed teacher

Complete Lexicon
e@qhka
e@qigon
e]qi<zw
e]qna<rxhj, -ou, o[
e]qniko<j, -h<, -o<n
e]qnikw?j
e@qnoj, -ouj, to<
e@qoj, -ouj, to<
e@qreya
ei]
ei@asa
ei]de<a, -aj, h[
ei]dh<sw
ei#don
ei#doj, -ouj, to<
ei]dwlei?on, -ou, to<
ei]dwlo<qutoj, -on
ei]dwlola<trhj, -ou, o[
ei]dwlolatri<a, -aj, h[
ei@dwlon, -ou, to<
ei]k^?
ei@kosi
ei@kw
ei]kw<n, -o<noj, h[
ei$la
ei@lhfa
ei]likri<neia, -aj, h[
ei]likrinh<j, e<j
ei!lkusa
ei!lkwmai
ei]mi<
ei#ca
ei@per
ei#pon
ei@rgasmai
ei@rhka
ei@rhmai
ei]rhneu<w
ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[
ei]rhniko<j, -h<, -o<n
ei]rhnopoie<w
ei]rhnopoio<j, -ou?, o[
ei]j
ei$j, mi<a, e!n
ei]sa<gw
ei]sakou<w
ei]sde<xomai
ei@seimi
ei]sde<comai
ei]se<dramon
ei]seleu<somai
ei]selh<luqa

ti<qhmi
qigga<nw
I am accustomed
ethnarch, official
Gentile, heathen
like a heathen
nation, heathen, Gentiles
habit, custom
tre<fw
if, since, that
e]aw
<
appearance, form
oi#da
I saw
form, sight
idols temple
idol offering
idol worshiper
idolatry
idol, image
without cause,
purposeless
twenty
I yield
image, likeness
ai[re<w
lamba<nw
sincerity, purity
pure, sincere, unmixed
e!lkw
e!lkw
I am, exist, happen
ei@kw
if indeed
I said (le<gw)
e]rga<zomai
le<gw
le<gw
I live peacefully
peace
peaceful
I make peace
peace-maker
into, toward, for (Acc.)
one
I bring in, lead into
I obey, hear
I receive
I go in, enter
ei]sde<xomai
ei]stre<xw
ei]se<rxomai
ei]se<rxomai

ei]se<rxomai
ei]sh<gagon
ei]sh?lqon
ei]sh<negka
ei]skale<omai
ei@sodoj, -ou, h[
ei]sphda<w
ei]sporeu<omai
ei]stre<xw
ei]sfe<rw
ei#ta
ei@te
ei@wqa
e]k
e@kamon
e!kastoj, -h, -on
e[ka<stote
e[kato<n
e[katontaeth<j, -e<j
e[katontaplasi<wn,
-on
e[katonta<rxhj, -ou, o[
e]kbai<nw
e]kba<llw
e@kbasij, -ewj, h[
e]kbolh<, -h?j, h[
e]kgami<zw
e@kgonoj, -on
e]kdapana<w
e]kde<xomai
e@kdhloj, -on
e]kdhme<w
e]kdi<dwmi
e]kdihge<omai
e]kdike<w
e]kdi<khsij, -ewj, h[
e@kdikoj, -on
e]kdiw<kw
e@kdotoj, -on
e]kdoxh<, -h?j, h[
e]kdu<w
e]kdw<sw
e]kei?
e]kei?qen
e]kei?noj, -h, -o
e]kei?se
e]kerdh<qhn
e]ke<rdhsa
e]kzhte<w
e]kzh<thsij, -ewj, h[
e]kh<ruca
e]khru<xqhn
e]kqambe<w

467

I enter, come/go into


ei]sa<gw
ei]se<rxomai
ei]sfe<rw
I invite
entering, entrance
I rush in, leap in
I go into, enter
I run into
I bring in, carry in
then, next, afterwards
if
accustomed
from, out, by (Gen.)
ka<mnw
each, every
always
one hundred
a hundred years
hundred fold
centurion
I go out, come from
I drive out, expel
end, a way out
throwing out
I marry
grandchild
I exhaust, spend
I expect, wait for
plain, easily known
I journey, get away
I rent out, lease
I tell fully
I avenge, punish
revenge, punishment
punisher
I persecute
delivered up, betrayed
expectation
I strip, take off
e]kdi<dwmi
there, in that place
from there
that (one)
there, that place
kerdai<nw
kerdai<nw
I search, seek out
speculation
khru<ssw
khru<ssw
I am amazed, alarmed

Complete Lexicon
e@kqamboj, -on
e]kqauma<zw
e@kqetoj, -on
e]kkaqai<rw
e]kkai<w
e]kkente<w
e]kke<xumai
e]kkla<w
e]kklei<w
e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[
e]kkli<nw
e]kkolumba<w
e]kkomi<zw
e]kko<ptw
e]kkrema<nnumi
e]klale<w
e]kla<mpw
e]klanqa<nomai
e]kle<gomai
e]klei<pw
e]klei<yw
e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n
e@kleya
e]klh<qhn
e]klogh<, -h?j, h[
e]klu<w
e]kma<ssw
e]kmuktri<zw
e]kneu<w
e]knh<fw
e]kore<sqhn
e[kou<sioj, -a, -on
e[kousi<wj
e@koya
e@kpalai
e]kpeira<zw
e]kpe<mpw
e]kpe<ptwka
e]kperissw?j
e]kpeta<nnumi
e]kphda<w
e]kpi<ptw
e]kple<w
e]kplhro<w
e]kplh<rwsij, -ewj, h[
e]kplh<ssw
e]kpne<w
e]kporeu<omai
e]kporneu<w
e]kptu<w
e]kre<masa
e]krema<sqhn
e]krizo<w

astonished
I am amazed
exposed, abandoned
I cleanse, clean out
I kindle
I pierce
e]kxe<w
I break off
I exclude
congregation, assembly
I turn away
I swim away
I carry out
I cut down, remove
I hang upon
I tell
I shine, blaze
I forget
I choose, select
I fail, depart
e]klei<pw
chosen, select
kle<ptw
kale<w
selection, election
I am weary
I wipe
I ridicule, sneer
I turn aside, withdraw
I become sober
kore<nnumi
voluntary, willing
willingly, intentionally
ko<ptw
long ago
I test, tempt
I send out
e]kpi<ptw
excessively
I stretch out
I rush, get up quickly
I fall from, forsake
I sail away from
I fulfill, complete
completion
I am amazed
I expire, die
I go out, depart
I indulge
I spit, disdain
krema<nnumi
krema<nnumi
I uproot, destroy

e]kri<qhn
e@kruya
e@kstasij, -ewj, h[
e]kstre<fw
e]ktara<ssw
e]ktei<nw
e]ktele<w
e]kte<neia, -aj, h[
e]ktenh<j, e<j
e]ktenw?j
e]kti<qhmi
e]ktina<ssw
e@ktisa
e]kti<sqhn
e@ktismai
e!ktoj, -h, -on
e]kto<j
e]ktre<pw
e]ktre<fw
e@ktrwma, -atoj, to<
e@kuya
e]kfe<rw
e]kfeu<gw
e]kfobe<w
e@kfoboj, -on
e]kfu<w
e]kxe<w
e]kxwre<w
e]kyu<xw
e[kw<n, -ou?sa, -o<n
e@labon
e@laqon
e]lai<a, -aj, h[
e@laion, -ou, to<
e]laiw<n, -w?noj, o[
]Elami<thj, -ou, o[
e@lamya
e]la<sswn, -on
e]lattone<w
e]latto<w
e]lau<nw
e]lafri<a, -aj, h[
e]lafro<j, -a<, -o<n
e]la<xistoj, -h, -on
e@laxon
]Elea<zar, o[
e]lea<w
e]legmo<j, -ou?, o[
e@legcij, -ewj, h[
e]le<gcw
e@legxoj, -ou, o[
e]le<gxw
e]leeino<j, -h<, -o<n

468

kri<nw
kru<ptw
amazement, trance
I pervert, am corrupt
I agitate, stir up
I stretch out
I finish, complete
earnestness
eager, earnest
eagerly, constantly
I expose, put out
I shake out
kti<zw
kti<zw
kti<zw
sixth
outside
I turn away
I nourish, rear
untimely birth
ku<ptw
I carry out, lead, grow
I flee, escape
I frighten, terrify
terrified
I put forth, sprout
I pour out, scatter
I depart
I die
willingly
lamba<nw
lanqa<nw
olive tree
olive oil
olive grove
Elamite
la<mpw
smaller, inferior
I have too little
I diminish
I drive, row
fickle, vacillation
light, quick, fickle
small, least
lagxa<nw
Eleazar
I show mercy
rebuke, punishment
rebuke, conviction
e]le<gxw
proof, evidence for
I rebuke, expose
pitiable

Complete Lexicon
e]lee<w
e]lehmosu<nh, -hj, h[
e]leh<mwn, -on
e@leoj, -ouj, to<
e]leuqeri<a, -aj, h[
e]leu<qeroj, -a, -on
e]leuqero<w
e@leusij, -ewj, h[
e]leu<somai
e]lefa<ntinoj, -h, -on
e]lh<luqa
]Eliaki<m, o[
]Elie<zer, o[
e[li<cw
]Eliou<d, o[
]Elisa<bet, h[
]Elisai?oj, -ou, o[
e[li<ssw
e!lkoj, -ouj, to<
e[lko<w
e!lkw
[Ella<j, -a<doj, h[
!Ellhn, -hnoj, o[
[Ellhniko<j, -h<, -o<n
[Ellhni<j, -i<doj, h[
[Ellhnisth<j, -ou?, o[
[Ellhnisti<
e]lloge<w
]Elmada<m, o[
e]lpi<zw
e]lpi<j, -i<doj, h[
]Elu<maj, -a, o[
e]lwi~
e@maqon
e]mataiw<qhn
e]mautou?, -h?j
e]mbai<nw
e]mba<llw
e]mba<ptw
e]mbateu<w
e]mbiba<zw
e]mble<pw
e]mbrima<omai
e@meina
e]me<w
e]mia<nqhn
e@mica
e]mmai<nomai
]Emmanouh<l, o[
]Emmaou?j, h[
e]mme<nw
[Emmw<r, o[
e]mnh<sqhn

I have mercy, pity


alms, kind deed
merciful, sympathetic
mercy, compassion
freedom, liberty
free
I free, set free
coming, advent
e@rxomai
made of ivory
e@rxomai
Eliakim
Eliezer
e[li<ssw
Eliud
Elizabeth
Elisha
I roll up
wound
I cause sores, ulcers
I pull, drag
Greece
a Greek
Greek
Greek
Hellenist
in Greek
I charge to someone
Elmadam
I hope, expect
hope
Elymas
my God
manqa<nw
mataio<w
myself
I embark, go in
I throw
I dip
I enter, visit
I put in, cause to embark
I look at, gaze on
I insist, scold, warn
me<nw
I vomit, spit out
miai<nw
mi<gnumi
I am enraged
Emmanuel
Emmaus
I remain, stay
Hamor
mimn^<skomai

e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n


e]mpaigmonh<, -h?j, h[
e]mpaigmo<j, -ou?, o[
e]mpai<zw
e]mpai<kthj, -ou, o[
e]mperipate<w
e]mpi<mplhmi
e]mpi<mprhmi
e]mpi<ptw
e]mple<kw
e]mplokh<, -h?j, h[
e]mpne<w
e]mporeu<omai
e]mpori<a, -aj, h[
e]mpo<rion, -ou, to<
e@mporoj, -ou, o[
e@mprosqen
e]mptu<w
e]mfanh<j, e<j
e]mfani<zw
e@mfoboj, -on
e]mfusa<w
e@mfutoj, -on
e]mw<rana
e]mw<ranqhn
e]n
e]nagkali<zomai
e]na<lioj, -on
e@nanti
e]nanti<on
e]nanti<oj, -a, -on
e]na<rxomai
e@natoj, -h, -on
e]ndeh<j, -e<j
e@ndeigma, -atoj, to<
e]ndei<knumi
e@ndeicij, -ewj, h[
e!ndeka
e[nde<katoj, -h, -on
e]nde<xomai
e]ndhme<w
e]ndidu<skw
e@ndikoj, -on
e]ndoca<zomai
e@ndocoj, -on
e@nduma, -atoj, to<
e]ndunamo<w
e]ndu<nw
e@ndusij, -ewj, h[
e]ndu<w
e]ndw<mhsij, -ewj, h[
e]ne<baya

469

mine
mockery
mockery, scorn
I mock, trick
mocker
I walk about
I enjoy, fill, satisfy
I burn, set on fire
I fall into
I entangle
braid
I breathe, inspire
I trade, do business
business, trade
market
merchant
in front of, ahead
I spit on
visible, well known
I reveal, make known
afraid, startled
I breathe on
implanted
mwrai<nw
mwrai<nw
in, with, by (Dat.)
I embrace, take in arms
sea-dwelling, sea
creature
before, in front of
before
against, opposed
I begin
ninth
poor, impoverished
evidence, proof
I demonstrate, show
sign, omen
eleven
eleventh
I am possible
I am at home
I dress, put on
just, right, deserved
I am glorified, honored
honored, glorious
garment, clothing
I strengthen, make able
I sneak in
wearing
I dress, clothe
foundation
e]mba<ptw

Complete Lexicon
e]ne<bhn
e]nedeica<mhn
e]ne<dra, -aj, h[
e]nedreu<w
e]neile<w
e@neimi
e!neka
e]neke<ntrisa
e]nekentri<sqhn
e]nekombwsa<mhn
e]ne<koya
e]nenh<konta
e]neo<j, -a<, -o<n
e]nepla<khn
e]ne<plhsa
e]neplh<sqhn
e]ne<ptusa
e]ne<rgeia, -aj, h[
e]nerge<w
e]ne<rghma, -atoj, to<
e]nergh<j, -e<j
e]ne<sthka
e]netu<lica
e]ne<tuxon
e]neuloge<w
e]nefa<nisa
e]nefu<shsa
e]ne<xrisa
e]ne<xw
e]nhrca<mhn
e@nhya
e]nqa<de
e@nqen
e]nqume<omai
e]nqu<mhsij, -ewj, h[
e@ni
e]niauto<j, -ou?, o[
e]ni<sthmi
e]nisxu<w
e@niya
e]nne<a
e]nneu<w
e@nnoia, -aj, h[
e@nnomoj, -on
e@nnuxoj, -on
e]noike<w
e]norki<zw
e[no<thj, -htoj, h[
e]noxle<w
e@noxoj, -on
e]nsth<sw
e@ntalma, -atoj, to<
e]ntafia<zw

e]mbai<nw
e]ndei<knumi
ambush, plot
I lie in wait, plot
I wrap up, confine
I am in
on account of, because
e]gkentri<zw
e]gkentri<zw
e]gkombo<omai
e]gko<ptw
ninety
speechless
e]mple<kw
e]mpi<mplhmi
e]mpi<mplhmi
e]mptu<w
working, action
I work, function
deed, activity
effective, active
e]ni<sthmi
e]ntuli<ssw
e]ntugxa<nw
I bless
e]mfani<zw
e]mfusa<w
e]gxri<w
I grudge, am hostile to
e]na<rxomai
nh<fw
here
from here
I think, consider
thought
there is
year, era
I have come, impend
I strengthen
ni<ptw
nine
I signal, gesture
thought, insight
legal, lawful
at night
I dwell in, live
I swear, adjure
unity
I trouble, afflict
liable, guilty
e]ni<sthmi
commandment
I prepare for burial

e]ntafiasmo<j, -ou?, o[
e]nte<llomai
e]ntetu<ligmai
e]nteu?qen
e@nteucij, -ewj, h[
e@ntimoj, -on
e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[
e]nto<pioj, -a, -on
e]nto<j
e]ntre<pw
e]ntre<fw
e@ntromoj, -on
e]ntroph<, -h?j, h[
e]ntrufa<w
e]ntugxa<nw
e]ntuli<ssw
e]ntupo<w
e]nubri<zw
e@nuca
e]nupnia<zomai
e]nu<pnion, -ou, to<
e]nu<staca
e]n&<khsa
e]nw<pion
]Enw<j, o[
e]nwti<zomai
[Enw<x, o[
e!c
e]cagge<llw
e]cagora<zw
e]ca<gw
e]caire<w
e]cai<rw
e]caite<w
e]cai<fnhj
e]cakolouqe<w
e[cako<sioi, -ai, -a
e]calei<fw
e]ca<llomai
e]cana<stasij, -ewj, h[
e]canate<llw
e]cani<sthmi
e]capata<w
e]ca<pina
e]capore<omai
e]caposte<llw
e]carti<zw
e]castra<ptw
e]cauth?j
e]ce<balon
e]ce<bhn
e]ceblh<qhn
e]cegei<rw

470

burial preparation
I order, command
e]ntuli<ssw
from here
petition, request
honored, precious
commandment
local, inhabiting
inside, within, among
I shame, respect
I rear, train
trembling
shame
I revel, carouse
I petition, pray, appeal
I wrap up
I engrave
I insult, outrage
nu<ssw
I dream
dream
nusta<zw
e]noike<w
before, in front of (Gen.)
Enos
I pay attention
Enoch
six
I proclaim
I buy up, redeem
I lead out, bring out
I take out, set free
I remove, exclude
I ask, demand
suddenly, immediately
I follow, obey
six hundred
I wipe away, erase
I jump up
resurrection
I spring up
I raise up, stand up
I deceive, cheat
suddenly, immediately
I doubt, despair
I send out
I finish, complete
I glisten, flash
immediately, at once
e]kba<llw
e]kbai<nw
e]kba<llw
I awaken, raise up

Complete Lexicon
e]cedi<khsa
e]cedi<wca
e]ce<dwka
e]cezhth<qhn
e]cezh<thsa
e]ce<qhka
e]cei?lon
e@ceimi
e]ceko<phn
e]ce<koya
e]cela<lhsa
e]celeu<somai
e]celh<luqa
e]ce<lipon
e]ce<lkw
e]ce<maca
e]ce<nhya
e]ce<peson
e]cepla<ghn
e]ce<rama, -atoj, to<
e]cerauna<w
e]ce<rxomai
e]ce<sthka
e]ce<sthsa
e@cesti
e]ce<strammai
e]ceta<zw
e]ce<teina
e]ceti<naca
e]cetra<phn
e]cexu<qhn
e]ch<ggeila
e]ch<geira
e]chge<omai
e]chghsa<mhn
e]chgo<rasa
e[ch<konta
e]ch?lqon
e]ch<negka
e]ch<rammai
e]ch<rana
e]ch<ranqhn
e]ch<rtisa
e]ch<rtismai
e[ch?j
e]c^<thsa
e]chxe<w
e!cij, -ewj, h[
e]ci<sthmi
e]cisxu<w
e@codoj, -ou, h[
e]coi<sw

e]kdike<w
e]kdiw<kw
e]kdi<dwmi
e]kzhte<w
e]kzhte<w
e]kti<qhmi
e]caire<w
I go out, go away
e]kko<ptw
e]kko<ptw
e]klale<w
e]ce<rxomai
e]ce<rxomai
e]klei<pw
I lure
e]kma<ssw
e]knh<fw
e]kpi<ptw
e]kplh<ssw
vomit
I inquire, seek diligently
I go out, pass away
e]ci<sthmi
e]ci<sthmi
it is permitted, proper
e]kstre<fw
I inquire, examine
e]ktei<nw
e]ktina<ssw
e]ktre<pw
e]kxe<w
e]cagge<llw
e]cegei<rw
I explain, interpret
e]chge<omai
e]cagora<zw
sixty
e]ce<rxomai
e]kfe<rw
chrai<nw
chrai<nw
chrai<nw
e]carti<zw
e]carti<zw
next
e]caite<w
I proclaim
practice, exercise
I amaze, astound,
confuse
I am able
departure, death
e]kfe<rw

e]coleqreu<w
e]comologe<w
e]corki<zw
e]corkisth<j, -ou?, o[
e]coru<ssw
e]coudene<w
e]couqene<w
e]cousi<a, -aj, h[
e]cousia<zw
e]cousiastiko<j, -h<, -o<n
e]coxh<, -h?j, h[
e]cupni<zw
e@cupnoj, -on
e@cw
e!cw
e@cwqen
e]cwqe<w
e]cw<ruca
e]cw?sa
e]cw<teroj, -a, -on
e@oika
e[orta<zw
e[orth<, -h?j, h[
e]paggeli<a, -aj, h[
e]pagge<llomai
e]pa<ggelma, -atoj, to<
e]pa<gw
e]pagwni<zomai
e@paqon
e]paqroi<zw
]Epai<netoj, -ou, o[
e]paine<w
e@painoj, -ou, o[
e]pai<rw
e]paisxu<nomai
e]paite<w
e]pakolouqe<w
e]pakou<w
e]pakroa<omai
e]pa<n
e]pa<nagkej
e]pana<gw
e]panamimn^<skw
e]panapau<omai
e]panasth<sw
e]pane<rxomai
e]panh<gagon
e]panh?lqon
e]pani<sthmi
e]pano<rqwsij, -ewj, h[
e]pa<nw
e]pa<ratoj, -on
e]parke<w

471

I destroy
I confess, acknowledge
I adjure, put under oath
exorcist
I dig out
I ill-treat
I despise, reject
authority, capability
I reign
authoritative
high rank
I wake up, arouse
awake
outside
e@xw
from outside
I expel, run ashore
e]coru<ssw
e]cwqe<w
outer
I resemble
I celebrate a feast
feast, festival
promise
I promise
promise
I bring on
I fight, contend
pa<sxw
I collect
Epaenetus
I praise
praise
I rise up
I am ashamed
I beg
I follow, come after
I hear, obey
I listen to
when, as soon as
necessarily
I put out to sea
I remind
I remain, rest
e]pani<sthmi
I return to
e]pana<gw
e]pane<rxomai
I set up, rebel against
correcting
above, over
accursed
I help, aid

Complete Lexicon
e]parxei<a, -aj, h[
e]pa<taca
e@paulij, -ewj, h[
e]pau<rion
]Epafra?j, -a?, o[
e]pafri<zw
]Epafro<ditoj, -ou, o[
e]pebe<bhka
e]pe<bhn
e]pegei<rw
e]pegeno<mhn
e]pe<gnwka
e]pe<gnwn
e]pegnw<sqhn
e]pede<dwka
e]pe<deica
e]pedo<qhn
e]pei<
e]peidh<
e]peidh<per
e@peimi
e@peisa
e]peisagwgh<, -h?j, h[
e]peiseleu<somai
e]peise<rxomai
e]pei<sqhn
e@peita
e]pe<keila
e]pe<keina
e]peklh<qhn
e]pekalu<fqhn
e]pektei<nomai
e]pelaqo<mhn
e]pele<lhsmai
e]pe<leca
e]peleu<somai
e]pe<mfqhn
e@pemya
e]pendu<omai
e]pendu<thj, -ou, o[
e]pe<peson
e]pe<plhca
e]pe<riya
e]pe<rxomai
e]perwta<w
e]perw<thma, -atoj, to<
e]peskeya<mhn
e@peson
e]pe<steila
e]pe<sthn
e]pe<streya
e]pe<sxon
e]pe<taca

province
pata<ssw
farm, residence
tomorrow
Epaphras
I splash up
Epaphroditus
e]pibai<nw
e]pibai<nw
I awaken, arouse, stir up
e]pigi<nomai
e]piginw<skw
e]piginw<skw
e]piginw<skw
e]pidi<dwmi
e]pidei<knumi
e]pidi<dwmi
when, because, after
when, because, after
because
on the next day
pei<qw
introduction
e]peise<rxomai
I happen, rush in
pei<qw
later, then
e]pike<llw
beyond
e]pikale<w
e]pikalu<ptw
I stretch out, strain for
e]pilanqa<nomai
e]pilanqa<nomai
e]pile<gw
e]pe<rxomai
pe<mpw
pe<mpw
I put on
cloak, coat
e]pipi<ptw
e]piplh<ssw
e]piri<ptw
I come, approach
I ask, interrogate
question, request
e]piske<ptomai
pi<ptw
e]piste<llw
e]fi<sthmi
e]pistre<fw
e]pe<xw
e]pita<ssw

e]pe<fana
e]pe<xw
e]phggeila<mhn
e]ph<gagon
e]ph?lqon
e]p^<nesa
e]ph<negkon
e@phca
e]ph?ra
e]phrea<zw
e]ph<rqhn
e]ph<rkesa
e]pi<
e]pi<
e]pi<
e]pi<asa
e]pia<sqhn
e]pibai<nw
e]piba<llw
e]pibare<w
e]pibiba<zw
e]pible<pw
e]pi<blhma, -atoj, to<
e]piboulh<, -h?j, h[
e]pigambreu<w
e]pige<grammai
e]pi<geioj, -on
e]pigi<nomai
e]piginw<skw
e]pi<gnwsij, -ewj, h[
e]pigrafh<, -h?j, h[
e]pigra<fw
e]pidei<knumi
e]pide<xomai
e]pidhme<w
e]pidiata<ssomai
e]pidi<dwmi
e]pidiorqo<w
e]pidu<w
e]pidw<sw
e]piei<keia, -aj, h[
e]pieikh<j, e<j
e]pizhte<w
e]piqana<tioj, -on
e]pi<qesij, -ewj, h[
e]piqh<ka
e]piqh<sw
e]piqume<w
e]piqumhth<j, -ou?, o[
e]piqumi<a, -aj, h[
e]pikaqi<zw
e]pikale<w
e]pika<lumma, -atoj, to<

472

e]pifai<nw
I aim at, stay
e]pagge<llomai
e]pa<gw
e]pe<rxomai
e]paine<w
e]pife<rw
ph<gnumi
e]pai<rw
I threaten, abuse
e]pai<rw
e]parke<w
on, upon, at (Gen.)
on, in, above, to (Dat.)
over, across (Acc.)
pia<zw
pia<zw
I go up, mount
I lay on, put on
I burden
I cause to mount
I notice, gaze upon
patch
plot (against someone)
I marry
e]pigra<fw
on earth, earthly
I come up, come on
I know, understand
knowledge
inscription
I write on
I show, demonstrate
I receive, welcome
I live as a foreigner
I add to
I give, deliver
I set right, put in order
I set upon
e]pidi<dwmi
gentleness
gentleness, kindness
I search, seek, desire
sentenced to die
laying on
e]piti<qhmi
e]piti<qhmi
I desire, lust
one who desires, lusts
desire, lust, longing
I sit upon
I ask, appeal, call out
cover, veil

Complete Lexicon
e]pikalu<ptw
e]pikata<ratoj, -on
e]pi<keimai
e]pike<klhmai
e]pike<llw
]Epikou<reioj, -ou, o[
e]pikouri<a, -aj, h[
e]pikra<nqhn
e]pikri<nw
e]pilamba<nomai
e]pilanqa<nomai
e]pile<gw
e]pilei<pw
e]pilei<yw
e]pilei<xw
e]pilhsmonh<, -h?j, h[
e]pi<loipoj, -on
e]pi<lusij, -ewj, h[
e]pilu<w
e]pimarture<w
e]pime<leia, -aj, h[
e]pimele<omai
e]pimelw?j
e]pime<nw
e]pineu<w
e]pi<noia, -aj, h[
e@pion
e]piorke<w
e]pi<orkoj, -ou, o[
e]piou?sa, -hj, h[
e]piou<sioj, -on
e]pipe<ptwka
e]pipi<ptw
e]piplh<ssw
e]pipoqe<w
e]pipo<qhsij, -ewj, h[
e]pipo<qhtoj, -on
e]pipoqi<a, -aj, h[
e]piporeu<omai
e]pira<ptw
e]piri<ptw
e]pisei<w
e]pi<shmoj, -on
e]pisitismo<j, -ou?, o[
e]piske<ptomai
e]piskeua<zomai
e]piske<yomai
e]piskhno<w
e]piskia<zw
e]piskope<w
e]piskoph<, -h?j, h[
e]pi<skopoj, -ou, o[

I forgive
accursed
I lie upon
e]pikale<w
I run aground
Epicurean
help
pikrai<nw
I decide, determine
I take hold of, catch
I forget, neglect
I call, choose
I fail, leave behind
e]pilei<pw
I lick
forgetting
left, remaining
explanation,
interpretation
I explain, interpret
I bear witness
care, attention
I care for, take care of
careful, attentive
I stay, remain
I agree, consent
intention, thought
pi<nw
I swear falsely, perjure
perjurer
the next day
daily, today
e]pipi<ptw
I fall upon, happen
I rebuke
I desire, long for
desire, longing
longed for
desire, longing
I journey, arrive
I sew on
I throw on
I incite, urge on
notorious, outstanding
food
I examine, go to see
I get ready
e]piske<ptomai
I take up residence
I cast a shadow, cover
I care for, oversee
visitation, overseer
overseer, guardian

e]pispa<omai
e]pispei<rw
e]pi<stamai
e]pi<stasij, -ewj, h[[
e]pista<thj, -ou, o[
e]piste<llw
e]pisth<mwn, -on
e]pisthri<zw
e]pistolh<, -h?j, h[
e]pistomi<zw
e]pistre<fw
e]pistre<yw
e]pistrofh<, -h?j, h[
e]pisuna<gw
e]pisunagwgh<, -h?j, h[
e]pisuna<cw
e]pisunh<gagon
e]pisu<nhgmai
e]pisunh<xqhn
e]pisuntre<xw
e]pisfalh<j, -e<j
e]pisxu<w
e]piswreu<w
e]pitagh<, -h?j, h[
e]pita<ssw
e]pitele<w
e]pith<deioj, -a, -on
e]piti<qhmi
e]pitima<w
e]pitimi<a, -aj, h[
e]pitre<pw
e]pitroph<, -h?j, h[
e]pi<<tropoj, -ou, o[
e]pitugxa<nw
e]pe<tuxon
e]pifai<nw
e]pifa<neia, -aj, h[
e]pifanh<j, -e<j
e]pifau<skw
e]pife<rw
e]pifwne<w
e]pifw<skw
e]pixeire<w
e]pixe<w
e]pixorhge<w
e]pixorhgi<a, -aj, h[
e]pixri<w
e@pleca
e]plh<ghn
e@plhsa
e]plh<sqhn
e@pnica
e]poikodome<w

473

I conceal circumcision
I sow on top of
I understand, know
anxiety, care for
master
I write a letter
understanding
I strengthen
letter, epistle
I silence
I turn around, return
e]pistre<fw
conversion
I gather, come together
meeting, gathering
e]pisuna<gw
e]pisuna<gw
e]pisuna<gw
e]pisuna<gw
I run together
dangerous, unsafe
I grow strong
I heap up, accumulate
command, ordinance
I command, order
I end, finish
necessary, needed
I place on, inflict
I rebuke, reprove
punishment
I allow, permit
authority, permission
foreman, manager
I attain, acquire
e]pitugxa<nw
I appear
appearing
splendid, wonderful
I illuminate, shine
I bring
I cry out
I shine forth, dawn
I attempt, try
I pour on
I support, provide for
support, provision
I anoint, spread on
ple<kw
plh<ssw
pi<mplhmi
pi<mplhmi
pni<gw
I build upon

Complete Lexicon
e]ponoma<zw
e]popteu<w
e]po<pthj, -ou, o[
e@poj, -ouj, to<
e]po<tisa
e]poti<sqhn
e]poura<nioj, -on
e]pra<qhn
e@praca
e[pta<
e]pta<kij
e[ptakisxi<lioi, -ai,
-a
e]ptoh<qhn
e@ptu<ca
e]puqo<mhn
e]rabdi<sqhn
@Erastoj, -ou, o[
e]rauna<w
e]rga<zomai
e]rgasi<a, -aj, h[
e]rga<thj, -ou, o[
e@rgon, -ou, to<
e]reqi<zw
e]rei<dw
e]reu<gomai
e]reu<comai
e]rhmi<a, -aj, h[
e@rhmoj, -on
e]rhmo<w
e]rh<mwsij, -ewj, h[
e]ri<zw
e]riqei<a, -aj, h[
e@rion, -ou, to<
e@rij, -idoj, h[
e]ri<fion, -ou, to<
e@rifoj, -ou, o[
[Erma?j, -a?, o[
e[rmhnei<a, -aj, h[
e[rmhneu<w
[Ermh?j, -ou?, o[
[Ermoge<nhj, -ouj, o[
e[rpeto<n, -ou?, to<
e]rre<qhn
e@rrhca
e@rrimmai
e@rriya
e]rrupa<nqhn
e]rrusa<mhn
e]rru<sqhn
e@rrwmai
e]ruqro<j, -a<, -o<n
e@rxomai

e]rw?
e]rwta<w
e@sbesa
e]seba<sqhn
e]sei<sqhn
e]sqh<j, -h?toj, h[
e]sqi<w
e]sh<mana
e@skaya
e@skulmai
[Esli<, o[
e@soptron, -ou, to<
e]spa<raca
e[spe<ra, -aj, h[
ptoe<w
[Esrw<m, o[
ptu<ssw
e[sso<omai
punqa<nomai
e[sta<qhn
r[abdi<zw
e!sthka
Erastus
e]sth<rigmai
I search, investigate
e]sthri<xqhn
I work, accomplish
e@sthsa
business, profit
e@strwmai
worker, laborer
e@strwsa
work, action, act
e]sfa<ghn
I irritate, provoke
e@sfagmai
I become fixed
e@sxatoj, -h, -on
I utter, proclaim
e]sxa<twj
e]reu<gomai
desert, uninhabited area e@sxhka
e@sxisa
desert, desolate
e]sxi<sqhn
I depopulate
e@sxon
destruction
e@sw
I quarrel
e@swqen
strife, selfishness
e]sw<teroj, -a, -on
wool
e[tai?roj, -ou, o[
strife, quarrel
e@taca
goat
e]ta<raca
he-goat, kid
e]tara<xqhn
Hermas
translation, interpretation e]ta<fhn
e]te<qhn
I translate, interpret
e@tekon
Hermes
e[tero<glwssoj, -on
Hermogenes
reptile
e[terodidaskale<w
le<gw
e[terozuge<w
r[h<gnumi
e!teroj, -a, -on
r[i<ptw
e[te<rwj
r[i<ptw
e]te<xqhn
r[upai<nw
e@ti
r[u<omai
e[toima<zw
r[u<omai
e[toimasi<a, -aj, h[
r[w<nnumi
e!toimoj, -h, -on
red
e[toi<mwj
I go, come, happen

I call, name
I observe, watch
eyewitness
word, so to speak
poti<zw
poti<zw
heavenly
pipra<skw
pra<ssw
seven
seven times
seven thousand

474

le<gw
I ask, question
sbe<nnumi
seba<zomai
sei<w
clothing
I eat, consume
shmai<nw
ska<ptw
sku<llw
Esli
mirror
spara<ssw
evening
Hezron
I am worse off
i!sthmi
i!sthmi
sthri<zw
sthri<zw
i!sthmi
strwnnu<w
strwnnu<w
sfa<zw
sfa<zw
last, least
finally
e@xw
sxi<zw
sxi<zw
e@xw
inside, into, in
from inside, within
inner
companion, friend
ta<ssw
tara<ssw
tara<ssw
qa<ptw
ti<qhmi
ti<ktw
speaking foreign
language
I teach heretical doctrine
I am mismatched
different, another
differently
ti<ktw
still, yet
I prepare, make ready
readiness, preparation
ready
readily

Complete Lexicon
e@toj, -ouj, to<
e]tu<qhn
e@tuxon
eu#
Eu!a, -aj, h[
eu]aggeli<zw
eu]agge<lion, -ou, to<
eu]aggelisth<j, -ou?, o[
eu]areste<w
eu]ar
< estoj, -on
eu]are<stwj
Eu@bouloj, -ou, o[
eu#ge
eu]genh<j, -e<j
eu]di<a, -aj, h[
eu]do<kew
eu]doki<a, -aj, h[
eu]ergesi<a, -aj, h[
eu]ergete<w
eu]erge<thj, -ou, o[
eu@qetoj, -on
eu]]qe<wj
eu]qudrome<w
eu]qume<w
eu@qumoj, -on
eu]qu<mwj
eu]qu<nw
eu]qu<j, -ei?a, u<
eu]qu<j
eu]qu<thj, -htoj, h[
eu]kaire<w
eu]kairi<a, -aj, h[
eu@kairoj, -on
eu]kai<rwj
eu@kopoj, -on
eu]la<beia, -aj, h[
eu]labe<omai
eu]labh<j, -e<j
eu]loge<w
eu]loghto<j, -h<, o<n
eu]logi<a, -aj, h[
eu]meta<dotoj, -on
Eu]ni<kh, -hj, h[
eu]noe<w
eu@noia, -aj, h[
eu]nouxi<zw
eu]nou?xoj, -ou, o[
Eu]odi<a, -aj, h[
eu]odo<w
eu]pa<redroj, -on
eu]peiqh<j, -e<j
eu]peri<spastoj, -on
eu]peri<statoj, -on

year
qu<w
tugxa<nw
well, good
Eve
I preach, proclaim
good news, gospel
evangelist
I please, delight
pleasing, acceptable
acceptably, pleasingly
Eubulus
excellent, well done
noble minded
fair weather
I am pleased, enjoy
good will, favor
good deed, benefit
I do good to, benefit
benefactor
suitable, fit, usable
immediately
I sail straight
I am encouraged
encouraged, cheerful
cheerfully
I make straight
straight, upright
immediately
straightness
I have time to
opportunity
good time
conveniently
easy
awe, reverence, fear
I am afraid, reverence
devout, God-fearing
I praise, bless
blessed, praised
praise, blessing
generous
Eunice
I make friends
eagerness, favor
I castrate
eunuch, celibate
Euodia
I prosper, succeed
devoted to
obedient, compliant
easily distracted
ensnaring, controlling

eu]poii~a, -aj, h[
eu]pore<w
eu]pori<a, -aj, h[
eu]pre<peia, -aj, h[
eu]pro<sdektoj, -on
eu]proswpe<w
Eu]raku<lwn, -wnoj, o[
eu[re<qhn
eu!rhka
eu[ri<skw
eu]roklu<dwn, -wnoj, o[
eu$ron
eu]ru<xwroj, -on
eu]se<beia, -aj, h[
eu]sebe<w
eu]sebh<j, -e<j
eu]sebw?j
eu@shmoj, -on
eu@splagxnoj, -on
eu]sxhmo<nwj
eu]sxhmosu<nh, hj, h[
eu]sxh<mwn, -on
eu]to<nwj
eu]trapeli<a, -aj, h[
Eu@tuxoj, -ou, o[
eu]fhmi<a, -aj, h[
eu@fhmoj, -on
eu]fore<w
eu]frai<nw
Eu]fra<thj, -ou, o[
eu]frosu<nh, -hj, h[
eu]xariste<w
eu]xaristi<a, -aj, h[
eu]xa<ristoj, -on
eu]xh<, -h?j, h[
eu@xomai
eu@xrhstoj, -on
eu]yuxe<w
eu]wdi<a, -aj, h[
eu]w<numoj, -on
e@fagon
e]fa<llomai
e]fa<nhn
e]fanw?
e]fa<pac
e]feisa<mhn
]Efe<sioj, -a, -on
@Efesoj, -ou, h[
e]fe<sthka
e]feureth<j, -ou?, o[
e]fhmeri<a, -aj, h[
e]fh<meroj, -on

475

good deed
I am rich, well off
prosperity
beauty, fine
pleasant, acceptable
I make a good showing
northeast wind
eu[ri<skw
eu[ri<skw
I find
Euroclydon, southeast
wind
eu[ri<skw
roomy, spacious
piety, godliness
I am devout, pious
pious, godly, religious
godly, religiously
clear, intelligible
compassionate
with propriety
attractiveness
proper, attractive
vigorously, powerfully
vulgar speech, coarse
Eutychus
good report
praiseworthy
I am fruitful
I rejoice, am glad
Euphrates
joy, gladness
I thank
thanksgiving
thankful
prayer, vow
I pray, wish
useful
I am encouraged
aroma, fragrance
left (side)
e]sqi<w
I jump on
fai<nw
fai<nw
once
fei<domai
Ephesian
Ephesus
e]fi<sthmi
inventor
work team
daily

Complete Lexicon
e]fqegca<mhn
e]fikne<omai
e]fi<sthmi
e]fora<w
e]fra<ghn
]Efrai<m, o[
e@fraca
e@fugon
e]fu<laca
e]ffaqa<
e]xala<sqhn
e]xa<rhn
e]xqe<j
e@xqra, -aj, h[
e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n
e@xidna, -hj, h[
e]xrhsa<mhn
e@xw
e]xw<risa
e]yu<ghn
e[w<raka
e!wj

fqe<ggomai
I arrive, reach
I stand by, am near
I pay attention to
fra<ssw
Ephraim
fra<ssw
feu<gw
fula<ssw
I am opened
xala<w
xai<rw
yesterday
enmity
hostile, enemy of
snake
xra<omai
I have, hold
xwri<zw
yu<xw
o[ra<w/ble<pw
till, until

Z
Zaboulw<n, o[
Zakxai?oj, -ou, o[
Za<ra, o[
Zaxari<aj, -ou, o[[
za<w
Zebedai?oj, -ou, o[
zesto<j, -h<, o<n
zeu?goj, -ouj, to<
zeukthri<a, -aj, h[
Zeu<j, Dio<j, o[
ze<w
zhleu<w
zh?loj, -ou, o[
zhlo<w
zhlwth<j, -ou?, o[
zhmi<a, -aj, h[
zhmio<w
Zhna?j, o[
zhte<w
zh<thma, -atoj, to<
zh<thsij, -ewj, h[
ziza<nion, -ou, to<
Zorobabe<l, o[
zo<foj, -ou, o[
zugo<j, -ou?, o[
zu<mh, -hj, h[
zumo<w
zwgre<w
zwh<, -h?j, h[

Zebulun
Zacchaeus
Zerah
Zechariah
I live
Zebedee
hot
pair, yoke
bands, ropes
Zeus
I boil, am zealous
I am eager
zeal, jealousy
I desire, am zealous
zealot, enthusiast
damage, loss
I suffer loss, punish
Zenas
I seek, look for
question, dispute
investigation,
controversy
darnel weed
Zerubbabel
darkness, gloom
yoke, scale balance
yeast, leaven
I ferment, leaven
I control, capture
life

zw<nh, -hj, h[[


zw<nnumi
z&ogone<w
z&?on, -ou, to<
z&opoie<w
zw<sw

476

belt
I gird, dress
I keep alive, make alive
animal, living thing
I make alive
zw<nnumi

H
h@
h@gagon
h@ggika
h@ggisa
h[gemoneu<w
h[gemoni<a, -aj, h[
h[gemw<n, -o<noj, o[
h[ge<omai
h]ge<rqhn
h[ghmai
h[ghsa<mhn
h[gi<asa
h[gia<sqhn
h[gi<asmai
h]go<rasa
h]go<rasmai
h]gora<sqhn
h]gw<nismai
h[de<wj
h@dh
h[donh<, -h?j, h[
h[du<osmon, -ou, to<
h#qoj, -ouj, to<
h@qroismai
h@kmasa
h@kw
h[la<mhn
h@legca
h@legxqhn
h@le<hqhn
h@le<hsa
h@leiya
h#lqon
h]li<
]Hli<, o[
]Hli<aj, -ou, o[
h[liki<a, -aj, h[
h[li<koj, -h, -on
h!lioj, -ou, o[
h@lla<ghn
h@llaca
h$loj, -ou, o[
h@lpika
h@lpisa
h[me<ra, -aj, h[
h[me<teroj, -a, -on

or, than
a@gw
e]ggi<zw
e]ggi<zw
I rule, command, order
government
prince, governor
I lead, guide, consider
e]gei<rw
h[ge<omai
h[ge<omai
a[gia<zw
a[gia<zw
a[gia<zw
a]gora<zw
a]gora<zw
a]gora<zw
a]gwni<zomai
gladly
already, now
pleasure, enjoyment
mint
custom, habit
a]qroi<zw
a]kma<zw
I have come
a!llomai
e]le<gxw
e]le<gxw
e]lee<w
e]lee<w
a]lei<fw
e@rxomai
my God
Heli
Elijah
lifetime, mature
how great
sun
a]lla<ssw
a]lla<ssw
nail
e]lpi<zw
e]lpi<zw
day
our

Complete Lexicon
h@mhsa
h[miqanh<j, -e<j
h!misuj, -eia, -u
h[mi<wron, -ou, to<
h]na<gkasa
h]nagka<qhn
h@negka
h]ne<xqhn
h[ni<ka
h@noica
h]noi<xqhn
h@ntlhka
h@ntlhsa
h!ca
h!cw
h@per
h@pioj, -a, -on
@Hr, o[
h#ra
h]re<qisa
h@reisa
h@remoj, -on
h@resa
^]re<tisa
h@rqhn
h#rka
h#rmai
h@rmosa
h@rca
h[rpa<ghn
h!rpasa
[Hr&<dhj, -ou, o[
[Hr&dianoi<, -w?n, oi[
[Hr&dia<j, -a<doj, h[
[Hr&di<wn, -wnoj, o[
]Hsai~aj, -ou, o[
]Hsau?, o[
h]sqe<nhka
h!sswn, -on
h[suxa<zw
h[suxi<a, -aj, h[
h[su<xioj, -on
h]ta<kthsa
^@thka
^@thsa
h]ti<masa
h]tima<sqhn
h@toi
h[toi<maka
h[tta<omai
h!tthma, -atoj, to<
hu@gasa
hu]ch<qhn

a]ma<w
half dead
half
half hour
a]nagka<zw
a]nagka<zw
fe<rw
fe<rw
when, as soon as
a]noi<gw
a]noi<gw
a]ntle<w
a]ntle<w
h!kw
h!kw
than
gentle, kind
Er
ai@rw
e]reqi<zw
e]rei<dw
quiet, tranquil
a]re<skw
ai]reti<zw
ai@rw
ai@rw
ai@rw
a]rmo<zw
a@rxw
a[rpa<zw
a[rpa<zw
Herod
Herodians
Herodias
Herodion
Isaiah
Esau
a]sqene<w
lesser, inferior, weaker
I rest, am quiet
quietness, silence
quiet
a]takte<w
ai]te<w
ai]te<w
a]tima<zw
a]tima<zw
either
e[toima<zw
I am defeated, loose
loss
au]ga<zw
au]ca<nw

hu@chsa
hu]fra<nqhn
h]xe<w
h@xqhn
h#xoj, -ou, o[
h#xoj, -ouj, to<
h$ya

477

au]ca<nw
eu]frai<nw
I make noise, roar
a@gw
noise, report
noise, sound
a!ptw

Q
Qaddai?oj, -ou, o[
qa<lassa, -hj, h[
qa<lpw
Qama<r, h[
qambe<w
qa<mboj, -ouj, to<
qana<simoj, -on
qanathfo<roj, -on
qa<natoj, -ou, o[
qanato<w
qa<ptw
Qa<ra, o[
qarre<w
qarse<w
qa<rsoj, -ouj, to<
qau?ma, -atoj, to<
qauma<zw
qauma<sioj, -a, -on
qaumasto<j, -h<, -o<n
qea<, -a?j, h[
qea<omai
qeatri<zw
qe<atron, -ou, to<
qei?on, -ou, to<
qei?oj, -a, -on
qeio<thj, -htoj, h[
qeiw<dhj, -ej
qe<lhma, -atoj, to<
qe<lhsij, -ewj, h[
qe<lw
qeme<lion, -ou, to<
qeme<lioj, -ou, o[
qemelio<w
qeodi<daktoj, -on
qeoma<xoj, -on
qeo<pneustoj, -on
qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[
qeose<beia, -aj, h[
qeosebh<j, -e<j
qeostugh<j, -e<j
qeo<thj, -htoj, h[
Qeo<filoj, -ou, o[
qerapei<a, -aj, h[
qerapeu<w
qera<pwn, -ontoj, o[

Thaddaeus
sea, lake
I take care of, comfort
Tamar
I am amazed
amazement
deadly
deadly
death
I execute, put to death
I bury
Terah
I have courage
I have courage
courage
a wonder, miracle
I am amazed, marvel
marvelous, wonderful
wonderful, marvelous
goddess
I look at, notice
I shame publicly
theater
sulphur
divine
divine being
sulphurous
will
desire
I wish, desire
foundation, basis
foundation
I lay a foundation
taught by God
fighting against God
God breathed, inspired
God, god, goddess
religion, piety
god-fearing, religious
hating God
divine being, deity
Theophilus
healing, service, care
I heal, serve
servant

Complete Lexicon
qeri<zw
qerismo<j, -ou?, o[
qeristh<j, -ou?, o[
qermai<nw
qe<rmh, -hj, h[
qe<roj, -ouj, to<
Qessalonikeu<j,
-e<wj, o[
Qessaloni<kh, -hj, h[
Qeuda?j, -a?, o[
qewre<w
qewri<a, -aj, h[
qh<kh, -hj, h[
qhla<zw
qh?luj, -eia, -u
qh<ra, -aj, h[
qhreu<w
qhriomaxe<w
qhri<on, -ou, to<
qhsauri<zw
qhsauro<j, -ou?, o[
qh<sw
qigga<nw
qli<bw
qli?yij, -ewj, h[
qn^<skw
qnhto<j, -h<, -o<n
qoruba<zw
qorube<w
qo<ruboj, -ou, o[
qrau<w
qre<mma, -atoj, to<
qrhne<w
qrhskei<a, -aj, h[
qrhsko<j, -o<n
qriambeu<w
qri<c, trixo<j, h[
qroe<w
qro<mboj, -ou, o[
qro<noj, -ou, o[
Qua<teira, -wn, ta<
quga<thr, -tro<j, h[
quga<trion, -ou, to<
qu<ella, -hj, h[
qu<i*noj, -h, -on
qumi<ama, -atoj, to<
qumiath<rion, -ou, to<
qumia<w
qumomaxe<w
qumo<j, -ou?, o[
qumo<w
qu<ra, -aj, h[
qureo<j, -ou?, o[

I reap, harvest
harvest
reaper, harvester
I warm myself
heat
summer
Thessalonian
Thessalonica
Theudas
I look at, observe
spectacle
receptacle
I nurse, suck
female
trap, net
I catch, hunt
I fight wild animals
animal
I store up, save
storehouse, treasure box
ti<qhmi
I touch
I crowd against, oppress
tribulation, oppression
I die
mortal
I trouble, upset
I trouble, upset
noise, clamor, uproar
I break, oppress
domesticated animal
I mourn, lament
religion
religious
I lead in triumph
hair
I am disturbed
blood clot
throne
Thyatira
daughter
little daughter
storm
citron wood
incense, offering
altar of incense
I offer incense
I am furious
fury, passion
I make angry
door, entrance
shield

quri<j, -i<doj, h[
qurwro<j, -ou?, o[, h[
qusi<a, -aj, h[
qusiasth<rion, -ou, to<
qu<w
Qwma?j, -a?, o[
qw<rac, -akoj, o[

window
doorkeeper
sacrifice, offering
altar
I sacrifice, slaughter
Thomas
breastplate, chest

I
i]a<qhn
]Ia<i*roj, -ou, o[
]Iakw<b, o[
]Ia<kwboj, -ou, o[
i@ama, -atoj, to<
]Iambrh?j, o[
]Iannai<, o[
]Ia<nnhj, o[
i]a<omai
]Ia<ret, o[
i@asij, -ewj, h[
i@aspij, -idoj, h[
]Ia<swn, -onoj, o[
i]atro<j, -ou?, o[
i@de
i@dioj, -a, -on
i]diw<thj, -ou, o[
i]dou<
]Idoumai<a, -aj, h[
i[drw<j, -w?toj, o[
]Ieza<bel, h[
[Iera<polij, -ewj, h[
i[eratei<a, -aj, h[
i[era<teuma, -atoj, to<
i[erateu<w
]Ieremi<aj, -ou, o[
i[ereu<j, -e<wj, o[
]Ierixw<, h[
i[ero<qutoj, -on
i[ero<n, -ou?, to<
i[eropreph<j, -e<j
i[ero<j, -a<, -o<n
[Ieroso<luma, ta< h[
[Ierosolumi<thj, -ou, o[
i[erosule<w
i[ero<suloj, -ou, o[
i[erourge<w
]Ierousalh<m, h[
i[erwsu<nh, -hj, h[
]Iessai<, o[
]Iefqa<e, o[
]Iexoni<aj, -ou, o[
]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[
i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n
i[kano<thj, -htoj, h[

i]a<omai
Jairus
Jacob
James
healing
Jambres
Jannai
Jannes
I heal, cure
Jared
healing
jasper
Jason
physician
look!
ones own
amateur, layman
look!
Idumaea
sweat
Jezebel
Hierapolis
priesthood
priesthood
I am a priest
Jeremiah
priest
Jericho
sacrificed to a deity
temple
priest like, religious
holy, set apart
Jerusalem
Jerusalemite
I rob temples
temple robber
I am a priest
Jerusalem
priesthood
Jesse
Jephthah
Jechoniah
Jesus, Joshua
enough, many, large
capability

478

Complete Lexicon
i[kano<w
i[kethri<a, -aj, h[
i]kma<j, -a<doj, h[
]Iko<nion, -ou, to<
i[laro<j, -a<, -o<n
i[laro<thj, -htoj, h[
i[la<skomai
i[lasmo<j, -ou?, o[
i[lasth<rion, -ou, to<
i!lewj, -wn
]Illuriko<n, -ou?, to<
i[ma<j, -a<ntoj, o[
i[mati<zw
i[ma<tion, -ou, to<
i[matismo<j, -ou?, o[
i!na
i[nati<
]Io<pph, -hj, h[
]Iorda<nhj, -ou, o[
i]o<j, -ou?, o[
]Ioudai~a, -aj, h[
i]oudai<zw
]Ioudai*ko<j, -h<, -o<n
]Ioudai*kw?j
]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on
]Ioudai*smo<j, -ou?, o[
]Iou<daj, -a, o[
]Iouli<a, -aj, h[
]Iou<lioj, -ou, o[
]Iounia?j, -a?, o[
]Iou?stoj, -ou, o[
i[ppeu<j, -e<wj, o[
i[ppiko<j, -h<, -o<n
i!ppoj, -ou, o[
i#rij, -idoj, h[
]Isaa<k, o[
i]sa<ggeloj, -on
]Iskariw<q, o[
]Iskariw<thj, -ou, o[
i@soj, -h, -on
i]so<thj, -htoj, h[
i]so<timoj, -on
i]so<yuxoj, -on
]Israh<l, o[
]Israhli<thj, -ou, o[
]Issaxa<r, o[
i!sthmi
i[store<w
i]sxuro<j, -a<, -o<n
i]sxu<j, -u<oj, h[
i]sxu<w
i@swj
]Itali<a, -aj, h[

]Italiko<j, -h<, -o<n


I make sufficient
]Itourai?oj, -a, -on
supplication
i]xqu<dion, -ou, to<
moisture
i]xqu<j, -u<oj, o[
Iconium
i@xnoj, -ouj, to<
happy, glad, merry
]Iwaqa<m, o[
happiness, gladness
]Iwaki<m, o[
I forgive, conciliate
]Iwana<n, o[
means of forgiveness
]Iwa<nna, -aj, h[
means of forgiveness
]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[
gracious, merciful
]Iw<b, o[
Illyricum
]Iwbh<d, o[
strap, thong
]Iwda<, o[
I dress, clothe
]Iwh<l, o[
garment
]Iwna<m, o[
clothing
]Iwna?j, a?, o[
in order that, that
]Iwra<m, o[
why?
]Iwri<m, o[
Joppa
]Iwsafa<t, o[
Jordan River
]Iwsh?j, -h?toj, o[
venom, poison
]Iwsh?f, o[
Judea
]Iwsh<x, o[
I live as a Jew
]Iwsi<aj, -ou, o[
Jewish
i]w?ta, to<
Jewish
Judean
K
Judaism
ka]gw<
Judah, Judas
kaqa<
Julia
kaqai<resij, -ewj, h[
Julius
kaqaire<w
Junias
kaqai<rw
Justus
kaqa<per
horseman
kaqa<ptw
mounted on a horse
kaqari<zw
horse
kaqarismo<j, -ou?, o[
rainbow, halo
kaqariw?
Isaac
kaqaro<j, -a<, -o<n
angel-like
kaqaro<thj, -htoj, h[
Iscariot
kaqe<dra, -aj, h[
Iscariot
kaqe<zomai
equal
kaqei?lon
equality
kaqelw?
equal to
kaqech?j
like soul, like minded
kaqeu<dw
Israel
kaqhghth<j, -ou?, o[
Israelite
kaqh?ka
Issachar
kaqh<kw
I put, stand, establish
ka<qhmai
I visit
kaqhmerino<j, -h<, -o<n
powerful, strong
kaqi<zw
strength, power
kaqi<hmi
I have power, am capablekaqi<sthmi
perhaps, probably
kaqo<
Italy
kaqo<lou

Italian
Ituraean
little fish
fish
footprint, sole
Jotham
Jehoiakim
Joanan
Joanna
John
Job
Obed
Joda
Joel
Jonam
Jonah
Joram
Jorim
Jehoshaphat
Joses
Joseph
Josech
Josiah
iota, smallest letter
and I
just as
destruction
I tear down, destroy
I clean
just as
I seize, take hold of
I clean, purify
purification
kaqari<zw
clean, pure
purification
chair
I sit
kaqaire<w
kaqaire<w
one after another
I sleep
teacher
kaqi<hmi
I come to, am proper
I sit, dwell
daily
I sit, remain
I let down
I appoint, authorize
just as, in so far as
entirely, completely

479

Complete Lexicon
kaqopli<zw
kaqora<w
kaqo<ti
kaqw<j
kaqw<sper
kai<
Kai*a<faj, -a, o[
Ka<i*n, o[
Kai*na<m, o[
kaino<j, -h<, -o<n
kaino<thj, -htoj, h[
kai<per
kairo<j, -ou?, o[
Kai?sar, -aroj, o[
Kaisa<reia, -aj, h[
kai<toi
kai<toige
kai<w
ka]kei?
ka]kei?qen
ka]kei?noj, -h, -o
kaki<a, -aj, h[
kakoh<qeia, -aj, h[
kakologe<w
kakopa<qeia, -aj, h[
kakopaqe<w
kakopoie<w
kakopoio<j, -o<n
kako<j, -h<, -o<n
kakou?rgoj, -on
kakouxe<w
kako<w
kakw?j
ka<kwsij, -ewj, h[
kala<mh, -hj, h[
ka<lamoj, -ou, o[
kale<w
kallie<laioj, -ou, h[
kalodida<skaloj,
-ou, o[
Kaloi> Lime<nej, oi[
kalopoie<w
kalo<j, -h<, -o<n
ka<lumma, -atoj, to<
kalu<ptw
kalu<yw
kalw?j
ka<mhloj, -ou, o[, h[
ka<minoj, -ou, h[
kammu<w
ka<mnw
ka<mptw
ka@n

I arm fully, equip


I perceive, notice
because, as
just as, as, when
just as
and, also, then
Caiaphas
Cain
Cainan
new, unknown
newness
although
time
Caesar, Emperor
Caesarea
although
and yet
I burn, ignite
and there
and from there
and that one
badness, wickedness
malice
I insult, revile
suffering, misfortune
I suffer misfortune
I do wrong, harm
evildoer, criminal
bad, evil
evildoer, criminal
I mistreat, torment
I harm, mistreat
badly
injury, oppression
straw, stalk
reed, reed pen
I call, name, summon
cultivated olive tree
teacher of good
Fair Havens
I do good
good, fitting, beautiful
veil
I cover, hide
kalu<ptw
goodly, well
camel
oven, furnace
I close, refuse
I am sick, weary
I bend, worship
and if

Kana<, h[
Kananai?oj, -ou, o[
Kanda<kh, -hj, h[
kanw<n, -o<noj, o[
kaphleu<w
kapno<j, -ou?, o[
Kappadoki<a, -aj, h[
kardi<a, -aj, h[
kardiognw<sthj, -ou, o[
Ka<rpoj, -ou, o[
karpo<j, -ou?, o[
karpofore<w
karpofo<roj, -on
kartere<w
ka<rfoj, -ouj, to<
kata<
kata<
katabai<nw
kataba<llw
katabare<w
katabaru<nw
kata<basij, -ewj, h[
katabe<bhka
katabh<somai
katabolh<, -h?j, h[
katabrabeu<w
kataggeleu<j, -e<wj, o[
katagge<llw
katagela<w
kataginw<skw
kata<gnumi
katagra<fw
kata<gw
katagwni<zomai
katade<w
kata<dhloj, -on
katadika<zw
katadi<kh, -hj, h[
katadiw<kw
katadoulo<w
katadunasteu<w
kata<qema, -atoj, to<
kataqemati<zw
kataisxu<nw
katakai<w
katakalu<ptw
katakauxa<omai
kata<keimai
katakla<w
kataklei<w
kataklhronome<w
katakli<nw

480

Cana
Cananaean
Candace
rule, standard
I peddle, trade
smoke
Cappadocia
heart, mind, inner self
knower of hearts
Carpus
fruit, yield, outcome
I bear fruit
fruitbearing, fruitful
I endure, persevere
speck
down, against (Gen.)
according to, during
(Acc.)
I go down
I throw down
I burden
I burden, oppress
descent, slope
katabai<nw
katabai<nw
foundation, creation
I condemn, disqualify
preacher
I proclaim
I ridicule, laugh at
I condemn, convict
I break
I write down
I lead down
I conquer, defeat
I bind up
very clear, plain
I condemn, find guilty
condemnation
I search, hunt
I enslave
I oppress, exploit
cursed thing, devoted
I curse
I dishonor, disgrace
I burn down, consume
I cover, veil
I boast against, despise
I lie down, dine
I break into pieces
I imprison, lock up
I inherit
I sit down to eat

Complete Lexicon
kataklu<zw
kataklusmo<j, -ou?, o[
katakolouqe<w
katako<ptw
katakrhmni<zw
kata<krima, -atoj, to<
katakri<nw
kata<krisij, -ewj, h[
kataku<ptw
katakurieu<w
katalale<w
katalalia<, -a?j, h[
kata<laloj, -ou, o[
katalamba<nw
katale<gw
katalei<pw
katalei<yw
katale<leimmai
kataliqa<zw
katallagh<, -h?j, h[
katalla<ssw
kata<loipoj, -on
kata<luma, -atoj, to<
katalu<w
katamanqa<nw
katamarture<w
katame<nw
katanali<skw
katanarka<w
kataneu<w
katanoe<w
katanta<w
kata<nucij, -ewj, h[
katanu<ssomai
katacio<w
katapate<w
kata<pausij, -ewj, h[
katapau<w
katape<tasma,
-atoj, to<
katapi<mprhmi
katapi<nw
katapi<ptw
kataple<w
katapone<w
kataponti<zw
kata<ra, -aj, h[
katara<omai
katarge<w
katariqme<w
katarti<zw
kata<rtisij, -ewj, h[

I flood, inundate
flood
I follow
I beat, bruise
I throw down
condemnation
I condemn
condemnation
I stoop, bend down
I rule, subdue
I slander, defame
slander
slanderer
I seize, win, overtake
I select, enroll
I leave
katalei<pw
katalei<pw
I stone to death
reconciliation
I reconcile
left, remaining
inn
I throw down, detach
I observe, consider
I witness against
I remain, stay
I consume, destroy
I burden
I signal, gesture
I consider, notice
I arrive, reach, attain
bewilderment
I am pierced, stabbed
I consider worthy
I trample, tread upon
rest
I rest, stop, cease
curtain, veil

katartismo<j, -ou?, o[
katasei<w
kataska<ptw
kataskeua<zw
kataskhno<w
kataskh<nwsij,
-ewj, h[
kataskia<zw
kataskope<w
kata<skopoj, -ou, o[
katasofi<zomai
kataste<llw
kata<sthma, -atoj, to<
katasth<sw
katastolh<, -h?j, h[
katastre<fw
katastrhnia<w
katastrofh<, -h?j, h[
katastrw<nnumi
katasu<rw
katasfa<zw
katasfragi<zw
kata<sxesij, -ewj, h[
katati<qhmi
katatomh<, -h?j, h[
katatre<xw
katafa<gomai
katafe<rw
katafeu<gw
katafqei<rw
katafile<w
katafrone<w
katafronhth<j, -ou?, o[
kataxe<w
kataxqo<nioj, -on
kataxra<omai
katayu<xw
katea<ghn
kate<aca
katea<cw
I burn to ashes
kate<bhn
I swallow, devour
kate<dramon
I fall, fall down
kate<qhka
I sail toward
katei<dwloj, -on
I subdue, torment,
katei<lhmmai
oppress
I sink, am drowned
katei<lhfa
curse
katekli<qhn
I curse
kate<kuya
I make ineffective,
katelei<fqhn
abolish
katelh<mfqhn
I belong to, count
kate<maqon
I restore, produce, make kate<nanti
adequacy, made

481

complete
equipment, equipping
I signal, wave, motion
I tear down
I make ready, build
I live, dwell, nest
nest, dwelling
I overshadow
I spy out
spy
I exploit
I restrain, calm
behavior, demeanor
kaqi<sthmi
manner of dress
I upset, turn over
I lust
ruin, destruction
I kill
I drag forcibly
I slaughter
I seal
possession
I lay down, place
mutilation
I run down
katesqi<w
I cast against
I flee
I destroy, corrupt, ruin
I kiss
I despise, scorn
scoffer
I pour over
subterranean
I make use of
I refresh, make cool
kata<gnumi
kata<gnumi
kata<gnumi
katabai<nw
katatre<xw
katati<qhmi
full of idols
katalamba<nw
katalamba<nw
katakli<nw
kataku<ptw
katalei<pw
katalamba<nw
katamanqa<nw
opposite, across from

Complete Lexicon
katenu<ghn
katenw<pion
katecousia<zw
kate<peson
katepe<sthn
katepo<qhn
katerga<zomai
kate<rxomai
katesqi<w
kate<skammai
kate<skaya
katesta<qhn
kate<stalmai
kate<steila
kate<sthsa
kate<streya
kate<sxon
kateuqu<nw
kateuloge<w
kate<fagon
katefi<stamai
kate<xw
kath<gagon
kath<ggeila
kathgge<lhn
kathgore<w
kathgori<a, -aj, h[
kath<goroj, -ou, o[
kath<gwr, -oroj, o[
kath?lqon
kathlla<ghn
kath<negka
kath<nthka
kath<feia, -aj, h[
kathxe<w
kath<xqhn
katio<w
katisxu<w
katoike<w
katoi<khsij, -ewj, h[
katoikhth<rion, -ou, to<
katoiki<a, -aj, h[
katoiki<zw
katoptri<zw
ka<tw
kat&?khsa
kat&<kisa
katw<teroj, -a, -on
katwte<rw
Kau?da
kau?ma, -atoj, to<
kaumati<zw
kau?sij, -ewj, h[

kauso<w
katanu<ssomai
kausthria<zw
before, in front of
kau<swn, -wnoj, o[
I reign, tyrannize
kauxa<omai
katapi<ptw
kau<xhma, -atoj, to<
katefi<stamai
kau<xhsij, -ewj, h[
katapi<nw
Kafarnaou<m, h[
I achieve, accomplish
Kegxreai<, -w?n, ai[
I come down
Kedrw<n, o[
I eat up, consume
kei?mai
kataska<ptw
keiri<a, -aj, h[
kataska<ptw
kei<rw
kaqi<sthmi
keka<lummai
kataste<llw
ke<klhka
kataste<llw
ke<klhmai
kaqi<sthmi
keko<resmai
katastre<fw
ke<kraga
kate<xw
ke<krika
I guide, lead, direct
ke<krummai
I bless
kekru<bhn
katesqi<w
ke<leusma, -atoj, to<
I rise up, attack
keleu<w
I prevent, hold back
kenodoci<a, -aj, h[
kata<gw
keno<docoj, -on
katagge<llw
keno<j, -h<, -o<n
katagge<llw
kenofwni<a, -aj, h[
I accuse
keno<w
accusation
ke<ntron, -ou, to<
accuser
kenturi<wn -wnoj, o[
accuser
kenw?j
kate<rxomai
kerai<a, -aj, h[
katalla<ssw
kerameu<j, -e<wj, o[
katafe<rw
keramiko<j, -h<, -o<n
katanta<w
kera<mion, -ou, to<
dejection, downcast
I inform, report, teach ke<ramoj, ou, o[
kera<nnumi
kata<gw
I become rusty, corroded ke<raj, -atoj, to<
kera<tion, -ou, to<
I prevail, defeat
kerdai<nw
I dwell
kerdh<sw
dwelling, home
ke<rdoj, -ouj, to<
dwelling place
ke<rma, -atoj, to<
dwelling place
I cause to dwell, settle kermatisth<j, -ou?, o[
kefa<laion, -ou, to<
I contemplate
kefalh<, -h?j, h[
below, down
kefalio<w
katoike<w
kefali<j, -i<doj, h[
katoiki<zw
ke<xrhmai
lower
khmo<w
lesser
kh?nsoj, -ou, o[
Cauda
kh?poj, -ou, o[
burning, scorching
I am burned, scorched khpouro<j, -ou?, o[
kh<rugma, -atoj, to<
burning

482

I burn up, am consumed


I am seared, brand
heat, burning
I boast, pride myself
boast, brag
boasting, bragging
Capernaum
Cenchreae
Kidron (valley)
I lie, recline
strip of cloth, bandage
I shear, cut hair
kalu<ptw
kale<w
kale<w
kore<nnumi
kra<zw
kri<nw
kru<ptw
kru<ptw
signal
I command, order
illusion, delusion
conceited, boastful
empty, in vain
chatter, empty talk
I empty, render void
sting, goad
Roman officer, centurion
emptily, idly, vainly
projection, serif, hook
potter
made of clay
jar of clay
clay, roof tile
I mix (wine), pour
horn, corner, power
carob pod
I gain, make profit
kerdai<nw
profit
coin
moneychanger
main point, summary
head
I strike on the head
section of a scroll
xra<omai
I muzzle
tax
garden
gardener
proclamation

Complete Lexicon
kh?ruc, -ukoj, o[
khru<ssw
kh?toj, -ouj, to<
Khfa?j, -a?, o[
kibwto<j, -ou?, h[
kiqa<ra, -aj, h[
kiqari<zw
kiqar&do<j, -ou?, o[
Kiliki<a, -aj, h[
kinduneu<w
ki<ndunoj, ou, o[
kine<w
kinna<mwmon, -ou, to<
Ki<j, o[
ki<xrhmi
kla<doj, -ou, o[
klai<w
kla<sij, -ewj, h[
kla<sma, -atoj, to<
Klau?da
Klaudi<a, -aj, h[
Klau<dioj, -ou, o[
klauqmo<j, -ou?, o[
kla<w
klei<j, kleido<j, h[
klei<w
kle<mma, -atoj, to<
Kleopa?j, -a?, o[
kle<oj, -ouj, to<
kle<pthj, -ou, o[
kle<ptw
kle<yw
klh?ma, -atoj, to<
Klh<mhj, -entoj, o[
klhronome<w
klhronomi<a, -aj, h[
klhrono<moj, -ou, o[
klh?roj, -ou, o[
klhro<w
klh?sij, -ewj, h[
klhto<j, -h<, -o<n
kli<banoj, -ou, o[
kli<ma, -atoj, to<
klina<rion, -ou, to<
kli<nh, -hj, h[
klini<dion -ou, to<
kli<nw
klisi<a, -aj, h[
kloph<, -h?j, h[
klu<dwn -wnoj, o[
kludwni<zomai
Klwpa?j, -a?, o[
knh<qw

Kni<doj, -ou, h[
herald, preacher
kodra<nthj, -ou, o[
I announce, preach
koili<a, -aj, h[
sea monster
koima<w
Cephas (Peter)
koi<mhsij, -ewj, h[
boat, box
koino<j, -h<, -o<n
lyre, harp
koino<w
I play the lyre
koinwne<w
harpist
koinwni<a, -aj, h[
Cilicia
koinwniko<j, -h<, -o<n
I am in danger
koinwno<j, -ou?, o[, h[
danger
koi<th, -hj, h[
I move, remove
koitw<n -w?noj, o[
cinnamon
ko<kkinoj, -h, -on
Kish
ko<kkoj, -ou, o[
I lend
kola<zw
branch
kolakei<a, -aj, h[
I weep, cry
ko<lasij, -ewj, h[
breaking
kolafi<zw
piece, crumb
kolla<w
Clauda (island)
kollou<rion, -ou, to<
Claudia
kollubisth<j, -ou?, o[
Claudius
kolobo<w
weeping, crying
Kolossai<, -w?n, ai[
I break
ko<lpoj, -ou, o[
key
kolumba<w
I shut, close, lock
kolumbh<qra, -aj, h[
theft
kolwni<a, -aj, h[
Cleopas
koma<w
fame, honor
ko<mh, -hj, h[
thief
komi<zw
I steal
kle<ptw
komyo<teron
branch
konia<w
Clement
koniorto<j, -ou?, o[
I inherit, acquire, receive kopa<zw
inheritance, possession kopeto<j, -ou?, o[
heir
koph<, -h?j, h[
lot, portion, share
kopia<w
I appoint by lot, receive ko<poj, -ou, o[
call, calling, invitation kopri<a, -aj, h[
called, invited
ko<prion, -ou, to<
oven
ko<ptw
region, district
ko<rac, -akoj, o[
bed, cot
kora<sion, -ou, to<
bed, couch
korba?n
bed, stretcher
korbana?j, -a?, o[
I incline, bend, lean
Ko<re, o[
eating group
kore<nnumi
theft
Kori<nqioj, -ou, o[
surf, wave
Ko<rinqoj, -ou, h[
I am tossed by waves
Kornh<lioj, -ou, o[
Clopas
ko<roj, -ou, o[
I itch
kosme<w

483

Cnidus (peninsula)
coin, cent
belly, womb
I sleep, die
sleep, death
common, ordinary
I defile
I share
fellowship, share
generous, sharing
companion, partner
bed, intercourse
bedroom
scarlet cloth, red
seed, grain
I punish
flattery
punishment
I beat, strike
I unite, join
eye salve
moneychanger
I mutilate, curtail
Colossae
breast, chest
I swim
pool, swimming pool
colony
I wear long hair
hair
I receive, get, recover
get better (with e@xw)
I whitewash
dust
I stop, rest
lamentation, mourning
slaughter
I toil, am weary
trouble, work, labor
dung-heap, rubbish
dung, manure, filth
I cut, mourn
crow, raven
girl
gift to God
temple treasury
Korah
I fill, am content
Corinthian
Corinth
Cornelius
cor (1012 bushels)
I adorn, beautify

Complete Lexicon
kosmiko<j, -h<, -o<n
ko<smioj, -on
kosmokra<twr, -oroj, o[
ko<smoj, -ou o[
Kou<artoj, -ou, o[
kou?m
koustwdi<a, -aj, h[
koufi<zw
ko<finoj, -ou, o[
ko<yw
kra<battoj, -ou, o[
kra<zw
kraipa<lh, -hj, h[
krani<on, -ou, to<
kra<spedon, -ou, to<
krataio<j, -a<, -o<n
krataio<w
krate<w
kra<tistoj, -h, -on
kra<toj, -ouj, to<
krauga<zw
kraugh<, -h?j, h[
kre<aj, kre<wj, to<
krei<ttwn, -on
krema<nnumi
krhmno<j, -ou?, o[
Krh<j, -hto<j, o[
Krh<skhj, -entoj, o[
Krh<th, -hj, h[
kriqh<, -h?j, h[
kri<qinoj, -h, -on
kri<ma, -atoj, to<
kri<non, -ou, to<
kri<nw
kri<sij, -ewj, h[
Kri<spoj, -ou, o[
krith<rion, -ou, to<
krith<j, -ou?, o[
kritiko<j, -h<, -o<n
krou<w
kru<pth, -hj, h[
krupto<j, -h<, -o<n
kru<ptw
krustalli<zw
kru<stalloj, -ou, o[
krufai?oj, -a, -on
kruf^?
kta<omai
kth?ma, -atoj, to<
kth?noj, -ouj, to<
kth<twr, -oroj, o[
kti<zw
kti<sij, -ewj, h[

earthly, worldly
modest, respectable
world ruler
world
Quartus
stand up
a guard
I lighten
large basket
ko<ptw
mattress, pallet
I cry out, call out
drunken, hangover
skull
edge, border, fringe
powerful, mighty
I become strong
I grasp, seize, arrest
most noble
power, might
I shout, scream, cry
shout, weeping
meat
better, higher status
I hang, crucify
steep bank
a Cretan
Crescens
Crete
barley
barley (bread)
lawsuit, decision
wild flower
I judge, decide
judgment, verdict
Crispus
lawsuit, tribunal
a judge
able to judge
I knock
secret place, cellar
hidden, secret
I hide, conceal
I shine like crystal
crystal
hidden, secret
secretly
I acquire, get
property, possession
pack-animal
owner
I create
creation, creature

kti<sma, -atoj, to<


kti<sthj, -ou, o[
kubei<a, -aj, h[
kube<rnhsij, -ewj, h[
kubernh<thj, -ou, o[
kukleu<w
kuklo<qen
kuklo<w
ku<kl&
kulismo<j, -ou?, o[
kuli<w
kullo<j, -h<, -o<n
ku?ma, -atoj, to<
ku<mbalon, -ou, to<
ku<minon, -ou, to<
kuna<rion, -ou, to<
Ku<prioj, -ou, o[
Ku<proj, -ou, h[
ku<ptw
Kurhnai?oj, -ou, o[
Kurh<nh, -hj, h[
Kurh<nioj, -ou, o[
kuri<a, -aj, h[
kuriako<j, -h<, -o<n
kurieu<w
ku<rioj, -ou, o[
kurio<thj, -htoj, h[
kuro<w
ku<wn, kuno<j, o[
kw?lon, -ou, to<
kwlu<w
kw<mh, -hj, h[
kwmo<polij, -ewj, h[
kw?moj, -ou, o[
kw<nwy, -wpoj, o[
Kw<j, Kw?, h[
Kwsa<m, o[
kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n

484

creature
creator
trickery, craftiness
guidance
pilot, captain
I surround
all around
I surround, encircle
around, all around
rolling, wallowing
I roll
crippled
wave (sea)
cymbal
cumin
little dog, house dog
a Cypriot
Cyprus
I bend down
a Cyrenian
Cyrene
Quirinius
lady, mistress
belong to the Lord
I rule, control
lord, sir, owner
dominion, lordship
I confirm, ratify
dog
corpse
I prevent, forbid
village
market-town
orgy, revelry
gnat, mosquito
Cos
Cosam
deaf, dull, blunt

L
lagxa<nw
La<zaroj, -ou, o[
la<qr%
lai?lay, -apoj, h[
laka<w
lakti<zw
lale<w
lalia<, -a?j, h[
lamba<nw
La<mex, o[
lampa<j, -a<doj, h[
lampro<j, -a<, -o<n
lampro<thj, -htoj, h[
lamprw?j

I receive, choose by lot


Lazarus
secretly
whirlwind
I burst apart
I kick, goad
I speak
speech
I receive, acquire
Lamech
torch, lamp
bright, shining
brilliance, spendor
splendidly, luxuriously

Complete Lexicon
la<mpw
la<myw
lanqa<nw
laceuto<j, -h<, o<n
Laodi<keia, -aj, h[
Laodikeu<j, -e<wj, o[
lao<j, -ou?, o[
la<rugc, -ggoj, o[
Lasai<a, -aj, h[
latome<w
latrei<a, -aj, h[
latreu<w
la<xanon, -ou, to<
legiw<n -w?noj, h[
le<gw
lei?mma, -atoj, to<
lei?oj, -a, -on
lei<pw
leitourge<w
leitourgi<a, -aj, h[
leitourgiko<j, -h<, -o<n
leitourgo<j, -ou?, o[
lema<
le<ntion, ou, to<
lepi<j, -i<doj, h[
le<pra, -aj, h[
lepro<j, -a<, -o<n
lepto<j, -h<, -o<n
Leui<, o[
Leui<j, Leui<, o[
Leui<thj, -ou, o[
Leuitiko<j, -h<, o<n
leukai<nw
leuko<j, -h<, -o<n
le<wn, -ontoj, o[
lh<qh, -hj, h[
lh?myij, -ewj, h[
lh<myomai
lhno<j, -ou?, h[
lh?roj, -ou, o[
l^sth<j, -ou?, o[
li<an
li<banoj, -ou, o[
libanwto<j, -ou?, o[
Liberti?noj, -ou, o[
Libu<h, -hj, h[
liqa<zw
li<qinoj, -h, -on
liqobole<w
li<qoj, -ou, o[
liqo<strwtoj, -on
likma<w
limh<n, -e<noj, o[

I shine, flash
la<mpw
I am hidden, forget
hewn out of rock
Laodicea
Laodicean
people
throat
Lasaea (Crete)
I hew out of rock
worship
I worship
vegetable
legion
I say, tell
remnant
smooth, level
I leave, lack
I serve, minister
service, ministry
holy service, ministering
servant, priest
why
towel
flake, scale
leprosy
leper, leprous
small, small coin, thin
Levi
Levi
Levite
Levitical
I make white
bright, white, shining
lion
forgetfulness
receiving, credit
lamba<nw
wine press
nonsense, idle talk
robber, revolutionary
very
frankincense
incense, censer
Freedman
Libya
I stone to death
made of stone
I stone to death
stone, rock
stone pavement
I crush
harbor

li<mnh, -hj, h[
limo<j, -ou?, o[, h[
li<non, -ou, to<
Li<noj, -ou, o[
liparo<j, -a<, -o<n
li<tra, -aj, h[
li<y, libo<j, o[
logei<a, -aj, h[
logi<zomai
logiko<j, -h<, o<n
lo<gion, -ou, to<
lo<gioj, -a, -on
logismo<j, -ou?, o[
logomaxe<w
logomaxi<a, -aj, h[
lo<goj, -ou, o[
lo<gxh, -hj, h[
loidore<w
loidori<a, -aj, h[
loi<doroj, -ou, o[
loimo<j, -ou?, o[
loipo<j, -h<, -o<n
Louka?j, -a?, o[
Lou<kioj, -ou, o[
loutro<n, -ou?, to<
lou<w
Lu<dda, -aj, h[
Ludi<a, -aj, h[
Lukaoni<a, -aj, h[
Lukaonisti<
Luki<a, -aj, h[
lu<koj, -ou, o[
lumai<nomai
lupe<w
lu<ph, -hj, h[
Lusani<aj, -ou, o[
Lusi<aj, -ou, o[
lu<sij, -ewj, h[
lusitele<w
Lu<stra, h[, ta<
lu<tron, -ou, to<
lutro<w
lu<trwsij, -ewj, h[
lutrwth<j, -ou?, o[
luxni<a, -aj, h[
lu<xnoj, -ou, o[
lu<w
Lwi~j, -i~doj, h[
Lw<t, o[

lake, pool
hunger, famine
flax, linen
Linus
oily, fat, luxurious
pound
southwest
collection
I reckon, calculate,
ponder
rational, spiritual
saying
learned, eloquent
reasoning, wisdom
I argue about words
arguing about words
word, speech, reason
spear
I revile, slander, abuse
slander, verbal abuse
reviler, slanderer
pestilence, plague
remaining, other
Luke
Lucius
washing, bath
I wash
Lydda
Lydia
Lycaonia
Lycaonian
Lycia
wolf
I injure, destroy, ruin
I grieve, am sad
grief, sorrow, pain
Lysanias
Lysias
divorce
I profit
Lystra
ransom
I redeem, pay ransom
ransoming, releasing
redeemer
lampstand
lamp
I loose, destroy
Lois
Lot

M
Ma<aq, o[
Magada<n, h[

485

Maath
Magadan

Complete Lexicon
Magdalhnh<, -h?j, h[
magei<a, -aj, h[
mageu<w
ma<goj, -ou, o[
Magw<g, o[
Madia<m, o[
maqhteu<w
maqhth<j, -ou?, o[
maqh<tria, -aj, h[
Maqqai?oj, -ou, o[
Maqqa<t, o[
Maqqi<aj, -ou, o[
Maqousala<, o[
mai<nomai
makari<zw
maka<rioj, -a, -on
makarismo<j, -ou?, o[
Makedoni<a, -aj, h[
Makedw<n, -o<noj, o[
ma<kellon, -ou, to<
makra<n
makro<qen
makroqume<w
makroqumi<a, -aj, h[
makroqu<mwj
makro<j, -a<, -o<n
makroxro<nioj, -on
malaki<a, -aj, h[
malako<j, -h<, -o<n
Maleleh<l, o[
ma<lista
ma?llon
Ma<lxoj, -ou, o[
ma<mmh, -hj, h[
mamwna?j, -a?, o[
Manah<n, o[
Manassh?j, -h?, o[
manqa<nw
mani<a, -aj, h[
ma<nna, to<
manteu<omai
marai<nw
mara>n a]qa?
margari<thj, ou, o[
Ma<rqa, -aj, h[
Mari<a, -aj, h[
Maria<m, h[
Ma?rkoj, -ou, o[
ma<rmaroj, -ou, o[
marture<w
marturi<a, -aj, h[
martu<rion, -ou, to<
martu<romai

Magalene
magic
I practice magic
wise man, magician
Magog
Midian
I follow, disciple
disciple, follower
woman disciple
Matthew
Matthat
Matthias
Methuselah
I am insane, mad
I am blessed, happy
blessed, happy
blessing
Macedonia
Macedonian
meat market
far
from a distance, far
I am patient
patience, endurance
patiently
distant, long (time)
long-time
sickness, weakness
soft, effeminate
Maleleel
above all, especially
more, rather
Malchus
grandmother
wealth
Manaen
Manasseh
I learn, understand
madness, insanity
manna
I tell fortunes
I fade away, wither
Lord, come!
pearl
Martha
Mary
Mary, Miriam
Mark
marble
I witness, testify
testimony, witness
testimony, witness
I tesify, affirm

ma<rtuj, -uroj, o[
masa<omai
mastigo<w
masti<zw
ma<stic, -igoj, h[
masto<j, -ou?, o[
mataiologi<a, -aj, h[
mataiolo<goj, -on
ma<taioj, -a, -on
mataio<thj, -htoj, h[
mataio<w
ma<thn
Matqai?oj, -ou, o[
Matqa<n, o[
Mattaqa<, o[
Mattaqi<aj, -ou, o[
ma<xaira, -hj, h[
ma<xh, -hj, h[
ma<xomai
megalei?oj, -a, -on
megaleio<thj, -htoj, h[
megalopreph<j, -e<j
megalu<nw
mega<lwj
megalwsu<nh, -hj, h[
me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga
me<geqoj, -ouj, to<
megista<n -a?noj, o[
meqermhneu<w
me<qh, -hj, h[
meqi<sthmi
meqodei<a, -aj, h[
me<qusoj, -ou, o[
mequ<w
mei<zwn
me<laj, -aina, -an
Melea<, o[
me<lei
meleta<w
me<li, -itoj, to<
Meli<th, -hj, h[
me<llw
me<loj, -ouj, to<
Melxi<, o[
Melxise<dek, o[
mema<qhka
membra<na, -hj, h[
meme<nhka
memi<ammai
me<migmai
me<mnhmai
me<mfomai
memyi<moiroj, -on

486

witness
I bite
I whip, punish, flog
I whip, flog
torment, flogging
breast
empty talk
idle talker
idle, useless, fruitless
emptiness, futility
I render futile
in vain
Mathew
Matthan
Mattatha
Mattathias
sword
fighting, quarrel
I fight, quarrel
magnificent, grand
majesty, grandeur
magnificent, majestic
I magnify, make large
greatly
majesty, greatness
large, great
greatness
great person, magnate
I translate
drunkenness
I remove
scheming, craftiness
drunkard
I am drunk
more, greater
black
Melea
it is a concern
I plot, practice
honey
Malta (island)
I am about to, intend
body part, member
Melchi
Melchizedek
manqa<nw
parchment sheet
me<nw
miai<nw
mi<gnumi
mimn^<skomai
I blame, find fault
complaining

Complete Lexicon
me<n
Menna<, o[
menou?n
menou?nge
me<ntoi
me<nw
meri<zw
me<rimna, -hj, h[
merimna<w
meri<j, -i<doj, h[
merismo<j, -ou?, o[
meristh<j, -ou?, o[
me<roj, -ouj, to<
meshmbri<a, -aj, h[
mesiteu<w
mesi<thj, -ou, o[
mesonu<ktion, -ou, to<
Mesopotami<a, -aj, h[
me<soj, -h, -on
meso<toixon, -ou, to<
mesoura<nhma, -atoj,
to<
meso<w
Messi<aj, -ou, o[
mesto<j, -h<, -o<n
mesto<w
meta<
meta<
metabai<nw
metaba<llw
metabe<bhka
metabh<somai
meta<gw
metadi<dwmi
meta<qesij, -ewj, h[
metai<rw
metakale<w
metakine<w
metalamba<nw
meta<lhmyij, -ewj, h[
metalla<ssw
metame<lomai
metamorfo<w
metanoe<w
meta<noia, -aj, h[
metacu<
metape<mpw
metastre<fw
metasxhmati<zw
metati<qhmi
metatre<pw
mete<bhn

mete<qhka
mete<labon
metepe<mfqhn
mete<pemya
mete<peita
metesta<qhn
mete<sthsa
metestra<fhn
mete<streya
mete<sxhka
mete<sxon
metete<qhn
mete<xw
metewri<zomai
meth<llaca
meth?ra
metoikesi<a, -aj, h[
metoiki<zw
metoxh<, -h?j, h[
me<toxoj, -on
metre<w
metrhth<j, -ou?, o[
metriopaqe<w
I am in the middle
metri<wj
Messiah, Anointed One me<tron, -ou, to<
full
met&<kisa
I fill
me<twpon, -ou, to<
with (Gen.)
me<xri
after, behind (Acc.)
mh<
I pass over, move
mhdamw?j
I change my mind
mhde<
metabai<nw
mhdei<j, mhdemi<a,
metabai<nw
mhde<n
I guide
mhde<pote
I impart, share
mhde<pw
removal, change
Mh?doj, -ou, o[
I go away
mhke<ti
I summon, call to myself mh?koj, -ouj, to<
I shift, remove
mhku<nw
I share in, receive
mhlwth<, -h?j, h[
sharing, receiving
mh<n
I exchange
mh<n, mhno<j, o[
I feel sad about
mhnu<w
I change
mh<pote
I repent
mh<pw
repentance
mh<pwj
between, afterward
mhro<j, -ou?, o[
I summon, send for
mh<te
I change
mh<thr, -tro<j, h[
I change appearance
mh<ti
I depart, change
mh<tige
I turn around
mh<tra, -aj, h[
metabai<nw
mhtrol&<aj, -ou, o[
on the one hand
Menna
on the contrary
rather, on the contrary
really, actually; but,
however
I stay, remain
I divide, separate
anxiety, worry
I am anxious, worry
part, portion
division
divider, arbitrator
part, portion
noon, south
I mediate, guarantee
mediator
midnight
Mesopotamia
among, in the middle
dividing wall
mid-heaven

487

metati<qhmi
metalamba<nw
metape<mpw
metape<mpw
afterwards
meqi<sthmi
meqi<sthmi
metastre<fw
metastre<fw
mete<xw
mete<xw
metati<qhmi
I share, participate
I am anxious, worried
metalla<ssw
metai<rw
deportation
I deport, resettle
sharing, partnership
sharer, partner
I measure, deal out
measure (9 gallons)
I deal gently with
moderately
measure, quantity
metoiki<zw
forehead
until
not
certainly not, no
and not, but not, nor
no one, nothing
never
not yet
Mede
no longer
length
I make long
sheepskin
surely, and yet
month
I inform, reveal, report
lest, never
not yet
so that not, lest
thigh
and not, neither
mother
question marker
let alone
womb
mother murderer

Complete Lexicon
miai<nw
mi<asma, -atoj, to<
miasmo<j, -ou?, o[
mi<gma, -atoj, to<
mi<gnumi
mikro<j, -a<, -o<n
Mi<lhtoj, -ou, h[
mi<lion, -ou, to<
mime<omai
mimhth<j, -ou?, o[
mimn^<skomai
mise<w
misqapodosi<a, -aj, h[
misqapodo<thj, -ou, o[
mi<sqioj, -ou, o[
misqo<j, -ou?, o[
misqo<w
mi<sqwma, -atoj, to<
misqwto<j, -ou?, o[
Mitulh<nh, -hj, h[
Mixah<l, o[
mna?, mna?j, h[
Mna<swn, -wnoj, o[
mnei<a, -aj, h[
mnh?ma, -atoj, to<
mnhmei?on, -ou, to<
mnh<mh, -hj, h[
mnhmoneu<w
mnhmo<sunon, -ou, to<
mnhsteu<w
mogila<loj, -on
mo<gij
mo<dioj, -i<ou, o[
moixali<j, -i<doj, h[
moixa<w
moixei<a, -aj, h[
moixeu<w
moixo<j, -ou?, o[
mo<lij
Molo<x, o[
molu<nw
molusmo<j, -ou?, o[
momfh<, -h?j, h[
monh<, -h?j, h[
monogenh<j, -e<j
mo<noj, -h, -on
mono<fqalmoj, -on
mono<w
morfh<, -h?j, h[
morfo<w
mo<rfwsij, -ewj, h[
mosxopoie<w

I defile
defilement
pollution, corruption
mixture, compound
I mix
little, small
Miletus
mile
I imitate, follow
imitator
I remember, recall
I hate
reward
rewarder
hired worker
pay, wages
I hire
rented space
hired worker
Mitylene (city)
Michael
mina (about $20)
Mnason
remembrance, memory
grave, tomb
memorial, grave
remembrance, memory
I remember, mention
memory
I become engaged
speaking in a hoarse
voice
scarcely, with difficulty
measuring container
adulteress
I commit adultery
adultery
I commit adultery
adulterer
scarcely, with difficulty
Moloch (god)
I stain, defile, soil
defilement
blame, complaint
dwelling place, room
only, unique
only, alone
one-eyed
I make solitary
form, shape
I form, shape
embodiment
I make a calf-idol

mo<sxoj, -ou, o[
mousiko<j, -h<, -o<n
mo<xqoj, -ou, o[
muelo<j, -ou?, o[
mue<w
mu?qoj, -ou, o[
muka<omai
mukthri<zw
muliko<j, -h<, -o<n
mu?linoj, -h, -on
mu<loj, -ou, o[
Mu<ra, -wn, ta<
muria<j, -a<doj, h[
muri<zw
mu<rioi, -ai, -a
muri<oj, -a, -on
mu<ron, -ou, to<
Musi<a, -aj, h[
musth<rion, -ou, to<
muwpa<zw
mw<lwy, -wpoj, o[
mwma<omai
mw?moj, -ou, o[
mwrai<nw
mwri<a, -aj, h[
mwrologi<a, -aj, h[
mwro<j, -a<, -o<n
Mwu*sh?j, -e<wj, o[

calf
musician
labor, exertion
marrow
I learn a secret, initiate
myth, legend
I roar
I ridicule, disdain
from a mill
from a mill
mill, millstone
Myra (city)
myriad (10,000)
I anoint
ten thousand
countless
perfume, ointment
Mysia (province)
mystery, secret
I am blind
welt, bruise, wound
I censure, blame
blemish, blame
I become foolish
foolishness
foolish talk
foolish
Moses

N
Naassw<n, o[
Naggai<, o[
Nazara<, h[
Nazare<q, h[
Nazare<t, h[
Nazarhno<j, -h<, -o<n
Nazwrai?oj, -ou, o[
Naqa<m, o[
Naqanah<l, o[
nai<
Naima<n, o[
Nai~n, h[
nao<j, -ou?, o[
Naou<m, o[
na<rdoj, -ou, h[
Na<rkissoj, -ou, o[
nauage<w
nau<klhroj, -ou, o[
nau?j, h[
nau<thj, -ou, o[
Naxw<r, o[
neani<aj, -ou, o[
neani<skoj, -ou, o[
Ne<a, Po<lij, h[

488

Nahshon
Naggai
Nazareth
Nazareth
Nazareth
Nazarene
a Nazarene
Nathan
Nathanael
yes
Naaman
Nain (town)
temple
Nahum
spikenard perfume
Narcissus
I am shipwrecked
captain, ship-owner
ship
sailor
Nahor
young man
young man
Neapolis

Complete Lexicon
nekro<j, -a<, -o<n
nekro<w
ne<krwsij, -ewj, h[
neomhni<a, -aj, h[
ne<oj, -a, -on
neo<thj, -htoj, h[
neo<futoj, -on
neu<w
nefe<lh, -hj, h[
Nefqali<m, o[
ne<foj, -ouj, to<
nefro<j, -ou?, o[
newko<roj, -ou, o[
newteriko<j, -h<, -o<n
nh<
nh<qw
nhpia<zw
nh<pioj, -a, -on
Nhreu<j, -e<wj, o[
Nhri<, o[
nhsi<on, -ou, to<
nh?soj, -ou, h[
nhstei<a, -aj, h[
nhsteu<w
nh?stij, -idoj, o[, h[
nhfa<lioj, -a, -on
nh<fw
Ni<ger, o[
Nika<nwr, -oroj, o[
nika<w
ni<kh, -hj, h[
Niko<dhmoj, -ou, o[
Nikolai~thj, -ou, o[
Niko<laoj, -ou, o[
Niko<polij, -ewj, h[
ni?koj, -ouj, to<
Nineuh<
Nineui<thj, -ou, o[
nipth<r, -h?roj, o[
ni<ptw
noe<w
no<hma, -atoj, to<
no<qoj, -h, -on
nomh<, -h?j, h[
nomi<zw
nomiko<j, -h<, -o<n
nomi<mwj
no<misma, -atoj, to<
nomodida<skaloj,
-ou, o[
nomoqesi<a, -aj, h[
nomoqete<w
nomoqe<thj, -ou, o[

dead, useless
I put to death
death
new moon
new, fresh, novice
youth
newly converted
I nod, gesture
cloud
Naphtali
cloud, crowd
kidney, desire
temple keeper
youthful
by
I spin
I am a child
infant, child
Nereus
Neri
small island
island
fasting, not eating
I fast, abstain from food
hungry
restrained
I am self-controlled
Niger
Nicanor
I conquer, prevail
victory
Nicodemus
Nicolaitan
Nicolaus
Nicopolis
victory
Nineveh
Ninevite
washbasin
I wash
I understand, perceive
mind, plot
illegitimate child
pasture
I think, suppose
lawful
lawfully
coin
teacher of the law
legislation, giving law
I legislate law
lawgiver

no<moj, -ou, o[
nose<w
no<soj, -ou, h[
nossia<, -a?j, h[
nossi<on, -ou, to<
nosso<j, -ou?, o[
nosfi<zw
no<toj, -ou, o[
nouqesi<a, -aj, h[
nouqete<w
nounexw?j
nou?j, noo<j, o[
Nu<mfa, -aj, h[
nu<mfh, -hj, h[
numfi<oj, -ou, o[
numfw<n, -w?noj, o[
nu?n
nuni<
nu<c, nukto<j, h[
nu<ssw
nusta<zw
nuxqh<meron, -ou, to<
Nw?e, o[
nwqro<j, -a<, -o<n
nw?toj, -ou, o[

489

law, principle, Law


I am sick, am ailing
disease, illness
brood, nest
young bird
young bird
I embezzle
south, south wind
admonition, warning
I admonish, instruct
wisely, thoughtfully
mind, intellect
Nympha
bride
bridegroom
wedding hall
now
now
night
I pierce, stab, prick
I grow sleepy, doze
a night and a day
Noah
lazy, sluggish
back

C
cai<nw
ceni<a, -aj, h[
ceni<zw
cenodoxe<w
ce<noj, -h, -on
ce<sthj, -ou, o[
chrai<nw
chro<j, -a<, -o<n
cu<linoj, -h, -on
cu<lon, -ou, to<
cura<w

I comb wool
hospitality, guest room
I entertain, surprise
I show hospitality
foreign, strange
pitcher
I dry, dry up, wither
dry, dried
wooden
wood, tree, cross
I shave

O
o[, h[, to<
o]gdoh<konta
o@gdooj, -h, -on
o@gkoj, -ou, o[
o!de, h!de, to<de
o[deu<w
o[dhge<w
o[dhgo<j, -ou?, o[
o[doipore<w
o[doipori<a, -aj, h[
o[do<j, -ou?, h[
o]dou<j, o]do<ntoj, o[
o]duna<w
o]du<nh, -hj, h[
o]durmo<j, -ou?, o[

the
eighty
eighth
impediment, burden
this
I travel, journey
I lead, guide
leader, guide
I travel, journey
journey
road, way, journey
tooth
I am in pain
pain, woe
mourning, lamentation

Complete Lexicon
]Ozi<aj, -ou, o[
o@zw
o!qen
o]qo<nh, -hj, h[
o]qo<nion, -ou, to<
oi#da
oi]kei?oj, -a, -on
oi]ketei<a, -aj, h[
oi]ke<thj, -ou, o[
oi]ke<w
oi@khma, -atoj, to<
oi]khth<rion, -ou, to<
oi]ki<a, -aj, h[
oi]kiako<j, -ou?, o[
oi]kodespote<w
oi]kodespo<thj, -ou, o[
oi]kodome<w
oi]kodomh<, -h?j, h[
oi]kodo<moj, -ou, o[
oi]konome<w
oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[
oi]kono<moj, -ou, o[
oi#koj, -ou, o[
oi]koume<nh, -hj, h[
oi]kourgo<j, -o<n
oi]ktirmo<j, -ou?, o[
oi]kti<rmwn, -on
oi]kti<rw
oi]nopo<thj, -ou, o[
oi#noj, -ou, o[
oi]noflugi<a, -aj, h[
oi@omai
oi$oj, -a, -on
oi@sw
o]kne<w
o]knhro<j, -a<, -o<n
o]ktah<meroj, -on
o]ktw<
o@leqroj, -ou, o[
o]ligopisti<a, -aj, h[
o]ligo<pistoj, -on
o]li<goj, -h, -on
o]ligo<yuxoj, -on
o]ligwre<w
o]li<gwj
o]loqreuth<j, -ou?, o[
o]loqreu<w
o]lokau<twma, -atoj, to<
o]loklhri<a, -aj, h[
o]lo<klhroj, -on
o]lolu<zw
o!loj, -h, -on
o[lotelh<j, -e<j

Uzziah
I stink, smell
from where, whence
sheet, linen cloth
linen cloth
I know
relative, kin
house slave
house slave
I dwell, live, reside
room, apartment
dwelling place
house
relative, household
I keep house
house manager
I build
building, edifying
builder
I manage, administer
management, order, plan
administrator, manager
house, family
world, inhabited earth
homemaker
pity, mercy
merciful
I have compassion
drunkard
wine
drunkenness
I think, expect
of what sort, such as
fe<rw
I hesitate, delay
idle, lazy
on the eighth day
eight
ruin, destruction
little faith
of little faith
small, few, little
discouraged
I despise, make light
hardly, barely
destroyer
I destroy, ruin
whole burnt offering
wholeness
whole, entire
I cry aloud, wail
whole, entire
completely

]Olumpa?j, a?, o[
o@lunqoj, -ou, o[
o!lwj
o@mbroj, -ou, o[
o[mei<romai
o[mile<w
o[mili<a, -aj, h[
o[mi<xlh, -hj, h[
o@mma, -atoj, to<
o]mnu<w
o[moqumado<n
o[moiopaqh<j, -e<j
o!moioj, -a, -on
o[moio<thj, -htoj, h[
o[moio<w
o[moi<wma, -atoj, to<
o[moi<wj
o[moi<wsij, -ewj, h[
o[mologe<w
o[mologi<a, -aj, h[
o[mologoume<nwj
o[mo<texnoj, -on
o[mou?
o[mo<frwn, -on
o!mwj
o@nar, to<
o]na<rion, -ou, to<
o]neidi<zw
o]neidismo<j, -ou?, o[
o@neidoj, -ouj, to<
]Onh<simoj, -ou, o[
]Onhsi<foroj, -ou, o[
o]niko<j, -h<, -o<n
o]ni<nhmi
o@noma, -atoj, to<
o]noma<zw
o@noj, -ou, o[, h[
o@ntwj
o@coj, ouj, to<
o]cu<j, -ei?a, u<
o]ph<, -h?j, h[
o@pisqen
o]pi<sw
o[pili<zw
o!plon, -ou, to<
o[poi?oj, -a, -on
o!pou
o]pta<nomai
o]ptasi<a, -aj, h[
o]pto<j, -h<, -o<n
o]pw<ra, -aj, h[
o!pwj
o!rama, -atoj, to<

490

Olympas
summer fig
completely, really
rain-storm
I have affection for
I speak, talk
association, intercourse
mist, fog
eye
I swear, take an oath
with one mind
same desires
like, similar
likeness, similarity
I make like, compare
likeness, image, copy
likewise, similarly
likeness, resemblance
I promise, confess
confession
undeniably, certainly
of the same trade
together
like-minded
yet, although
dream
foal, donkey
I revile, insult
insult
disgrace
Onesimus
Onesiphorus
of a donkey
I benefit, enjoy
name
I name, call
donkey
really, certainly
sour wine, vinegar
sharp, quick
hole, opening
from behind
behind, after
I equip, arm, prepare
tool, weapon
what sort of
where
I appear
a vision, trance
roasted, baked
ripe fruit
how, so that
a vision

Complete Lexicon
o!rasij, -ewj, h[
o[rato<j, -h<, -o<n
o[ra<w
o]rgh< -h?j, h[
o]rgi<zw
o]rgi<loj, -h, -on
o]rguia<, -a?j, h[
o]re<gw
o]reino<j, -h<, -o<n
o@recij, -ewj, h[
o]rqopode<w
o]rqo<j, -h<, -o<n
o]rqotome<w
o]rqri<zw
o]rqrino<j, -h<, -o<n
o@rqroj, -ou, o[
o]rqw?j
o[ri<zw
o!rion, -ou, to<
o[rki<zw
o!rkoj, -ou, o[
o[rkwmosi<a, -aj, h[
o[rma<w
o[rmh<, -h?j, h[
o!rmhma, -atoj, to<
o@rneon, -ou, to<
o@rnij, -iqoj, o[, h[
o[roqesi<a, -aj, h[
o@roj, -ouj, to<
o]ru<ssw
o]rfano<j, -h<, -o<n
o]rxe<omai
o!j, h!, o!
o[sa<kij
o!sioj, -a, -on
o[sio<thj, -htoj, h[
o[si<wj
o]smh<, -h?j, h[
o!soj, -h, -on
o]ste<on, ou, to<
o!stij, h!tij, o! ti
o]stra<kinoj, -h, -on
o@sfrhsij, -ewj, h[
o]sfu?j, -u<oj, h[
o!tan
o!te
o!ti
ou$
ou]
ou@
ou]a<
ou]ai<
ou]damw?j

a vision
visible
I see, appear, witness
anger, wrath
I am angry
easily angered
fathom (6 ft.)
I stretch out, reach
hilly, mountainous
longing, desire
I walk upright
upright, straight
I teach correctly
I get up early
early morning
early morning
correctly
I determine, appoint
boundary, region
I implore
oath
oath
I rush, set out
will, inclination, desire
sudden violence
bird
bird
boundary
mountain
I dig
orphaned
I dance
who, which
whenever, as often as
holy, devout, pious
piety, holiness
devoutly, holy
fragrance, odor
as many as, as much as
bone
whoever, whatever
earthenware
sense of smell
waist, loins
whenever
when, while
that, because
where
not
no
aha!
woe!
by no means

ou]de<
ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n
ou]de<pote
ou]de<pw
ou]ke<ti
ou]kou?n
ou#n
ou@pw
ou]ra<, -a?j, h[
ou]ra<nioj, -on
ou]rano<qen
ourano<j, -ou?, o[
Ou]rbano<j, -ou?, o[
Ou]ri<aj, -ou, o[
ou#j, w]to<j, to<
ou]si<a, -aj, h[
ou@te
ou$toj, au!th, tou?to
ou!twj
ou]xi<
o]feile<thj, -ou, o[
o]feilh<, -h?j, h[
o]fei<lhma, -atoj, to<
o]fei<lw
o@felon
o@feloj, -ouj, to<
o]fqalmodouli<a,
-aj, h[
o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[
o@fij, -ewj, o[
o]fru?j, -u<oj, h[
o]xle<w
o]]xlopoie<w
o@xloj, -ou, o[
o]xu<rwma, -atoj, to<
o]ya<rion, -ou, to<
o]ye<
o@yimoj, -on
o@yioj, -a, -on
o@yij, -ewj, h[
o@yomai
o]yw<nion, -ou, to<

and not, nor, neither


no one, nobody
never
not yet
no more, no longer
therefore, so
so, therefore, then
not yet
tail
heavenly
from heaven
heaven
Urbanus
Uriah
ear
property, wealth
nor, neither
this
thus, in this manner, so
not
debtor
debt
debt, sin
I owe, am in debt
would that
benefit, good
eye-service
eye
snake
brow, cliff, edge
I cause trouble
I gather a crowd
crowd
fortress
fish
late, evening
late, latter (rain)
late, evening
appearance, face
o[ra<w/ble<pw
wage, pay

P
pagideu<w
pagi<j, -i<doj, h[
pa<qhma, -atoj, to<
paqhto<j, -h<, -o<n
pa<qoj, -ouj, to<
paidagwgo<j, -ou?, o[
paida<rion, -ou, to<
paidei<a, -aj, h[
paideuth<j, -ou?, o[
paideu<w

491

I snare, trap
trap, snare
suffering, misfortune
subject to suffering
suffering
guardian, guide
child
upbringing, training
instructor, teacher
I instruct, train

Complete Lexicon
paidio<qen
paidi<on, -ou, to<
paidi<skh, -hj, h[
pai<zw
pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[
pai<w
pa<lai
palaio<j, -a<, o<n
palaio<thj, -htoj, h[
palaio<w
pa<lh, -hj, h[
paliggenesi<a, -aj, h[
pa<lin
pamplhqei<
Pamfuli<a, -aj, h[
pandoxei?on, -ou, to<
pandoxeu<j, -e<wj, o[
panh<gurij, -ewj, h[
panoikei<
panopli<a, -aj, h[
panourgi<a, -aj, h[
panou?rgoj, -on
pantax^?
pantaxou?
pantelh<j, -e<j
pa<nt^
pa<ntoqen
pantokra<twr, -oroj, o[
pa<ntote
pa<ntwj
para<
para<
para<
parabai<nw
paraba<llw
para<basij, -ewj, h[
paraba<thj, -ou, o[
parabia<zomai
paraboleu<omai
parabolh<, -h?j, h[
paraggeli<a, -aj, h[
paragge<llw
paragi<nomai
para<gw
paradeigmati<zw
para<deisoj, -ou, o[
parade<comai
parade<xomai
paradi<dwmi
para<docoj, -on
para<dosij, -ewj, h[
paradw<sw

parazhlo<w
from childhood
paraqala<ssioj, -a,
child
-on
slave girl
paraqewre<w
I play, dance
paraqh<kh, -hj, h[
child, servant
pare<bhn
I strike, hit, wound
paraqh<sw
long ago, formerly
paraine<w
old
paraite<omai
age
parakaqe<zomai
I become old, age
parakale<w
fight
parakalu<ptw
rebirth, regeneration
para<keimai
again
parakeka<lummai
all together
para<klhsij, -ewj, h[
Pamphylia
para<klhtoj, -ou, o[
inn
parakoh<, -h?j, h[
innkeeper
parakolouqe<w
celebration
parakou<w
whole house
paraku<ptw
full armor, panoply
paralamba<nw
cunning, trickery
parale<gomai
crafty, sly, clever
paralh<myomai
everywhere
para<lioj, -on
everywhere
parallagh<, -h?j, h[
perfect, complete
paralogi<zomai
in every way
paralutiko<j, -h<, -o<n
from all directions
paralu<w
Almighty
parame<nw
always
paramuqe<omai
certainly, doubtless
paramuqi<a, -aj, h[
from (Gen.)
beside, in the presence of paramu<qion, -ou, to<
(Dat.)
paranome<w
alongside of (Acc.)
paranomi<a, -aj, h[
I transgress, deviate
parapikrai<nw
I approach, cross over parapikrasmo<j, -ou?, o[
transgression
parapi<ptw
transgressor
paraple<w
I urge, force
paraplh<sioj, -a,
I risk, expose to danger -on
parable, illustration
paraplhsi<wj
order, command
paraporeu<omai
I command, order, direct para<ptwma, -atoj, to<
I come, arrive
pararre<w
I pass by/along
para<shmoj, -on
I expose, disgrace
paraskeua<zw
paradise
paraskeuh<, -h?j, h[
parade<xomai
parasth<sw
I receive, welcome
paratei<nw
I hand over, betray
parathre<w
incredible, wonderful
parath<rhsij, -ewj, h[
tradition
parati<qhmi
paradi<dwmi
paratugxa<nw

492

I make jealous
by the sea
I overlook, disregard
deposit, what is entrusted
parabai<nw
parati<qhmi
I advise, recommend
I ask for, decline
I sit beside
I call, invite
I hide, conceal
I am ready, am present
parakalu<ptw
encouragement
the Helper
disobedience
I follow, investigate
I overhear, disobey
I bend over, look into
I take with, take over
I sail past
paralamba<nw
coastal
change, variation
I deceive, defraud
lame, paralyzed
I undo, weaken
I remain with, stay
I encourage, console
encouragement
encouragement
I disobey
lawlessness
I rebel
revolt, rebellion
I go astray, miss
I sail past
very similar
similarly, likewise
I go by, pass by
sin
I drift away, slip away
distinguished, emblem
I prepare, get ready
preparation
pari<sthmi
I prolong, extend
I watch, observe
observation
I place before, entrust
I happen to be near

Complete Lexicon
parauti<ka
parafe<rw
parafrone<w
parafroni<a, -aj, h[
paraxeima<zw
paraxeimasi<a, -aj, h[
paraxrh?ma
pa<rdalij, -ewj, h[
pare<bhn
parebiasa<mhn
paregeno<mhn
parede<dwka
paredo<qhn
paredreu<w
pare<dwka
pare<qhka
parei?mai
pa<reimi
pareisa<gw
parei<saktoj, -on
pareisa<cw
pareisdu<w
pareise<rxomai
pareish?lqon
pareish<negka
pareisfe<rw
parekto<j
pare<kuya
pare<labon
pareleu<somai
parelh<luqa
parelh<mfqhn
paremba<llw
parembolh<, -h?j, h[
pare<meina
parenoxle<w
pare<cw
pare<peson
parepi<dhmoj, -on
parerru<hn
pare<rxomai
pa<resij, -ewj, h[
pare<somai
pare<sthka
pare<sthsa
pare<sxon
pare<xw
parhgori<a, -aj, h[
parh?ka
parh?lqon
parh<negkon
par^<thmai

par^thsa<mhn
immediately
parqeni<a, -aj, h[
I carry away, remove
parqe<noj, -ou, h[, o[
I am insane
Pa<rqoi, -wn, oi[
insanity
pari<hmi
I spend the winter
pari<sthmi
spending the winter
suddenly, immediately Parmena?j, -a?, o[
pa<rodoj, -ou, h[
leopard
parabai<nw
paroike<w
parabia<zomai
paroiki<a, -aj, h[
paragi<nomai
pa<roikoj, -on
paradi<dwmi
paroimi<a, -aj, h[
paradi<dwmi
pa<roinoj, -on
I serve
paroi<xomai
paradi<dwmi
paromoia<zw
parati<qhmi
paro<moioj, -on
pari<hmi
parocu<nw
I am present, arrive
parocusmo<j, -ou?, o[
I bring in
parorgi<zw
smuggled in
parorgismo<j, -ou?, o[
pareisa<gw
parorgiw?
I sneak into, slip in
parotru<nw
I slip in
parousi<a, -aj, h[
pareise<rxomai
paroyi<j, -i<doj, h[
pareisfe<rw
I make an effort, apply parrhsi<a, -aj, h[
parrhsia<zomai
besides, except for
par&<xhmai
paraku<ptw
pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n
paralamba<nw
pa<sxa, to<
pare<rxomai
pa<sxw
pare<rxomai
Pa<tara, -wn, ta<
paralamba<nw
pata<cw
I surround, set up
pata<ssw
a camp, an army
pate<w
parame<nw
path<r, patro<j, o[
I annoy, trouble
Pa<tmoj, -ou, o[
pare<xw
patria<, -a?j, h[
parapi<ptw
patria<rxhj, -ou, o[
stranger, sojourning
patriko<j, -h<, -o<n
pararre<w
patri<j, -i<doj, h[
I go by, pass by
Patroba?j, -a?, o[
passing over,
patrol&<aj, -ou, o[
disregarding
pa<reimi
patropara<dotoj, -on
pari<sthmi
patr&?oj, -a, -on
pari<sthmi
Pau?loj, -ou, o[
pare<xw
pau<w
I offer, grant, bring about Pa<foj, -ou, h[
paxu<nw
comfort
pari<hmi
pe<dh, -hj, h[
pare<rxomai
pedino<j, -h<, -o<n
parafe<rw
pezeu<w
paraite<omai
pez^?

paraite<omai
virginity
virgin
Parthians
I neglect, avoid
I come, help, provide
Parmenas
passage, passing by
I dwell as a stranger
temporary residence
stranger, temporary
resident
proverb, parable
drunk
I pass (time)
I am like
similar, like
I urge, am upset
stirring up, provoking
I make angry
anger
parorgi<zw
I incite, arouse
presence, arrival
plate, dish
openness, courage
I speak freely/openly
paroi<xomai
all, whole, every, any
the Passover
I suffer, experience
Patara (city)
pata<ssw
I strike, hit
I step on, walk on
father, ancestor
Patmos (island)
family, clan, nation
patriarch
of ancestors
homeland, fatherland
Patrobas
father murderer
inherited
inherited from father
Paul
I stop, cause to cease
Paphos (city)
I am dull, make fat
fetter, shackle
flat, level
I travel on foot
by land

493

Complete Lexicon
peiqarxe<w
peiqo<j, -h<, -o<n
pei<qw
peina<w
pei?ra, -aj, h[
peira<zw
peira<omai
peirasmo<j, -ou?, o[
peismonh<, -h?j, h[
pei<sw
pe<lagoj, -ouj, to<
peleki<zw
pe<mptoj, -h, -on
pe<mpw
pe<nhj, -htoj
penqera<, -a?j, h[
penqero<j, -ou?, o[
penqe<w
pe<nqoj, -ouj, to<
penixro<j, -a<, -o<n
penta<kij
pentakisxi<lioi, -ai,
-a
pentako<sioi, -ai, -a
pe<nte
pentekaide<katoj, -h,
-on
penth<konta
penthkosth<, -h?j, h[
pe<peismai
pepi<esmai
pe<poiqa
pepoi<qhsij, -ewj, h[
pe<ponqa
pepo<tika
pe<pragmai
pe<praxa
pe<ptwka
pe<pwka
peraite<rw
pe<ran
pe<raj, -atoj, to<
Pe<rgamoj, -ou, h[
Pe<rgh, -hj, h[
peri<
peri<
peria<gw
periaire<w
peria<ptw
periastra<ptw
periba<llw
peribe<blhmai
perible<pw

peribo<laion, -ou, to<


peride<w
perie<dramon
perie<zwsa
perie<qhka
periei?lon
perie<lamya
perie<peson
perierga<zomai
peri<ergoj, -on
perie<rrhca
perie<rxomai
perie<sthka
perie<sthn
perie<xon
perie<xw
perizw<nnumi
perizw<smai
perizw<sw
perih?lqon
perih<straya
perih?ya
peri<qesij, -ewj, h[
perii~sthmi
five hundred
perika<qarma, -atoj,
five
to<
fifteenth
perikalu<ptw
peri<keimai
fifty
perikeka<lummai
Pentecost
pei<qw
perikefalai<a, -aj, h[
pie<zw
perikrath<j, -e<j
pei<qw
perikru<bw
perikuklo<w
confidence, trust
pa<sxw
perila<mpw
poti<zw
perilei<pomai
pra<ssw
peri<lupoj, -on
pra<ssw
perime<nw
pi<ptw
pe<ric
pi<nw
perioike<w
peri<oikoj, -on
furthermore, beyond
periou<sioj, -on
across, other side
perioxh<, -h?j, h[
end, limit, boundary
peripate<w
Pergamum
peripei<rw
Perga
concerning, about (Gen.) peripi<ptw
peripoie<w
around (Acc.)
peripoi<hsij, -ewj, h[
I travel about
perirh<gnumi
I remove, take away
perispa<w
I kindle, start a fire
perissei<a, -aj, h[
I shine around
peri<sseuma, -atoj, to<
I put on, clothe
periba<llw
perisseu<w
perisso<j, -h<, -o<n
I look around
I obey
persuasive
I persuade, convince
I hunger
attempt, trial
I test, tempt, attempt
I try, attempt
test, temptation
persuasion
pei<qw
open sea
I behead
fifth
I send
poor, needy
mother-in-law
father-in-law
I grieve, mourn
grief, mourning
poor, needy
five times
five thousand

494

clothing, cloak
I bind, wrap around
peritre<xw
perizw<nnumi
periti<qhmi
periaire<w
perila<mpw
peripi<ptw
I am a busybody
busybody, witchcraft
perirh<gnumi
I go around, travel about
perii~sthmi
perii~sthmi
perie<xw
I surround, contain
I get ready, gird about
perizw<nnumi
perizw<nnumi
perie<rxomai
periastra<ptw
peria<ptw
wearing, put around
I avoid, stand around
garbage, dirt, refuse
I cover, conceal
I be around, wear
perikalu<ptw
helmet
being in control
I hide, conceal
I surround, encircle
I shine around
I remain
grieving, very sad
I wait for
around
I live nearby
neighbor
chosen, special
passage (of text)
I walk about, roam
I impale, pierce
I fall into, encounter
I acquire, obtain
gaining, possessions
I tear off
I am distracted
abundance, surplus
abundance, fulness
I abound
abundant, exceptional

Complete Lexicon
perisso<teroj, -a,
-on
perissote<rwj
perissw?j
peristera<, -a?j, h[
perite<mnw
periti<qhmi
peritomh<, -h?j, h[
peritre<pw
peritre<xw
perife<rw
perifrone<w
peri<xwroj, -on
peri<yhma, -atoj, to<
perpereu<omai
Persi<j, -i<doj, h[
pe<rusi
pesou?mai
peteino<n, -ou?, to<
pe<tomai
pe<tra, -aj, h[
Pe<troj, -ou, o[
petrw<dhj, -ej
ph<ganon, -ou, to<
phgh<, -h?j, h[
ph<gnumi
phda<lion, -ou, to<
phli<koj, -h, -on
phlo<j, -ou?, o[
ph<ra, -aj, h[
phro<w
ph?xuj, -ewj, h[
pia<zw
pie<zw
piqanologi<a, -aj, h[
pikrai<nw
pikranw?
pikri<a, -aj, h[
pikro<j, -a<, -o<n
pikrw?j
Pila?toj, -ou, o[
pi<mplhmi
pi<mprhmi
pinaki<dion, -ou, to<
pi<nac, -akoj, h[
pi<nw
pi<omai
pio<thj, -thtoj, h[
pipra<skw
pi<ptw
Pisidi<a, -aj, h[
Pisi<dioj, -a, -on
pisteu<w

pistiko<j, -h<, -o<n


pi<stij, -ewj, h[
pisto<j, -h<, -o<n
more, far greater
pisto<w
exceedingly
plana<w
dove, pigeon
pla<nh, -hj, h[
I circumcise
planh<thj, -ou, o[
I put around, grant
pla<noj, -on
circumcision
pla<c, plako<j, h[
I turn, change to
pla<sma, -atoj, to<
I run around
pla<ssw
I carry around
plasto<j, -h<, -o<n
I disregard, despise
platei?a, -aj, h[
neighboring
pla<toj, -ouj, to<
garbage, dirt
platu<nw
I brag, boast
platu<j, -ei?a, -u<
Persis
ple<gma, -atoj, to<
last year
ple<kw
pi<ptw
pleona<zw
bird
pleonekte<w
I fly
pleone<kthj, -ou, o[
rock
pleoneci<a, -aj, h[
Peter
pleura<, -a?j, h[
rocky
ple<w
rue, garden herb
plhgh<, -h?j, h[
spring, well
plh?qoj, -ouj, to<
I make firm
plhqu<nw
rudder
how large? how great? plh<kthj, -ou, o[
plh<mmura, -hj, h[
clay, mud
plh<n
knapsack
plh<rhj, -ej
I disable, blind
plhrofore<w
cubic, forearm length
plhrofori<a, -aj, h[
I seize, arrest
plhro<w
I press down
plh<rwma, -atoj, to<
convincing speech
plhsi<on
I am embittered
pikrai<nw
plhsmonh<, -h?j, h[
plh<ssw
bitterness, animosity
ploia<rion, -ou, to<
bitter, resentful
ploi?on, -ou, to<
bitterly
plou?j, ploo<j, o[
Pilate
plou<sioj, -a, -on
I fill, fulfill
I have a fever, swell up plousi<wj
ploute<w
tablet
plouti<zw
writing tablet
plou?toj, -ou, o[, to<
I drink
plu<nw
pi<nw
pneu?ma, -atoj, to<
fatness, richness
pneumatiko<j, -h<, -o<n
I sell
pneumatikw?j
I fall, perish
pne<w
Pisidia
pni<gw
Pisidian
pnikto<j, -h<, -o<n
I believe, trust
greater, more

495

faithful, genuine
faith, trust, proof
faithful, trustworthy
I convince
I mislead, deceive
wandering, deception
wanderer
deceitful, misleading
tablet
image, figure
I form, make, mold
fabricated
street, wide road
breadth, width
I widen, make broad
wide, broad
braid, weaving
I weave, braid
I increase, become great
I exploit, outwit, cheat
greedy person
greediness, covetousness
side of the body
I sail
wound, blow
large number, crowd
I increase, multiply
bully, combative person
flood
but, except, however
full, complete
I fulfill, complete
certainty
I fulfill, complete, finish
fulfillment, fullness
near, neighbor, close
satisfaction
I strike
small boat
boat
sailing, voyage
rich, wealthy
rich, abundantly
I become rich
I make rich
wealth, riches
I wash
spirit, wind, breath
spiritual
spiritually
I blow, breathe out
I choke, strangle
choked

Complete Lexicon
pnoh<, -h?j, h[
podh<rhj, -ej
po<qen
poie<w
poi<hma, -atoj, to<
poi<hsij, -ewj, h[
poihth<j, -ou?, o[
poiki<loj, -h, -on
poimai<nw
poimh<n, -e<noj, o[
poi<mnh, -hj, h[
poi<mnion, -ou, to<
poi?oj, -a, -on
poleme<w
po<lemoj, -ou, o[
po<lij, -ewj, h[
polita<rxhj, -ou, o[
politei<a, -aj, h[
poli<teuma, -atoj, to<
politeu<omai
poli<thj, -ou, o[
polla<kij
pollaplasi<wn, -on
polulogi<a, -aj, h[
polumerw?j
polupoi<kiloj, -on
polu<j, pollh<, polu<
polu<splagxnoj, -on
polutelh<j, -e<j
polu<timoj, -on
polutro<pwj
po<ma, -atoj, to<
ponhri<a, -aj, h[
ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n
po<noj, -ou, o[
Pontiko<j, -h<, -o<n
Po<ntioj, -ou, o[
po<ntoj, -ou, o[
Po<ntoj, -ou, o[
Po<plioj, -ou, o[
porei<a, -aj, h[
poreu<omai
porqe<w
porismo<j, -ou?, o[
Po<rkioj, -ou, o[
pornei<a, -aj, h[
porneu<w
po<rnh, -hj, h[
po<rnoj, -ou, o[
po<rrw
po<rrwqen
porfu<ra, -aj, h[

wind, breath
(robe) to the feet
from where, whence?
I do, make, perform
product, creation
doing, creation, work
doer, poet
of various kinds
I shepherd, tend, herd
shepherd, pastor
flock
flock
which, what kind of?
I fight, make war
war, fight
city, town
city official, magistrate
citizenship, state
place of citizenship
I live, conduct myself
citizen
often, frequently
many times, manifold
wordiness
in many ways, often
many-sided, manifold
many, much, great
sympathetic,
compassionate
expensive
valuable, precious
in many ways
a drink
wickedness, sinfulness
wicked, evil
labor, toil, pain
from Pontus
Pontius
open sea
Pontus
Publius
journey, trip, conduct
I go, travel
I pilage, destroy
gaining wealth
Porcius
prostitution
I commit immorality
prostitute, harlot
immoral, fornicator
far away
farther, at a distance
purple cloth

porfuro<pwlij,
-idoj, h[
porfurou?j, -a?, ou?n
posa<kij
po<sij, -ewj, h[
po<soj, -h, -on
potamo<j, -ou?, o[
potamofo<rhtoj, -on
potapo<j, -h<, -o<n
po<te
pote<
po<teron
poth<rion, -ou, to<
poti<zw
Poti<oloi, -wn, oi[
po<toj, -ou, o[
pou?
pou<
Pou<dhj, -entoj, o[
pou<j, podo<j, o[
pra?gma, -atoj, to<
pragmatei<a, -aj, h[
pragmateu<omai
praitw<rion, -ou, to<
pra<ktwr, -oroj, o[
pra?cij, -ewj, h[
pra<cw
prasia<, -a?j, h[
pra<ssw
prau*pa<qeia, -aj, h[
prau~j, praei?a, prau~
prau~thj, -htoj, h[
pre<pw
presbei<a, -aj, h[
presbeu<w
presbute<rion, -ou, to<
presbu<teroj, -a, -on
presbu<thj, -ou, o[
presbu?tij, -idoj, h[
prhnh<j, -e<j
pri<zw
pri<n
Pri<ska, -hj, h[
Pri<skilla, -hj, h[
pro<
proa<gw
proaire<w
proaitia<omai
proakou<w
proamarta<nw
pro<acw
proau<lion, -ou, to<
probai<nw

496

dealer in purple cloth


purple
how often?
a drink, drinking
how many? how much?
river, stream
swept away by a flood
what sort of
when, ever
once, formerly
whether
cup
I give to drink
Puteoli
drinking party, orgy
where?
somewhere, about
Pudens
foot
event, deed, undertaking
activity, occupation
I trade, do business
palace, palace guard
officer, constable
deed, function, act
pra<ssw
garden, group
I do, accomplish
gentleness
gentle
gentleness
I am fitting, suitable
ambassador
I am an ambassador
elder council
elder
old man
old woman
prostrate, head first
I saw in two, cut
before, formerly
Prisca
Priscilla
before, above
I lead, precede
I choose, prefer
I accuse beforehand
I hear before
I sin before
proa<gw
gateway, forecourt
I go on, advance

Complete Lexicon
proba<llw
probatiko<j, -h<, -o<n
pro<baton, -ou, to<
probe<bhka
probiba<zw
proble<pw
proge<gona
progi<nomai
proginw<skw
pro<gnwsij, -ewj, h[
pro<gonoj, -on
progra<fw
pro<dhloj, -on
prodi<dwmi
prodo<thj, -ou, o[
pro<dromoj, -on
proe<bhn
proege<grammai
proe<gnwn
proe<gnwsmai
proe<dramon
proe<dwka
proe<qhka
proei?don
proei#pon
proei<rhka
proei<rhmai
proekh<ruca
proe<koya
proeleu<somai
proelh<mfqhn
proelpi<zw
proena<rxomai
proepagge<llw
proe<paqon
proepe<mfqhn
proe<pemya
proeph<ggelmai
proe<rxomai
proe<sthka
proe<sthsa
proetoima<zw
proeuaggeli<zomai
proe<xw
proew<raka
proh<gagon
prohge<omai
proh?lqon
proh<lpika
pro^<rhmai
pro<qesij, -ewj, h[
proqesmi<a, -aj, h[

I put forward, sprout


of sheep
sheep
probai<nw
I urge, bring forward
I foresee, provide for
progi<nomai
I happened before
I have foreknowledge
foreknowledge
forefather, parent
I write beforehand
clear, obvious, evident
I betray
traitor, betrayer
forerunner
probai<nw
progra<fw
proginw<skw
proginw<skw
protre<xw
prodi<dwmi
proti<qhmi
proora<w
prole<gw
prole<gw
prole<gw
prokhru<ssw
proko<ptw
proe<rxomai
prolamba<nw
I hope beforehand
I begin previously
I promise before
propa<sxw
prope<mpw
prope<mpw
proepagge<llw
I go on, proceed
proi~sthmi
proi~sthmi
I prepare beforehand
I proclaim good news
beforehand
I excel, have advantage
proora<w
proa<gw
I outdo, esteem
proe<rxomai
proelpi<zw
proaire<w
presentation, plan
set time

proqumi<a, -aj, h[
pro<qumoj, -on
proqu<mwj
pro<i*moj, -on
proi~sthmi
prokale<w
prokatagge<llw
prokatarti<zw
prokate<xw
pro<keimai
prokhru<ssw
prokoph<, -h?j, h[
proko<ptw
proko<yw
pro<krima, -atoj, to<
prokuro<w
prolamba<nw
prole<gw
promartu<romai
promeleta<w
promerimna<w
pronoe<w
pro<noia, -aj, h[
proora<w
proori<zw
propa<sxw
propa<twr, -oroj, o[
prope<mpw
propeth<j, -e<j
proporeu<omai
pro<j
pro<j
pro<j
prosa<bbaton, -ou, to<
prosagoreu<w
prosa<gw
prosagwgh<, -h?j, h[
prosaite<w
prosai<thj, -ou, o[
prosanabai<nw
prosanalamba<nw
prosanali<skw
prosanaplhro<w
prosanati<qhmi
prosane<bhn
prosane<qhka
prosapeile<w
prosaxe<w
prosdapana<w
prosde<omai
prosde<xomai
prosdoka<w
prosdoki<a, -aj, h

497

eagerness, readiness
eager, ready, willing
eagerly, willingly
early (rain)
I guide, care for, aid
I provoke, challenge
I foretell, announce
I prepare
I have advantage
I am exposed, lie before
I preach before
progress
I prosper, accomplish
proko<ptw
discrimination, partiality
I prefer
I anticipate, undertake
I predict, say beforehand
I predict
I prepare, plan ahead
I worry beforehand
I have foresight
foresight
I foresee
I decide beforehand
I suffer before
ancestor, forefather
I accompany
reckless, thoughtless
I precede, lead
for (Gen.)
near, at, by (Dat.)
to, towards with (Acc.)
Friday (before Sabbath)
I name, call
I approach
approach
I beg
beggar
I move up, go up
I welcome
I spend a lot
I provide fully
I add, consult with
prosanabai<nw
prosanati<qhmi
I threaten further
I resound
I spend in addition
I need more
I accept, welcome
I expect, wait for
expectation

Complete Lexicon
prosea<w
proseggi<zw
prosedeca<mhn
prose<dramon
prose<qhka
prose<koya
proselh<luqa
prosenh<noxa
prose<peson
prose<phca
proserga<zomai
prose<rhca
prose<rxomai
prose<sxhka
prose<taca
proseu<comai
proseuxh<, -h?j, h[
proseu<xomai
prose<xw
prosh<gagon
prosh?lqon
proshlo<w
prosh<lutoj, -ou, o[
prosh<negka
proshne<xqhn
proshuca<mhn
pro<skairoj, -on
proskale<w
proskartere<w
proskarte<rhsij,
-ewj, h[
proskefa<laion, -ou,
to<
prosklhro<w
proskli<nw
pro<sklisij, -ewj, h[
proskolla<w
pro<skomma, -atoj, to<
proskoph<, -h?j, h[
prosko<ptw
proskuli<w
proskune<w
proskunhth<j, -ou?, o[
proslale<w
proslamba<nw
pro<slhmyij, -ewj, h[
prosme<nw
prosormi<zw
prosofei<lw
prosoxqi<zw
pro<speinoj, -on
prosph<gnumi
prospi<ptw

I allow to go farther
I approach
prosde<xomai
prostre<xw
prosti<qhmi
prosko<ptw
prose<rxomai
prosfe<rw
prospi<ptw
prosph<gnumi
I make more
prosrh<gnumi
I approach, come to
prose<xw
prosta<ssw
proseu<xomai
prayer
I pray
I pay attention
prosa<gw
prose<rxomai
I nail onto
proselyte, convert
prosfe<rw
prosfe<rw
proseu<xomai
temporary, transitory
I summon, call
I wait on, persist, serve
perseverance
pillow
I assign, join
I join, incline toward
inclination, prejudice
I join, am devoted to
stumbling, offense
obstacle, offense
I strike, stumble
I roll up to
I worship
worshiper
I speak to, address
I partake, welcome
acceptance
I remain, stay on
I moor, come to port
I owe
I am angry, offended
hungry
I crucify
I prostrate, beat upon

prospoie<w
prosporeu<omai
prosrh<gnumi
prosta<ssw
prosta<tij, -idoj, h[
prosti<qhmi
prostre<xw
prosfa<gion, -ou, to<
pro<sfatoj, -on
prosfa<twj
prosfe<rw
prosfilh<j, -e<j
prosfora<, -a?j, h[
prosfwne<w
pro<sxusij, -ewj, h[
prosyau<w
proswpolhmpte<w
proswpolh<mpthj,
-ou, o[
proswpolhmyi<a,
-aj, h[
pro<swpon, -ou, to<
protei<nw
pro<teroj, -a, -on
proti<qhmi
protre<pw
protre<xw
prou*pa<rxw
pro<fasij, -ewj, h[
profe<rw
profhtei<a, -aj, h[
profhteu<w
profh<thj, -ou, o[
profhtiko<j, -h<, -o<n
profh?tij, -idoj, h[
profqa<nw
proxeiri<zomai
proxeirotone<w
Pro<xoroj, -ou, o[
pru<mna, -hj, h[
prwi~
prwi~a, -aj, h[
prwi*no<j, -h<, -o<n
pr&?ra, -hj, h[
prwteu<w
prwtokaqedri<a, -aj, h[
prwtoklisi<a, -aj, h[
prw?toj, -h, -on
prwtosta<thj, -ou, o[
prwtoto<kia, -wn, ta<
prwto<tokoj, -on
prw<twj
ptai<w

498

I pretend, take notice


I approach
I strike against, shatter
I command, order
defender, guardian
I add, give, grant
I run up to
fish, relish
new, recent
recently
I bring to, offer, present
pleasing, lovely
sacrifice, offering, gift
I address, call out
pouring, sprinkling
I touch
I am partial, biased
one who shows partiality
partiality
face, appearance
I stretch out, spread
earlier, before
I plan, purpose, display
I urge, persuade
I run in front of
I exist before
pretense, excuse
I produce, bring out
prophecy
I prophesy
prophet
prophetic
prophetess
I anticipate
I select in advance
I choose beforehand
Prochorus
stern (of boat)
early, morning
morning
morning, early
bow (of boat)
I am first
seat of honor
place of honor
first, prominent, best
ringleader
birthright
firstborn
firstly
I stumble, sin, trip

Complete Lexicon
pte<rna, -hj, h[
pteru<gion, -ou, to<
pte<ruc, -ugoj, h[
pthno<j, -h<, -o<n
ptoe<w
pto<hsij, -ewj, h[
Ptolemai~j, -i~doj, h[
ptu<on, -ou, to<
ptu<rw
ptu<sma, -atoj, to<
ptu<ssw
ptu<w
ptw?ma, -atoj, to<
ptw?sij, -ewj, h[
ptwxei<a, -aj, h[
ptwxeu<w
ptwxo<j, -h<, -o<n
pugmh<, -h?j, h[
pu<qwn, -wnoj, o[
pukno<j, -h<, -o<n
pukteu<w
pu<lh, -hj, h[
pulw<n, -w?noj, o[
punqa<nomai
pu?r, -o<j, to<
pura<, -a?j, h[
pu<rgoj, -ou, o[
pure<ssw
pureto<j, -ou?, h[
pu<rinoj, -h, -on
puro<w
purra<zw
purro<j, -a<, -o<n
Pu<rroj, -ou, o[
pu<rwsij, -ewj, h[
pwle<w
pw?loj, -ou, o[
pw<pote
pwro<w
pw<rwsij, -ewj, h[
pw?j
pw<j

heel
end, edge
wing
winged, bird
I am terrified, alarmed
terrifying, terror
Ptolemais (city)
shovel, fork
I frighten, scare
spit, saliva
I roll up
I spit
corpse
falling, collapse
poverty
I am poor
poor, beggarly
fist, fist-fight
spirit of divination
often, frequent
I box, fight
gate, door
door, gate
I inquire, learn
fire
fire pile
tower
I have a fever
fever
fiery red
I burn up, am on fire
I am fiery red
red
Pyrrhus
burning, suffering
I sell
colt, foal
ever, any time
I harden, make dull
stubbornness
how?
perhaps, somehow

R
[Raa<b, h[
r[abbi<
r[abbouni<
r[abdi<zw
r[ab
< doj, -ou, h[
r[abdou?xoj, -ou, o[
[Ragau<, o[
r[%diou<rghma, -atoj,
to<
r[%diourgi<a, -aj, h[

Rahab
rabbi, teacher
my rabbi, my teacher
I beat with a rod
rod, stick
policeman
Reu
trick, crime
frivolity, deceit, fraud

r[ai<nw
[Raifa<n, o[
r[aka<
r[a<koj, -ouj, to<
[Rama<, h[
r[anti<zw
r[antismo<j, -ou?, o[
r[api<zw
r[a<pisma, -atoj, to<
r[afi<j, -i<doj, h[
[Raxa<b, h[
[Raxh<l, h[
[Rebe<kka, -aj, h[
r[e<dh, -hj, h[
r[e<w
[Rh<gion, -ou, to<
r[h?gma, -atoj, to<
r[h<gnumi
r[h?ma, -atoj, to<
r[h<cw
[Rhsa<, o[
r[h<twr, -oroj, o[
r[htw?j
r[i<za, -hj, h[
r[izo<w
r[iph<, -h?j, h[
r[ipi<zw
r[i<ptw
[Roboa<m, o[
[Ro<dh, -hj, h[
[Ro<doj, -ou, h[
r[oizhdo<n
r[omfai<a, -aj, h[
[Roubh<n, o[
[Rou<q, h[
[Rou?foj, -ou, o[
r[um
< h, -hj, h[
r[u<omai
r[upai<nw
r[upari<a, -aj, h[
r[uparo<j, -a<, -o<n
r[u<poj, -ou, o[
r[us
< ij, -ewj, h[
r[uti<j, -i<doj, h[
[Rwmai*ko<j, -h<, -o<n
[Rwmai?oj, -a, -on
[Rwmai*sti<
[Rw<mh, -hj, h[
r[w<nnumi

499

I sprinkle
Rephan
fool, empty-head
patch, piece of cloth
Ramah (city)
I sprinkle
sprinkling
I hit, slap, whip
blow with a club/whip
needle
Rahab
Rachel
Rebekah
carriage
I flow, overflow
Rhegium (city)
wreck, ruin
I tear, break, burst
word, saying
r[h<gnumi
Rhesa
lawyer
expressly, explicitly
root, descendant
I am rooted, fixed
blinking
I am tossed about
I throw away
Rehoboam
Rhoda
Rhodes
with a noise
sword
Reuben
Ruth
Rufus
lane, narrow street
I rescue, deliver
I soil, dirty
filth, dirt
dirty
dirt
flow, flowing
wrinkle
Roman
Roman
in Latin
Rome
I say goodbye

S
sabaxqa<ni
Sabaw<q
sabbatismo<j, -ou?, o[

you have forsaken me


Lord of Hosts/Armies
Sabbath rest

Complete Lexicon
sa<bbaton, -ou, to<
sagh<nh, -hj, h[
Saddoukai?oj, -ou, o[
Sadw<k, o[
sai<nw
sa<kkoj, -ou, o[
Sala<, o[
Salaqih<l, o[
Salami<j, -i?noj, h[
Salei<m, to<
saleu<w
Salh<m, h[
Sali<m, to<
Salmw<n, o[
Salmw<nh, -hj, h[
sa<loj, -ou, o[
sa<lpigc, -iggoj, h[
salpi<zw
salpisth<j, -ou?, o[
Salw<mh, -hj, h[
Sama<reia, -aj, h[
Samari<thj, -ou, o[
Samari?tij, -idoj, h[
Samoqr%<kh, -hj, h[
Sa<moj, -ou, h[
Samouh<l, o[
Samyw<n, o[
sanda<lion, -ou, to<
sani<j, -i<doj, h[
Saou<l, o[
sapro<j, -a<, -o<n
Sa<pfira, -hj, h[
sa<pfiroj, -ou, h[
sarga<nh, -hj, h[
Sa<rdeij, -ewn, ai[
sa<rdion, -ou, to<
sardo<nuc, -uxoj, o[
Sa<repta, -wn, ta<
sarkiko<j, -h<, -o<n
sa<rkinoj, -h, -on
sa<rc, sarko<j, h[
saro<w
Sa<rra, -aj, h[
Sarw<n, -w?noj, o[
Satana?j, -a?, o[
sa<ton, -ou, to<
Sau?loj, -ou, o[
sbe<nnumi
sbe<sw
seautou?, -h?j
seba<zomai
se<basma, -atoj, to<
sebasto<j, -h<, -o<n

Sabbath
dragnet
Sadducee
Zadok
I move, disturb
sackcloth
Shelah
Salathiel
Salamis (city)
Salim (city)
I shake, am distressed
Salem
Salim (city)
Salmon
Salmone
rolling wave
trumpet
I sound the trumpet
trumpeter
Salome
Samaria (city)
Samaritan
Samaritan woman
Samothrace (island)
Samos (island)
Samuel
Samson
sandal
board, plank
Saul
decayed, bad
Sapphira
sapphire
basket
Sardis
carnelian stone
onyx
Zarephath (city)
fleshly, worldly
fleshly, worldly
flesh
I sweep
Sarah
Sharon
Satan
measure (for grain)
Saul
I extinguish, put out
sbe<nnumi
yourself
I worship, reverence
sanctuary
revered, august

se<bw
seira<, -a?j, h[
seismo<j, -ou?, o[
sei<w
Sekou?ndoj, -ou, o[
Seleu<keia, -aj, h[
selh<nh, -hj, h[
selhnia<zomai
Semei~n, o[
semi<dalij, -ewj, h[
semno<j, -h<, -o<n
semno<thj, -htoj, h[
Se<rgioj, -ou, o[
Serou<x, o[
Sh<q, o[
Sh<m, o[
shmai<nw
shmei?on, -ou, to<
shmeio<w
sh<meron
sh<pw
sh<j, shto<j, o[
shto<brwtoj, -on
sqeno<w
siagw<n, -o<noj, h[
siga<w
sigh<, -h?j, h[
si<dhroj, -ou, o[
sidhrou?j, -a?, ou?n
Sidw<n, -w?noj, h[
Sidw<nioj, -a, -on
sika<rioj, -ou, o[
si<kera, to<
Sila?j, -a?, o[
Silouano<j, -ou?, o[
Silwa<m, o[
simiki<nqion, -ou, to<
Si<mwn, -wnoj, o[
Sina<
si<napi, -ewj, to<
sindw<n, -o<noj, h[
sinia<zw
siriko<j, -h<, -o<n
siteuto<j, -h<, -o<n
siti<on, -ou, to<
sitisto<j, -h<, -o<n
sitome<trion, -ou, to<
si?toj, -ou, o[
Siw<n, h[
siwpa<w
skandali<zw
ska<ndalon, -ou, to<
ska<ptw

500

I worship
chain, rope
shaking
I shake, agitate
Secundus
Seleucia
moon
I am an epileptic
Semein
fine flour
honorable, noble
reverence, dignity
Sergius
Serug
Seth
Shem
I report, communicate
sign, indication
I write, take note of
today
I decay, rot
moth
moth-eaten
I strengthen
cheek
I am silent
silence, quiet
iron
made of iron
Sidon (city)
Sidonian
terrorist, sicarius
strong drink, beer
Silas
Silvanus
Siloam
apron
Simon
Sinai
mustard
linen
I sift
silk
fattened
grain
fattened
food/grain ration
wheat, grain
Zion
I keep silent
I cause to sin, fall
trap, temption
I dig

Complete Lexicon
ska<fh, -hj, h[
ska<yw
ske<loj, -ouj, to<
ske<pasma, -atoj, to<
Skeua?j, -a?, o[
skeuh<, -h?j, h[
skeu?oj, -ouj, to<
skhnh<, -h?j, h[
skhnophgi<a, -aj, h[
skhnopoio<j, -ou?, o[
skh?noj, -ouj, to<
skhno<w
skh<nwma, -atoj, to<
skia<, -a?j, h[
skirta<w
sklhrokardi<a, -aj, h[
sklhro<j, -a<, -o<n
sklhro<thj, -htoj, h[
sklhrotra<xhloj, -on
sklhru<nw
skolio<j, -a<, -o<n
sko<loy, -opoj, o[
skope<w
skopo<j, -ou?, o[
skorpi<zw
skorpi<oj, -ou, o[
skoteino<j, -h<, -o<n
skoti<a, -aj, h[
skoti<zw
sko<toj, -ouj, to<
skoto<w
sku<balon, -ou, to<
Sku<qhj, -ou, o[
skuqrwpo<j, -h<, -o<n
sku<llw
sku?lon, -ou, to<
skwlhko<brwtoj, -on
skw<lhc, -hkoj, o[
smara<gdinoj, -h, -on
sma<ragdoj, -ou, o[
smu<rna, -hj, h[
Smu<rna, -hj, h[
smurni<zw
So<doma, -wn, ta<
Solomw<n, -w?noj, o[
soro<j, -ou?, h[
so<j, sh<, so<n
souda<rion, -ou, to<
Sousa<nna, -hj, h[
sofi<a, -aj, h[
sofi<zw
sofo<j, -h<, -o<n
Spani<a, -aj, h[

skiff, small boat


ska<ptw
leg
clothing
Sceva
equipment, furnishings
jar, dish, vessel
tent, dwelling
festival of tents
tentmaker
tent, lodging, body
I live, dwell
tent, dwelling
shade, shadow
I leap for joy
hard heart
hard
hardness, stubbornness
stiff-necked, stubborn
I harden
crooked
thorn, splinter
I look for, notice
goal, mark
I scatter, disperse
scorpion
dark, obscure
darkness, evil
I become dark
darkness, evil
I become darkened
rubbish, dirt, dung
Scythian
sad
I am troubled, weary
booty, spoils
eaten by worms
maggot
emerald made
emerald
myrrh
Smyrna
I put myrrh in wine
Sodom (city)
Solomon
bier, coffin
your
handkerchief
Susanna
wisdom
I make wise, teach
clever, skillful
Spain

spara<ssw
spargano<w
spatala<w
spa<w
spei?ra, -hj, h[
spei<rw
spekoula<twr, -oroj, o[
spe<ndw
spe<rma, -atoj, to<
spermolo<goj, -on
speu<dw
sph<laion, -ou, to<
spila<j, -a<doj, h[
spi<loj, -ou, o[
spilo<w
splagxni<zomai
spla<gxnon, ou, to<
spo<ggoj, -ou, o[
spodo<j, -ou?, h[
spora<, -a?j, h[
spo<rimoj, -on
spo<roj, -ou, o[
spouda<zw
spoudai?oj, -a, -on
spoudai<wj
spoudh<, -h?j, h[
spuri<j, -i<doj, h[
sta<dion, -ou, to<
sta<mnoj, -ou, h[
stasiasth<j, -ou?, o[
sta<sij, -ewj, h[
stath<r, -h?roj, o[
stauro<j, -ou?, o[
stauro<w
stafulh<, -h?j, h[
sta<xuj, -uoj, o[
Sta<xuj, -uoj, o[
ste<gh, -hj, h[
ste<gw
stei?ra, -aj, h[
ste<llw
ste<mma, -atoj, to<
stenagmo<j, -ou?, o[
stena<zw
steno<j, -h<, -o<n
stenoxwre<w
stenoxwri<a, -aj, h[
ste<rgw
stereo<j, -a<, -o<n
stereo<w
stere<wma, -atoj, to<
Stefana?j, -a?, o[
Ste<fanoj, -ou, o[

501

I convulse, tear
I wrap, clothe
I live luxuriously
I pull, draw
band of soldiers
I sow (seed)
courier, executioner
I pour libation
seed
gossip, babbler
I hurry
cave, hideout
reef, spot, stain
stain, blemish
I stain, defile
I pity, feel sympathy
intestines, desire
sponge
ashes
sowing, origin, parentage
sown, grain fields
seed
I hurry, am eager
eager, zealous
eagerly, diligently
hurry, eagerness, zeal
basket, hamper
arena, stadium
jar
rebel
riot, revolt, strife
stater coin ($.80)
cross
I crucify
cluster of grapes
ear of grain
Stachys
roof
I endure
barren
I avoid, stay away
wreath
groan, sigh
I groan
narrow
I cramp, confine
distress, trouble
I love, feel affection
firm, hard, solid
I make strong, firm
firmness, steadfastness
Stephanas
Stephen

Complete Lexicon
ste<fanoj, -ou, o[
stefano<w
sth?qoj, -ouj, to<
sth<kw
sthrigmo<j, -ou?, o[
sthri<zw
sth<sw
stiba<j, -a<doj, h[
sti<gma, -atoj, to<
stigmh<, -h?j, h[
sti<lbw
stoa<, -a?j, h[
Stoi*ko<j, -h<, -o<n
stoixei?on, -ou, to<
stoixe<w
stolh<, -h?j, h[
sto<ma, -atoj, to<
sto<maxoj, -ou, o[
stratei<a, -aj, h[
stra<teuma, -atoj, to<
strateu<omai
strathgo<j, -ou?, o[
stratia<, -a?j, h[
stratiw<thj, -ou, o[
stratologe<w
strato<pedon, -ou, to<
streblo<w
stre<fw
strhnia<w
strh?noj, -ouj, to<
strouqi<on, -ou, to<
strwnnu<w
stughto<j, -h<, -o<n
stugna<zw
stu?loj, -ou, o[
su<, sou<; u[mei?j, u[mw?n
sugge<neia, -aj, h[
suggenh<j, -e<j
suggeni<j, -i<doj, h[
suggnw<mh, -hj, h[
sugka<qhmai
sugkaqi<zw
sugkakopaqe<w
sugkakouxe<omai
sugkale<w
sugkalu<ptw
sugka<mptw
sugkatabai<nw
sugkata<qesij, -ewj, h[
sugkatati<qhmi
sugkatayhfi<zomai
sugkate<bhn
sugkeka<lummai

wreath, crown
I crown, honor
chest, breast
I stand, stand firm
firmness
I strengthen, establish
i!sthmi
leaves, leafy branch
mark, brand, scar
moment
I shine, glisten
colonnaded porch
Stoic
basic principles
I hold to, agree with
robe
mouth
stomach
campaign, warfare
army, soldiers
I am a soldier, war
chief magistrate
army
soldier
I gather an army
camp, army
I distort, twist, torture
I turn around, change
I live sensually
sensual living
sparrow
I spread out, furnish
hated
I become dark, gloomy
pillar, leader
you
relatives, kinship
relative, kin
kinswoman
pardon, indulgence
I sit with
I sit with
I suffer with
I suffer with
I summon
I conceal
I bend
I go down with
union, agreement
I agree together
I added, join
sugkatabai<nw
sugkalu<ptw

sugkera<nnumi
sugke<xumai
sugkine<w
sugklei<w
sugklhrono<moj, -on
sugkoinwne<w
sugkoinwno<j, -ou?, o[
sugkomi<zw
sugkri<nw
sugku<ptw
sugkuri<a, -aj, h[
sugxai<rw
sugxe<w
sugxra<omai
su<gxusij, -ewj, h[
suza<w
suzeu<gnumi
suzhte<w
suzhthth<j, -ou?, o[
su<zugoj, -ou, o[
suzwopoie<w
suka<minoj, -ou, h[
sukh?, -h?j, h[
sukomore<a, -aj, h[
su?kon, -ou, to<
sukofante<w
sulagwge<w
sula<w
sullale<w
sullamba<nw
sulle<gw
sulle<cw
sullh<myomai
sullogi<zomai
sullupe<w
sumbai<nw
sumba<llw
sumbasileu<w
sumbe<bhka
sumbiba<zw
sumbouleu<w
sumbou<lion, -ou, to<
su<mbouloj, -ou, o[
Sumew<n, o[
summaqhth<j, -ou?, o[
summarture<w
summeri<zw
summe<toxoj, -ou, o[
summimhth<j, -ou?, o[
summorfi<zw
su<mmorfoj, -on
sumpaqe<w
sumpaqh<j, -e<j

502

I blend, unite
sugxe<w
I stir up
I enclose, imprison
inheriting together with
I share, associate with
partner, participant
I bury
I compare, explain
I bend over
coincidence, chance
I rejoice, congratulate
I confuse
I associate
confusion, tumult
I live with
I join, pair, marry
I discuss, dispute
disputer
fellow-worker, comrade
I make alive with
mulberry tree
fig tree
sycamore tree
fig
I slander, accuse falsely
I carry off booty, rob
I rob
I talk with, discuss
I seize, grasp, apprehend
I collect, pick, gather
sulle<gw
sullamba<nw
I talk with, debate
I grieve with, hurt with
I meet, happen
I confer, debate
I rule with
sumbai<nw
I unite, infer, teach
I advise
plan, purpose
advisor
Simeon
fellow disciple
I testify with, confirm
I share with
sharer
fellow imitator
I conform
similar in form
I suffer with
sympathetic

Complete Lexicon
sumparagi<nomai
sumparakale<w
sumparalamba<nw
sumpa<reimi
sumpa<sxw
sumpe<mpw
sumperilamba<nw
sumpi<nw
sumpi<ptw
sumplhro<w
sumpni<gw
sumpoli<thj, -ou, o[
sumporeu<omai
sumpo<sion, -ou, to<
sumpresbu<teroj,
-ou, o[
sumfe<rw
su<mfhmi
su<mforoj, -on
sumfule<thj, -ou, o[
su<mfutoj, -on
sumfu<w
sumfwne<w
sumfw<nhsij, -ewj, h[
sumfwni<a, -aj, h[
su<mfwnoj, -on
sumyhfi<zw
su<muyuxoj, -on
su<n
suna<gw
sunagwgh<, -h?j, h[
sunagwni<zomai
sunaqle<w
sunaqroi<zw
sunai<rw
sunaixma<lwtoj,
-ou, o[
sunakolouqe<w
sunali<zw
sunalla<ssw
sunanabai<nw
sunana<keimai
sunanami<gnumi
sunanapau<omai
sunane<bhn
sunanta<w
sunantilamba<nomai
suna<cw
sunapa<gw
sunape<qanon
sunape<steila
sunaph<xqhn
sunapoqn^<skw

I come together
I encourage together
I take along, bring with
I am with
I suffer with
I send with
I embrace
I drink with
I collapse, fall together
I fulfill, approach
I crowd around
fellow-citizen
I go with
party, group
fellow-elder
I bring together, help
I agree
beneficial, profitable
fellow-countryman
grown together
I grow up with
I agree
agreement
music
harmonious, agreeing
I count up, calculate
harmonious
with (Dat.)
I gather, call together
synagogue, assembly
I fight, contend
I toil with, contend
I gather, bring together
I agree with
fellow-prisoner
I accompany, follow
I eat with, assemble
I reconcile
I go up with
I eat with
I mingle with
I relax with, rest with
sunanabai<nw
I happen, meet
I help with
suna<gw
I lead away, carry off
sunapoqn^<skw
sunaposte<llw
sunapa<gw
I die with

sunapo<llumi
sunaposte<llw
sunapw<lesa
sunarmologe<w
sunarpa<zw
sunauca<nw
su<ndesmoj, -ou, o[
sunde<w
sundoca<zw
su<ndouloj, -ou, o[
sundromh<, -h?j, h[
sune<bhn
sunegei<rw
sune<dramon
sune<drion, -ou, to<
sune<zeuca
sune<qhka
sunei<dhsij, -ewj, h[
sunei<don
suneish?lqon
sunei<lhfa
su<neimi
su<neimi
suneise<rxomai
sune<kdhmoj, -ou, o[
suneklekto<j, -h<, -o<n
sune<leca
sunelh<luqa
sunelh<mfqhn
sune<cw
sunepe<qhka
sune<peson
sunepe<sthn
sunepimarture<w
sune<pion
sunepiti<qhmi
sune<pnica
sune<pomai
sunerge<w
sunergo<j, -o<n
sune<rxomai
sunesqi<w
su<nesij, -ewj, h[
sune<stalmai
sune<steila
sune<sthka
sune<sthsa
sune<sxon
sune<taca
suneta<fhn
suneto<j, -h<, -o<n

503

I destroy with, perish


with
I send with
sunapo<llumi
I join together
I seize, drag away
I grow with
bond
I imprison with
I am praised with
fellow-servant
running together
sumbai<nw
I raise to life with
suntre<xw
Sanhedrin, high council
suzeu<gnumi
sunti<qhmi
consciousness,
conscience
sunora<w
suneise<rxomai
sullamba<nw
I am with
I come together
I enter with
traveling companion
chosen with
sulle<gw
sune<rxomai
sullamba<nw
sune<xw
sunepiti<qhmi
sumpi<ptw
sunefi<sthmi
I testify with
sumpi<nw
I join in attack
sumpni<gw
I accompany
I work with
helping, working
together
I come together
I eat with
insight, understanding
suste<llw
suste<llw
suni<sthmi
suni<sthmi
sune<xw
sunta<ssw
sunqa<ptw
intelligent, wise

Complete Lexicon
sunetri<bhn
sune<triya
sune<tuxon
suneudoke<w
suneuwxe<omai
sune<fagon
sunefi<sthmi
sunexu<qhn
sune<xw
sunh<gagon
sunhge<rqhn
sunh?gmai
sunh<xqhn
sunh<domai
sunh<qeia, -aj, h[
sunh?lqon
sunhlikiw<thj, -ou, o[
sunh<negka
sunh<rpaka
sunh<rpasa
sunh?ka
sunh<sw
sunqa<ptw
sunqla<w
sunqli<bw
sunqru<ptw
suni<hmi
suni<sthmi
sunodeu<w
sunodi<a, -aj, h[
su<noida
sunoike<w
sunoikodome<w
sunomile<w
sunomore<w
sunora<w
sunoxh<, -h?j, h[
sunta<ssw
sunte<qeimai
sunte<leia, -aj, h[
suntele<w
sunte<mnw
sunte<trimmai
sunthre<w
sunti<qhmi
sunto<mwj
suntre<xw
suntri<bw
su<ntrimma, -atoj, to<
suntri<yw
su<ntrofoj, -on
suntugxa<nw

suntri<bw
suntri<bw
suntugxa<nw
I agree with, approve
I feast together
sunesqi<w
I join in an attack
sugxe<w
I restrain, seize, shut
suna<gw
sunerei<rw
suna<gw
suna<gw
I rejoice with
friendship, custom
sune<rxomai
contemporary
sumfe<rw
sunarpa<zw
sunarpa<zw
suni<hmi
suni<hmi
I bury with
I crush
I crowd around
I break in pieces
I understand
I put together
I travel with
group of travelers
I know with
I live with
I build together
I talk with
I am next to
I realize, learn about
distress, anguish
I order, direct
sunti<qhmi
end, close, completion
I complete, end, finish
I shorten, limit
suntri<bw
I preserve
I put with, agree with
promptly, briefly
I run together
I shatter, smash
destruction, ruin
suntri<bw
nursed with, companion,
friend
I meet, join

Suntu<xh, -hj, h[
sunupokri<nomai
sunupourge<w
sunwdi<nw
sunwmosi<a, -aj, h[
Sura<kousai, -w?n, ai[
Suri<a, -aj, h[
Su<roj, -ou, o[
Surofoini<kissa,
-hj, h[
Su<rtij, -ewj, h[
su<rw
suspara<ssw
su<sshmon, -ou, to<
su<sswmoj, -on
sustatiko<j, -h<, -o<n
sustauro<w
suste<llw
sustena<zw
sustoixe<w
sustratiw<thj, -ou, o[
sustre<fw
sustrofh<, -h?j, h[
susxhmati<zw
Suxa<r, h[
Suxe<m, h[
sfagh<, -h?j, h[
sfa<gion, -ou, to<
sfa<zw
sfa<llw
sfo<dra
sfodrw?j
sfragi<zw
sfragi<j, -i?doj, h[
sfudro<n, -ou?, to<
sxedo<n
sxh?ma, -atoj, to<
sxi<zw
sxi<sma, -atoj, to<
sxoini<on, -ou, to<
sxola<zw
sxolh<, -h?j, h[
s&<zw
sw?ma, -atoj, to<
swmatiko<j, -h<, -o<n
swmatikw?j
Sw<patroj, -ou, o[
swreu<w
Swsqe<nhj, -ouj, o[
Swsi<patroj, -ou, o[
swth<r, -h?roj, o[
swthri<a, -aj, h[
swth<rioj, -on

504

Syntyche
I pretend together
I cooperate, join helping
I suffer with
conspiracy
Syracuse (city)
Syria
Syrian
Syrophoenician
Syrtis (gulf)
I drag away, pull
I convulse
signal, token
co-member with
commendatory
I crucify with
I limit, cover
I groan with
I correspond to
comrade
I come together, gather
commotion
I am conformed to
Sychar (city)
Shechem (city)
slaughter
victim, sacrifice
I slaughter
I slip, stumble
very, greatly
very much, greatly
I seal, mark
seal, stamp, mark
ankle
nearly, almost
form, appearance
I split, divide
split, division
rope
I have time, am empty
lecture hall
I save, rescue
body
bodily, physical
bodily
Sopater
I pile up, fill with
Sosthenes
Sosipater
savior, deliverer
salvation, deliverance
saving, delivering

Complete Lexicon
swfrone<w
swfroni<zw
swfronismo<j, -ou?, o[
swfro<nwj
swfrosu<nh, -hj, h[
sw<frwn, -on

I am reasonable
I advise, teach
good judgment
moderately
good judgment
self-controlled

T
tabe<rnai, -w?n, ai[
Tabiqa<, h[
ta<gma, -atoj, to<
Taddai?on
takto<j, -h<, -o<n
talaipwre<w
talaipwri<a, -aj, h[
talai<pwroj, -on
talantiai?oj, -a, -on
ta<lanton, -ou, to<
taliqa<
tamei?on, -ou, to<
ta<cij, -ewj, h[
tapeino<j, -h<, -o<n
tapeinofrosu<nh,
-hj, h[
tapeino<frwn, -on
tapeino<w
tapei<nwsij, -ewj, h[
tara<ssw
ta<raxoj, -ou, o[
Tarseu<j, -e<wj, o[
Tarso<j, -ou?, h[
tartaro<w
ta<ssw
tau?roj, -ou, o[
tafh<, -h?j, h[
ta<foj, -ou, o[
ta<xa
taxe<wj
taxino<j, -h<, -o<n
ta<xoj, -ouj, to<
taxu<j, -ei?a, -u<
te<
te<qeika
te<qeimai
te<qlimmai
te<qnhka
te<qrammai
tei?xoj, -ouj, to<
tekmh<rion, -ou, to<
tekni<on, -ou, to<
teknogone<w
teknogoni<a, -aj, h[
te<knon, -ou, to<
teknotrofe<w

tavern, inn
Tabitha
division, order, group
Thaddaeus
determined, fixed
I endure sorrow
distress, trouble
distressed, miserable
weighing a talent
talent (ca. 70 lbs.)
girl
storeroom, inner room
order, position
humble, gentle
humility
humble
I humble
humiliation
I stir up, disturb
disturbance, rebellion
Tarsus person
Tarsus (city)
I cast into hell
I assign, command
bull, ox
burial place
grave
perhaps, probably
quickly
quick, imminent
quickness, haste
quickly, swift
and, also
ti<qhmi
ti<qhmi
qli<bw
qn^<skw
tre<fw
city wall
proof
child
I bear children
bearing of children
child
rear children

te<ktwn, -onoj, o[
te<leioj, -a, -on
teleio<thj, -htoj, h[
teleio<w
telei<wj
telei<wsij, -ewj, h[
teleiwth<j, -ou?, o[
telesfore<w
teleuta<w
teleuth<, -h?j, h[
tele<w
te<loj, -ouj, to<
telw<nhj, -ou, o[
telw<nion, -ou, to<
te<comai
te<raj, -atoj, to<
Te<rtioj, -ou, o[
Te<rtulloj, -ou, o[
tessara<konta
tessarakontaeth<j,
-e<j
te<ssarej, -a
tessareskaide<katoj,
-h
te<tagmai
teta<ragmai
tetartai?oj, -a, -on
te<tartoj, -h, -on
tetraarxe<w
tetraa<rxhj, -ou, o[
tetra<gwnoj, -on
tetra<dion -ou, to<
tetrakisxi<lioi, -ai, -a
tetrako<sioi, -ai, -a
tetra<mhnoj, -on
tetraplou?j, h?, -ou?n
tetra<pouj, -oun
te<tuxa
tefro<w
te<xnh, -hj, h[
texni<thj, -ou, o[
th<kw
thlaugw?j
thlikou?toj, -au<th,
-ou?to
thre<w
th<rhsij, -ewj, h[
Tiberia<j, -a<doj, h[
Tibe<rioj, -ou, o[
ti<qhmi
ti<ktw
ti<llw
Timai?oj, -ou, o[

505

carpenter, builder
complete, perfect
maturity, perfection
I make perfect, complete
completely
fulfillment
perfecter
I bear fruit to maturity
I die, come to an end
death, end
I end, finish
end, close, conclusion
tax-collector
tax office
ti<ktw
portent, omen
Tertius
Tertullus
forty
forty years
four
fourteenth
ta<ssw
tara<ssw
on fourth day
fourth
I am a tetrarch
tetrarch
square
four soldier group
four thousand
four hundred
four-month
four times
quadruped
tugxa<nw
I reduce to ashes
craft, skill, trade
craftsman
I melt, dissolve
clearly, plainly
so great
I keep, guard
prison, keeping
Tiberias (city)
Tiberius
I put, place
I give birth, bear
I pick, pluck
Timaeus

Complete Lexicon
tima<w
timh<, -h?j, h[
ti<mioj, -a, -on
timio<thj, -htoj, h[
Timo<qeoj, -ou, o[
Ti<mwn, -wnoj, o[
timwre<w
timwri<a, -aj, h[
ti<nw
ti<j, ti<
ti>j, ti>
ti<sw
Ti<tioj, -ou, o[
ti<tloj, -ou, o[
Ti<toj, -ou, o[
toi<
toigarou?n
toi<nun
toio<sde, -a<de, -o<nde
toiou?toj, -au<th,
-ou?ton
toi?xoj, -ou, o[
to<koj, -ou, o[
tolma<w
tolmhro<teron
tolmhth<j, -ou?, o[
tomo<j, -h<, -o<n
to<con, -ou, to<
topa<zion, -ou, to<
to<poj, -ou, o[
tosou?toj, -au<th,
-ou?ton
to<te
tou]nanti<on
tou@noma
tra<goj, -ou, o[
tra<peza, -hj, h[
trapezi<thj, -ou, o[
trau?ma, -atoj, to<
traumati<zw
traxhli<zw
tra<xhloj, -ou, o[
traxu<j, -ei?a, -u<
Traxwni?tij, -idoj, h[
trei?j, tri<a
Trei?j Tabe<rnai
tre<mw
tre<fw
tre<xw
trh?ma, -atoj, to<
tria<konta
triako<sioi, -ai, -a
tri<boloj, -ou, o[

I honor, set a price on


honor, price, value
precious, valuable
wealth
Timothy
Timon
I punish
punishment
I pay, am punished
who? which? what?
someone, something
ti<nw
Titius
inscription, notice
Titus
besides
therefore, then
therefore, so, indeed
such as this
such a kind, like that
wall
interest (loan)
I dare, presume
more boldly
bold, daring
sharp, cutting
bow (and arrow)
topaz (stone)
place, region
so much, so many
then
rather
the name
he-goat
table
money-changer
wound
I wound
I am open, reveal
neck, throat
rough
Trachonitis
three
Three Taverns
I tremble, fear
I feed, nourish
I run
eye of needle, hole
thirty
three hundred
thistle, thorn

tri<boj, -ou, h[
trieti<a, -aj, h[
tri<zw
tri<mhnoj, -on
tri<j
tri<stegon, -ou, to<
trisxi<lioi, -ai, -a
tri<toj, -h, -on
tri<xinoj, -h, -on
tro<moj, -ou, o[
troph<, -h?j, h[
tro<poj, -ou, o[
tropofore<w
trofh<, -h?j, h[
Tro<fimoj, -ou, o[
trofo<j, -ou?, h[
troxia<, -a?j, h[
troxo<j, -ou?, o[
tru<blion, -ou, to<
truga<w
trugw<n, -o<noj, h[
trumalia<, -a?j, h[
tru<phma, -atoj, to<
Tru<faina, -hj, h[
trufa<w
trufh<, -h?j, h[
Trufw?sa, -hj, h[
Tr&a<j, -a<doj, h[
trw<gw
tugxa<nw
tumpani<zw
tupikw?j
tu<poj, -ou, o[
tu<ptw
Tu<rannoj, -ou, o[
Tu<rioj, -ou, o[
Tu<roj, -ou, h[
tuflo<j, -h<, -o<n
tuflo<w
tufo<w
tu<fw
tufwniko<j, -h<, -o<n
Tuxiko<j, -ou?, o[

path
three years
I gnash teeth, grind
three-month
three times
third story (building)
three thousand
third
hairy
trembling, quivering
turning, return
manner, way of life
I put up with
food
Trophimus
nurse
course, way
wheel
bowl, dish
I pick (grapes)
pigeon, dove
needle
eye of a needle, hole
Tryphaena
I revel, carouse
reveling, indulgence
Tryphosa
Troas
I eat, nibble, munch
I meet, gain
I torment, torture
typologically, by
example
mark, scar, copy
I strike, beat
Tyrannus
Tyrian
Tyre (city)
blind
I blind
I delude, become foolish
I smoke, smolder
of hurricane force
Tychius

U
u[aki<nqinoj, -h, -on
u[a<kinqoj, -ou, o[
u[a<linoj, -h, -on
u!aloj, -ou, h[
u[bri<zw
u!brij, -ewj, h[
u[bristh<j, -ou?, o[
u[giai<nw

506

dark blue
hyacinth (flower)
glass, transparent
glass, crystal
I scoff at, insult
arrogance, insult
violent person
I am healthy

Complete Lexicon
u[gih<j, -e<j
u[gro<j, -a<, -o<n
u[dri<a, -aj, h[
u[dropote<w
u[dwpiko<j, -h<, -o<n
u!dwr, -atoj, to<
u[eto<j, -ou?, o[
ui[oqesi<a, -aj, h[
ui[o<j, -ou?, o[
u!lh, -hj, h[
[Ume<naioj, -ou, o[
u[me<teroj, -a, -on
u[mne<w
u!mnoj, -ou, o[
u[pa<gw
u[pakoh<, -h?j, h[
u[pakou<w
u!pandroj, -on
u[panta<w
u[pa<nthsij, -ewj, h[
u!parcij, -ewj, h[
u[pa<rxw
u[pede<degmai
u[pe<deica
u[pedeca<mhn
u[pe<dhsa
u[pe<dramon
u[pe<qhka
u[pei<kw
u[penanti<oj, -a, -on
u[pe<labon
u[pe<mnhsa
u[pemnh<sqhn
u[pe<r
u[pe<r
u[perai<rw
u[pe<rakmoj, -on
u[pera<nw
u[perauca<nw
u[perbai<nw
u[perballo<ntwj
u[perba<llw
u[perbolh<, -h?j, h[
u[perei?don
u[pere<keina
u[perekperissou?
u[perektei<nw
u[perekxu<nnw
u[perentugxa<nw
u[pere<xw
u[perhfani<a, -aj, h[
u[perh<fanoj, -on
u[perli<an

healthy
wet, moist
water jar, pitcher
I drink water
suffering from dropsy
water
rain
adoption
son
wood, material
Hymenaeus
your
I sing a hymn
hymn, song of praise
I go away, depart
obedience
I obey, hear
married
I meet, oppose
drawing near
possession, property
I am, exist
u[pode<xomai
u[podei<knumi
u[pode<xomai
u[pode<w
u[potre<xw
u[poti<qhmi
I submit, obey, yield
hostile, contrary
u[polamba<nw
u[pomimn^<skw
u[pomimn^<skw
in behalf of (Gen.)
above (Acc.)
I exalt, rise up
past ones prime
above
I grow greatly
I sin against, transgress
exceedingly, extremely
I surpass, outdo
excess
u[perora<w
beyond
extreme, more
I overextend
I pour out, overflow
I intercede, plead
I surpass, control
arrogance, pride
arrogant, proud
exceedingly, extremely

u[pernika<w
u[pe<rogkoj, -on
u[perora<w
u[peroxh<, -h?j, h[
u[perperisseu<w
u[perperissw?j
u[perpleona<zw
u[peruyo<w
u[perfrone<w
u[per&?on, -ou, to<
u[peta<ghn
u[pe<taca
u[pe<xw
u[pexw<rhsa
u[ph<kooj, -on
u[ph<negka
u[phrete<w
u[phre<thj, -ou, o[
u!pnoj, -ou, o[
u[po<
u[po<
u[poba<llw
u[pogrammo<j, -ou?, o[
u[po<deigma, -atoj, to<
u[podei<knumi
u[podei<cw
u[pode<xomai
u[pode<w
u[po<dhma, -atoj, to<
u[po<dikoj, -on
u[pozu<gion, -ou, to<
u[pozw<nnumi
u[poka<tw
u[pokri<nomai
u[po<krisij, -ewj, h[
u[pokrith<j, -ou?, o[
u[polamba<nw
u[po<leimma, -atoj, to<
u[polei<pw
u[polh<nion, -ou, to<
u[polimpa<nw
u[pome<nw
u[pomimn^<skw
u[po<mnhsij, -ewj, h[
u[pomnh<sw
u[pomonh<, -h?j, h[
u[ponoe<w
u[po<noia, -aj, h[
u[pople<w
u[popne<w
u[popo<dion, -ou, to<
u[po<stasij, -ewj, h[
u[poste<llw

507

I have victory
boastful, puffed up
I disregard, despise
superiority, prominence
I overflow
beyond, extremely
I overflow
I raise myself
I am arrogant
upper story
u[pota<ssw
u[pota<ssw
I am punished
u[poxwre<w
obedient
u[pofe<rw
I minister, serve
servant, helper
sleep
by (Gen.)
under (Acc.)
I instigate, bribe
model, example
model, example, pattern
I show, explain
u[podei<knumi
I welcome, receive
I tie on shoes
sandal
accountable, liable
pack animal
I brace a ship
under, below
I pretend
pretense, hypocrisy
hypocrite, pretender
I take up, support, reply
remnant
I leave behind
wine vat
I leave behind
I remain, endure
I remind, remember
reminder
u[pomimn^<skw
endurance, patience
I suspect, suppose
suspicion
I sail under
I blow gently
footstool
substance, essence
I avoid, withdraw

Complete Lexicon
u[postolh<, -h?j, h[
u[postre<fw
u[postrwnnu<w
u[potagh<, -h?j, h[
u[pota<ssw
u[pote<tagmai
u[poti<qhmi
u[potre<xw
u[potu<pwsij, -ewj, h[
u[pofe<rw
u[poxwre<w
u[pwpia<zw
u$j, u[o<j, h[
u[sso<j, -ou?, o[[
u!sswpoj, -ou, o[, h[
u[stere<w
u[ste<rhma, -atoj, to<
u[ste<rhsij, -ewj, h[
u!steroj, -a, -on
u[fanto<j, -h<, -o<n
u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n
u[yhlofrone<w
u!yistoj, -h, -on
u!yoj, -ouj, to<
u[yo<w
u!ywma, -atoj, to<

timidity, shrinking
I return, turn back
I spread out
obedience, subjection
I subject, subordinate
u[pota<ssw
I lay down, risk life
I sail under
example, prototype
I endure, submit to
I withdraw, retreat
I maltreat, slander
female pig
javelin, spear
hyssop
I am in need, lack
need, lack
need, poverty
last, later, finally
woven
tall, exalted, proud
I am proud, haughty
highest, most exalted
height, high place
I lift up, exalt
height, exaltation

F
fa<gomai
fa<goj, -ou, o[
failo<nhj, -ou, o[
fai<nw
Fa<lek, o[
fanero<j, -a<, -o<n
fanero<w
fanerw?j
fane<rwsij, -ewj, h[
fano<j, -ou?, o[
Fanouh<l, o[
fanta<zw
fantasi<a, -aj, h[
fa<ntasma, -atoj, to<
fa<ragc, -aggoj, h[
Faraw<, o[
Fa<rej, o[
Farisai?oj, -ou, o[
farmakei<a, -aj, h[
fa<rmakon, -ou, to<
fa<rmakoj, -ou, o[
fa<sij, -ewj, h[
fa<skw
fa<tnh, -hj, h[
fau?loj, -h, -on
fe<ggoj, -ouj, to<

e]sqi<w
glutton
cloak
I shine, appear, reveal
Peleg
visible, clear, plain
I reveal, show
openly, publicly
announcement
lantern
Phanuel
I appear, make visible
pageantry, pomp
ghost
ravine
Pharaoh
Perez
Pharisee
sorcery, magic
poison, medicine
magician, sorcerer
report, announcement
I say, claim
stall, stable, manger
bad, evil
light, radiance

fei<domai
fei<somai
fe<rw
feu<gw
feu<comai
Fh?lic, -ikoj, o[
fh<mh, -hj, h[
fhmi<
Fh?stoj, -ou, o[
fqa<nw
fqarto<j, -h<, -o<n
fqe<ggomai
fqei<rw
fqinopwrino<j, -h<, -o<n
fqo<ggoj, -ou, o[
fqone<w
fqo<noj, -ou, o[
fqora<, -a?j, h[
fia<lh, -hj, h[
fila<gaqoj, -on
Filade<lfeia, -aj, h[
filadelfi<a, -aj, h[
fila<delfoj, -on
filanqrwpi<a, -aj, h[
filanqrw<pwj
filarguri<a, -aj, h[
fila<rguroj, -on
fi<lautoj, -on
file<w
filh<donoj, -on
fi<lhma, -atoj, to<
Filh<mwn, -onoj, o[
Fi<lhtoj, -ou, o[
fili<a, -aj, h[
Filipph<sioj, -ou, o[
Fi<lippoi, -wn, oi[
Fi<lippoj, -ou, o[
filo<qeoj, -on
Filo<logoj, -ou, o[
filoneiki<a, -aj, h[
filo<neikoj, -on
filoceni<a, -aj, h[
filo<cenoj, -on
filoprwteu<w
fi<loj, -h, -on
filosofi<a, -aj, h[
filo<sofoj, -ou, o[
filo<storgoj, -on
filo<teknoj, -on
filotime<omai
filofro<nwj
fimo<w
Fle<gwn, -ontoj, o[

508

I spare, avoid
fei<domai
I carry, endure
I flee, escape
feu<gw
Felix
report, news
I tell, say
Festus
I come before, arrive
perishable, mortal
I speak, proclaim
I destroy, ruin
late autumn
sound, voice
I envy, am jealous
jealousy, envy
ruin, destruction
bowl
loving what is good
Philadelphia (city)
brotherly love
loving ones brother
friendliness, people love
friendly, benevolently
love of money, greed
loving money, avaricious
selfish
I love, like, kiss
loving pleasure
a kiss
Philemon
Philetus
friendship, love
Philippian
Philippi (city)
Philip
loving God, devout
Philologus
dispute, strife, contention
quarrelsome
hospitality
hospitable
I love to be first
beloved, dear, friend
philosophy
philosopher
affectionate
loving ones children
I aspire to
friendly, hospitably
I muzzle, silence
Phlegon

Complete Lexicon
flogi<zw
flo<c, flogo<j, h[
fluare<w
flu<aroj, -on
fobero<j, -a<, -o<n
fobe<w
fo<bhtron, -ou, to<
fo<boj, -ou, o[
Foi<bh, -hj, h[
Foini<kh, -hj, h[
foi?nic, -ikoj, o[
Foi?nic, -ikoj, o[
foneu<j, -e<wj, o[
foneu<w
fo<noj, -ou, o[
fore<w
fo<roj, -ou, o[
forti<zw
forti<on, -ou, to<
Fortouna?toj, -ou, o[
frage<llion, -ou, to<
fragello<w
fragmo<j, -ou?, o[
fra<zw
fra<ssw
fre<ar, -atoj, to<
frenapata<w
frenapa<thj, -ou, o[
frh<n, freno<j, h[
fri<ssw
frone<w
fro<nhma, -atoj, to<
fro<nhsij, -ewj, h[
fro<nimoj, -on
froni<mwj
fronti<zw
froure<w
frua<ssw
fru<ganon, -ou, to<
Frugi<a, -aj, h[
Fu<geloj, -ou, o[
fugh<, -h?j, h[
fulakh<, -h?j, h[
fulaki<zw
fulakth<rion, -ou, to<
fu<lac, -akoj, o[
fula<cw
fula<ssw
fulh<, -h?j, h[
fu<llon, -ou, to<
fu<rama, -atoj, to<
fusiko<j, -h<, -o<n
fusikw?j

I ignite, set on fire


flame
I talk nonsense
gossipy, foolish
fearful
I fear, reverence
horror, fearful thing
fear, reverence, fright
Phoebe
Phoenicia
palm-tree, date palm
Phoenix (city)
murderer
I murder, kill
murder, killing
I wear, bear
tribute, tax
I cause to carry
burden, load
Fortunatus
whip
I flog, whip, scourge
fence, wall
I explain
I shut, stop, close
a well, pit
I deceive
deceiver
thinking
I shudder, frighten
I think, judge, ponder
mind-set
way of thinking
wise, thoughtful
wisely
I think about
I guard, confine
I rave, am haughty
bush, shrub
Phrygia
Phygelus
flight
prison, guard, watch
I imprison
phylactery, amulet
a guard
fula<ssw
I guard, keep
tribe, nation
leaf
lump, batch
natural
naturally, by nature

fusio<w
fu<sij, -ewj, h[
fusi<wsij, -ewj, h[
futei<a, -aj, h[
futeu<w
fu<w
fwleo<j, -ou?, o[
fwne<w
fwnh<, -h?j, h[
fw?j, fwto<j, to<
fwsth<r, -h?roj, o[
fwsfo<roj, -ou, o[
fwteino<j, -h<, -o<n
fwti<zw
fwtismo<j, -ou?, o[

509

I am proud, conceited
nature
pride, conceit
a plant
I plant
I grow
den, hole
I call, cry out
voice, noise
light
star, splendor
morning star
bright, shining
I shine, illuminate
illumination

X
xai<rw
xa<laza, -hj, h[
xala<w
Xaldai?oj, -ou, o[
xalepo<j, -h<, -o<n
xalinagwge<w
xalino<j, -ou?, o[
xalkeu<j, -e<wj, o[
xalkhdw<n, -o<noj, o[
xalki<on, -ou, to<
xalkoli<banon, -ou, to<
xalko<j, -ou?, o[
xalkou?j, -h?, ou?n
xamai<
Xana<an, h[
Xananai?oj, -a, -on
xara<, -a?j, h[
xa<ragma, -atoj, to<
xarakth<r, -h?roj, o[
xa<rac, -akoj, o[
xari<zomai
xa<rin
xa<rij, -itoj, h[
xa<risma, -atoj, to<
xarito<w
Xarra<n, h[
xa<rthj, -ou, o[
xa<sma, -atoj, to<
xei?loj, -ouj, to<
xeima<zw
xeima<rrouj, -ou, o[
xeimw<n, -w?noj, o[
xei<r, xeiro<j, h[
xeiragwge<w
xeiragwgo<j, -ou?, o[
xeiro<grafon, -ou, to<

I rejoice, delight
hail
I let down
Chaldaean
hard, difficult
I bridle, hold in check
bit, bridle
metalworker, smith
agate (stone)
bronze vessel, kettle
fine brass
copper, brass, bronze
made of copper, brass
on the ground
Canaan
Canaanite
joy, gladness
mark, image, stamp
representation,
impression
barricade, stake
I forgive, give freely
because of
grace, favor
gift
I show favor, bless
Haran (city)
sheet of papyrus paper
chasm
lip, shore
I have bad weather
winter stream
rainy, winter
hand
I lead by hand
one who leads by hand
handwritten document

Complete Lexicon
xeiropoi<htoj, -on
xeirotone<w
xei<rwn, -on
Xerou<b, to<
xh<ra, -aj, h[
xili<arxoj, -ou, o[
xilia<j, -a<doj, h[
xi<lioi, -ai, -a
Xi<oj, -ou, h[
xitw<n, -w?noj, o[
xiw<n, -o<noj, h[
xlamu<j, -u<doj, h[
xleua<zw
xliaro<j, -a<, -o<n
Xlo<h, -hj, h[
xlwro<j, -a<, -o<n
xoi*ko<j, -h<, -o<n
xoi?nic, -ikoj, h[
xoi?roj, -ou, o[
xola<w
xolh<, -h?j, h[
Xorazi<n, h[
xorhge<w
xoro<j, -ou?, o[
xorta<zw
xo<rtasma, -atoj, to<
xo<rtoj, -ou, o[
Xouza?j, -a?, o[
xou?j, xoo<j, o[
xra<omai
xrei<a, -aj, h[
xreofeile<thj, -ou, o[
xrh<
xr^<zw
xrh?ma, -atoj, to<
xrhmati<zw
xrhmatismo<j, -ou?, o[
xrh<simoj, -h, -on
xrh?sij, -ewj, h[
xrhsteu<omai
xrhstologi<a, -aj, h[
xrhsto<j, -h<, -o<n
xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[
xri?sma, -atoj, to<
Xristiano<j, -ou?, o[
Xristo<j, -ou?, o[
xri<w
xroni<zw
xro<noj, -ou, o[
xronotribe<w
xrusi<on, -ou, to<
xrusodaktu<lioj, -on
xruso<liqoj, -ou, o[

handmade
I choose, appoint
very bad, worse
Cherub angel
widow
commander of 1000
thousand
thousand
Chios
tunic, shirt
snow
cloak
I mock, scoff
lukewarm
Chloe
green, fresh
earthy, made of dust
quart
pig, swine
I am angry
gall, bile
Chorazin (city)
I provide, supply
dancing
I feed, satisfy, fill
food
grass
Chuza
soil, dust
I employ, act
need, necessity
debtor
it should, it ought
I need
property, wealth
I prophesy, reveal, warn
divine revelation
useful
use, sexual relations
I am kind, loving
smooth speech
useful, good, worthy
goodness, kindness
anointing
Christian
Christ, Messiah
I anoint, assign
I linger, delay
time, long time
I spend time
gold
with a gold ring
chrysolite

xruso<prasoj, -ou, o[
xruso<j, -ou?, o[
xrusou?j, -h?, -ou?n
xruso<w
xrw<j, xrwto<j, o[
xwlo<j, -h<, -o<n
xw<ra, -aj, h[
xwre<w
xwri<zw
xwri<on, -ou, to<
xwri<j
xwri<sw
xw?roj, -ou, o[

chyrsoprase (quartz)
gold
golden
I make golden
skin
lame, crippled
region, district
I go out, reach
I divide, separate,
divorce
field
without, separately
xwri<zw
northwest

Y
ya<llw
yalmo<j, -ou?, o[
yeuda<delfoj, -ou, o[
yeudapo<stoloj, -ou, o[
yeudh<j, -e<j
yeudodida<skaloj,
-ou, o[
yeudolo<goj, -on
yeu<domai
yeudomarture<w
yeudomarturi<a, -aj, h[
yeudo<martuj, -uroj, o[
yeudoprofh<thj, -ou,
o[
yeu?doj, -ouj, to<
yeudo<xristoj, -ou, o[
yeudw<numoj, -on
yeu<sma, -atoj, to<
yeu<sthj, -ou, o[
yhlafa<w
yhfi<zw
yh?foj, -ou, h[
yiqurismo<j, -ou?, o[
yiquristh<j, -ou?, o[
yixi<on, -ou, to<
yuxh<, -h?j, h[
yuxiko<j, -h<, -o<n
yu?xoj, -ouj, to<
yuxro<j, -a<, -o<n
yu<xw
ywmi<zw
ywmi<on, -ou, to<
yw<xw

I sing praises
psalm, song of praise
false brother
false apostle
false, lying
false teacher
lying
I lie, deceive
I give false testimony
false witness
a false witness
false prophet
falsehood, lie
false Christ
falsely called
falsehood, lying
liar
I touch, handle
I calculate, reckon
pebble
gossip, whispering
gossiper, whisperer
crumb, little bit
life, soul, person
physical, natural
cold
cold
I make cold
I feed, give away
crumb, piece of bread
I rub

W
W
w#
w$de
&]dh<, -h?j, h[

Omega, last
O!
here
song, ode

510

Complete Lexicon
w]di<n, -i?noj, h[
w]di<nw
&]kodo<mhsa
w#moj, -ou, o[
w@mosa
w]ne<omai
w]nhsa<mhn
w]no<masa
w]noma<sqhn
&]o<n, -ou?, to<
w!ra, -aj, h[
w[rai?oj, -a, -on
w!risa
w@ruca
w]ru<omai
w[j
w[sanna<
w[sau<twj
w[sei<
[Wshe<, o[
w!sper
w[sperei<
w!ste
w]ta<rion, -ou, to<
w]ti<on, -ou, to<
w]fe<leia, -aj, h[
w]fele<w
wfe<limoj, -on
w@fqhn

birth pains
I have birth pains
oi]kodome<w
shoulder
o]mnu<w
I buy
w]ne<omai
o]noma<zw
o]noma<zw
egg
hour, occasion
lovely, timely
o[ri<zw
o]ru<ssw
I roar
as, like, that, when
hosanna
similarly, likewise
as, like
Hosea
just as
just as, like
therefore, so that
ear
ear
benefit, use, advantage
I help, aid, benefit
useful, beneficial
o[ra<w/ble<pw

511

Index

Index
Greek:
a]gaqo<j paradigm 48
a]gapa<w paradigm PAI 93
a]llh<lwn 68
grafh< paradigm 37
gra<fw Aorist Passive paradigm 89
dei<knumi 132
di<dwmi 131, 133
di<kaioj paradigm 48
e[autou? paradigm 68
e]gw< paradigm 53
e]kei?noj paradigm 53
ei]mi< present active indicative 49-50
ei]mi< future active indicative 63
ei]mi< imperative 128
ei]mi< imperfect active indicative 72
ei]mi< participle 104
ei]mi< subjunctive 123
ei#j, mi<a, e!n 136
e]mautou? paradigm 67
i[ero<n paradigm 35
i!sthmi 132
lamba<nw aorist paradigm 80
lo<goj paradigm 34-35
lu<w aorist active/middle 84
lu<w aorist passive 88
lu<w future active/middle 61-62
lu<w future passive 89
lu<w imperative 128
lu<w imperfect active/middle/passive 71

512

Index

lu<w infinitive 118


lu<w participles, aorist 109-110
lu<w participles, perfect 113
lu<w participles, present 103
lu<w perfect active/middle 96
lu<w present active indicative 29
lu<w present middle/passive 58
lu<w subjunctive 122
o[, h[, to< paradigm 39
oi#da paradigm 97
o@noma paradigm 77
o!j, h!, o! paradigm 67
ou], ou]k, ou]x 50
ou$toj paradigm 66
pa?j paradigm 77
pi<stij paradigm 77
profh<thj paradigm 38
sa<rc paradigm 76
seautou? paradigm 68
su< paradigm 53
ti<qhmi 132
xa<rij paradigm 76
w!ra paradigm 38

English:
Accents 18
Accent placement chart 19
Accent rules 18
Accusative case description 25, 32, 34
Acute accent 18
Active voice verbs 26
Adjective 47ff
Adjective, attributive 47, 49
Adjective, comparative 137
Adjective, definition 22

513

Index

Adjective, paradigm 48, 49


Adjective, predicate 47, 49
Adjective, substantive 47, 49
Adjective, superlative 137
Adversative, conjunctions 138
Agreement 28, 33
Alexander the Great 6
Alphabet 12-13
Antepenult syllable 18
Aorist, first 83ff
Aorist, first, stems 85-86
Aorist, participles 107ff
Aorist, passive 87ff
Aorist, passive, stems 89
Aorist, second 79ff
Aorist, second, stems 81
Apostrophe 22
Articular, infinitives 119
Aspect, infinitives 118
Aspect, verbs 24, 26
Aspirate sound 75
Augments 72, 80-81, 84
Bauer, Danker, Arndt and Gingrich [BDAG] lexicon 10
BDAG lexicon 10
Books, for Greek 148ff
Breathing marks 21
Breathing, smooth 21
Breathing, rough 21
Cardinal numbers, 136
Case description, nouns 25, 32
Case, revisited 143
Causal, conjunctions 138
Circumflex accent 18
Clause types 139f
Clauses 23
Clitics 20
Colon, punctuation mark 21
Comma, punctuation mark 21

514

Index

Comparative, Adjectives 137


Complementary Infinitives 119
Compound verbs 60
Conditional types 124
Conjunctions 138
Consonant cluster 16
Consonant, double 13
Contract verbs 91
Contract verb, rules 91
Coronis 22
Dative case definition 25, 32, 34
Dative, revised 145-146
Declension definitions 32
Declensions, first, nouns 37ff
Declensions, second, nouns 31ff
Declensions, third, nouns 75ff
Declining nouns 35-36
Definite article, definition 22, 33, 38
Definite article paradigm 39
Demonstrative, pronouns 65-66
Dental sounds 75, 85, 88
Deponent verbs definition 59
Diaeresis 14, 22
Diphthongs 14
Elision 44
Enclitic 20-21
English grammar review 22-23
Final sigma 14
First aorist, verbs 83ff
First class condition 124
First declension, nouns 37ff
First person, pronouns 53
First person, verbs 27
Future tense verbs 61ff
Future of ei]mi< 63
Future, irregular verbs 63-64

515

Index

Gamma nasal 14
Gender, nouns 31, 33
Genitive absolute 116
Genitive case, nouns 25, 32, 34
Genitive revised 143ff
God spoke in Greek 6-7
Grave, accent 18
Greek, Byzantine 11
Greek, Classical 10
Greek, Koine 6, 10-11
Greek, Modern 11
Greek is hard 8
Historical present, verb 28
Imperative verb mood, definition 24, 27
Imperative verbs 127ff
Imperative verbs, function 129
Imperfect verbs 70ff
Indicative verb mood, definition 24, 27
Indirect discourse, infinitive 119
Infinitive, articular 119
Infinitive, aspect 118
Infinitive, complementary 119
Infinitive, form 118
Infinitive, function 117
Infinitives 117ff
Interrogatives 125, 135
Iota, pronunciation 13
Iota subscripts 14
Koine Greek 6, 10-11
Labial, sounds 75, 85, 88
Liquid, sounds 62-63, 85, 93
Liquid, sounds, with future verbs 62-63
Long vowels 13
Memory verses
John 1:1 46, 51

516

Index

Mat. 6:9 73, 86, 90, 94


Mat. 6:10ab 78, 90, 94
Mat. 6:10c 82, 90, 94
Mat. 6:11 86, 90, 94
Mat. 6:12a 90, 94
Mat. 6:12b 94
Mat. 6:13a 99
Mat. 6:13 105-106
mi-verbs 130ff
Mood, verbs 24, 27
Movable nu 29
Nasal, sounds 93
Nasal gamma 14
Negating, participles 104
Nominative case, nouns 25, 32, 33
Noun definition 22
Noun, first declension 37ff
Noun, second declension 31ff
Noun, third declension 75ff
Nouns, grammar review 25
Nu movable 29
Numbers 135-136
Number, nouns 31
Number, verbs 28
Object, accusative, nouns 25
Optative, verb, mood 24, 27
Optative, verbs 126
Ordinal numbers 135
Palatal, sounds 85, 88
Parsing format 29
Participle, aorist 107ff
Participle, aorist forms 108, 110
Participle, future 104
Participle, Perfect 112ff
Participle, Present 100ff
Participle, time 101-102, 108
Participle, translating 102, 103, 105, 108, 114f

517

Index

Particle definition 22
Particles 139
Parts of speech, review 22-23
Passive voice, verbs 27
Past tense, English 79
Penult, syllable 18
Perfect verbs 95ff
Period, punctuation 21
Periphrastics 115
Person, verb 27
Personal pronouns 52ff
Personal pronouns, first person paradigm 53
Personal pronouns, second person paradigm 53
Personal pronouns, third person paradigm 54
Phonetic addition 14
Phonetic chart 14, 75
Phrases 23
Placement, accent chart 19
Pluperfect verbs 97
Possessive, genitive, nouns 25, 32
Predicate of sentence 23
Prepositional phrase 40
Prepositions 40ff
Prepositions, case 40
Prepositions, chart 45
Prepositions, compound 45
Prepositions, definition 22
Present middle/passive verb 57
Present pariticiples 100ff
Present tense verbs 27ff
Present tense, historical 28
Primary endings, verbs 29
Principle parts, verbs 87, 98
Proclitic 20, 44
Pronoun, definition 22
Pronoun, demonstrative 65ff
Pronoun, enclitics 54
Pronoun, indefinite 134
Pronoun, interrogative 135
Pronoun, person, first 53

518

Index

Pronoun, person, second 53


Pronoun, person, third 54
Pronoun, personal 52ff
Pronoun, reciprocal 68
Pronoun, reflexive 67-68
Pronoun, relative 67
Pronoun, types 52
Punctuation marks 21
Purpose clauses 139
Purpose conjunctions 138
Question mark 21
Questions, negative 125
Questions, interrogatives 135
Reasons to study Greek 6-7
Reciprocal, pronouns 68
Reduplication, perfect verbs 95-96
Reflexive, pronouns 67-68
Relative, pronouns 67
Result clause 139
Result conjunctions 138
Rough breathing mark 21
Second aorist verbs 79ff
Second class condition 124
Second declension nouns 32ff
Second perfect verbs 97
Second person pronouns 53
Secondary verbal endings 71
Sentence syntax 23
Short vowels 13
Sibilant sounds 88
Sigma, final 14
Smooth breathing mark 21
Subject of sentence 23
Subjunctive verb, mood definition 24, 27
Subjunctive verbs 121ff
Subjunctive, verbs, form 122
Subjunctive, verbs, function 124-125

519

Index

Subjunctive, verbs, translation 123-124


Subjunctive, verbs, triggers 123
Subscripts, iota 14
Superlative, adjectives 137
Syllable names 18
Syllable rules, slicing 16-17
Temporal clauses 140
Temporal conjunctions 138
Tense, verb, present 26
Third declension nouns 75ff
Third person pronouns 54-55
Third person verbs 28
Translations, use of 7
UBS New Testament 10
Ultima, syllable 18
Unvoiced sounds 75
Velar sound 75
Verbal adjective, participle 101-101
Verbal adverb, participle 101-101
Verb definition 22
Verb, aorist, First 83ff
Verb, aorist, Passive 87
Verb, aorist, Second 79ff
Verb, aspect review 24, 26
Verb, contract 91ff
Verb, first aorist 83ff
Verb, future active/middle 61ff
Verb, future passive 89
Verb, Imperative, mood 127ff
Verb, Imperative, form 127ff
Verb, Imperative, function 129
Verb, imperfect 70ff
Verb, imperfect paradigm 71
Verb, infinitive 117ff
Verb, moods 24
Verb, optative, mood 126
Verb, participle, aorist 107ff

520

Index

Verb, participle, perfect 112ff


Verb, participle, present 100ff
Verb, perfect 95ff
Verb, perfect, second 97
Verb, present active indicative 26ff
Verb, present active paradigm 29
Verb, present middle/passive 57ff
Verb, pluperfect 97
Verb, review grammar 24
Verb, second aorist 79ff
Verb, subjuncive 121ff
Verb, subjunctive, forms 122
Verb, subjunctive, triggers 123
Verb, voice 24
Vocative case definition 25, 34
Voiced sounds 75
Voice, verbs 24, 26
Vowels 13
Vowel contractions 92
Word order 36

521

También podría gustarte